Routledge Course In Modern Mandarin Chinese, Textbook Level 2: Simplified Characters [1 ed.] 0415472504, 9780415472500

Table of contents :
Contents
Acknowledgments
Introduction
引言
引言
How to use the resources in this course to learn Chinese
How to use the resources in this course to teach Chinese
练习本教师使用指南
練習本教師使用指南
List of abbreviations
Lesson 17 选课 Selecting courses
Lesson 18 选 zhuānyè Selecting a major
Lesson 19 Shōushi 房间 Straightening up the room
Lesson 20 看 bìng Getting sick and seeing a doctor
Lesson 21 谈天 qì Talking about the weather
Lesson 22 Duànliàn shēntǐ Working out
Lesson 23 Guàng jiē Going shopping
Lesson 24 Jiǎn jià，打折 Discounts and bargains
Lesson 25 过春节 Celebrating the New Year Festival
第二十六课 我把照相机 diE 了 I lost my camera
第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes
第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票 Making travel reservations
第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭 Eating in a restaurant
第三十课 谈中国语言 Talking about the Chinese language
第三十一课 找工作 Looking for a job
第三十二课 Yǎn 讲 Giving a speech
Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin
Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English
Chinese character index arranged alphabetically
Chinese character index arranged by lesson
Index of radicals for simplified charact
Index of radicals for traditional characters
Index of use and structure

Citation preview

THE ROUTLEDGE COURSE IN MODERN MANDARIN CHINESE

⦄ҷ∝䇁䇒⿟ Textbook Level 2 Simplified Characters

䇒ᴀ㄀Ѡ‫ݞ‬ ㅔԧ⠜ Claudia Ross | Baozhang He Pei-Chia Chen | Meng Yeh

The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation, character writing, word use, and structures, while placing strong emphasis on the development of communication skills. The complete course consists of Textbook Level 1, Workbook Level 1—including free CDs, and Textbook Level 2 and Workbook Level 2—including free CDs. All books are available separately in simplified as well as traditional characters and take the students from complete beginner to post-intermediate level. Textbook Level 2 incorporates the innovative features of Level 1, including the separation of vocabulary from characters, a “basic to complex” introduction of grammatical structures, a comprehensive companion workbook with extensive practice in all language skills and functions, and a Teachers’ Manual. Level 2 adds a “narrative component” to support the learners as they move from spoken Mandarin to formal written Chinese, and from the comprehension and production of short sentences to paragraphs and essays. Level 2 of this Course in Modern Mandarin bridges the gap that characterizes the transition between basic-level Chinese courses and more advanced work. The narrative component includes: ■■

■■

■■

model narratives that introduce formal written Chinese, with explanations of the features of each narrative focus on narrative function, including description, comparison, explanation, persuasion, and hypothesis reading and writing assignments that guide students to internalize model structures, to read for information, and to compose original essays for specific purposes.

The course is also fully supported by an interactive companion website which contains a wealth of additional resources for both teachers and students. ■■

■■

Teachers will find lesson plans in both English and Mandarin, providing a weekly schedule and overall syllabus for fall and spring, as well as activities for each lesson, and answer keys for all workbook exercises. Students will be able to access downloadable character practice worksheets, along with interactive vocabulary and character practice exercises. All the audio material necessary for the course is also available online and conveniently linked on screen to the relevant exercises for ease of use.

For more information about the course and to access these additional resources, please visit the companion website at http://www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415472500. Claudia Ross is Professor of Chinese at the College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts. She has served as President of the Chinese Language Teachers Association and as Director of the CET Chinese Program in Beijing. Her publications include Chinese Demystified (2010); The Lady in the Painting, Expanded Edition (2008); Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar:

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 1

8/10/2011 8:57:56 AM

A Practical Guide, co-authored with Jing-heng Sheng Ma; Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook, co-authored with Jing-heng Sheng Ma and Baozhang He (both Routledge, 2006); Outline of Chinese Grammar (2004); and Traditional Chinese Tales: A Course in Intermediate Chinese (2001). Baozhang He is Associate Professor in Chinese at the College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts. He has served as Director of the Chinese Language Program at Harvard University and as Head Instructor in the “Princeton in Beijing” language program. His publications include Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook (Routledge, 2006), co-authored with Claudia Ross and Jing-heng Sheng Ma, and Elementary Chinese (2006), co-authored with Pei-Chia Chen. Pei-Chia Chen is Lecturer in Chinese at UC San Diego and has previously taught at Harvard University. Her publications include Elementary Chinese (2006), co-authored with Baozhang He. Meng Yeh is Senior Lecturer in Chinese at Rice University, Texas. She has served as a Board Member of the Chinese Language Teachers Association and is a founding member of CLTA-TX. She is an AP Chinese consultant for the College Board and a certified Oral Proficiency Interviewer in Chinese for Language Testing International, ACTFL. Her publications include Advancing in Chinese (2010) and Task-based Listening Workbook: Communicating in Chinese Series (1999).

“The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin, Level 2, offers a step-by-step introduction to the Chinese language for real-life scenarios. It is a fantastic resource which effectively assists both autonomous learning while offering practical guidance for teachers.” Wei Jin, The School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK “The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese is a valuable addition to the field of Chinese language textbooks. Thorough and careful pedagogical considerations continue to be evident throughout the second volume of this two-year series. Students using this series will be provided with strong and clear guidance for their learning, both in terms of form and function connection and in developing their four skills in a spiraling fashion that has been meticulously designed to reflect the most up-to-date knowledge in second language acquisition. I highly recommend this series.” Cecilia Chang, Williams College, USA

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 2

8/10/2011 8:57:57 AM

The Routledge Course in

Modern Mandarin Chinese 现代汉语课程 Textbook Level 2: Simplified Characters 课本    第二册 简体版

Claudia Ross Baozhang He Pei-Chia Chen Meng Yeh

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 3

8/10/2011 8:57:57 AM

First published 2012 by Routledge 711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017 Simultaneously published in the UK by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business © 2012 Claudia Ross, Baozhang He, Pei-Chia Chen, and Meng Yeh The right of Claudia Ross, Baozhang He, Pei-Chia Chen, and Meng Yeh to be identified as authors of this work has been asserted by them in accordance with sections 77 and 78 of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilized in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. Trademark notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe. Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data Ross, Claudia.   The Routledge course in modern Mandarin Chinese. Textbook level 2 : Simplified characters / Claudia Ross  .  .  .  [et al.]. — 1st ed.    p. cm.   1.  Chinese language—Textbook for foreign speakers—English.  2.  Mandarin dialects. I.  Title.  II.  Title: Modern Mandarin Chinese.   PL1129.E5R678 2011   495.1'82421—dc22 2010052079 British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library ISBN: 978-0-415-47246-3 (Textbook Level 2, Traditional characters) ISBN: 978-0-415-47250-0 (Textbook Level 2, Simplified characters) ISBN: 978-0-415-47253-1 (Workbook Level 2, Traditional characters) ISBN: 978-0-415-47247-0 (Workbook Level 2, Simplified characters) Typeset in 12/15pt Scala by Graphicraft Limited, Hong Kong Printed and bound in the United States of America on acid-free paper.

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 4

8/10/2011 8:57:57 AM

Contents Acknowledgments Introduction 引言 引言 How to use the resources in this course to learn Chinese How to use the resources in this course to teach Chinese 练习本教师使用指南 練習本教師使用指南 List of abbreviations

xiii xv xvii xix xxi xxv xxvii xxix xxxi

Lesson 17 选课 Selecting courses

1

Communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

Talk about selecting classes and discussing daily and weekly academic schedules Express interest in something Talk about cause and effect Say that somebody stated something or asked something

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

■■ ■■

the group plural suffix: 学生们 忙 zhe + VP busy doing an action directional verbs: 回来 come back and 回去 go back indicating how long an action has not occurred: 有 length of time 没 (有) VP yCn 为 . . . suI 以 because . . . therefore zìjH self 说 vs. gàosu zuì 后 finally asking indirect questions 一门课 one course vs. 一 jié 课 one class 不过 however 只是 it is only that bHjiào AdjV relatively AdjV, 有一点 AdjV a little AdjV and comparisons with AdjV 一点 对 NP 有 xìngqu interested in NP a verb phrase as the subject of a sentence

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 5

8/10/2011 8:57:57 AM

vi    Contents

Lesson 18 选 zhuAnyè Selecting a major

24

Communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

Ask for reasons and explanations Talk about conditions and hypothetical situations Talk about academic majors and fields of study Express interests

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

A 跟 B 有关系 A and B have a connection; A is related to B rú 果 . . . 就 if . . . (then) describing nouns with actions or states: VP 的 (main) N 好 huài good and bad points and the juxtaposition of opposites 为什么 why? 在 VP/S 以前 during the time before, 在 VP/S 以后 during the time after, 在VP/S 的时候 during the time when the superlative: 最 AdjV the most AdjV 哪 fAngmiàn, 这 fAngmiàn, 那 fAngmiàn, and 在 NP fAngmiàn as for NP 怎么 bàn？What can you do about it? describing a noun with more than one description

Lesson 19 ShDushi 房间 Straightening up the room

44

Communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■

Describe the location of objects in a room Talk about putting things in locations Talk about doing actions until you reach a conclusion or result

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

number + 多 + CL (+ N), number + CL + 多 (+ N) more than some number (of nouns) resultative verbs AdjV jí 了 extremely AdjV 半天 half a day, a long time and V 了半天也没 + resultative verb 就是 only, it is only yòu AdjV1 yòu AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2 bF + NP take something and do something with it 非 ActV 不可 must ActV 不用 VP no need to, don’t have to VP 一 VP1 就 VP2 as soon as VP1, VP2 放在 + location put (something) in a location

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 6

8/10/2011 8:57:57 AM

Contents    vii

Lesson 20 看 bìng Getting sick and seeing a doctor

64

Communication goals ■■ ■■

Describe and answer questions about symptoms of illness Talk about details of a past event

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

一 yè the whole night, 一天 the whole day, 一年 the whole year indicating times and frequency with 次 上 cè 所 and other uses of 上 吃 là 的 eat hot and spicy food, and omission of the main noun huòzhG or, perhaps the potential form of resultative verbs: 睡不 zháo unable to fall asleep 睡 zháo fall asleep vs. 睡觉 sleep summary of the meanings expressed by resultative verbs focusing on a detail of a past event: 是 . . . 的 chú 了 X 以外 besides X, except ( for) X 我头也 téng: headaches, stomach aches; my head, your stomach

Lesson 21 谈天 qì Talking about the weather

86

Communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■

Talk about the weather Make comparisons Write a persuasive essay

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

yuè 来 yuè + AdjV more and more AdjV weather expressions: 下 xuG it is snowing, 下 yJ it is raining, guA fBng it is windy V + 不了 unable to V saying that things are alike or are not alike with 一样 asking rhetorical questions: 不是 VP 吗？Isn’t it the case that VP? wán, wár play, have fun making comparisons with bH ràng make, let, tell (someone (to) do something) a difference between two noun phrases: NP1 跟/和 NP2 的不同

Lesson 22 Duànliàn shBntH Working out

109

Communication goals ■■ ■■

Talk about sports, playing ball, and exercising More on comparisons: ■■ Describe situations in terms of similarities and differences ■■ Say that something has less of some quality than something else

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 7

8/10/2011 8:57:57 AM

viii      Contents

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■

■■ ■■ ■■

■■ ■■ ■■

在 X 上 as for X, when it comes to X xiAng 同的地方 similarities, 不同的地方 differences verbs used in playing ball and other sports: 打 lánqiú play basketball, tC zúqiú play soccer ( football), 玩 zúqiú play soccer ( football) 而 and, while, but V 进来 and other directional verbs directional complements: Resultative verbs with directional endings 走进来 walk in, shBn 出来 extend out lián NP 都 VP even NP (is, has, does) VP NP AdjV 是 AdjV (可是 . . . ) NP has the quality of AdjV all right (but . . . ) NP1 没有 NP2 (那么/这么) AdjV NP1 is not as AdjV as NP2

Lesson 23 Guàng jiB Going shopping

131

Communication goals ■■ ■■

Shop for clothing and understand the Chinese way to express discounted prices Compare objects in terms of price, size, color, and appearance, and indicate your preferences

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

大大小小 all of the big and small 还/gèng AdjV even more AdjV 不得不 VP no alternative but to VP 只要 S/VP1 就 VP2 as long as S/VP1 then VP2 一点(儿)都 NEG V not even a little V, not V at all zhèng AdjV lán yánsè and lánsè: Color terms and ways of referring to colors 大小 size and other abstract nouns composed from opposites 穿在你的身上: verb + prepositional phrase 看起来 VP appears to be VP

Lesson 24 JiFn jià，打折 Discounts and bargains

152

Communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■

Discuss the price, size, and appearance of clothing Compute discounts and bargain to reduce prices Persuade others to do something

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

QW 都/也 VP all/every and QW 都/也 NEG VP none 打折 give a discount, 打八折 20% off 再 VP, 又 VP 了 do an action again people (or their homes) as locations: 你这儿 AdjV 得 VP/S so AdjV that VP/S

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 8

8/12/2011 2:35:15 PM

Contents      ix

■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

dài vs. 穿 wear 不但 VP1/S1 而且 VP2/S2 not only . . . but also ná bring, take and the preposition 把 abbreviating conjunctions: 或 and 但 不是 NP1, 就是 NP2 if it isn’t NP1, it is NP2 连 NP 都/也 NEG V even NP doesn’t V 连一 CL (NP) 都/也 NEG V not V even one (NP) AdjV sH 了 AdjV to death

Lesson 25 过春节 Celebrating the New Year Festival

179

Culture and communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■

Become familiar with the basic traditions of the Chinese New Year holiday Understand the symbolic significance of items associated with the Chinese New Year Become familiar with the use of homophonous characters to convey or imply double meanings

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

AdjV 得不得了 extremely AdjV, unbearably AdjV NPs with the main noun omitted focusing on the duration of a situation: V 着 and V1 着 (object) VP2 NP 的 dH 下 below NP, under NP another way to express duration: V duration 的 object 帮 zhù, 帮, 帮忙 help 一边 VP1, 一边 VP2 do VP1 and VP2 at the same time the adverbs 刚刚 just completed an action, 刚才 just a moment ago 等到 when an action occurs 从来 NEG (VP) never do (VP), have never done (VP) before 没想到 + S I never thought that . . .

第二十六课 我把照相机 diE 了 I lost my camera

203

Culture and communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

Report a sequence of events Talk about actions with negative consequences Talk about suppositions and hypothetical situations Fill in a form Talk about 10,000 and multiples of 10,000 Indicate approximate figures

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

additional structures with 把 A 等于 B A is equivalent to B wàn 10,000 and multiples of 10,000 NP1 bèi NP2 (给) V NP1 is Verbed by NP2

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 9

8/12/2011 2:35:16 PM

x    Contents

■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

怕 fear and kIng 怕 be afraid that verbs that get others to do things: 请 invite, 叫 tell, 让 make talking about hypothetical situations: 要是 sentence/VP1, 就 VP2 然后 afterward 看 (kAn) watch, keep an eye on 左右 more or less subject 以为 + S subject assumes (S) 从 time 起 from (this) time on, beginning with this time

第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes

229

Culture and communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

Learn how to cook a simple Chinese dish Learn about some of the traditions of Chinese cooking Describe a process Present examples

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

V 起来 when doing the action of V V 法 method (way) of doing V 比方说 for example 等等 etc. jì AdjV1 又 AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2 V1 起来 AdjV1 V2 起来 AdjV2 doing V1 is AdjV1 but doing V2 is AdjV2 shíjì 上 actually, in fact 把 NP1 V-chéng NP2 turn NP1 into NP2 numbers in a row: 两三 + CL 2 or 3 gòu enough 并 + NEG + VP not at all VP jiè borrow, loan

第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票 Making travel reservations

254

Culture and communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

Make travel reservations Talk about hotel amenities Learn the names of some famous tourist destinations in Beijing and Shanghai Indicate fractions and percentages Say that one thing is not as good as another

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

好玩儿 fun and other 好 + ActV phrases V 了 V did an action for a short while chèn X 的时候 take advantage of a time, chèn X 机会 take advantage of an opportunity indicating fractions and percentages: X 分 zhC Y

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 10

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

Contents      xi

■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

A 不如 B A is not as good as B 再 AdjV 不过了 it can’t get any more Adj V Chinese abbreviations: 四天三晚 zhC in formal, literary expressions 为 NP for, for the benefit of NP, in order to

第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭 Eating in a restaurant

278

Culture and communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■

■■

Learn about several of China’s regional cuisines Make a restaurant reservation Order food and beverages in a restaurant, ask to take home the leftovers, and ask for the bill Learn an additional way to express conditions and consequences

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

gè V gè 的 (NP) each (subject) does/has its own V 来 V 去 do an action over and over V 一 V do an action for a short while 除非 S1 要不然 S2 unless S1 otherwise S2 来 NP bring NP 一 bAn on the whole, generally 越 ActV 越 AdjV the more ActV, the more AdjV QW 就 QW do an action based on some conditions negation with 都 and 一定 VV 看 do an action and see

第三十课 谈中国语言 Talking about the Chinese language

309

Culture and communication goals ■■ ■■

■■ ■■

Talk about some of the features of Chinese language Learn about Chinese dialects and differences between dialects and Mandarin, China’s standard language Talk about strengths and weaknesses Describe the way that actions are performed

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

NP1 叫作 NP2 NP1 is called NP2 jC 本上 basically, on the whole NP 分成 X NP is divided into X number of parts NP 之间 within NP, among NP subject 把 NP1 V 作 NP2 subject considers NP1 to be NP2 所 V 的 (NP) and noun descriptions 长 chù strengths and duFnchù weaknesses wúlùn + QW no matter (who, what, when, where, what quality, how)

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 11

8/12/2011 2:35:29 PM

xii    Contents

■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

难怪 no wonder jíshH even if, even though describing situations: AdjV AdjV 地 + VP 到 chù 都是 NP NP are everywhere 看 depend upon

第三十一课 找工作 Looking for a job

334

Culture and communication goals ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

Describe your own and others’ strengths and weaknesses Prepare a résumé in Chinese Give advice to others Learn the procedures for seeking a job in China

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

yóu 于 NP/S1 (的关系), S2 because NP/S1, S2 review of prepositional phrases 对 NP 感兴趣 interested in NP 跟 NP 有关的 things related to NP 一方面 S1/VP1, 另一方面 S2/VP2 for one thing S1/VP1 and in addition S2/VP2 既 VP1 也 VP2 not only VP1 but also VP2 NP1 不能跟 NP2 比 NP1 can’t compare with NP2 NP shàn 于 VP NP is good at VP 千万 by all means

第三十二课 YFn 讲 Giving a speech

355

Culture and communication goals ■■

Give a formal speech in which you address your audience, thank those who have helped you, and end with an appropriate conclusion

Key structures ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

four-character phrases in formal literary speech and writing indicating order in formal speech or writing: 首先 first, 其次 second, 最后 finally subject xiàng NP VP do VP toward NP parallel structures in formal speech and writing CL CL every (Noun) and 一 CL CL 的 N (Noun) after (Noun), a long string of (Nouns)

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English Chinese character index arranged alphabetically Chinese character index arranged by lesson Index of radicals for simplified characters Index of radicals for traditional characters Index of use and structure

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 12

371 388 405 414 424 426 429

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

Acknowledgments We thank all of the people who have been involved in the development of this course. We give a special thanks to Jessica Lee, who provided the illustrations for the textbooks and workbooks for Levels 1 and 2. The photographs in the textbook are originals supplied by the photographers Wenze Hu, Jin Lu, and Claudia Ross, and are used with their permission. We thank Wenze Hu and Jin Lu for their contributions. Thanks also to the students in the intermediate Chinese classes at the College of the Holy Cross 2008–2010 for their patience and feedback as we field-tested and revised each lesson, and to Sun Shao-Hui, Yao Shu-Ting, Ho Chia-Jung, and Chang Yu-Lun, foreign-language assistants in Chinese at Holy Cross during those years, for their help on many aspects of the project. We are grateful to the College of the Holy Cross for its generous support in the way of released time and resources, and to the members of the Audio-Visual Department at the College for their help in producing audio recordings that enabled field-testing. We thank our editors for their guidance and for their help in keeping us on track. Last but not least, we thank our families for their ongoing support and their confidence in our work. The stroke order flow charts in this book were produced with eStroke software and are included with the permission of EON Media Limited: http://www.eon.com.hk/estroke.

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 13

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 14

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

Introduction The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese is an innovative two-year course for English-speaking learners of Chinese as a foreign language that guides students to build a strong foundation in Mandarin and prepares them for continued success in the language. The course is designed to address the five goals (the 5 C’s) of foreign language learning highlighted by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL). Each communication-focused lesson is grounded in the cultural context of China, guiding students to make comparisons between language and social customs in the United States and the Chinese speaking world, and providing activities that connect their language study to other disciplines and lead them to use Chinese in the wider community. Set in China, the course introduces themes that students encounter in their first experience abroad and prepares them to converse, read, and write in Chinese on everyday topics. The themes in Level 2 include courses and majors, getting sick and seeing a doctor, weather, sports and exercise, shopping and bargaining, celebrating the Chinese New Year, cooking and eating out, travel, job hunting, and talking about the Chinese language. The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese is available in Simplified or Traditional characters and includes: ■■

■■

■■ ■■

■■

Textbook with narratives, dialogues, vocabulary and character lists, and stroke order tables, jargon-free explanations of use and structure, Sentence Pyramids to illustrate phrase and sentence structure, and notes on Chinese culture and language use. A comprehensive workbook with extensive information-focused and skill-focused exercises that target all aspects of each lesson. Alphabetically arranged indices for vocabulary, characters, and structures. A student website with character and vocabulary flashcards, downloadable character practice sheets, and easily accessible audio files for the Structure Drills and Listening for Information exercises provided in the Workbook. A Teacher Resources section of the website containing a wealth of communication-based classroom activities, project suggestions, lesson plans, and teaching tips.

 Innovative features of The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin  ■■

Separate introduction of words and characters. Vocabulary items are presented in Pinyin in the lesson in which they are introduced so that students learn the pronunciation and meaning of new words before they learn to read and write them in characters. Character

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 15

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

xvi    Introduction

■■

■■

■■ ■■

■■

introduction is staggered and selective. Characters are introduced at the second or later occurrence of a vocabulary item in the text, with a focus on the introduction of highfrequency characters. Level 1 introduces approximately 575 words and 180 characters. Level 2 introduces an additional 800 vocabulary items and 330 characters. Since a single character often serves as a component in many different words, by the end of Level 2, the gap between written and spoken vocabulary is small. Complete replacement of Pinyin by characters. When a character is introduced, it replaces the Pinyin form in all subsequent occurrences without additional Pinyin support. Students must focus on the character as the primary written form of the Chinese word or syllable. Character literacy instruction. Once characters are introduced, workbook exercises guide students to understand the structure of characters and to develop reading and writing strategies. Integration of form and function. Structures are introduced to support communication. “Basic to complex” introduction of grammatical structures. Students build a solid foundation in basic structures before learning more complex variations. Recycling. Vocabulary and structures are recycled in successive lessons to facilitate mastery.

 Features of Level 2  Level 2 begins the transition from the study of colloquial Chinese to that of the formal written and spoken language. Features include: ■■

■■

■■

■■

■■

■■

Presentation of themes in colloquial and formal contexts. Each lesson includes a dialogue that develops a theme in conversational format, and a narrative that develops the same theme in a more formal written style. This presentation facilitates the introduction of features of formal literary language, including vocabulary, sentence structures, and narrative conventions, and serves as a transition to the reading and discussion of formal written texts in subsequent levels of Chinese language study. Development of written narrative skills in a variety of rhetorical modes: description, narrative, explanation, and persuasion. Lessons introduce features of written narrative, including the development of a topic, text cohesion, and parallel structure, and use a variety of exercises to guide students to write progressively longer and more complex narratives in a variety of rhetorical modes. Continued focus on an understanding of the structure of characters including the recognition of radicals, and the development of dictionary skills. Continued focus on strengthening listening comprehension skills through longer and more complex narratives in the form of speeches, reports, and instructions. Continued focus on the strengthening of oral presentation skills through tasks involving responses to oral messages, and summarizing explanations, arguments, and descriptions. Continued focus on the strengthening of interpersonal speaking skills through tasks involving interviews, negotiations, and shared responsibilities.

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 16

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

引言 《Routledge 现代汉语课程》是针对母语为英语的学习者编写的一套创新汉语教材。 本教材为两年的课程，帮助学生打下坚实的汉语基础并为他们继续在语言学习的成功 上做好准备。教材的设计上力求全面反映全美外语教学学会(ACTFL)倡导的外语学习的 五项目标(5 C’s)。每一课以语言交际为中心，以中国文化为背景，引导学生做中美语言 及社会习俗方面的对比，并提供大量的教学活动使学生把语言学习与其他专业知识的 学习贯穿起来，以使他们能在更广的范围内使用汉语。 教材的背景是在中国，给学生介绍第一次到中国通常会遇到的情景。第二册教材的 情景包括课程与专业、看病、天气、运动与健身、购物与讨价还价、欢度春节、做饭、 去饭馆、旅游、找工作及中国语言。 《Routledge 现代汉语课程》有简繁体两种版本，内容包括： ■■

■■ ■■ ■■

■■

课本中每一课有叙述、对话、生词、所学的汉字及汉字笔顺表、通俗易懂的用法和 结构的介绍、句型扩展、语言常识及中国文化点滴。 综合练习本内有大量的针对每课所学内容的信息交际及语言技能的练习。 以字母顺序安排的生词、汉字及语法点的索引。 学生学习网页：汉字和生词学习卡、可以下载的汉字练习表格、及练习本中的句型 操练和听力练习等语音档案。 教师资源网页：大量的语言交际的课堂活动、教学建议、课程安排及教学技巧。

《现代汉语课程》的创意性特点： “词”、“字”分开介绍。生词在第一次出现的时候，只以拼音的形式介绍。   这样，学生可以先把精力集中在发音、意思及用法上，然后再学汉字。介绍哪些 汉字是有步骤有选择的。所介绍的汉字一定在课文的词汇中出现过两次以上，重点 介绍使用频率高的汉字。第一册介绍了575个生词，180个汉字。第二册介绍800个 生词330个汉字。因为一个汉字往往在不同的生词中出现，到第二册结束的时候， 学生所能说的词汇和能写的词汇（汉字）差距是很小的。 ■■ 汉字全部代替拼音 。某一汉字一经介绍，该字的拼音形式就不再出现。学生必须 学着把注意力集中在汉字上，因为只有汉字才是汉语的词或音节的真正书写形式。

■■

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 17

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

xviii    引言

识字教学 ：针对每课所介绍的汉字，课本和练习本都有相应的练习帮助学生了解 汉字的结构，并培养学生阅读和书写的策略。 ■■ 形式和功能结合：句型结构的介绍是为了便于交际。 ■■ “由简到难”引进语法结构。学生在充分掌握了简单的语法结构后，再逐步学习较为 复杂的结构。 ■■ 重复。为帮助学生掌握运用，句型和生词在后续几课的课文和练习中尽量重复。 ■■

  第二册的特点   第二册开始从学习白话的口语过渡到正式的口语和书面语。其特点包括： ■■

■■

■■ ■■

■■

■■

在正式和非正式的语境中介绍主题。每课都有对话，以对话的形式发展情景，及一 段叙述，同样的情境但以正式的书写的形式呈现。这样的安排易于引进正式的书面 语的特征，其中包括词汇、句型、叙述的格式，为学生以后阅读讨论正式书面语起 一个过渡的作用。 培养学生叙述不同的情景的语言能力：描写、叙述、解释及说服。课中介绍书写体 的特征，包括发挥主题、起承转合、对称结构等，并通过不同的练习引导学生逐步 以更长更复杂的段落书写不同情境。 继续强调了解汉字的结构，包括识别偏旁部首、学习使用字典等。 通过更长的 ，更复杂的讲话、报告及指令等不同的听力材料继续加强听力理解的 能力。 通过对口头信息的回答 、对解释性文字的总结、辩论及描述继续增强学生的口头 表达能力。 通过完成提问、面谈、协商及职责等教学任务继续加强学生人际交流的能力。

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 18

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

引言 《Routledge 現代漢語課程》是針對母語為英語的學習者編寫的一套創新漢語教材。 本教材為兩年的課程，幫助學生打下堅實的漢語基礎並為他們繼續在語言學習的成功 上做好準備。教材的設計上力求全面反映全美外語教學學會(ACTFL)倡導的外語學習的 五項目標(5 C’s)。每一課以語言交際為中心，以中國文化為背景，引導學生做中美語言 及社會習俗方面的對比，並提供大量的教學活動使學生把語言學習與其他專業知識的 學習貫穿起來，以使他們能在更廣的範圍內使用漢語。 教材的背景是在中國，給學生介紹第一次到中國通常會遇到的情景。第二冊教材的 情景包括課程與專業、看病、天氣、運動與健身、購物與討價還價、歡度春節、做飯、 去飯館、旅遊、找工作及中國語言。 《Routledge 現代漢語課程》有簡繁體兩種版本，內容包括： ■■

■■ ■■ ■■

■■

課本中每一課有敘述、對話、生詞、所學的漢字及漢字筆順表、通俗易懂的用法和 結構的介紹、句型擴展、語言常識及中國文化點滴。 綜合練習本內有大量的針對每課所學內容的信息交際及語言技能的練習。 以字母順序安排的生詞、漢字及語法點的索引。 學生學習網頁：漢字和生詞學習卡、可以下載的漢字練習表格、及練習本中的句型 操練和聽力練習等語音檔案。 教師資源網頁：大量的語言交際的課堂活動、教學建議、課程安排及教學技巧。

《現代漢語課程》的創意性特點： ■■

■■

“ 詞”、“字”分開介紹。生詞在第一次出現的時候，只以拼音的形式介紹。 這樣，學生可以先把精力集中在發音、意思及用法上，然後再學漢字。介紹哪些 漢字是有步驟有選擇的。所介紹的漢字一定在課文的詞彙中出現過兩次以上，重點 介紹使用頻率高的漢字。第一冊介紹了575個生詞，180個漢字。第二冊介紹800個 生詞330個漢字。因為一個漢字往往在不同的生詞中出現，到第二冊結束的時候， 學生所能說的詞彙和能寫的詞彙（漢字）差距是很小的。 漢字全部代替拼音 。某一漢字一經介紹，該字的拼音形式就不再出現。學生必須 學著把注意力集中在漢字上，因為只有漢字才是漢語的詞或音節的真正書寫形式。

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 19

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

xx    引言

識字教學 ：針對每課所介紹的漢字，課本和練習本都有相應的練習幫助學生瞭解 漢字的結構，並培養學生閱讀和書寫的策略。 ■■ 形式和功能結合：句型結構的介紹是為了便於交際。 ■■ “由簡到難”引進語法結構。學生在充分掌握了簡單的語法結構後，再逐步學習較為 複雜的結構。 ■■ 重復。為幫助學生掌握運用，句型和生詞在後續幾課的課文和練習中盡量重復。 ■■

  第二冊的特點   第二冊開始從學習白話的口語過渡到正式的口語和書面語。其特點包括： ■■

■■

■■ ■■

■■

■■

在正式和非正式的語境中介紹主題。每課都有對話，以對話的形式發展情景，及一 段敘述，同樣的情境但以正式的書寫的形式呈現。這樣的安排易於引進正式的書面 語的特徵，其中包括詞彙、句型、敘述的格式，為學生以後閱讀討論正式書面語起 一個過渡的作用。 培養學生敘述不同的情景的語言能力：描寫、敘述、解釋及說服。課中介紹書寫體 的特徵，包括發揮主題、起承轉合、對稱結構等，並通過不同的練習引導學生逐步 以更長更複雜的段落書寫不同情境。 繼續強調瞭解漢字的結構，包括識別偏旁部首、學習使用字典等。 通過更長的 ，更複雜的講話、報告及指令等不同的聽力材料繼續加強聽力理解的 能力。 通過對口頭信息的回答 、對解釋性文字的總結、辯論及描述繼續增強學生的口頭 表達能力。 通過完成提問、面談、協商及職責等教學任務繼續加強學生人際交流的能力。

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 20

8/10/2011 8:57:58 AM

How to use the resources in this course to learn Chinese This course consists of a textbook, workbook, and website with a wealth of material designed to help you to learn to speak Mandarin and read and write in Chinese. Here is an overview of the resources, with suggestions to help you to do your best work.

 Textbook  The textbook presents new material and explanations. ■■

■■ ■■

■■

■■

■■

Narratives and Dialogues illustrate the use of words and structures, and also the cultural conventions of communication associated with each topic. Stroke Order Flow Charts show you how to write each new character, stroke by stroke. Use and Structure notes explain how new structures function, and how structures and phrases are used. Sentence Pyramids show you how words and phrases are grouped into sentences, and help you to understand Chinese word order. Narrative Structure explanations show you how to organize information into cohesive essays for different communicative functions. Language FAQs and Notes on Chinese Culture provide additional information about language use and Chinese culture related to the topic of the lesson.

 Workbook  The workbook provides exercises that you can do as homework or in class to practice the words, structures, and themes introduced in each lesson. These include: ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

Structure Drills Listening for Information Focus on Chinese Characters Focus on Structure Focus on Communication

 Website  The website includes listening files that you need in order to complete workbook exercises and additional resources that help you practice and review. Resources include:

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 21

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

xxii    How to use the resources in this course to learn Chinese

■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

Character and vocabulary flash cards Character practice sheets Listening files for Structure Drills Listening files for Listening for Information

 Study tips  ■■

■■

■■

■■

Learn vocabulary and characters. If you don’t know the words in a lesson, you can’t participate in class and you cannot do the homework. You need to begin each lesson by learning the new vocabulary and characters. Regularly review vocabulary and characters from earlier lessons. Use the resources provided with this course to help you study. Download the character practice sheets from the course website to practice writing characters. Pay attention to the stroke order presented on the practice sheets so that you learn to write characters correctly. Using the same stroke order each time you write a character helps you to remember the character. Conversely, if you write a character differently each time you write it, your brain will have a hard time remembering it. Use the vocabulary and character flash cards on the website to help you review vocabulary and characters, but be sure to write down your responses in Chinese to make sure that you really know the tones in each vocabulary item, or the correct way to write each character. Learn the structures. Notice that most of the Focus on Structure exercises refer to a specific Use and Structure note. Read the Use and Structure note before you do the exercise, and follow the model sentences in the note as you complete your work. Work through the Sentence Pyramids in the textbook to see how phrases are built up into sentences in Chinese. Use the Sentence Pyramids to test yourself, translating the Chinese column into English and checking your answers, and then translating the English column into Chinese. Work through the Structure Drills on the website to practice new structures on your own. Use the listening resources. If you could understand a sentence or narrative in Chinese the first time you heard it, you wouldn’t need to study Chinese. Do not expect to understand listening files on your first try. Instead, listen to the same texts over and over again in order to train your brain to understand what it hears. When you work on the Listening for Information exercises, expect to listen to each ‘clip’ multiple times until you are sure that you understand it. Help your brain to focus on information by reading the instructions and the answer choices before you listen. The Structure Drills provided on the website will exercise your listening skills as they increase your control of new structures and vocabulary. Communicate through reading and writing. Many of the exercises in this section require you to read or write longer passages in Chinese. Before you read, identify the sentence structures so that you know how words and phrases in the text are related. Identify word boundaries so that you group characters correctly, and look for connecting words that tell you if the text is presenting a sequence, or a description, or an explana­ tion, etc. Before you write, think of what you want to say, and jot down the Chinese structures that you can use to express your meaning. Think of how you want to organize your ideas, and make a list of the connecting words or structures you need for the

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 22

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

How to use the resources in this course to learn Chinese    xxiii

organization you are planning. After you write, proofread your work. Be sure to write characters where you have learned them, and be sure that the characters you write are correct. When reading or writing, if you cannot remember a character or a vocabulary item, use this as an opportunity to review. If you spend the time you need to prepare and review, you will have a successful and satisfy­ ing Chinese learning experience. Good luck in your studies!

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 23

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 24

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

How to use the resources in this course to teach Chinese The textbook, workbook, and website material in this course are designed to be used together to help students learn to communicate in Mandarin Chinese in speech and writing. We suggest the following approach to maximize your students’ success in learning Chinese. (More detailed suggestions are provided in the lesson plans that are included on the course website.)

 Coordinating the textbook with workbook assignments  ■■

■■

■■

■■

Focus on Chinese Characters. Require students to learn the new characters in each lesson at the start of the lesson. The exercises in the Focus on Chinese Characters section of the workbook rely on grammar introduced in previous lessons, so students can do these exercises before new grammar is presented in class. Focus on Structure. The text in each lesson is presented in modules: a Narrative, and a Dialogue divided into several parts. Each module has its own list of new vocabulary, and modules are sequentially linked to Use and Structure notes. Present each lesson module by module, and assign relevant Focus on Structure homework as you complete a module. You can assign a few structure exercises at a time, after the introduction of the targeted structures in each module. Listening for Information. Assign Listening for Information exercises for homework after the relevant structures have been introduced. You can assign a few exercises at a time, after you have introduced and practiced the targeted structures in class. Focus on Communication. Use Focus on Communication exercises as classroom activities or homework after all modules have been covered to help students apply what they have learned in the lesson to new situations.

 Classwork or homework?  Distinguish between activities that students can do on their own and activities that are appropriate for the classroom setting. Do not use valuable class time for activities that students can do on their own. Activities that students should do on their own include: ■■

Memorization of vocabulary and characters. Do not explain vocabulary in class. English definitions and structure notes in the textbook provide the information that students need to understand the meaning and use of vocabulary.

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 25

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

xxvi    How to use the resources in this course to teach Chinese

■■

■■

■■

■■

■■

Reading of narratives and dialogues. Have students read the text at home and discuss the content in class. Discussion can take a question-answer format. Exercises involving identification, completion, and stroke count in the Focus on Chinese Characters section of the workbook. Listening for Information exercises. Listening exercises are designed to help students develop listening skills at their own pace, and students should be encouraged to listen to audio files as many times as necessary in order to complete each listening task. In-class listening practice deprives students of the opportunity to listen at their own pace and should not be used as a classroom activity. Focus on Structure exercises involving the use of targeted structures in individual sentences. These should always be assigned as homework after the structures are introduced in class. Problematic structures can be reviewed in class after homework assignments are complete. In short, follow these steps: presentation (in class), practice (at home), review (in class). Essay writing.

Activities that can be done in class include: ■■

■■ ■■

■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

■■

Communication-based activities such as those suggested in the Dialogue Practice section of the textbook. Structure Drills. Communication-focused activities that lead students to practice new structures in context. Detailed suggestions are presented on the lesson plans in the Teacher Resources section of the course website. Discussion of the lesson’s Narrative and Dialogue in Chinese. Brainstorming in preparation for essay writing. Small-group editing sessions in which students correct essays written by their peers. Problem-solving. The Focus on Chinese Characters and Focus on Communication sections of the workbook include a number of activities that lend themselves to group work. See the lesson plans in the Teacher Resources section of the course website. Group presentations of projects or skits.

 How much homework?  The workbook includes extensive listening, reading, and writing practice, and you may choose to assign all or part of the exercises for homework. Meaningful homework, including preparation and review, expands the time that students work on Chinese outside of the classroom and accelerates the learning process.

 Typing or handwriting?  Require students to complete some assignments by hand and some by computer. Writing Chinese by hand makes students focus on the structure of Chinese characters. Typing helps strengthens character recognition and proofreading skills.

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 26

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

练习本教师使用指南 练习本为培养和巩固学生的汉语语言技能及每课所介绍的交际功能提供练习。这些 练习是作为课外功课设计的，使学生能在课外有更多的用汉语互动的机会。有的练习 也可以在课堂上作为小组活动。 如何使用练习本我们提出如下建议。更加具体的建议在课程网页教案和“教学活动” 的栏目中提供。 ■■

■■

把学生可以自己独立完成的练习和最好在课堂上做的练习分开。不要把课堂上宝贵 的时间用来做学生自己可以做的练习。 练习均匀分配，让学生在上每一节课之前做不同的活动，同时也使学生一周内每节 课课前的预习时间均等。

学生自己可以独立完成的练习包括： ■■

■■ ■■

■■

■■

生词和汉字的记忆 。课堂上用少量的时间“测验”生词和汉字，但不要花很多 时间“解释”。 聚焦汉字的练习，包括识别、完成、笔画数目。 掌握信息的听力练习。听力练习是为帮助学生按照自己的进度提高听的能力而设计 的。应鼓励学生在完成某一听力任务时尽量多听。我们建议不要利用课堂时间练习 听力。 聚焦结构的练习在单句中使用某一特定的结构。这一练习应在课上介绍了该结构后 作为课外作业。容易出错的结构可以在学生完成作业后课堂上集体讲评。简言之， 遵循如下步骤：介绍(课上)，练习(课下)，复习(课上)。 作文。作文应该是家庭作业。但是，作文也可以在课堂上分小组学生相互修改。

利用课堂时间作学生不能自己作的练习。这些有： ■■ ■■

以交际为基础的活动，如课本中介绍的对话练习。 新结构介绍 。句型操练可以在课堂上练习新句型。教师资源网页也介绍很多帮助 学生掌握新句型的交际活动练习。

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 27

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

xxviii    练习本教师使用指南

■■

■■

■■

■■

课堂上讨论课文 。让学生讲课文的内容、回答问题、或让学生针对课文内容准备 问题在课堂上问别的同学。 集思广益准备作文 。在布置家庭作业作文时，课堂上的讨论帮助学生明确思路、 观点。 解决问题 。练习本中聚焦汉字和交际部分都有可以作为课堂活动的练习。在聚焦 汉字中有识别和改错字，识别形旁和声旁。在信息交际中有访问同学后做作文、 选择词汇或短语完成句子、句子组合成段落等。 小组汇报和短剧。

课文的每一组成部分：叙述、对话的每一段可以视为相对独立的部分。每部分的生词 和语法点都单独列出。我们建议每一课时完成一小部分。要求学生课前掌握所要学习 部分的生词。上课开始时用几分钟生词测验以确保学生课前预习。另外，要求学生课 前预习语法点的解释，课后复习。不建议学生在课上做语法解释的笔记，因为做笔记 分散学生精力，降低学习效果。学生所需要掌握的每一语法点在用法与结构中均有 讲解。 每课的新汉字都有一个汉字表。让学生从认字到发音，再到书写分为不同的步骤在 几个课时中学完。 在课堂上介绍语法点时，让学生做学习网页（练习本）上的结构操练，以使学生更好 地掌握本课介绍的语法结构。 练习本中有大量的听力、阅读和书写的练习。可以让学生做部分或所有的练习。下面 建议布置作业的顺序。 ■■

■■ ■■ ■■

聚焦汉字 练习中所涉及的语法点都是本课前出现的，所以可以在学完全部课文 前做。 课堂上介绍了语法结构后再布置练习本中的结构练习。 在所有的新语法点都介绍以后再布置听力练习。 用信息交际练习帮助学生在新情景中使用本课所学的内容。

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 28

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

練習本教師使用指南 練習本為培養和鞏固學生的漢語語言技能及每課所介紹的交際功能提供練習。這些 練習是作為課外功課設計的，使學生能在課外有更多的用漢語互動的機會。有的練習 也可以在課堂上作為小組活動。 如何使用練習本我們提出如下建議。更加具體的建議在課程網頁教案和“教學活動” 的欄目中提供。 ■■

■■

把學生可以自己獨立完成的練習和最好在課堂上做的練習分開。不要把課堂上寶貴 的時間用來做學生自己可以做的練習。 練習均勻分配，讓學生在上每一節課之前做不同的活動，同時也使學生一周內每節 課課前的預習時間均等。

學生自己可以獨立完成的練習包括： ■■

■■ ■■

■■

■■

生詞和漢字的記憶 。課堂上用少量的時間“測驗”生詞和漢字，但不要花很多 時間“解釋”。 聚焦漢字的練習，包括識別、完成、筆畫數目。 掌握信息的聽力練習。聽力練習是為幫助學生按照自己的進度提高聽的能力而設計 的。應鼓勵學生在完成某一聽力任務時盡量多聽。我們建議不要利用課堂時間練習 聽力。 聚焦結構的練習在單句中使用某一特定的結構。這一練習應在課上介紹了該結構後 作為課外作業。容易出錯的結構可以在學生完成作業後課堂上集體講評。簡言之， 遵循如下步驟：介紹(課上)，練習(課下)，復習(課上)。 作文。作文應該是家庭作業。但是，作文也可以在課堂上分小組學生相互修改。

利用課堂時間作學生不能自己作的練習。這些有： ■■ ■■

以交際為基礎的活動，如課本中介紹的對話練習。 新結構介紹 。句型操練可以在課堂上練習新句型。教師資源網頁也介紹很多幫助 學生掌握新句型的交際活動練習。

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 29

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

xxx    練習本教師使用指南

■■

■■

■■

■■

課堂上討論課文 。讓學生講課文的內容、回答問題、或讓學生針對課文內容準備 問題在課堂上問別的同學。 集思廣益準備作文 。在佈置家庭作業作文時，課堂上的討論幫助學生明確思路、 觀點。 解決問題 。練習本中聚焦漢字和交際部分都有可以作為課堂活動的練習。在聚焦 漢字中有識別和改錯字，識別形旁和聲旁。在信息交際中有訪問同學後做作文、 選擇詞彙或短語完成句子、句子組合成段落等。 小組彙報和短劇。

課文的每一組成部分：敘述、對話的每一段可以視為相對獨立的部分。每部分的生詞 和語法點都單獨列出。我們建議每一課時完成一小部分。要求學生課前掌握所要學習 部分的生詞。上課開始時用幾分鐘生詞測驗以確保學生課前預習。另外，要求學生課 前預習語法點的解釋，課後復習。不建議學生在課上做語法解釋的筆記，因為做筆記 分散學生精力，降低學習效果。學生所需要掌握的每一語法點在用法與結構中均有 講解。 每課的新漢字都有一個漢字表。讓學生從認字到發音，再到書寫分為不同的步驟在 幾個課時中學完。 在課堂上介紹語法點時，讓學生做學習網頁（練習本）上的結構操練，以使學生更好 地掌握本課介紹的語法結構。 練習本中有大量的聽力、閱讀和書寫的練習。可以讓學生做部分或所有的練習。下面 建議佈置作業的順序。 ■■

■■ ■■ ■■

聚焦漢字 練習中所涉及的語法點都是本課前出現的，所以可以在學完全部課文 前做。 課堂上介紹了語法結構後再佈置練習本中的結構練習。 在所有的新語法點都介紹以後再佈置聽力練習。 用信息交際練習幫助學生在新情景中使用本課所學的內容。

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 30

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

List of abbreviations V AdjV ActV RV Adj Adv VP N NP S NEG PP CL QW

verb adjectival verb action verb resultative verb adjective adverb verb phrase noun noun phrase sentence negation prepositional phrase classifier question word

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 31

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

9780415472500_Textbook_A01.indd 32

8/10/2011 8:57:59 AM

Lesson 17  选课 

Selecting courses Communication goals

Talk about selecting classes and discussing daily and weekly academic schedules ■ Express interest in something ■ Talk about cause and effect ■ Say that somebody stated something or asked something ■

Key structures

the group plural suffix: 学生们 忙 zhe + VP busy doing an action directional verbs: 回来 come back and 回去 go back indicating how long an action has not occurred: 有 length of time 没 (有) VP yCn 为 . . . suI 以 because . . . therefore zìjH self 说 vs. gàosu zuì 后 finally asking indirect questions 一门课 one course vs. 一 jié 课 one class 不过 however 只是 it is only that bHjiào AdjV relatively AdjV, 有一点 AdjV a little AdjV and comparisons with AdjV 一点 对 NP 有 xìngqu interested in NP a verb phrase as the subject of a sentence

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 1

8/10/2011 2:47:29 PM

2      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Narrative

(CD1: 1)

学校后天就要开学了。这几天学生们都很忙。有的忙 zhe xuFn 课，有的忙 zhe 买 课本。今天我在学生 cAntCng 看见大为了。他前天刚从美国回来。他说他有三个 月没有说中文了，suI 以他的中文说得很不好。他还说他觉得 zìjH 很 bèn，三个月 没说中文就不会说了。我跟他说，过几天，他的中文就会好。Zuì 后 他问我学校 的书店现在开门不开门。他得去买课本。我说现在才两点钟，一 dìng 开。吃了饭 以后，我们就一起去学校的书店买书了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 2

8/10/2011 2:47:31 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      3

Dialogue (CD1: 2)

Part A 国 qiáng： 大为，这个学期你 xuFn 了几门课？ 大为：

我 xuFn 了四门，一门中国文 huà，一门 yCnyuè，一门 shù 学， 还有一门中文课。

国 qiáng： 你每天都有课吗？ 大为：

对，我每天都有课，不过星期五只有一 jié 中文课。

Part B 国 qiáng： 听说中国文 huà 课不太难，也很有意思，只是老师 bHjiào yán。 大为：

我也听说中国文 huà 课的老师有一点 yán。YCn 为我一直对中国 文 huà 有 xìngqu，suI 以我早就想 xuFn 这门课了。住在中国， 多学习一些中国文 huà 很有用。

国 qiáng： 老师 yán 没关系，yán 师 chE 高 tú。再说，你很 cDng 明， 也很用功，一 dìng 没问 tí。

Vocabulary Narrative bèn

adjectival verb

stupid

cAntCng

noun

dining hall, cafeteria

conversational

after a few days

guò jHtiAn

过几天

expression

hòutiAn

后天

noun

day after tomorrow

huílai

回来

directional verb

come back (to a place), return

huíqu

回去

directional verb

go back (to a place), return

kAi

开

verb

begin, open

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 3

8/10/2011 2:47:32 PM

4      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

kAi mén

开门

verb + object

be open (of a business), open the door

kAi xué

开学

verb + object

begin school, school starts

kèbGn

课本

noun

textbook

mángzhe

忙 zhe

AdjV + suffix

busy doing something

qiántiAn

前天

noun

day before yesterday

suIyH

suI 以

conjunction

so, therefore

xuFn

verb

select

xuéshengmen 学生们

noun

students (plural)

yCdìng

一 dìng

adverb

definitely

zhè jHtiAn

这几天

conversational

these past few days

expression

zìjH zuì hòu

zuì 后

pronoun

self

adverbial phrase

finally

Dialogue Part A

jié mén

门

classifier

(classifier for class periods)

classifier; noun

(classifier for classes); door

shùxué

shù 学

noun

math

wénhuà

文 huà

noun

culture

xuéqC

学期

noun

semester

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 4

8/10/2011 2:47:32 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      5

Part B

bHjiào

intensifier

relatively, comparatively

cDngming

cDng 明

adjectival verb

smart, intelligent

duì (something) yIu xìngqu

对 . . . 有 xìngqu

verb phrase

interested in (something)

tCngshuD

听说

verb phrase

hear it said

wèntí

问 tí

noun

question, problem

xìngqu

noun

interest

yán

adjectival verb

strict

yán shC chE gAo tú

yán 师 chE 高 tú

proverb

strict teachers make good students

yCnwèi

yCn 为

conjunction

because

yònggDng

用功

adjectival verb

hardworking at studies, diligent

yIu yCdiFn

有一点

intensifier

a little (AdjV)

yIu yòng

有用

adjectival verb phrase

useful

zhH shì

只是

adverbial phrase

it is only (that)

Days before and after today the day before yesterday

yesterday

today

tomorrow

the day after tomorrow

前天

昨天

今天

明天

后天

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 5

8/10/2011 2:47:32 PM

6      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

What are you studying? Accounting 会计学 kuàijì xué

Anthropology Art 人类学 艺术 rénlèixué yìshù

Art History 艺术史 yìshù shH

Asian Studies Biochemistry 亚洲学系 生化学 YàzhDu xuéxì shBnghuà xué

Biology 生物学 shBngwùxué

Business Chemical 商务学 Engineering shAngwù xué 化工 huàgDng

Chemistry 化学 huàxué

Civil Engineering 土木 tJmù

Communications 沟通 gDutDng

Electronic Engineering 电机 diànjC

Engineering 工程学 gDngchéng xué

Geography 地理学 dìlHxué

Computer Economics Science 经济学 计算机科学 jCngjìxué jìsuànjC kBxué 电脑科学 diànnFo kBxué

Education 教育 jiàoyù

Geology 地质学 dìzhìxué

History 历史 lìshH

International Law Relations 法学 国际关系 fFxué guójì guAnxì

Linguistics 语言学 yJyánxué

Literature 文学 wénxué

Math 数学 shùxué

Medicine 医学 yCxué

Music 音乐 yCnyuè

Pharmacy 药学 yàoxué

Philosophy 哲学 zhéxué

Physics 物理学 wùlHxué

Political Science 政治学 zhèngzhìxué

Psychology 心理学 xCnlHxué

Public Health 公共卫生 gDnggòng wèishBng

Religious Sociology Studies 社会学 宗教学 shèhuìxué zDngjiào xué

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 6

Theater 戏剧 xìjù

8/10/2011 2:47:33 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      7

Characters 才 cái

only (less than expected)

功 gDng

*

功课 (gDngkè) course work, 用功 (yònggDng) hardworking

关 guAn

*

没关系 (méi guAnxi) not important, doesn’t matter

课 kè

class

课本 (kèbGn) textbook

忙 máng busy 每 mGi

every

每天 (mGitiAn) every day, 每年 (mGi nián) every year

思 sC

*

有意思 (yIu yìsi) be interesting, 不好意思 (bù hFo yìsi) be embarrassed

听 tCng

listen

听说 (tCngshuD) hear it said, 听 yCnyuè (tCng yCnyuè) listen to music

为 wéi

for

yCn 为 (yCnwèi) because, 为什么 (wèishénme) why, 大为 (Dàwéi) David

系 xì

*

没关系 (méi guAnxi) not important, doesn’t matter

校 xiào

*

学校 (xuéxiào) school

些 xiB

several

这些 (zhè xiB) several, 一些 (yC xiB) some

意 yì

*

有意思 (yIu yìsi) be interesting, 不好意思 (bù hFo yìsi) be embarrassed

用 yòng

use

有用 (yIu yòng) useful, 用功 (yònggDng) hardworking, 用 kuài 子 (yòng kuàizi) use chopsticks

直 zhí

*

一直 (yCzhí) continuously, 直接 (zhíjiB) directly

wèi

钟 zhDng *

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 7

一点钟 (yCdiFn zhDng) one o’clock 几点钟? (jHdiFn zhDng?) what time is it?

8/10/2011 2:47:33 PM

8      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Stroke Order Flow Chart character: strokes

total strokes

3 5 6 10 6 7 9 7 4 7 10 8 13 5 8 9

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 8

8/10/2011 2:47:40 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      9

Dialogue practice Do these activities in class after mastering the dialogue for this lesson. Change partners so that you practice each part several times.  Dialogue 17A:  Work with a partner and find out what courses each of you is taking this semester. Find out what your partner thinks about his or her courses, and find out if the teachers are difficult or strict.  Dialogue 17B:  Work with a partner and find out about each other’s daily class schedule. Find out how many classes your partner has each day of the week.

Narrative focus: Describing a situation Narratives have a structure, and learning the structure of a Chinese narrative will make it easier for you to write your own narratives, that is, paragraphs and essays, in Chinese. The narrative at the beginning of this lesson describes a situation, a conversation with Dawei. It has the following features: 1. It follows a temporal progression. First, it anchors the situation in time ( just before the start of the semester). Then, it describes the situation that happened at that time (a conversation with Dawei). Finally, it closes the situation by stating an event that follows it (they went to the bookstore to buy books). 2. It moves from general to specific. Notice how the essay starts with a description of a broad, general situation (学校后天就要开学了 the semester has just begun) to a situation that is specific to the writer (meeting Dawei and having a conversation with him), to a final, specific action (going to the bookstore after lunch to buy books). 3. It provides the most detail about the main point of the narrative. We know that this nar­ rative is about a conversation with Dawei because most of the details in the narrative are about that conversation. 4. It uses adverbs and other connecting words to make the structure of the main part of the narrative clear. The connecting words in the main part of the narrative (underlined here) give the conversation a sequential structure: 他说他有三个月没有说中文了，suI 以他的中文说得很不好。 他还说他觉得 zìjH 很  bèn，三个月没说中文就不会说了。我跟他说，过几天，他的中文就会好。 Zuì 后他问我 . . . Each lesson in this textbook begins with a narrative that provides the context for the dia­ logue that follows. Several activities in the workbook will be based on the structure of the textbook narrative. As you read each textbook narrative, pay attention to its structure as well as to its meaning so that you can use the structure in your own essays.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 9

8/10/2011 2:47:40 PM

10      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Use and structure  17.1.  The group plural suffix: 学生们  The suffix 们 is used to indicate the plural form of pronouns (我们 we, us; 你们 you; 他们 they, them). It can sometimes be added to a noun when the noun refers to a group of people. 这几天学生们都很忙。 In the past few days the students have been very busy. The group plural suffix 们 can only be used when the plural noun is definite. So, it can be used when referring to the students but not some students. When the group plural suffix is used, it turns the noun into a collective noun that cannot be enumerated. In other words, group plurals with 们 cannot be preceded by number + classifier, and you cannot say: 这三个学生们 The group plural suffix 们 is often used at the beginning of speeches when addressing the audience. For example, the president of a college could begin an address to the student body by saying 学生们 . . .

 17.2.  忙 zhe + VP busy doing an action  To say that someone is busy doing some action, say: (S) 忙 zhe + VP 有的(学生)忙 zhe xuFn 课, 有的忙 zhe 买课本。 Some (students) are busy selecting classes, some are busy buying textbooks. 忙 zhe is always followed by a verb or verb phrase. Zhe is a verb suffix. We will learn how to use it to express other meanings besides being busy doing an action in later lessons.

 17.3.  The directional verbs 回来 come back and 回去 go back  回来 come back and 回去 go back are directional verbs. Directional verbs are formed by a verb of motion followed by either 来 come or 去 go. In 回来 come back and 回去 go back, the verb of motion is 回 return to a place. 来 come and 去 go indicate whether the movement occurs toward (来) or away from (去) the speaker or narrator of the situation. Notice that English and Mandarin differ in the order in which the information is conveyed in the equiva­ lent expressions. In English you say come back while in Mandarin you say 回来, literally return come. In English you say go back while in Mandarin you say 回去, literally return go. We will learn additional directional verbs in Lesson 22. Notice that 回来 and 回去 are not followed by the subject’s destination. When the expres­ sion 回来 is used, the destination that is implied is here. When the expression 回去 is used, the destination that is implied is the place that the subject came from.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 10

8/10/2011 2:47:40 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      11

他前天刚从美国回来。 He just came back from America the day before yesterday. 你什么时候回去？ When are you going back?

 17.4.  Indicating how long an action has not occurred: 有 length of time 没(有) VP  To indicate how long an action has not occurred, say: subject 有 length of time 没(有) VP 他有三个月没有说中文了。 He hasn’t spoken Chinese for three months. 我两天没 shuì 觉，yCn 为功课太多了。 I didn’t sleep for two days because I had too much course work. When this structure is used, 了 can occur at the end of the sentence to indicate that the action has not occurred all the way up to the time of speaking. (See Use and Structure note 15.13 on the use of 了 to indicate that an action continues to the present time.) 他有三个月没说中文了。 He hasn’t spoken Chinese for three months. Notice that the time phrase occurs in the sentence where the time when phrase typically occurs: after the subject and right before the verb phrase.

 17.5.  yCn 为 . . . suI 以 because . . . therefore  The words yCn 为 because and suI 以 therefore are used when indicating cause and effect. They occur right before the verb phrase or before the subject of the sentence. As is the case with the contrast conjunctions suC 然 although and 可是 but, the cause and effect conjunc­ tions can occur together in the same sentence. YCn 为我一直对中国文 huà 有 xìngqu，suI 以我早就 juédìng 要 xuFn 这门课了。 Because I have always been interested in Chinese culture, (therefore) I decided long ago to take this class. YCn 为我有三个月没有说中文，所以我中文 wàng 了很多。 Because I haven’t spoken Chinese for three months, I’ve forgotten a lot of Chinese.

 17.6.  ZìjH self   ZìjH self is called a reflexive pronoun because it refers back to the speaker of the sentence, or, as in the dialogue, to the subject of reported speech. 他还说他觉得 zìjH 很 bèn。 He also said that he thinks he (himself) is very dumb.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 11

8/10/2011 2:47:40 PM

12      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

ZìjH may be used when the subject of reported speech is the same person as the subject of the sentence. Notice that in English, a regular pronoun is used in this position, and not a reflexive form (himself or his self ). ZìjH may be used as the object of a sentence, when the subject and the object refer to the same person. When used in this way, it is preceded by a regular pronoun: 他不喜欢他 zìjH. He doesn’t like himself. When used as the object in this way, it is just like the English reflexive pronouns, which are formed by a pronoun + self (himself, herself, themselves, ourselves, etc.).

 17.7.  说 say vs. gàosu tell, inform  The verbs 说 and gàosu can both be used to say that someone tells or informs someone of something but, in terms of grammar, the two words are used differently. When 说 is used to say that the speaker informs someone about something, the sentence has the following structure: subject 跟 indirect object 说 (some information) 我跟他说，过几天，他的中文就会好。 I told him that in a few days his Chinese will be okay. 说 cannot be followed by the indirect object, the person who is being informed of some­ thing. That is, you cannot say: 我说他，过几天，他的中文就会好。 Gàosu must be followed by the indirect object, the person who is being informed of some­ thing. When gàosu is used to say that the speaker informs someone about something, the structure of the sentence is: subject gàosu indirect object (some information) 我 gàosu 他这几天学生都很忙。 I told him that for the past few days the students have all been very busy.

 17.8.  Zuì 后 finally  Zuì 后 finally is used to introduce the last piece of information in a list or narrative. Zuì 后他问我学校的书店现在开门不开门。 Finally, he asked me if the school’s bookstore was open. Zuì 后 is sometimes called a sentence adverb because it can occur at the beginning of a sentence. However, it can also occur right before the verb. 他 zuì 后问我学校的书店现在开门不开门。 Finally, he asked me if the school’s bookstore was open.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 12

8/10/2011 2:47:40 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      13

 17.9.  Asking indirect questions: 他问我书店开门不开门 He asked me if  the bookstore was open Direct questions are questions that the speaker poses to the listener; for example, What time is it? Indirect questions are questions that are introduced as part of reported speech; for example, He asked me what time it was. An indirect question is not followed by a question mark. In Mandarin, you form an indirect question by prefacing the question with (Person1) 问 (Person2) (Person1) asks (Person2). Direct question: 现在几点钟？ What time is it now? Indirect question: 他问我现在几点钟。 He asked me what time it is now. Notice that the order of information in indirect questions is the same as the order of information in direct questions. 那个人是谁？ Who is that person? 她问我那个人是谁。 She asked me who that person is. 你现在去哪儿？ Where are you going? 她问我我现在去哪儿。 She asked me where I am going.

Asking indirect yes-no questions When the indirect question involves a yes-no question, either the verb-not-verb form or the 吗 form of the question can be used. However, the verb-not-verb form is much more common. Direct question:  她学中文吗？ Does she study Chinese? Indirect question:  他问我她学不学中文。 He asked me if she studies Chinese. Remember that when asking about completed actions with 了 or past experiences with 过 the form of the verb-not-verb question is V 了 (O) 没有 or V 过 (O) 没有: 你吃过中国饭没有？ Have you eaten Chinese food before? 他问我我吃过中国饭没有。 He asked me if I have eaten Chinese food before.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 13

8/10/2011 2:47:41 PM

14      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Unlike English, no special word is used in Mandarin to introduce indirect yes-no questions. Compare the following indirect questions in Mandarin with their English translations. Notice that indirect yes-no questions in English are usually introduced with the word if or whether. These words are never translated into Mandarin in indirect yes-no questions. 他问我明天有没有 kFoshì。 He asked me if (whether) there is a test tomorrow. 我问我的 tóngwE 他今天晚上忙不忙。 I asked my roommate if he is busy tonight.

 17.10.  一门课 one course vs. 一 jié 课 one class  The classifier 门 is used when talking about the number of courses you are taking. If you are taking Chinese, English, History, and Economics this semester, you are taking four courses, or 四门课. Q: A:

这个学期你 xuFn 了几门课？ How many classes did you select this semester? (How many classes are you taking?) 我 xuFn 了四门。 I selected four. (I’m taking four.)

The classifier jié refers to class periods. If you have five classes on Wednesdays, then on Wednesdays you have 五 jié 课。 我每天都有课，不过星期五只有一 jié 中文课。 I have classes every day. However, on Friday I only have one class.

 17.11.  不过 however  不过 however is a conjunction that indicates contrast. It overlaps in meaning with 可是 but. 可是 has a broader meaning than 不过 and can be used to indicate almost any kind of contrast. 不过, like its English equivalent however, presents some kind of qualification, introducing some detail that differs from the general situation. 我每天都有课，不过星期五只有一 jié 中文课。 I have classes every day. However, on Friday I only have one class.

 17.12.  只是 it is only that  Use 只是 to introduce one piece of information that is an exception to a general situation. 只是 occurs before a sentence or a verb phrase. 听说中国文 huà 课不太难，也很有意思，只是老师 bHjiào yán。 I’ve heard it said that the Chinese culture class is not too hard and that it is very interesting. It’s just that the teacher is relatively strict.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 14

8/10/2011 2:47:41 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      15

 17.13.  BHjiào AdjV relatively AdjV, 有一点 AdjV a little AdjV and comparisons with AdjV 一点 BHjiào relatively, and 有一点 a little are intensifiers like 很 very, 真 really, and 非常 extremely. They all occur right before adjectival verbs and indicate the intensity of the adjectival verb. 我觉得 shù 学课 bHjiào 难。 I think the math class is relatively difficult. 听说那个老师有一点 yán。 I’ve heard that that teacher is a little strict. Pay attention to the difference between 有一点 AdjV a little AdjV and the structure AdjV 一点 a little more AdjV. 有一点 AdjV describes an adjectival verb. 那本书有一点 guì。 That book is a little expensive. 我觉得中文有一点难。 I think that Chinese is a little hard. AdjV 一点 implies a comparison. 可以 piányi 一点吗？ Can it be a little cheaper? 一点 is often used when saying how someone should do some action, implying a compar­ ison with the way that the person is doing the action now. 请你写大一点。 Please write a little bigger. 请你说慢一点。 Please speak a little more slowly.

 17.14.  对 NP 有 xìngqu interested in NP  To say that someone is interested in something, say: (someone) 对 (something) 有xìngqu 我一直对中国文 huà 有 xìngqu。 I’ve always been interested in Chinese culture. 对 is a preposition and 对 (something) is a prepositional phrase meaning toward (something). The expression 对 (something) 有 xìngqu be interested in (something) literally means toward (something) have interest. Remember that adverbs (一直 continuously; 也 also; 都 all, both; 还 still; etc.) precede the entire prepositional phrase + verb phrase. 我们都对中国文 huà 有 xìngqu。 We are all interested in Chinese culture.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 15

8/10/2011 2:47:41 PM

16      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

我的 mèimei 也对中国文 huà 有 xìngqu。 My younger sister is also interested in Chinese culture. To say that you are not interested in something, say: (someone) 对 (something) 没有xìngqu 我对中国文 huà 没有 xìngqu。 I am not interested in Chinese culture.

 17.15.  A verb phrase as the subject of a sentence  In Mandarin, a verb phrase may occur as the subject of a sentence. That is the case in the following sentence from the Dialogue: [多学习一些中国文huà] 很有用。 [Studying a little more Chinese culture] is very useful. Here 多学习一些中国文 huà study a little more Chinese culture is the subject of the sentence.

 17.16.  A Chinese proverb: Yán 师 chE 高 tú Strict teachers produce good students  Yán 师 chE 高 tú is a Chinese proverb. It literally means Strict teachers produce high disciples. Notice that 师 is part of the word 老师, which we have already learned. Proverbs and classical sayings often express words in single syllables. This is because they derive from classical Chinese, a literary language, in which many words consist of a single syllable. Chinese people often use proverbs and classical sayings to sum up situations. Notice that 国 qiáng uses it as the “last word” in the part of the conversation about the strict teacher. 国 qiáng：听说中国文 huà 课不太难，也很有意思，只是老师 bHjiào yán。 大为： 我也听说中国文 huà 课的老师有一点 yán。YCn 为我一直对中国文 huà 有 xìngqu，suI 以我早就 juédìng 要 xuFn 这门课了。住在中国， 多学习一些中国文 huà 很有用。 国 qiáng：老师 yán 没关系，yán 师 chE 高 tú。

Introduction to dictionary skills Each lesson of this course includes a Stroke Order Flow Chart that highlights the radical in each new character and illustrates the order in which the strokes of the character are writ­ ten. It is important to be able to identify a character’s radical because the arrangement of characters in Chinese dictionaries is based on radicals. It is also important to be able to count strokes correctly because in a Chinese dictionary all of the characters that share the same radical are arranged according to their number of strokes. In this lesson you will learn how to find characters in a dictionary. You will practice this skill in the Dictionary Skills exercise in each chapter of the workbook, where you will be asked to find several characters that you have not yet learned.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 16

8/10/2011 2:47:41 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      17

At the end of this textbook you will find an Index of Radicals for Simplified Characters and an Index of Radicals for Traditional Characters. As you can see, there are 189 radicals for Simplified Characters and 214 radicals for Traditional Characters. Radicals are listed in terms of the number of strokes used to write them, and the radicals are always listed in the order presented in the tables. All Chinese dictionaries have a character index arranged according to radicals. The radicals are presented in the order in which they appear in these tables of radicals, and all characters that share the same radical are listed after the radical. Characters with the same radical are organized according to the stroke order of the remainder, the part of the character that excludes the radical. For example, the radical for the character 少 is 小. 少 is written with four strokes: the three strokes used to write the radical 小 plus one more stroke. That one stroke is the remainder. In a dictionary, 少 occurs in the list of characters following the radical 小 that have one stroke in the remainder. As another example, the radical for the character 那 is 阝. The remainder consists of four strokes, and is listed in a dictionary after the radical 阝, in the group of characters that consist of 阝 and a remainder of four strokes. When looking up a character in a Chinese character dictionary, follow these steps: Steps

Example

1. Identify the radical. 2. Count the number of strokes in the radical. 3. Find the radical in the list of radicals. 4. Count the remaining strokes in the character (the total number of strokes used in writing the whole character minus the number of strokes used in writing the radical). 5. Find your character in the list of characters associated with the radical. The pronunciation of the character or a number for the character will be presented alongside the character. 6. Look up the pronunciation or the number in the body of the dictionary to find the meaning of the character.

功→力 力→2

校→木 木→4

思→心 心→4

力 → S (31) / T (18) 功→3

木 → S (81) / T (75) 校→6

心 → S (76) / T (61) 思→5

gDng

xiào

sC

gDng success, achievement

xiào school

sC thoughts

■■

A character may contain several combinations of strokes that could serve as its radical. For example, in the character 功, both 工 and 力 are radicals, but only one of them serves as the radical for this particular character. Since there is only one official radical for each character, you may need several tries to identify the official radical of a character.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 17

8/10/2011 2:47:41 PM

18      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Another example is the character 问/問 wèn to ask. 问/問 consists of two parts: 门/門 (mén) door and 口 (kIu) mouth, both of which are radicals. In this character, 口 (kIu) is classified as the radical, and the character is found in a Chinese dictionary among other characters whose radical is 口 (kIu). ■■

Some radicals occur in several different forms. For example, the water radical 水 (shuH) may occur in the form “three-dot water” in characters such as 江 (jiAng) river and 没 (méi) not.

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

The sentence pyramids illustrate the use of each new vocabulary item and structure introduced in the lesson. Use them to help you learn how to form phrases and sentences in Mandarin. Supply the English translation for the last line where indicated. 1. 开学 就要开学了 后天就要开学了 学校后天就要开学了。 2. 回来 刚回来 刚从中国回来 前天刚从中国回来 我父母前天刚从中国回来。 3. 很忙 学生们都很忙 这几天学生们都很忙。 4. xuFn 课 忙 zhe xuFn 课 学生都忙 zhe xuFn 课。

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 18

school begins school begins school begins the day after tomorrow School will begin the day after tomorrow. return just returned just returned from China just returned from China the day before yesterday My parents just returned from China the day before yesterday. very busy the students are all very busy These past few days the students have all been very busy. select classes busy selecting classes ________________________________

8/10/2011 2:47:41 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      19

5. 开门 几点钟开门？ 书店几点钟开门？

open what time (does it) open? What time does the bookstore open?

6. 书 一些书 买一些书 去书店买一些书 我要去书店买一些书。

book a few books buy a few books go to the bookstore to buy a few books ________________________________

7. bèn 很 bèn zìjH 很 bèn 他觉得 zìjH 很 bèn。 他说他觉得 zìjH 很 bèn。

stupid very stupid I (myself) am very stupid He thinks that he is very stupid. He says he thinks that he is very stupid.

8. 说中文 没说中文 三个月没说中文 有三个月没说中文 我有三个月没说中文。

speak Chinese didn’t speak Chinese didn’t speak Chinese for three months have not spoken Chinese for three months I have not spoken Chinese for three months.

9. 有 xìngqu 对 yCnyuè 有 xìngqu 我对 yCnyuè 有 xìngqu。

have interest have an interest in music I am interested in music.

10. 有 xìngqu 对 shù 学有 xìngqu 一直对 shù 学有 xìngqu 我一直对 shù 学有 xìngqu。

have interest be interested in math have always been interested in math I have always been interested in math.

11. yán bHjiào yán 听说那个老师 bHjiào yán。

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 19

strict relatively strict I hear that that teacher is relatively strict.

8/10/2011 2:47:41 PM

20      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

12. 关系 没关系 有一点 yán，没关系 老师有一点 yán，没关系。

connection it doesn’t matter being a little strict doesn’t matter The teacher being a little strict doesn’t matter.

13. 高 tú chE 高 tú Yán 师 chE 高 tú。

strong students (high disciples) produce strong students Strict teachers produce strong students.

14. 很用功 很 cDng 明，也很用功 你很 cDng 明，也很用功。

very hardworking very smart and also very hardworking ________________________________

15. 没问 tí 难一点没问题 你很 cDng 明，也很用功。难一点 没问 tí。 16. 有一点难 只是有一点难 有意思，只是有一点难 Shù 学课很有意思，只是有一点难。

not a problem a little difficult is not a problem You are very smart and also very hardworking. It’s not a problem if it is a little difficult. a little difficult it is only that it is a little difficult interesting, it is just that it is a little difficult Math class is very interesting. It’s just that it is a little difficult.

17. 几门课？ xuFn 了几门课？ 这个学期 xuFn 了几门课？ 你这个学期 xuFn 了几门课？

how many courses? selected how many courses? this semester selected how many courses? ________________________________

18. 五门课 xuFn 了五门课 我这个学期 xuFn 了五门课。

five courses selected five courses ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 20

8/10/2011 2:47:41 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      21

19. 文 huà 课 中国文 huà 课 一门中国文 huà 课 我 xuFn 了一门中国文 huà 课。

culture class Chinese culture class one course in Chinese culture ________________________________

20. xuFn 了一门 shù 学课 suI 以 xuFn 了一门 shù 学课 对 shù 学有 xìngqu，suI 以我 xuFn 了一门 shù 学课 YCn 为我对 shù 学有 xìngqu， suI 以我 xuFn 了一门 shù 学课。

selected one course in math so I selected one course in math be interested in math, so I selected one course in math Because I am interested in math, I selected one course in math.

21. 有用 很有用 不过很有用 有一点难，不过很有用 Shù 学有一点难，不过很有用。 22. 三 jié 课 上了三 jié 课 已经上了三 jié 课 我今天已经上了三 jié 课了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 21

useful very useful but it is very useful a little difficult, but it is very useful Math is a little difficult, but it is very useful. three classes (three class periods) attended three classes already attended three classes ________________________________

8/10/2011 2:47:42 PM

22      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Language FAQs 前天 the day before yesterday, 后天 the day after tomorrow  and the spatial orientation of time expressions Most languages use some metaphor for talking about time, since time is some­ thing that you cannot hold or see. Chinese, like English, uses a spatial metaphor when talking about days. The Chinese word for the day before yesterday literally means the day in front of you and the Chinese word for the day after tomorrow liter­ ally means the day behind you. Notice how the metaphor works. You know what happened in the past so it is the time in front of your eyes: 前天. You don’t know what is going to happen in the future; it is made up of events you cannot see. If the past is right before your eyes, the future is behind your back: 后天。

Notice that English uses the opposite metaphor in expressions such as the past is behind you and your future is in front of you.

The different meanings of 开 In this lesson we learned the basic mean of the verb 开, open. 开 is also used in many expressions in which its meaning is begin or start. Here are expressions that we have learned: 开车 drive a car 开 shH begin

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 22

开学 begin study 开门 open the door

8/10/2011 2:47:43 PM

Lesson 17  选课  Selecting courses      23

Lesson 17 Narrative in English School will begin the day after tomorrow. These days the students are all very busy. Some of them are busy selecting classes, and some of them are busy buying textbooks. Today I saw Dawei in the (school) cafeteria. He just got back from America the day before yesterday. He said he hadn’t spoken Chinese for three months, so he couldn’t speak Chinese well (anymore). He also said that he thought he was very stupid. He didn’t speak Chinese for three months and now he can’t speak it anymore. I told him that in a few days, after he’s gotten used to things, his Chinese will be fine. Finally, he asked me if the school bookstore was open right now. He had to buy textbooks. I said it was only 2 o’clock right now, they were certainly open. After eating, we went together to the school’s bookstore to buy books.

Dialogue in English Part A Guoqiang: Dawei, how many classes are you taking this semester? Dawei: I’m taking four: one course in Chinese culture, one course in music, one course in math, and one course in Chinese language. Guoqiang: Do you have classes every day? Dawei: Yes, I have classes every day. However, on Fridays I only have one class.

Part B Guoqiang: I’ve heard that the Chinese culture class is not too hard, and that it is interesting. It is only that the teacher is relatively strict. Dawei: I have also heard that the Chinese culture teacher is a little strict. Since I have always been interested in Chinese culture, I decided to take this course a long time ago. Living in China, studying a little more Chinese culture is very useful. Guoqiang: It doesn’t matter if the teacher is strict. Strict teachers produce good students. In addition, you are very smart and also very hardworking. It certainly won’t be a problem.

9780415472500_Textbook_L17.indd 23

8/10/2011 2:47:43 PM

24

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Lesson 18  选 zhuAnyè 

Selecting a major Communication goals ■

Ask for reasons and explanations

■

Talk about conditions and hypothetical situations Talk about academic majors and fields of study Express interests

■ ■

Key structures A 跟 B 有关系 A and B have a connection; A is related to B rú 果 . . . 就 if . . . (then) describing nouns with actions or states: VP 的 (main) N 为什么 why? 在 VP/S 以前 during the time before, 在 VP/S 以后 during the time after, 在 VP/S 的时候 during the time when the superlative: 最 AdjV the most AdjV

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 24

8/10/2011 8:58:11 AM

Lesson 18

选 zhuanyè

Selecting a major

Narrative

25

(CD1: 11)

选 zhuAnyè 是一 jiàn 很 zhòng 要的 shìqing。选 zhuAnyè 跟你的 ài 好、学习和 jiAng 来都有关系。Rú 果选一个你喜欢的 zhuAnyè，你就会有兴趣。因为你有兴趣， 就会学得好。因为学习 chéngjì 好，当然就容易找工作。Rú 果 zhuAnyè 选得不好， 学生对 zhuAnyè 没有兴趣，学的时候就会觉得很 lèi、很 jHn 张，所以 chéngjì 也不会好。这样，bìyè 以后也就很难找工作。ZhuAnyè 没有好 huài，只是你喜欢 不喜欢。中国人常说：“行行 chE Zhuàngyuán。”

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 25

8/10/2011 8:58:13 AM

26

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue (CD1: 12)

The situation: While walking to the bookstore, Xie Guoqiang and Zhang Dawei continue their conversation about their studies.

Part A 国强： 你的 zhuAnyè 是什么？ 大为： 我还没有选 zhuAnyè 呢。 国强： 你已经是二年级的学生了，为什么还没有 zhuAnyè？ 大为： 美国的大学生在三年级的时候选 zhuAnyè。你先选一些课， 看你最喜欢哪个，看你哪 fAngmiàn 最强，再 jué 定你的 zhuAnyè。 你呢？你的 zhuAnyè 是什么？ 国强： 我的 zhuAnyè 是经 jì。在中国，学生上大学以前 zhuAnyè 已经 jué 定了。

Part B 大为： 没有上大学怎么就能 jué 定 zhuAnyè 呢？ 国强： 中国的高中生在 bìyè 以前 cAnjiA quán 国的考试，考大学。学生 在知道考试的分数以后，shBn 请大学和 zhuAnyè。 大为： Rú 果 jìn 了大学以后，你不喜欢你的 zhuAnyè，怎么 bàn？ 国强： 我想不会不喜欢吧。

Vocabulary Narrative àihào

ài 好

noun

hobby, interest

bìyè

verb

graduate

chéngjì

noun

record, grades

noun

connection, relationship

proverb

every field produces a leading expert

guAnxi

关系

háng háng chE 行行 chE Zhuàngyuán Zhuàngyuán

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 26

8/10/2011 8:58:14 AM

Lesson 18  选 zhuanyè  Selecting a major    27

huài

adjectival verb

bad, broken

jiàn

classifier

(classifier for shìqing)

jiAnglái

jiAng 来

noun

(in the) future

jHnzhAng

jHn 张

adjectival verb

nervous, tense

adjectival verb

tired

conjunction

if

noun

situation, thing (abstract)

adjectival verb

important

noun

major (course of study)

lèi rúguI

rú 果

shìqing zhòngyào

zhòng 要

zhuAnyè

Dialogue Part A

fAngmiàn

noun

aspect, perspective, side

jCngjì

经 jì

noun

economics

juédìng

jué 定

verb

decide

qiáng

强

adjectival verb

strong

wèishénme

为什么

content question

why?

phrase

zuì

最

intensifier

most

verb

attend, participate in

Part B

cAnjiA fBnshù

分数

noun

score

gAozhDng

高中

noun

high school, senior high school

noun phrase

high school student, senior high school student

gAozhDngshBng 高中生

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 27

8/10/2011 8:58:14 AM

28    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

jìn

verb

enter

quán

全

quantifier

entire

quán guó

全国

noun phrase

nationwide

shBnqHng

shBn 请

verb

apply

zGnme bàn

怎么 bàn

question phrase

what can you do about it?

Characters 定 dìng

*

一定 (yCdìng) certainly, jué 定 (juédìng) decide, determine

工 gDng

work

工作 (gDngzuò) work

果 guI

*

rú 果 (rúguI) if, 水果 (shuHguI) fruit

行 háng; *line of business; yín 行 (yínháng) bank, 行行 chE xíng

okay, acceptable

Zhuàngyuán (hang háng chE Zhuàngyuán) every field produces a leading expert; 行不行? (xíng bù xíng?) okay?

级 jí

level in school or other organization

一年级 (yCniánjí) first year

考 kFo

take a test

考试 (kFoshì) test (N), 考试 (kFo shì) take a test (V + object)

强 qiáng strong

国强 (Guóqiáng) (given name)

趣 qù

*

兴趣 (xìngqu) interest

试 shì

*

考试 (kFoshì) test (N), 考试 (kFo shì) take a test (V + object)

数 shù

*

分数 (fBnshù) score, points, 数学 (shùxué) math

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 28

8/10/2011 8:58:14 AM

Lesson 18

选 zhuanyè

Selecting a major

所 suI

*

所以 (suIyH) therefore, so

行 xíng;

okay, acceptable; *line of business

行不行? (xíng bù xíng?) okay? yín 行 (yínháng) bank, 行行 chE Zhuàngyuán (hang háng chE Zhuàngyuán) every field produces a leading expert

兴 xìng

*

兴趣 (xìngqu) interest, 高兴 (gAoxìng) happy

选 xuFn

select

因 yCn

*

因为 (yCnwèi) because

最 zuì

most

最后 (zuìhòu) finally, in the end

作 zuò

do

工作 (gDngzuò) work (N), 作 (zuò) do (V) (often interchangeable with 做 (zuò))

háng

29

Stroke Order Flow Chart character: strokes

total strokes

8 3 8 6 6 6 12 15 8

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 29

8/10/2011 8:58:16 AM

30

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

13 8 6 9 6 12 7

Dialogue practice Do these activities in class after mastering the dialogue for this lesson. Change partners so that you practice each part several times.  Dialogue 18A:  Work with a partner and find out his major. Find out why he selected that major.  Dialogue  18B:  Working with a partner, find out what she plans to do after she graduates.

Use and structure  18.1.  A 跟 B 有关系 A and B have a connection, A is related to B To indicate that something is related to something else, or that two things share something in common, say: A 跟 B 有关系 选 zhuAnyè 跟你的 ài 好有关系。 Selecting a major is related to your interests. A and B can be nouns, noun phrases, or verb phrases. In this sentence from the Narrative, B is a list of things. 选 zhuAnyè 跟你的 ài 好、学习和 jiAng 来都有关系。 Selecting a major is related to your interests, your studies, and your future.

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 30

8/10/2011 8:58:18 AM

Lesson 18  选 zhuanyè  Selecting a major    31

To say that A is unrelated to B, say: A 跟 B 没有关系 这 jiàn 事情跟你没有关系。 This situation has nothing to do with you.

 18.2.  Rú 果 . . . 就 if . . . (then)  Rú 果 is a connecting word that is equivalent in meaning to the English word if. Like the English if, it can occur at the beginning of a sentence. Rú 果 + S Rú 果选一个你喜欢的 zhuAnyè，你就会有兴趣。 If you select a major that you like, you will be interested in it. Rú 果你学了一个学期不喜欢你的 zhuAnyè，怎么 bàn？ If you study for a semester and don’t like your major, then what can you do? The second clause in a rú 果 sentence usually includes an adverb. The most commonly used adverb is 就. Remember that 就 and all other adverbs occur at the beginning of the verb phrase, before the prepositional phrase if there is one, and never before a noun or noun phrase. Rú 果你每天都 fù 习功课，你就会考得很好。 If you review your class work every day, (then) you will do well on the test. Rú 果 may also occur right after the subject of the sentence. subject rú 果 VP1 就 VP2 你 rú 果不喜欢 jiFo 子，就 bié 吃吧。 If you don’t like dumplings, (then) don’t eat them.

 18.3.  Describing nouns with actions or states: VP 的 (main) N  In Level 1 of this course we learned how to describe nouns with pronouns, nouns, and adjectival verbs. In this lesson we learn how to describe nouns with descriptions that include an action or stative verb to say things such as the classes that you have chosen and the teacher who I liked. English grammar treats noun description differently depending on whether the description includes a verb or not. Noun descriptions that do not include a verb occur before the noun: a good book, a very expensive car, a new computer, etc. In English, descriptions of nouns that include a verb are presented in relative clauses, clauses that follow the main noun, usually introduced with a relative pronoun (who or which) or a complementizer (that): the book that I bought, the car which she drives, a teacher who gives a lot of homework, etc. In Mandarin, noun description is much simpler than in English. In Mandarin, all descriptions of a noun precede the noun that is being described (the main noun), regardless of the

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 31

8/10/2011 8:58:18 AM

32    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

content of the description. That is, in Mandarin, noun description always takes the following form: description 的 main noun When the description includes an action or stative verb, the description phrase is characterized by the following: ■■

The order of information in the description follows the order of information in a simple sentence. subject + (time when) + (PP) + V + object

■■ ■■

■■

The description phrase always ends with 的. If the main noun is identical to the subject or object of the description, it is omitted from the description phrase. 了 does not occur in the description phrase.

Word order in the description phrase Look at the examples below. Compare the word order in the sentences on the left with the word order in the corresponding description phrases presented in square brackets on the right. Notice that in the description phrase, as in an independent sentence, the time when phrase and the location phrase occur before the verb. The verb in each ex­ample is underlined. In the examples on the right, the main noun in each noun phrase is highlighted. sentence

description 的 (main) N

他选 zhuAnyè 了。 He selected a major.

→

[他选的] zhuAnyè the major [that he selected]

我昨天看电 yHng 了。 I watched a movie yesterday.

→

[我昨天看的]电 yHng the movie [that I watched yesterday]

她 hB 水了。 She drank water.

→

[她 hB 的]水 the water [that she drank]

我给他买了那本书。 I bought that book for him.

→

[我给他买的]那本书 the book [that I bought for him]

我们昨天在 sùshè 听 yCnyuè 了。 We listened to music yesterday in the dorm.

→

[我们昨天在 sùshè 听的] yCnyuè the music [that we listened to yesterday in the dorm]

我喜欢那门课。 I like that class.

→

[我喜欢的]课 the class [that I like]

Identifying the main verb of the sentence When a sentence includes a noun that is described by an action or state, the sentence includes two verbs: the main verb of the sentence, and the verb that is in the noun description phrase. To identify the main verb in the sentence, do the following:

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 32

8/10/2011 8:58:18 AM

Lesson 18  选 zhuanyè  Selecting a major    33

■■

Identify the noun description phrase. It is easy to find. It is the phrase that occurs before the noun and ends with 的. In the following sentence, the noun description phrase is presented in square brackets. 爸爸妈妈不喜欢[我选的] zhuAnyè。

■■

Temporarily remove the description phrase from the sentence. The verb that remains in the sentence when the description phrase is omitted is the main verb of the sentence. It is underlined here. 爸爸妈妈不喜欢 zhuAnyè。 Dad and mom don’t like majors

You can now add the description phrase back in and complete your translation. In this sentence, the description phrase describes the word zhuAnyè major: [我选的] zhuAnyè the major that I selected. 爸爸妈妈不喜欢[我选的] zhuAnyè。 Dad and mom don’t like the major that I selected.

Omitting the main noun when a description phrase occurs In earlier lessons, we saw that when the description is a pronoun, noun phrase, or adjectival verb, 的 can sometimes be omitted. 的 is never omitted when the description includes an action verb or stative verb. However, the main noun may be omitted if it is understood from context. 你选的课都很难。我选的(课)都很容易。 The courses that you selected are very difficult. The ones that I selected are very easy. See also Use and Structure note 18.11.

 18.4.  好 huài good and bad points and the juxtaposition of opposites  In Chinese, when opposites are presented together, they can often be interpreted as “A and B” or “A or B” even though the Chinese expression does not include and or or. Context will let you know whether to translate an expression with and or or. ZhuAnyè 没有好 huài，只是你喜欢不喜欢。 There are no good or bad majors, it is only whether you like or don’t like them.

 18.5.  行行 chE Zhuàngyuán every field produces a leading expert  行行 chE Zhuàngyuán every field produces a leading expert is a Chinese proverb. As with the expression yán 师 chE 高 tú in Lesson 17, it is used to sum up a situation and it functions to end the discussion about the topic. In the Narrative in this lesson it suggests that if you enjoy a certain field of study, you have a good chance of excelling in it. Since every field has a leading expert, maybe you will become that expert. For more about this expression, see Notes on Chinese Culture.

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 33

8/10/2011 8:58:18 AM

34    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 18.6.  为什么 why?  To ask for a reason or explanation, use the word 为什么 why and ask: (S) 为什么 VP？ 你已经是二年级的学生了，为什么还没有 zhuAnyè？ You are already a sophomore, why don’t you have a major yet? (Why do you still not have a major?) You can also ask for a reason or explanation with the question word 怎么 how, how come (Use and Structure note 5.9). 你怎么还没有 zhuAnyè？ How come you still don’t have a major?

 18.7.  在 VP/S 以前 during the time before, 在 VP/S 以后 during the time after,  在 VP/S 的时候 during the time when In Lesson 9 (Use and Structure note 9.1), we learned that the structure 在 + ActV is used to indicate that some action is ongoing. 你在做什么？ What are you doing right now? 我在 fù 习功课。 I am reviewing my lessons. In this lesson we see that 在 can also occur in the first clause of an 以前 before, 以后 after, or 的时候 when sentence to emphasize the ongoing duration of the situation presented in that clause. 中国的高中生在 bìyè 以前 cAnjiA quán 国的考试，考大学。 Chinese high school students, (during the time) before they graduate, take a nationwide exam, (they) take the admissions exam for college. 学生在知道考试的分数以后，shBn 请大学和 zhuAnyè。 (During the time) after they know their exam score, (students) apply to a university and a major. 美国的大学生在三年级的时候选 zhuAnyè。 American college students select a major during their junior year. (American college students during the time of their junior year select a major.)

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 34

8/10/2011 8:58:18 AM

Lesson 18  选 zhuanyè  Selecting a major    35

 18.8.  The superlative: 最 AdjV the most AdjV  最 most is an intensifier. It occurs before an adjectival verb or stative verb. 最 + AdjV can be translated into English as the most AdjV or the AdjV-est, depending upon the English adjective. 我 dìdi 是我家最高的人。 My younger brother is the tallest person in my family. 他是我朋友lH最用功的一个人。 He is the most hardworking of my friends. 我最喜欢吃中国饭。 I like eating Chinese food the best.

 18.9.  哪 fAngmiàn, 这 fAngmiàn, 那 fAngmiàn, and 在 NP fAngmiàn as for NP  FAngmiàn means aspect, perspective, or side. It never occurs as a word by itself and must be preceded by something. In this lesson we see that it can be preceded by the question word 哪 which, and the specifiers 这 this and 那 that. 你先选一些课，看你哪 fAngmiàn 最强，再 jué 定你的 zhuAnyè。 First you select a few classes and see which areas you are strongest in, and then you select a major. 我不 dIng 中国学生怎么考大学。这 fAngmiàn，你可以问问谢国强。 I don’t understand the process of how Chinese students take college-entrance exams. For this, you can ask Xie Guoqiang. FAngmiàn often occurs in the structure 在 NP fAngmiàn as for NP, when it comes to NP. 他在数学 fAngmiàn 不太强，但是文 huà、经 jì fAngmiàn 他很有兴趣。 When it comes to math he is not too strong, but he is really interested in culture and economics. (when it comes to culture and economics, he is really interested) 他在 yJ 法 fAngmiàn，有的时候会有问 tí。 Sometimes he has problems when it comes to grammar. Notice that English translations of NP 这 fAngmiàn, NP 那 fAngmiàn, and NP fAngmiàn may not include the word aspect, perspective, or side. Instead, these expressions can sometimes be translated as as for NP or when it comes to NP.

 18.10.  怎么 bàn？What can you do about it?  The expression 怎么 bàn？ What can you do about it? always occurs at the end of a sentence, after the statement of a problem. Rú 果 jìn 了大学以后，你不喜欢你的 zhuAnyè，怎么 bàn？ If after you enter college, you don’t like your major, what can you do about it?

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 35

8/10/2011 8:58:18 AM

36    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 18.11.  Describing a noun with more than one description  In Lesson 10 we learned that nouns can be described by more than one description phrase. (See Use and Structure note 10.18.) Each description phrase occurs before the main noun, followed by a classifier if it involves a number or specifier, and in all other cases by 的. Noun descriptions involving verbs can also occur along with other descriptions to describe a single noun. Here are some examples. Notice that the main noun occurs only once, after the last description phrase. 这三本 these three

xCn 的 new

昨天买的 bought yesterday

中文书 Chinese books

these three new Chinese books that I bought yesterday 那两个 those two

我刚 rènshi 的 I just met

中国学生 Chinese students

those two Chinese students who I just met 在图书馆用的 use at the library

非常快的 extremely fast

电 nFo computers

the extremely fast computers that are used at the library See also Use and Structure note 18.3.

Strategies for translating complex Chinese sentences to English Written language tends to use more complex structures than spoken language, and this course will help you to build strategies for reading and composing texts with complex structures. In this lesson we focus on reading complex sentences. Complex sentences involve multiple clauses, and often more than one grammatical structure. Let’s see how to approach a complex sentence selected from the Narrative in this lesson. Rú 果选一个你喜欢的 zhuAnyè，你就会有兴趣。 Do not begin by trying to translate the sentence word for word from left to right. English structures and Mandarin structures do not “match up” word for word, so this strategy will lead to trouble. Instead, begin by identifying the grammatical structure or structures included in the sentence. In this sentence the major structure is: Rú 果 . . . 就 Rú 果选一个你喜欢的 zhuAnyè，你就会有兴趣。 If . . . (then)

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 36

8/10/2011 8:58:19 AM

Lesson 18  选 zhuanyè  Selecting a major    37

The rú 果 clause of the sentence includes 的, the marker of noun description, so you should follow the strategies for translating noun description presented in Use and Structure note 18.3 and identify the main noun. It is the noun that immediately follows 的, zhuAnyè major. Temporarily remove the description [你喜欢的] from the first clause, and then translate the clause. Rú 果选一个 zhuAnyè，…… If you select a major, . . . Now you are ready to add the description back in: Rú 果选一个[你喜欢的] zhuAnyè，…… If you select a major that you like . . . Finally, look for any structure patterns in the 就 part of the sentence. In this sentence, the 就 part of the sentence includes 有兴趣. 有兴趣 is part of the structure 对 (something) 有兴趣 be interested in (something) but, by itself, 有兴趣 means be interested. Are there any characters or words in the sentences that you have learned but cannot remember? Look them up, review them, and then complete your translation. Rú 果选一个你喜欢的 zhuAnyè，你就会有兴趣。 If you select a major that you like, you will be interested (in it).

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

The sentence pyramids illustrate the use of each new vocabulary item and structure introduced in the lesson. Use them to help you learn how to form phrases and sentences in Mandarin. Supply the English translation for the last line where indicated. 1. ài 好 很多 ài 好 她有很多 ài 好。 2. 考试 quán 国的考试 cAnjiA quán 国的考试 高中生 cAnjiA quán 国的考试。

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 37

hobby a lot of hobbies ________________________________ test nationwide test participate in a nationwide test High school students take a nationwide test.

8/10/2011 8:58:19 AM

38    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

3. 工作 什么工作？ 找什么工作？ bìyè 以后想找什么工作？ 你 bìyè 以后想找什么工作？ 4. zhòng 要 很 zhòng 要 你高中的 chéngjì 很 zhòng 要 ShBn 请大学的时候，你高中的 chéngjì 很 zhòng 要。

job what job? look for what job? after graduating plan to look for what job? ________________________________ important very important your high school academic record is very important When you apply to college, your high school academic record is very important.

5. jHn 张 很 jHn 张 考试以前我很 jHn 张 CAnjiA 考试以前我很 jHn 张。

nervous very nervous before taking tests I am very nervous ________________________________

6. 怎么 bàn？ 分数不高，怎么 bàn？ Rú 果考得不好，分数不高， 怎么 bàn？

what can you do? score is not high, what can you do? ________________________________ ________________________________

7. 强 bHjiào 强 那 fAngmiàn bHjiào 强 我在数学那 fAngmiàn bHjiào 强。

strong relatively strong relatively strong in that area I am relatively strong in the area of math.

8. zhuAnyè 经 jì zhuAnyè 选了经 jì zhuAnyè 你为什么选了经 jì zhuAnyè？

major economics major selected a major in economics ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 38

8/10/2011 8:58:19 AM

Lesson 18  选 zhuanyè  Selecting a major    39

9. zhòng 要 dIng 经 jì 很 zhòng 要 jiAng 来 dIng 经 jì 很 zhòng 要 我觉得 jiAng 来 dIng 经 jì 很 zhòng 要。 因为我觉得 jiAng 来 dIng 经 jì 很 zhòng 要。 10. jué 定 已经 jué 定了 zhuAnyè 已经 jué 定了 jìn 大学以前，zhuAnyè 已经 jué 定了 中国学生 jìn 大学以前，zhuAnyè 已经 jué 定了。 11. 问我 可以来问我 有问 tí，可以来问我 哪 fAngmiàn 有问 tí，可以来问我 你在学习上哪 fAngmiàn 有问 tí， 可以来问我 Rú 果你在学习上哪 fAngmiàn 有问 tí，可以来问我。 12. 好 huài 没有好 huài ZhuAnyè 没有好 huài。 13. shìqing 这 jiàn shìqing 我不 dIng 这 jiàn shìqing。

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 39

important understanding economics is very important in the future understanding economics will be very important I think that in the future understanding economics will be very important. Because I think that in the future understanding economics will be very important. determine already determined major is already determined before entering college, major is already determined ________________________________ ________________________________ ask me can come and ask me (if) there are questions, can come and ask me questions about any aspect, can come and ask me (if) you have questions about any aspect of your studies, you can come and ask me ________________________________ ________________________________ good and bad there is no good or bad (Among) majors there are no good or bad ones. situation this situation I don’t understand this situation.

8/10/2011 8:58:19 AM

40    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

14. 中文考试 一个中文考试 要 cAnjiA 一个中文考试

在中国工作以前要 cAnjiA 一个 中文考试。

Chinese language test a Chinese language test must participate in a Chinese language test before working, must participate in a Chinese language test Before working in China, (you) must take a Chinese language exam.

15. 关系 有关系 跟你的 jiAng 来有关系 你选的 zhuAnyè 跟你的 jiAng 来 有关系。

connection have connection is related to your future The major that you select has relevance for your future.

16. 不 dIng 哪 fAngmiàn 不 dIng？ 你哪 fAngmiàn 不 dIng？

not understand which aspect not understand? ________________________________

17. lèi 觉得很 lèi 一定会觉得很 lèi Rú 果你对你的学习没有兴趣， 你一定会觉得很 lèi。

tired feel very tired certainly will feel very tired If you are not interested in your studies you will certainly feel very tired.

18. 谁？ 喜欢谁？ 你最喜欢谁？

who? like who? Who do you like the best?

19. 关系 有关系 跟学习的习 guàn 有关系 分数好 huài 跟学习的习 guàn 有关系。

connection have connection is related to your study habits Whether your grades are good or bad is related to your study habits.

20. 有关系 没有关系 跟我的 zhuAnyè 没有关系 我的 ài 好跟我的 zhuAnyè 没有 关系。

have connection doesn’t have a connection has no connection with my major ________________________________ ________________________________

工作以前要 cAnjiA 一个中文考试

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 40

8/10/2011 8:58:19 AM

Lesson 18  选 zhuanyè  Selecting a major    41

21. 很难 都很难 选的课都很难 我这个学期选的课都很难。

very difficult all very difficult classes selected are all very difficult The courses that I selected this semester are all very difficult.

22. 考得不好 考试考得不好 所以他考试考得不好 因为他写得很慢，所以他考试 考得不好。

do poorly on the exam do poorly on the exam so he did poorly on the exam ________________________________ ________________________________

23. fù 习功课 忙 zhe fù 习功课 二年级的学生都忙 zhe fù 习功课。

review course work busy reviewing course work ________________________________

24. 吃东西 不可以吃东西 Jìn 了图书馆以后你不可以吃东西。 25. 给老师 wàng 了给老师 功课 wàng 了给老师了 昨天作的功课 wàng 了给老师了 我昨天作的功课 wàng 了给老师了。 26. wàng 了没有？ 汉字 wàng 了没有？ 学的汉字 wàng 了没有？ 上个学期学的汉字 wàng 了没有？ 你上个学期学的汉字 wàng 了没有？

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 41

eat things can’t eat things After entering the library you can’t eat things. give to the teacher forgot to give to the teacher homework forgot to give to the teacher the homework done yesterday forgot to give to the teacher ________________________________ forgot or not? Chinese characters forgot or not? the Chinese characters that (you) studied forgotten or not? Chinese characters studied last semester forgotten or not? ________________________________

8/10/2011 8:58:19 AM

42

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Notes on Chinese culture Going to a university and selecting a major In China, when you apply for admission to a university or college, you also apply for a major. Although the situation is changing in both mainland China and in Taiwan, the procedure is essentially as follows. Students who wish to attend college take a national college entrance exam in the summer after their senior year of high school (June in mainland China, July in Taiwan). When you register for the exam you list the university/college and major that you wish to be considered for. You are admitted to a specific department at a specific university/college based on your exam score. Once you enroll, it is difficult to change majors or to change universities. Therefore, as Guoqiang suggests, you might as well not be unhappy with your major or with your college.

What does Zhuangyuan mean? Zhuangyuan was a title conferred to the scholar who scored the highest in the final level of competition in the Imperial Examinations, a series of examinations held during much of China’s history up until the beginning of the 20th century. The Imperial Examinations were used to select candidates for civil service. After each exam, a certain number of candidates moved up to the next level of competition. The person who scored the highest in the highest level of competition received the title of Zhuangyuan. The chances of becoming a Zhuangyuan were extremely low, but in every final round of the Imperial Examinations, one person would become a Zhuangyuan. The competition was intense and the chances were low, but someone would rise to the top. The expression 行行 chE Zhuàngyuán derives from this system. It means that there will always be someone who will rise to the top of every field. If you are talented and work hard, it might be you.

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 42

8/10/2011 8:58:20 AM

Lesson 18  选 zhuanyè  Selecting a major    43

Lesson 18 Narrative in English Selecting a major is an important thing. Selecting a major is related to your interests, studies, and future. If you select a major that you like, you will be interested in it. Because you are interested in it, you will do well in your studies. Because your academic record is good, of course it will be easy to find a job. If a student doesn’t do a good job selecting his major, or if he is not interested in his major, he will feel exhausted when he is studying and very tense, so his academic record won’t be good. In this way, after graduating, it will be hard to find a job. There are no good or bad majors, only majors that you like and those that you don’t. Chinese people often say: “Every field has its leading expert.”

Dialogue in English Part A Guoqiang: Dawei: Guoqiang: Dawei:

What is your major? I don’t have a major yet. You are already a sophomore, why don’t you have a major yet? American college students select their major in their junior year. You first select a few classes, then you see which ones you like the best and see what areas you are strong in, and then you decide on your major. What about you? What is your major? Guoqiang: My major is economics. In China, before students begin college their major is already decided.

Part B Dawei: If you haven’t started college, how can you decide on a major? Guoqiang: During the time before they graduate, Chinese high school students take a nationwide exam, (they) take the admissions exam for college. When students know their scores they apply to a college and to a major. Dawei: After you enter college, if you don’t like your major, what do you do? Guoqiang: I think you won’t dislike it. (It’s not likely that you won’t like it.)

9780415472500_Textbook_L18.indd 43

8/10/2011 8:58:20 AM

44

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Lesson 19  ShDushi 房间 

Straightening up the room Communication goals ■

Describe the location of objects in a room

■

Talk about putting things in locations Talk about doing actions until you reach a conclusion or result

■

Key structures number + 多 + CL (+ N), number + CL + 多 (+ N) more than some number (of nouns) resultative verbs 就是 only, it is only yòu AdjV1 yòu AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2 bF + NP take something and do something with it 非 ActV 不可 must ActV 不用 VP no need to, don’t have to VP 一 VP1 就 VP2 as soon as VP1, VP2

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 44

8/10/2011 8:58:31 AM

Lesson 19

Shdushi 房间

Straightening up the room

Narrative

45

(CD1: 22)

开学已经一个多星期了。小张和小谢今年还是同屋。虽然课都选好了，课本也都 买到了，dàn 是这几天他们都非常忙，没有时间 shDushi 宿舍，所以宿舍 luànjí 了。 这个 zhDumò，小张和小谢想请同学来开晚会。在同学们来以前，他们一定得 shDushi 一下宿舍。

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 45

8/10/2011 8:58:33 AM

46

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue (CD1: 22–23)

The situation: 小谢在房间里打电 nFo，小张在找东西。

Part A 小张： 你看见我的中文书了吗？我找了半天也没找到。 小谢： 没看见。我们的屋子太 luàn 了。ZhuD 子上、yH 子上都有书，地上也有 书，就是书 jià 上没有书。

Part B 小张： 我们的宿舍 yòu zAng，yòu luàn。在同学们来以前，一定得 bF 宿舍 shDushi 好。 小谢： 对，非 shDushi 不可了。所以你也不用找课本了。一 shDushi 好， 就会找到。

Part C 小张： 这么 luàn，从哪儿开始 shDushi 呢？ 小谢： 你看我们的 yCfu 都在床上。门外边有 xié，门里边也有 xié。我们先 bF gAnjìng 的 yCfu 放在 guì 子里，zAng yCfu 一会儿洗 gAnjìng，再 bF zhuD 子上和地上的书放在书 jià 上。 小张： 好，这些做 wán 以后，你能不能再 bF xié 子都放在床下边？我来 bF 地 sFo gAnjìng。 小谢： 好，我先 bF chuAnghu 打开。现在就开始吧。

Vocabulary Title and narrative dànshì

dàn 是

conjunction

but

fángjiAn

房间

noun

room

huì

会

noun

meeting, party, formal event

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 46

8/10/2011 8:58:35 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    47

jíle

jí 了

intensifier suffix

extremely (AdjV)

kAi

开

verb

convene (a meeting), “have” (a party), drive

luàn

adjectival verb

chaotic, disorganized, messy

shDushi

verb

straighten up

noun phrase

party (Literally: evening meeting)

noun

weekend

wFnhuì

晚会

zhDumò

Dialogue Part A

bàntiAn

半天

idiom

a long time (Literally: half a day)

dì

地

noun

earth, ground

jiù shì

就是

adverbial phrase

only, it is only that

shEjià

书 jià

noun

bookcase

wEzi

屋子

noun

room

yHzi

yH 子

noun

chair

zhuDzi

zhuD 子

noun

table

verb classifier

take*(classifier for chairs)

modal verb phrase

not need to

fBi V bù kG 非V不可

literary expression

must V

yòu

adverb

both (. . . and)

zAng

adjectival verb

dirty

Part B

bF bù yòng

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 47

不用

8/10/2011 8:58:35 AM

48    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part C

chuAnghu dFkAi

打开

noun

window

resultative verb

open

(verb + resultative ending)

fàng

放

verb

put, place (something somewhere)

adjectival verb

clean

noun

dresser

jiàn

classifier

(classifier for articles of clothing) (cf. 一 jiàn shìqing one matter)

sFo

verb

sweep

verb + object

sweep the floor

shuAng

classifier

pair

wán

verb

finish, be finished

noun

shoes

noun

clothing

intensifier

so (AdjV), this (AdjV)

gAnjìng guìzi

sFo dì

xié(zi)

guì 子

sFo 地

xié (子)

yCfu zhème

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 48

这么

8/10/2011 8:58:35 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    49

Characters 边 biAn

*

床 chuáng bed

外边 (wàibian) outside, 里边 (lHbian) inside, 上边 (shàngbian) above, 下边 (xiàbian) below 起床 (qH chuáng) get out of bed, get up

房 fáng

house, room* 房间 (fángjiAn) room, 房子 (fángzi) house

放 fàng

put

放 jià (fàng jià) begin vacation

间 jiAn

*

时间 (shíjiAn) time, 房间 (fángjiAn) room

里 lH

in, inside, (classifier for distance)

里边 (lHbian) inside 一里路 (yC lH lù) one mile

能 néng

able, can

舍 shè

*

宿舍 (sùshè) dormitory

始 shH

*

开始 (kAishH) begin

宿 sù

*

宿舍 (sùshè) dormitory

虽 suC

*

虽然 (suCrán) although

同 tóng

*

同屋 (tóngwE) roommate, 同学 (tóngxué) classmate

外 wài

out, outside

外边 (wàibian) outside

屋 wE

room*

同屋 (tóngwE) roommate

洗 xH

wash

洗 zFo (xH zFo) bathe

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 49

8/10/2011 8:58:35 AM

50

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Stroke Order Flow Chart character: strokes

total strokes

5 7 8 8 7 7 10 8 8 11 9 6 5 9 9

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 50

8/10/2011 8:58:39 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    51

Dialogue practice Do these activities in class after mastering the dialogue for this lesson. Change partners so that you practice each part several times.  Dialogue 19A:  Work with a partner and ask him or her if they have seen something that you misplaced. Your partner should say that the room is a mess, and should describe the locations of some items that are not in their proper place.  Dialogue 19B:  Work with a partner and continue your conversation. Your partner should say that you must clean up the room, and that as soon as you clean up the room you will find your missing item.  Dialogue 19C:  Work with a partner to clean up your room before your guests arrive for a party. Give each other instructions on where to put different items.

Use and structure  19.1.  Number + 多 + CL (+ N), number + CL + 多 (+ N) more than some number (of nouns) To say more than some number (of nouns), use the word 多 in the number + CL + N phrase. Depending upon the precise meaning, 多 may occur either right after the number or right after the classifier. Number + 多 + CL (+ N) means a few more than that number. 十多年 11 or 12 or so years 二十多里路 21 or 22 or so miles 八十多块钱 81 or 82 or so dollars Number + CL + 多 (+ N) means that number and a fraction more, but less than the next highest whole number. 十年多 一 suì 多 一个多星期 九个多钟 tóu 五块多钱

ten years and a little bit (but less than eleven years) a little more than a year old a little more than one week more than nine hours more than five dollars (but less than six)

开学已经一个多星期了。 It’s already been more than a week since we started school. ( . . . a few days more than a week, but less than two weeks)

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 51

8/10/2011 8:58:39 AM

52    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

我的同屋已经睡了九个多钟 tóu 了。 My roommate has already been sleeping for more than nine hours. ( . . . but less than ten hours)

 19.2.  Resultative verbs  Many action verbs refer to open-ended actions, that is, actions that can continue for some period of time. Open-ended action verbs include: 吃 eat, 找 look for, 说 speak, 看 look at, and shDushi straighten up, clean up. In Mandarin, open-ended action verbs can be followed by a suffix that indicates the result or conclusion of an action. The open-ended action + suffix forms a resultative verb. The suffixes that can follow action verbs to indicate a result or conclusion are called resultative suffixes or resultative complements. Here are examples of resultative verbs from the Dialogue in this lesson. open-ended action verb

+ resultative suffix

= resultative verb

看 look at 找 look for shDushi straighten up

+ 见 see, perceive + 到 locate + 好 do to a successful conclusion

做 do sFo sweep

+ wán finish + gAnjìng clean

= 看见 see = 找到 find = shDushi 好 successfully finish straightening up (straighten up until it is neat) = 做 wán finish doing = sFo gAnjìng sweep clean

Resultative verbs are very common in Mandarin, and it is easy to form them. If an openended action verb can have the result or conclusion indicated by a particular ending, the ending can follow the verb. For example, any action that can be finished can be followed by the suffix wán finish. Here are some examples: 说 wán finish saying 看 wán finish looking or finish reading 写 wán finish writing 听 wán finish listening 买 wán finish buying chàngwán finish singing 我 gAng 看完那本书。 I just finished reading that book. The resultative ending 好 is similar to wán in indicating that an action is finished. But whereas wán indicates merely that an action is finished, 好 has the additional meaning that the action has reached a successful conclusion in preparation for some next step. If an action has reached a successful conclusion and something is going to follow, you can say V + 好. Here are some examples: 说好 talk until you reach an agreement 做好 finish doing something that you had planned to finish 买好 succeed in buying items that you had planned to buy

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 52

8/10/2011 8:58:39 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    53

我的课都选好了。 I’ve finished selecting my classes. ( . . . and I am now ready to start the semester) The resultative ending 见 is used to indicate that you perceive something, either through looking or listening. Notice the difference in meaning between the open-ended action verbs 看 and 听 and the resultative verbs 看见 and 听见. 看 look 看见 see 听 listen 听见 hear 昨天晚上在宿舍的外边有人在 chàng gB。你听见了吗？ Last night someone was singing outside of the dormitory. Did you hear it? The resultative ending 到 adds the meaning that the action succeeds in locating something. It goes with action verbs that have to do with acquiring things, such as 找 look for and 买 shop. Here are some examples: 找 look for 买 shop 听 listen 看 look 吃 eat

找到 find 买到 buy 听到 hear (same as 听见) 看到 see (same as 看见) 吃到 get to eat some food that you were looking for or thinking of

我的课都选好了，课本也都买到了。 I’ve selected all of my classes and I’ve bought all of my textbooks. The resultative ending gAnjìng clean can be used as a resultative ending for any open-ended action that results in something getting clean. Here are examples: shDushi straighten up shDushi gAnjìng straighten up to the point where it is clean sFo sweep sFo gAnjìng sweep clean 洗 wash 洗 gAnjìng wash clean 我来 bF 地 sFo gAnjìng。 I’ll sweep the floor clean. We will learn additional resultative verb endings in later lessons. You can use the endings in this lesson with any actions that have these results or conclusions.

Negating resultative verbs Since resultative verbs refer to the completion or result of actions, when they are negated, they are negated with 没. 没 + resultative verb 我找了半天也没找到。 I looked a long time but didn’t find it. 我还没做 wán 功课。(功课我还没做 wán。) I have not yet finished the homework.

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 53

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

54    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Asking yes-no questions with resultative verbs To ask a yes-no question with a resultative verb, say: resultative verb 吗？ 你看见我的书了吗? Have you seen my book? or resultative verb 了没有？ 你做 wán 功课了没有？(or 你功课做 wán 了没有？) Have you finished your homework?

 19.3.  AdjV jí 了extremely AdjV  Jí 了 is an intensifier suffix for adjectival verbs. Like the intensifier 非常, it adds the meaning extremely. Unlike the other intensifiers that we have learned, such as 很 very, 真 really, 有一点 a little, bHjiào rather, and 非常 extremely, jí 了 directly follows the adjectival verb. 他们的 sùshè luànjí 了。 Their dorm room is extremely messy. The suffix jí 了 can only occur with adjectival verbs when they are used as the main verb of the sentence. 那个女 hái 子 piàoliangjí 了。 That girl is extremely beautiful. It cannot be used with adjectival verbs that occur before a noun as a noun description. Say this: 非常 piàoliang 的女 hái 子 extremely beautiful girl

Do not say this:  piAoliàngjí 了的女 hái 子

非常 piányi 的书 extremely cheap book

 piányijí 了的书

 19.4.  半天 half a day, a long time and V 了半天也没 + resultative verb  半天 literally means half a day, but its most common function is as an idiom meaning a long time. 我找了半天。 I looked for a long time. Since the idiom 半天 indicates the duration of an action, it always follows the verb. 我已经 dGng 了半天了。 I’ve already been waiting for a long time.

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 54

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    55

半天 is often used in the structure: (subject) V 了半天也（or 都, or 还）没 resultative verb 我找了半天也没找到。 I looked for a long time but didn’t find it. 我看了半天也没看 wán。 I read for a long time but didn’t finish reading it. 我做了半天也没做 wán。 I did it for a long time but didn’t finish it. When the action involves an object, state the verb + object first and say: (subject) V + object + V 了半天也（or 都, or 还）没 resultative verb 我做功课做了半天还没做 wán。 I have been doing homework for a long time and still haven’t finished it. Or, state the object before the first verb, and say: (subject) object + V 了半天也（or 都, or 还）没 resultative verb 我功课做了半天还没做 wán。 I have been doing homework for a long time and still haven’t finished it.

 19.5.  就是 only, it is only  The expression 就是 only, it is only is used to indicate an exception. It precedes a noun phrase or a verb phrase. When 就是 is used in the sentence, the main verb phrase typically includes negation. ZhuD 子上、yH 子上都有书，地上也有书，就是书 jià 上没有书。 There are books on the table and on the chairs, there are also books on the floor. Only the bookcase doesn’t have any books on it. 我的课都选好了，就是还没买书。 I’ve selected my classes, I just haven’t bought the books. 我的课本差不多都买到了，就是中文课的还没买到。 I’ve bought almost all of my textbooks, it’s just the Chinese textbook that I haven’t yet bought. 学生都到了，就是老师还没到。 The students have all arrived. Only the teacher has not yet arrived. 中文的听、说都很容易，就是写字难。 Chinese listening and speaking are easy. (The listening and speaking part of Chinese is easy.) It’s only writing that is difficult.

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 55

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

56    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 19.6.  Yòu AdjV1 yòu AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2  This pattern is used to indicate that some noun is both AdjV1 and AdjV2. 我们的宿舍 yòu zAng，yòu luàn. Our dorm room is both dirty and messy. To convey the meaning both . . . and, you need to use two instances of yòu, one before each adjectival verb. Ordinarily, the adjectival verbs occur without an intensifier. 那个饭馆的 cài yòu piányi yòu 好吃。 The food in that restaurant is both cheap and good. 他的女朋友 yòu cDng 明 yòu piàoliang。 His girlfriend is both smart and pretty.

 19.7.  BF + NP take something and do something with it  The verb bF is often used when talking about doing something to or with an object. Sentences with bF can often be phrased as: Subject bF (takes) something and does something with it. BF is always used with verbs such as 放 that refer to putting things some place. 你能不能 bF xié 都放在床下边？ Can you take the shoes and put them under the bed? BF can be used with resultative verbs when the action does something to the object. That is, it can be used with resultative verbs when the sentence can be phrased as: Subject bF (takes) something and does something with it. 我们一定得 bF 宿舍 shDushi 好。 We have to clean up the dorm room. (We have to take the dorm room and clean it up.) 我来 bF 地 sFo gAnjìng。 I’ll sweep the floor clean. (I’ll take the floor and sweep it clean.) When talking about completed actions, 了 occurs after the resultative verb ending. 小张 bF gAnjìng 的 yCfu 放在 guì 子里了。 Xiao Zhang put the clean clothing in the dresser. 他们 bF 房间 shDushi 好了。 They cleaned up the room.

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 56

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    57

Negating bF sentences When negating bF sentences, negation occurs before bF. The form of negation used depends upon whether the sentence refers to a situation in the past or to some situation in the present or future. When talking about a situation in the past, bF is negated with 没: 你怎么没 bF 地 sFo gAnjìng？ How come you didn’t sweep the floor clean? When referring to a situation in the present or future, bF is negated with 不. 你不可以 bF jiFo 子吃 wán。那些 jiFo 子有一半是我的。 You can’t eat up all the dumplings. Half of those dumplings are mine. To tell someone not to do something, say bié or 不要 + action. Bié bF 你的 xié 子放在 zhuD 子上。 Don’t put your shoes on the table. 不要 bF 你的 yCfu 放在地上。 Don’t put your clothing on the floor.

 19.8.  非 ActV 不可 must ActV  非 ActV 不可 must do the action is a literary expression that is also used in informal speech. 我们的房间太 luàn 了。非 shDushi 不可。 Our room is too messy. We must clean it. 非 ActV 不可 means the same thing as 得 (dGi) ActV or 不能不 ActV you can’t not do the action. When the object of the verb refers to a specific or definite object (e.g. 选那门中文课 take that Chinese class, 看那个电 yHng watch that movie), the object is often stated before 非 ActV 不可. 我们的房间，非 shDushi 不可。 Our room, we have to clean it up. 那门中文课，我非选不可。 That Chinese class, I have to take (it). 那个电 yHng，我非看不可。 That movie, I have to watch (it).

 19.9.  不用 VP no need to, don’t have to VP  不用 VP means no need to VP or don’t have to VP. It is the opposite of 非 ActV 不可 or 得 (dGi) ActV. It is used in informal speech and writing. 你不用找课本了。 You don’t have to look for your textbook anymore.

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 57

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

58    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 19.10.  一 VP1 就 VP2 as soon as VP1, VP2 When you want to say that as soon as or whenever one action happens, another action happens, use the structure 一 VP1 就 VP2. 你不用找课本了。一 shDushi 好，就会找到。 You don’t have to look for your textbook anymore. As soon as we clean up, we will find it. 他一回家就看电 shì。 As soon as he gets home, he watches television. If the two verb phrases have different subjects, the subject of VP1 occurs before 一 and the subject of VP2 occurs before 就. 老师一来我们就上课。 As soon as the teacher arrives, we start class. Remember that 就 always occurs before a verb phrase and never before a noun or noun phrase.

 19.11.  放在 + location put (something) in a location  We learned that prepositional phrases usually occur before the verb. (See, for example, Use and Structure note 10.19.) However, with certain verbs, including the verb 放 put, place, the prepositional phrase follows the verb. BF zhuD 子上的书放在书 jià 上。 Put the books that are on the table in the bookcase. The general rule for the position of the prepositional phrase is this: When the prepositional phrase indicates the location where the action takes place, it occurs before the action verb. 学生在图书馆看书。 The students are reading in the library. 他们 chángcháng 在那个饭馆吃饭。 They often eat at that restaurant. When the prepositional phrase indicates the location where the subject or object winds up as a result of the action, it follows the verb. 你能不能 bF xié 子都放在床下边？ Can you take the shoes and put them under the bed? 她把她的 yCfu 都放在 guì 子里了。 She put all of her clothing into the dresser.

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 58

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    59

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

The sentence pyramids illustrate the use of each new vocabulary item and structure introduced in the lesson. Use them to help you learn how to form phrases and sentences in Mandarin. Supply the English translation for the last line where indicated. 1. 门 开门 请你开门。

door open the door Please open the door.

2. 打开 bF 门打开 请你 bF 门打开。

open take the door and open it Please open the door.

3. 打开 bF chuAnghu 打开 请你 bF chuAnghu 打开。

open take the window and open it ________________________________

4. luàn 很 luàn 我们的房间很 luàn。

messy very messy Our room is very messy.

5. 门外边 在门外边 放在门外边 bF 你的 xié 子放在门外边 请 bF 你的 xié 子放在门外边。

outside of the door located outside of the door put (something) outside of the door take your shoes and put them outside of the door ________________________________

6. gAnjìng shDushi gAnjìng bF 房间 shDushi gAnjìng 我们得 bF 房间 shDushi gAnjìng。

clean straighten up clean take the room and clean it up ________________________________

7. 非 shDushi 不可 你的房间，非 shDushi 不可。

have to clean it up Your room, you have to clean it up.

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 59

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

60    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

8. 找到 没找到 也没找到 找了半天也没找到 我的课本，找了半天也没找到。

find didn’t find and didn’t find looked for a long time and didn’t find My textbook, I looked for a long time but didn’t find it.

9. 地上 在地上 你的课本在地上。

on the floor located on the floor Your textbook is on the floor.

10. 谢 不用谢。

thank No need to thank (me).

11. 找 不用找 你的课本，不用找。 12. 找到 就会找到 一 shDushi 屋子就会找到。

look (for something) no need to look (for something) There is no need to look for your textbook.

你的课本不用找。一 shDushi 屋子就 会找到。

find able to find/will find As soon as you clean up the room you will find (it). ________________________________ ________________________________

13. 晚会 开晚会 我的同学开晚会 这个 zhDumò 我的同学开晚会。

party have a party my classmates are having a party ________________________________

14. zAng 很 zAng 这 jiàn yCfu 很 zAng。 这 jiàn yCfu 很 zAng。非洗不可。

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 60

dirty very dirty This article of clothing is very dirty. This article of clothing is very dirty. It must be washed.

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    61

15. 洗 gAnjìng 能不能洗 gAnjìng？ Zhème zAng 的 yCfu 能不能 洗gAnjìng？ 16. wán 做 wán 没做 wán 还没做 wán 我的功课，还没做 wán。 17. 有一点 jiù 就是有一点 jiù 这件衣服很 piàoliang，就是有一点 jiù。 18. piányi yòu piányi yòu 好看 yòu piányi 那 shuAng xié yòu 好看 yòu piányi。

wash clean able to wash clean? A piece of clothing (that is) this dirty, can it be washed clean? finish finish doing didn’t finish doing haven’t yet finished doing My homework, I haven’t finished doing it yet. a little old it is just that it is a little old This piece of clothing is very pretty, it’s just that it is a little old.

那 shuAng xié yòu 好看 yòu piányi。 非买不可。

cheap and cheap both nice looking and cheap That pair of shoes is both nice looking and cheap. ________________________________ ________________________________

19. luànjí 了 你的宿舍 luànjí 了。 你的宿舍 luànjí 了，非 shDushi 不可。

extremely messy your dorm is extremely messy ________________________________

20. sFo gAnjìng bF 地 sFo gAnjìng 你得 bF 地 sFo gAnjìng。

sweep clean take the floor and sweep it clean ________________________________

21. 买到 没买到 还没买到 课本还没买到 dàn 是课本还没买到 课选好了，dàn 是课本还没买到。

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 61

buy haven’t bought haven’t yet bought textbooks haven’t yet bought but textbooks haven’t yet bought I’ve picked my classes, but I haven’t yet bought the textbooks.

8/10/2011 8:58:40 AM

62

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

22. 有很多课本 zhuD 子上有很多课本。

have a lot of textbooks On the table there are a lot of textbooks.

23. 没有书 书 jià 上没有书。

no books In the bookcase there are no books.

24. yH 子 两 bF yH 子 和两 bF yH 子 一张 zhuD 子和两 bF yH 子 我的屋子里有一张 zhuD 子和两 bF yH 子。

chair two chairs and two chairs one table and two chairs ________________________________ ________________________________

25. guì 子里 在 guì 子里 放在 guì 子里 bF 你的 yCfu 放在 guì 子里 请 bF 你的 yCfu 放在 guì 子里。

in the dresser located in the dresser put in the dresser put your clothing in the dresser ________________________________

Language FAQs The different meanings of 打 The basic meaning of 打 is hit, but it is used in many expressions in which it has a meaning only vaguely related to its basic meaning. Here are the expressions with 打 that we have learned thus far: 打电话 打电 nFo 打开

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 62

make a phone call use a computer open (a door, window, book, etc.)

8/10/2011 8:58:41 AM

Lesson 19  Shdushi 房间  Straightening up the room    63

Lesson 19 Narrative in English It’s already been over a week since school started. Xiao Zhang and Xiao Xie are still roommates this year. Although they’ve finished selecting their classes and they have bought all of their textbooks, the last few days they have both been extremely busy, and they haven’t had time to clean their dorm room, so their dorm room is extremely messy. Xiao Zhang and Xiao Xie want to invite their classmates over for a party this weekend. Before their classmates come, they definitely have to clean their dorm room.

Dialogue in English The scene: Xiao Zhang is in the room using the computer, Xiao Zhang is looking for something.

Part A Xiao Zhang: Have you seen my Chinese book? I’ve been looking for it all day and I haven’t found it. Xiao Xie: I haven’t seen it. Our room is too messy. There are books on the table and on the chairs, there are books on the floor. Only the bookcase doesn’t have any books on it.

Part B Xiao Zhang: Our dorm room is both dirty and messy. Before our classmates come, we have to clean up the room. Xiao Xie: You’re right, we have to clean it up. So there’s no need for you to look for your textbook. As soon as we straighten things up, we’ll find it.

Part C Xiao Zhang: It’s such a mess, where do we start? Xiao Xie: Look, our clothes are all on the beds. There are shoes outside the doorway and inside of the doorway. Let’s first take the clean clothes and put them in the dresser. We can wash the dirty clothes in a little while. Then we can take the books that are on the table and the floor and put them in the bookcase. Xiao Zhang: Okay, after we finish that, can you then take all of the shoes and put them under the bed? I’ll sweep the floor. Xiao Xie: Okay. First I’ll open the window. Let’s get started.

9780415472500_Textbook_L19.indd 63

8/10/2011 8:58:41 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng 

Getting sick and seeing a doctor Communication goals ■ ■

Describe and answer questions about symptoms of illness Talk about details of a past event

Key structures 一 yè the whole night, 一天 the whole day, 一年 the whole year indicating times and frequency with 次 上 cè 所 and other uses of 上 吃 là 的 eat hot and spicy food, and omission of the main noun huòzhG or, perhaps the potential form of resultative verbs: 睡不 zháo unable to fall asleep 睡 zháo fall asleep vs. 睡觉 sleep summary of the meanings expressed by resultative verbs focusing on a detail of a past event: 是 . . . 的 chú 了 X 以外 besides X, except ( for) X 我头也 téng: headaches, stomach aches; my head, your stomach

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 64

8/10/2011 8:58:54 AM

Lesson 20

看 bìng

Getting sick and seeing a doctor

Narrative

65

(CD1: 33)

小张昨天晚上跟几个朋友到一家饭馆去吃晚饭。从饭馆回来以后 dù 子就不 shE 服。 一 yè 上了好几次 cè 所。小谢一看就知道他 bìng 了。小谢说这就是中国人说的 “bìng 从口 rù。”小张可能是吃得太多了，也可能是不习惯吃 là 的，huòzhG 是 饭菜不干净，把 dù 子吃坏了。他马上 dài 小张到学校的 yC 院去看 bìng。

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 65

8/10/2011 8:58:58 AM

66

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue (CD1: 34–35)

Part A The setting: In the dormitory 小谢： 小张，你好 xiàng 不太 shE 服。昨天晚上睡得好吗？ 睡不 zháo，yè zháo 小张： 我 dù 子不 shE 服，睡不 里上了好几次 cè 所。 小谢： 怎么会 lA dù 子呢？你昨天晚上是在哪儿吃的晚饭？ 小张： 我是在一家中国饭馆吃的。 小谢： 你跟谁一起去的。 小张： 我跟小王和他的两个同学一起去的。 小谢： 你是什么时候开始觉得 dù 子不 shE 服的？ 小张： 吃了饭以后就开始觉得不 shE 服。 小谢： 你大 gài 生 bìng 了。我们现在就去 yC 院吧。

Part B The setting: In the doctor’s office YC 生： 你怎么了？哪儿不 shE 服？ 小张： 我从昨天晚上开始 lA dù 子。 YC 生： Dù 子 téng 吗？ 小张： 有一点 téng。 YC 生： FA 烧吗？ 小张： 好 xiàng 不 fA 烧。 YC 生： Késou 不 késou？ 小张： 不 késou。 YC 生： Chú 了 dù 子 téng 以外，shBntH 还有哪儿不 shE 服？ 以外， 小张： 我头也 téng。 téng

Part C YC 生： 你昨天晚上吃什么了？ 小张： 我是跟朋友在一家四 chuAn 饭馆吃的。吃了很多，还喝了几 píng pí 酒。 YC 生： 你大 gài 吃了一些不干净的东西。可能你也不习惯吃 là 的，所以你 dù 子不 shE 服。我给你一点 yào。一天吃三次，一次吃两 piàn。 很快就会好。下次别喝得太多，也别吃得太 bFo。 小张： 谢谢您。

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 66

8/10/2011 8:58:59 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng  Getting sick and seeing a doctor    67

Vocabulary Narrative bìng

noun adjectival verb

illness, sickness sick

bìng cóng kIu rù bìng 从口 rù

proverb

disease enters the body through the mouth

cèsuI

cè 所

noun

toilet

cì

次

classifier

time

verb

bring (someone or something someplace)

dài dùzi

dù 子

noun

stomach

hFojHcì

好几次

number phrase

a good many times, many times

conjunction

or

huòzhG jiA

家

classifier

(classifier for restaurants)

kàn bìng

看 bìng

verb + object

see a doctor

kGnéng

可能

adverb; adjectival verb

possibly; possibility; possible

adjectival verb

hot and spicy

noun;

là mFshàng

马上

adverb

immediately

shàng cèsuI

上 cè 所

verb + object

go to the toilet

shEfu

shE 服

adjectival verb

comfortable

noun*

night

noun

hospital

yè yCyuàn

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 67

yC 院

8/10/2011 8:58:59 AM

68    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue Part A

dàgài

大 gài

adverb

probably

hFoxiàng

好 xiàng

verb

appear, seem to be

lA dùzi

lA dù 子

verb + object

have diarrhea

shBng bìng

生 bìng

verb + object

become sick

shuìzháo

睡 zháo

resultative verb

fall asleep

yèlH

yè 里

time phrase

in the middle of the night

resultative ending

reach the intended goal

preposition

except for

verb

emit, send out

verb + object

have a fever

verb

cough

verb; noun

cook, simmer; fever

shBntH

noun

body

téng

adjectival verb

painful, hurt

zháo* Part B

chúle

chú 了

fA fA shAo

fA 烧

késou shAo

烧

tóu

头

noun

head

yCshBng

yC 生

noun

doctor

yHwài

以外

noun

except ( for), outside of

zGnme le

怎么了

conversational

what’s the matter?

expression

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 68

8/10/2011 8:58:59 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng  Getting sick and seeing a doctor    69

Part C

bFo

adjectival verb

full

piàn

classifier

tablet

place name

Sichuan (province of China)

noun

medicine

SìchuAn

四 chuAn

yào

Characters 把 bF

take*

别 bié

don’t; other

菜 cài

food, dishes of food

次 cì

time, times

一次 (yCcì) once, 两次 (liFng cì) twice, 好几次 (hFojHcì) many times

服 fú

*

shE 服 (shEfu) comfortable, yC 服 (yCfu) clothing

干 gAn

dry

干净 (gAnjìng) clean

别 (bié) don’t; 别的 (biéde) other

惯 guàn *

习惯 (xíguàn) used to, accustomed to; habits, customs

喝 hB

喝酒 (hB jiJ) drink alcohol

drink

红 hóng red

红 l5 dBng (hóng l5 dBng) traffic light (Literally: red green light)

坏 huài

bad, broken

好坏 (hFo huài) good (or) bad

净 jìng

*

干净 (gAnjìng) clean

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 69

8/10/2011 8:58:59 AM

70

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

酒 jiJ

alcohol, wine

喝酒 (hB jiJ) drink alcohol, pí 酒 (píjiJ) beer

烧 shAo

simmer

红烧 ròu (hóngshAo ròu) red simmered meat, fA 烧 (fA shAo) have a fever

睡 shuì

sleep

睡觉 (shuì jiào) sleep, 睡 zháo (shuìzháo) fall asleep

头 tóu

head

钟头 (zhDngtóu) hour, 头 téng (tóu téng) headache (have a headache)

院 yuàn *

电 yHng 院 (diànyHngyuàn) movie theater, yC 院 (yCyuàn) hospital

Stroke Order Flow Chart character: strokes

total strokes

7 7 11 6 8 3 11 12 6 7 8

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 70

8/10/2011 8:59:02 AM

Lesson 20 看 bìng Getting sick and seeing a doctor

71

10 10 13 5 9

Dialogue practice Do these activities in class after mastering the dialogue for this lesson. Change partners so that you practice each part several times.  Dialogue 20A:  Work with a partner and find out why he or she is looking sick today.  Dialogue 20B:  Working with a partner, take turns assuming the role of doctor and patient to determine the patient’s symptoms.  Dialogue 20C:  Working with a partner, assume the role of doctor and patient. The doctor should find out what the patient did right before feeling ill and should prescribe medicine.

Use and structure  20.1.  一 yè the whole night, 一天 the whole day, 一年 the whole year 一 before a time phrase means the whole time or the entire time. The most common uses of this pattern are the expressions 一 yè the entire night, 一天 the whole day, and 一年 the whole year. 一 yè 上了好几次 cè 所。 Through the entire night he went to the toilet many times. 他一天都很忙。 He was busy all day.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 71

8/10/2011 8:59:04 AM

72    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 20.2.  Indicating times and frequency with 次  次 is a classifier and means time(s). It can be used when talking about frequency, that is, the number of times that an action occurs, and it is used when referring to this time, next time, and last time.

Frequency: number + 次 In Lesson 6 we learned the expression 再说一次 say it again. Number + 次 indicates frequency, or the number of times an action occurs. 一次 means once, 两次 means twice, and so on. The expression 好几次 literally means a good number of times, and can be translated as many times.

Position of the frequency expression in the sentence The frequency expression usually occurs right after the verb. 昨天晚上我上了好几次 cè 所。 Last night I went to the toilet many times. 我坐过两次 fBijC。 I’ve ridden on an airplane twice. If the verb includes an object and the object is specific (for example, this noun or that noun), number + 次 may follow the verb, or it may follow the verb + object. 我看了三次那个电 yHng。 or 我看了那个电 yHng 三次。 I saw that movie three times. If the object is a proper noun, number + 次 may follow the verb, or it may follow the verb + object. 上个月他去了一次北京。 or 上个月他去了北京一次。 Last month he went to Beijing once. If the object is a pronoun, number + 次 must follow the pronoun. It cannot follow the verb. 我每年只看他一次。 I only see him once every year. Note that when the object is specific, it can also be stated first in the sentence as a topic. In this case, the frequency expression directly follows the verb. 那个电 yHng，我看了三次。 That movie, I saw (it) three times.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 72

8/10/2011 8:59:04 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng  Getting sick and seeing a doctor    73

Saying this time, last time, next time 这次 means this time, 上次 means last time, and 下次 means next time. 这次, 上次, and 下次 refer to the time when a situation occurs. Therefore, these expressions occur where all time when expressions occur: at the beginning of the sentence, or after the subject and before the entire verb phrase. 下次别喝得太多，也别吃得太 bFo。 Next time don’t drink too much, and don’t eat until you are too full.

 20.3.  上 cè 所 and other uses of 上  上 cè 所 can be translated into English as use the toilet, bathroom, etc. It is a verb + object phrase. The verb is 上 go up, ascend. As in English, there are many expressions that refer to using the toilet. In this lesson we see that you can also say 去 cè 所, literally: go to the toilet. The verb 上 is used in a number of idiomatic expressions that cannot be translated wordfor-word into English. In earlier lessons we have learned other idiomatic expressions in which 上 is the verb: 上车 get in a vehicle, and 上课 attend class, go to class.

 20.4.  吃 là 的 eat hot and spicy food, and omission of the main noun  吃 là 的 means eat hot and spicy food. Là 的 is a noun description without the following noun that is being described. The full noun phrase, including the noun that is being described, could be là 的东西 hot and spicy things or là 的菜 hot and spicy dishes, but a following noun is usually omitted unless you are talking about a specific type of hot and spicy food.

 20.5.  HuòzhG or, perhaps  Mandarin has two words that translate as or in English: 还是 and huòzhG; and they are distinct in use. 还是 is used when stating alternative choices in questions. 你想吃中国菜还是吃法国菜呢？ Do you want to eat Chinese or French food? HuòzhG is used when stating alternatives in statements. 我们可以去 tiàowJ huòzhG 去 chàng gB。 We can go dancing or we can go singing. 小张可能是吃得太多了，也可能是不习惯吃 là 的，huòzhG 是饭菜不干净， 把 dù 子吃坏了。 Xiao Zhang, perhaps by eating too much, (or) it’s also possible that he is not used to eating hot and spicy things, or that the food was not clean, (in doing so) he messed up his stomach. HuòzhG is not used in questions.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 73

8/10/2011 8:59:04 AM

74    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 20.6.  The potential form of resultative verbs: 睡不 zháo unable to fall asleep  In Lesson 19 (Use and Structure note 19.2) we learned how to form resultative verbs and how to use them to indicate the result or conclusion of an action. In this lesson we learn the potential form of resultative verbs. That is, we learn how to say able to or not able to reach a particular conclusion or result. Before we see how the potential is formed, we first review resultative verbs. Remember, resultative verbs have two parts. The first part is the verb that indicates the action. 找 look for, 写 write, 洗 wash, etc. The second part indicates the result or conclusion. 找 + 到 = 找到 find 写 + wán = 写 wán finish writing 听 + dIng = 听 dIng listen and understand To indicate that you are able to reach the result, add 得 (pronounced de) between the action verb and the resultative ending. 找得到 able to find 买得到 able to purchase 写得 wán able to finish writing 听得 dIng able to understand by listening 那本书在学校的书店买得到。 You will be able to buy that book at the school bookstore. (because they will have it) To indicate that you are unable to reach the result, add 不 between the action verb and the resultative ending. 找不到 unable to find 写不 wán unable to finish writing 听不 dIng unable to understand by listening 我听不 dIng 老师的话。 I don’t understand what the teacher is saying. To ask whether someone is able to reach some result by doing some action, say: ActV 得 resultative ending ActV 不 resultative ending? 你听得 dIng 听不 dIng？ Do you understand by listening? (Can you listen and understand?) 这本书今天晚上看得 wán 看不 wán？ Can you finish reading that book tonight? or ActV 得 resultative ending 吗？ 你听得 dIng 吗？ Do you understand by listening? (Can you listen and understand?)

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 74

8/10/2011 8:59:04 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng  Getting sick and seeing a doctor    75

这本书今天晚上看得 wán 吗？ Can you finish reading that book tonight? In this lesson we learn the resultative verb 睡 zháo fall asleep. To say that you are able to fall asleep, say 睡得 zháo. To say that you are unable to fall asleep, say 睡不 zháo. 我 dù 子不 shE 服，睡不 zháo，yè 里上了好几次 cè 所。 My stomach was uncomfortable, I could not fall asleep, and in the middle of the night I went to the toilet many times. As we learned in Lesson 19, when you follow an action verb with a resultative ending, you make a new verb. If the new verb takes an object, it occurs after the entire resultative verb and never in between the action verb and the resultative ending. Say this: 我还没看 wán 那本书。 I still haven’t finished reading that book.

Do not say this: 我还没看那本书 wán。

Verb suffixes such as 了 and 过 that follow the verb must occur at the end of the entire resultative verb, and can never occur between the original action verb and the resultative ending. Say this: 我找到了我的课本。 I found my textbook.

Do not say this: 我找了到我的课本。

Notice that the resultative verb 睡 zháo fall asleep, in basic or potential form, can be followed by the object 觉. 我昨天晚上睡不 zháo 觉。 Last night I couldn’t fall asleep. Resultative verbs in the potential form can often be paraphrased with 会 (能) + resultative verb or 不会(不能) + resultative verb. (See also Use and Structure note 20.7.) 这本书我今天晚上能看 wán。 I am able to finish reading this book tonight. However, the potential form is more common and often more natural sounding than 会 (能) + resultative verb. If it is possible to use the potential form of a resultative verb, it is often preferable to do so.

 20.7.  睡 zháo fall asleep vs. 睡觉 sleep  睡 zháo fall asleep is a resultative verb. It is formed with the action verb 睡 sleep and the resultative ending zháo. To say that someone has fallen asleep, say: 他已经睡 zháo 了。 He has already fallen asleep. 睡觉 is a verb + object phrase and means sleep. To say that someone is sleeping, say: 他在睡觉。 He is sleeping.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 75

8/10/2011 8:59:04 AM

76    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

To ask someone what time they go to sleep, ask: 你晚上几点钟睡觉？ What time do you go to sleep at night? Zháo is used as an ending for action verbs in which the action involves reaching some goal. It is often used as an ending for the verbs 找 look for and 买 shop. With these verbs, V + zháo is equivalent to V + 到. 找到 = 找 zháo find 买到 = 买 zháo succeed in buying

 20.8.  Summary of the meanings expressed by resultative verbs  Resultative verbs consist of an action verb (ActV) and a resultative ending, and are used to express the following four situations. Note the form of the resultative verb phrase used to express each of the four situations. ■■

An action occurred and a result or conclusion was reached. ActV + resultative ending 了 我（已经）做 wán 了今天的功课。 I’ve already finished today’s homework.

■■

An action occurred and a result or conclusion was not reached. （还）没 ActV + resultative ending 今天的功课我还没做 wán。 I haven’t finished today’s homework yet. (I still haven’t finished today’s homework.)

■■

It is possible to reach a particular conclusion or result when performing the action. ActV 得 resultative ending 你想你做得 wán 今天的功课吗？ Do you think you can finish today’s homework?

■■

It is not possible to reach a particular conclusion or result when performing the action. ActV 不 resultative ending 我做不 wán 今天的功课。 I can’t finish today’s homework.

 20.9.  Focusing on a detail of a past event: 是 . . . 的  We have learned that 了 is used to indicate that an action is complete, and that it can be used to indicate that an action happened. When you know that an action happened but want to talk about some detail of the action, for example when it happened, or where it happened, or who did the action, or who someone did an action with, you need to use the

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 76

8/10/2011 8:59:05 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng  Getting sick and seeing a doctor    77

是 . . . 的 structure. In the 是 . . . 的 structure, 是 occurs right in front of the detail that you are focusing on. 的 occurs immediately after the verb, or at the end of the sentence. In this sentence, 是 . . . 的 is used to focus on the location of the action. 我是在一家中国饭馆吃的晚饭。 I ate in a Chinese restaurant. In this sentence, 是 . . . 的 is used to focus on the time when the action occurred. 我是昨天晚上吃的中国饭。 I ate Chinese food last night. (It was last night when I ate Chinese food.) In this sentence, 是 . . . 的 is used to focus on the people with whom the action occurred. 我是跟小王和他的两个同学一起去的。 I went with Xiao Wang and two of his classmates. If the object of the verb is a pronoun, 的 must occur at the end of the sentence and cannot occur immediately after the verb. 我是在中国 rènshi 她的。 I met her in China. You can use the 是 . . . 的 structure to ask about the detail of a past event. To ask about location, include 是 before the question phrase that asks about location. 你昨天晚上是在哪儿吃的晚饭？ Where did you eat last night? To ask about time, include 是 before the question phrase that asks about time. 你是什么时候开始觉得 dù 子不 shE 服的？ When did you begin to feel that your stomach was uncomfortable? To ask about the people with whom an action occurred, include 是 before the phrase that asks about the other participants. 你是跟谁一起去的？ Who did you go with? 是 may sometimes be omitted: 你跟谁一起去的？ Who did you go with?

 20.10.  Chú了 X 以外 besides X, except ( for) X  The structure chú 了 X 以外 is used to indicate some relationship between X and other similar entities. It can be used to say that including X some statement is true, or that except for X some statement is true. X may be a noun or noun phrase, a verb phrase, or a clause.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 77

8/10/2011 8:59:05 AM

78    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Saying besides X When saying besides X, the sentence that follows chú 了 X 以外 usually includes the adverb 也 or 还. Notice that in these sentences, chú 了 X 以外 can be translated into English as besides X, in addition to X or including X. X as a noun or noun phrase. Chú 了 chá 以外，我也喜欢喝 kAfBi。 Besides tea, I also like to drink coffee. Chú 了中国话以外，我也会说法国话和日本话。 Besides Chinese, I can also speak French and Japanese. X as a verb phrase. Chú 了 chàng gB 以外，他也喜欢 tiào wJ。 Besides singing, he also likes to dance. X as a clause (see also Use and Structure note 20.11 below). Chú 了 dù 子 téng 以外，shBntH 还有哪儿不 shE 服？ Besides your stomach hurting, what else is bothering you?

Saying except for X When saying except for X, the sentence that follows chú 了 X 以外 usually includes the adverb 都. It may also include negation. Chú了X 以外, (subject) 都 (NEG) VP X as a noun or noun phrase. Chú 了小高以外，我的同学都是美国人。 Except for Xiao Gao, my classmates are all Americans. Chú 了红烧 ròu 以外，那个饭馆的菜都不好吃。 Except for the red-simmered meat, the dishes in that restaurant don’t taste good. Chú 了 jiFo 子以外，别的中国 cài 小马都不喜欢吃。 Except for dumplings, Xiao Ma doesn’t like to eat (other) Chinese dishes. X as a verb phrase. Chú 了不吃 là 的以外，别的我都可以吃。 Except for not eating spicy food, I can eat everything. 学中文，chú了不喜欢写汉字以外，别的我都喜欢。 As for studying Chinese, except for not liking to write Chinese characters, I like everything. Chú 了酒以外，别的我都可以喝。 Except for alcohol, I can drink everything else.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 78

8/10/2011 8:59:05 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng  Getting sick and seeing a doctor    79

The full pattern includes chú 了 and 以外, but either chú 了 or 以外 may be omitted. Chú 了 chá，他也喜欢喝 kAfBi。 Besides tea he also likes to drink coffee. 酒以外，别的我都可以喝。 Except for alcohol, I can drink everything else.

 20.11.  我头也 téng: headaches, stomach aches; my head, your stomach  In English we talk about “having” a headache or a stomach ache. In Chinese, you say the body part “hurts”. 头 téng headache, dù 子 téng stomach ache 头 téng and dù 子 téng are sentences consisting of a subject (头 head, dù 子 stomach) and the verb téng ache, hurt. When saying that someone’s head hurts, or someone’s stomach hurts, state the person first. 我头 téng。My head hurts. 小张 dù 子 téng。Xiao Zhang’s stomach hurts. In sentences like these, the person is sometimes called the “topic” of the sentence.

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

The sentence pyramids illustrate the use of each new vocabulary item and structure introduced in the lesson. Use them to help you learn how to form phrases and sentences in Mandarin. Supply the English translation for the last line where indicated. 1. bFo 太 bFo 吃得太 bFo 我吃得太 bFo 了。

full too full ate too full ________________________________

2. 吃 bFo 吃 bFo 了 吃 bFo 了没有？ 你吃 bFo 了没有？

eat to the point of being full ate to the point of being full ate until full? Are you full?

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 79

8/10/2011 8:59:05 AM

80    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

3. 怎么了？ 你怎么了？

what is the matter? What is the matter with you?

4. shE 服 不 shE 服 我 dù 子不 shE 服。

comfortable not comfortable ________________________________

5. cè 所 上 cè 所 上了 cè 所 上了好几次 cè 所 yè 里上了好几次 cè 所 我 yè 里上了好几次 cè 所。

toilet go to the toilet/bathroom went to the toilet/bathroom went to the bathroom many times during the night went to the bathroom many times ________________________________

6. késou 在 késou 一 yè 都在 késou 我的同屋一 yè 都在 késou。

cough coughed coughed all night ________________________________

7. 坏 吃坏了 把 dù 子吃坏了 他把 dù 子吃坏了。

bad ate until bad upset his stomach by eating He upset his stomach by eating.

8. téng 头也 téng 我头也 téng。 Chú 了 dù 子 téng 以外，我头也 téng。

hurt head also hurts I also have a headache. Besides a stomach ache, I also have a headache.

9. fA 烧 不 fA 烧 好 xiàng 不 fA 烧 你好 xiàng 不 fA 烧。

have a fever not have a fever appear not to have a fever ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 80

8/10/2011 8:59:05 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng  Getting sick and seeing a doctor    81

10. bìng 生 bìng 你就会生 bìng Rú 果你吃了不干净的菜，你就会 生 bìng。

be sick become sick you will become sick If you eat food that is not clean, you will become sick.

11. rù 从口 rù Bìng 从口 rù。

enter enter from the mouth Illness enters from the mouth.

12. là 非常 là 四 chuAn 菜非常 là。

spicy extremely spicy Sichuan food is extremely spicy.

13. 别的菜 吃别的菜 huòzhG 吃别的菜 我们可以吃四 chuAn 菜 huòzhG 吃 别的菜。

other food eat other food or eat other food We can eat Sichuan food or we can eat other food.

14. là 的 吃 là 的 能吃 là 的吗？ 你能吃 là 的吗？

spicy (food) eat spicy (food) able to eat spicy (food)? ________________________________

15. lA dù 子 就 lA dù 子 我一吃 là 的就 lA dù 子。 16. là 的 吃 là 的 习惯吃 là 的 大 gài 不习惯吃 là 的 你大 gài 不习惯吃 là 的。

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 81

have diarrhea get diarrhea Whenever I eat spicy food, I get diarrhea. spicy (food) eat spicy (food) accustomed to eating spicy (food) probably aren’t used to eating spicy (food) ________________________________

8/10/2011 8:59:05 AM

82    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

17. là 不 là 都不 là 红烧的菜和 jiFo 子都不 là。 18. 好吃 yòu piányi yòu 好吃 这家饭馆 yòu piányi yòu 好吃。

spicy not spicy not spicy at all Red-simmered food and dumplings are not spicy at all. delicious both cheap and delicious This restaurant is both cheap and delicious.

19. 两次 吃过两次 我在那儿吃过两次。

two times ate two times I have eaten there two times.

20. 睡不 zháo 一 yè 睡不 zháo 我昨天晚上一 yè 睡不 zháo。

unable to sleep unable to sleep the entire night ________________________________

21. 买不到 在书店买不到 那本书在书店买不到。

unable to buy (a copy) unable to buy (a copy) at the bookstore You cannot buy a copy of that book at the bookstore.

22. 吃晚饭 在哪儿吃晚饭？ 是在哪儿吃的晚饭 你昨天是在哪儿吃的晚饭？

eat dinner eat dinner where? ate dinner where? Where did you eat dinner last night?

23. 吃 跟谁吃？ 是跟谁吃的？ 你是跟谁吃的？

eat eat with whom? ate with whom? Who did you eat with?

24. bìng 了 bìng 了吗？ 你的朋友也 bìng 了吗？ Chú 了你以外，你的朋友也 bìng 了 吗？

got sick got sick? your friends also got sick? Besides you, did your friends also get sick?

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 82

8/10/2011 8:59:05 AM

Lesson 20

25. 太多 喝得太多 喝 pí 酒喝得太多 可能喝 pí 酒喝得太多 你可能喝 pí 酒喝得太多。

看 bìng

Getting sick and seeing a doctor

83

too much drank too much drank too much beer perhaps drank too much beer ________________________________

26. 看 bìng 去 yC 院看 bìng dài 你去 yC 院看 bìng 我马上 dài 你去 yC 院看 bìng。 27. 好 很快就好 吃这个 yào 很快就好 YC 生说你吃这个 yào 很快就好。 28. piàn 两 piàn 每次吃两 piàn 一天吃三次，每次吃两 piàn。

see a doctor (Literally: see an illness) go to the hospital to see a doctor take you to the hospital to see a doctor I’ll take you to the hospital immediately to see a doctor. well get well quickly eat this medicine and get well quickly The doctor says that if you take (eat) this medicine you will soon get better. tablet two tablets take (eat) two tablets each time Every day take it three times, each time take two tablets.

Language FAQs  Expressions associated with illness: 看 bìng, 吃 yào, 头 téng  In English, you see a doctor, take medicine, and have a headache. In Mandarin, you see an illness: 看 bìng, eat medicine: 吃 yào, and your head hurts: 头 téng. (In Mandarin, you can also 看 yC 生, but the expression is not as common as 看 bìng.) These are all examples of the fact that languages sometimes express identical situations in different ways. Be sure to use the Chinese expressions and not translations of the English ones when talking about illness in Mandarin.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 83

8/10/2011 8:59:06 AM

84

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Notes on Chinese culture Sichuan food and the cuisines of China Every region of China has its own cuisine characterized by particular flavors and ingredients. Sichuan food is famous for its use of spicy red peppers and Sichuan peppercorn. 回 guD ròu twice-cooked pork and mápó-dòufu mapo tofu are two famous Sichuan dishes. Hunan food is also hot and spicy. The food of Beijing and northern China includes wheat products such as noodles, dumplings, and steamed breads, and also beef and lamb. Shanghai and the surrounding region (Jiangsu) is famous for its seafood, for its use of vinegar and sugar, and for its 红烧 dishes. Guangdong (Cantonese) food uses a broad range of ingredients. Some characteristic flavorings include black beans and oyster sauce. Dim sum comes from the Cantonese tradition. Guizhou food is known for its use of vinegar, and Fujian is famous for its stews, its use of seafood, and its emphasis on salty, sweet, and sour (vinegary) flavors.

Lesson 20 Narrative in English Last night Xiao Zhang and several friends went to a restaurant to eat dinner. Starting from the time he came home from the restaurant, his stomach felt uncomfortable. During the night he went to the bathroom many times. As soon as Xiao Xie saw him, he knew he was sick. Xiao Xie said that this is what Chinese people mean when they say “illness enters from the mouth.” Maybe because he ate too much, or maybe because he wasn’t used to eating spicy things, or maybe because the food he ate was not clean, Xiao Zhang upset his stomach by eating. Xiao Xie immediately took Xiao Zhang to the school’s hospital to see a doctor.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 84

8/10/2011 8:59:08 AM

Lesson 20  看 bìng  Getting sick and seeing a doctor    85

Dialogue in English Part A Xiao Xie: Xiao Zhang: Xiao Xie: Xiao Zhang: Xiao Xie: Xiao Zhang: Xiao Xie: Xiao Zhang: Xiao Xie:

Xiao Zhang, you don’t seem to be feeling well. Did you sleep well last night? My stomach isn’t feeling good, I couldn’t sleep, and during the night I used the bathroom many times. How did you get diarrhea? Where did you eat dinner last night? I ate at a Chinese restaurant. Who did you go with? I went with Xiao Wang and two of his classmates. When did you begin to feel that your stomach was upset? Right after I ate, I began to feel uncomfortable. You are probably sick. Let’s go to the hospital right now.

Part B Doctor: Xiao Zhang: Doctor: Xiao Zhang: Doctor: Xiao Zhang: Doctor: Xiao Zhang: Doctor: Xiao Zhang:

What is the matter with you? Where do you feel sick? I’ve had diarrhea since last night. Does your stomach hurt? It hurts a little. Do you have a fever? I don’t seem to have a fever. Do you have a cough? No. Besides your stomach ache, where else are you uncomfortable? I also have a headache.

Part C Doctor: What did you eat last night? Xiao Zhang: I ate with friends at a Sichuan restaurant. We ate a lot and drank several bottles of beer. Doctor: You probably ate some things that weren’t clean. Perhaps you also aren’t used to eating spicy food, so your stomach is upset. I’m giving you a little medicine. Take it three times a day, two tablets each time. You’ll get better quickly. Next time don’t drink too much and don’t eat until you are too full. Xiao Zhang: Thank you.

9780415472500_Textbook_L20.indd 85

8/10/2011 8:59:08 AM

86

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Lesson 21  谈天 qì 

Talking about the weather Communication goals ■ ■ ■

Talk about the weather Make comparisons Write a persuasive essay

Key structures yuè 来 yuè + AdjV more and more AdjV V + 不了 unable to V asking rhetorical questions: 不是 VP 吗？Isn’t it the case that VP? weather expressions: 下 xuG it is snowing, 下 yJ it is raining, guA fBng it is windy saying that things are alike or are not alike with 一样 wán, wár play, have fun making comparisons with bH ràng make, let, tell (someone (to) do something) a difference between two noun phrases: NP1 跟/和 NP2 的不同

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 86

8/10/2011 2:47:59 PM

Lesson 21

谈天 qì

Talking about the weather

Narrative

87

(CD1: 44)

大为虽然在北京已经住了一年多了，可是他还是不习惯北京的天 qì。北京的 dDng 天 xuG 下得不多，可是非常 lGng。夏天又 mBn 又 rè，yJ 下得也很少。最近几年 北京的夏天 rè 得 yuè 来 yuè 早，rè 的时间也 yuè 来 yuè cháng。北京 chEn 天常常 guA 大 fBng，qiE 天天 qì 最好，不 lGng、不 rè，非常舒服，只是太 duFn 了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 87

8/10/2011 2:48:01 PM

88

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue (CD1: 45–46)

The situation: It is several months into the fall semester, and the weather in Beijing is getting colder and colder. Dawei, his classmate Xiao Wang, and his roommate Guoqiang are hanging out in the dorm, and Dawei is complaining about the weather.

Part A 大为： 这几天北京真 lGng。今天的最高 wBndù 只有 líng 下三、四 dù，又是 yCn 天，我快shòu 不了了。听说明天跟今天一样 lGng，érqiG 会下 xuG。 国强： 下 xuG 不是很好吗？下 xuG 的时候外边 tè 别漂亮。 大为： 下 xuG 以后，路上很脏，出去 wár 也很不 fAngbiàn。 国强： 可是天 qì yùbào 说后天的天 qì 就会好了。多 yún zhuFn qíng，érqiG 会 nuFn 和一点。 大为： 我还是觉得北京的 dDng 天太 lGng 了。DDng 天 lGng，夏天 rè，chEn 天 常常 guA fBng，就是 qiE 天好，每天都是 qíng 天，但是又 tè 别 duFn。

Part B 国强： 你喜欢什么样的天 qì？ 大为： 我喜欢我家 xiAng 的天 qì。我住在南 JiAzhDu，离 hFi 边很近。那里的 天 qì，四 jì 如 chEn，dDng 天不 lGng，夏天不 rè。一年四 jì 都很舒服。 国强： 一年四个 jìjié 的天 qì 都一样，那就不是一年四 jì 了。那是一年一 jì。 北京不一样，一年有四 jì，chEn 夏 qiE dDng 都有。 大为： 我还是觉得我家 xiAng 的天 qì bH 北京的天 qì 好。

Part C 小王： 我的中文老师为什么要 guFn 我 chuAn 什么衣服呢? 国强： 老师不会 guFn 你 chuAn 什么衣服。 小王： 怎么不会？今天老师跟我说我 chuAn 的衣服太少了。她 ràng 我多 chuAn 一点。 国强： 这几天 lGng 了。老师 pà 你 gFnmào，所以 ràng 你多 chuAn 些衣服。 小王： 我已经二十多岁了，我不知道应该 chuAn 多少衣服吗？ 国强： 你当然知道应该 chuAn 多少衣服。这是老师关 xCn 你。 小王： 老师关 xCn 我的学习，也要关 xCn 我 chuAn 多少衣服吗？ 国强： 对，你大概觉得不习惯。这可能是中外文化的不同吧。

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 88

8/10/2011 2:48:03 PM

Lesson 21  谈天 qì  Talking about the weather    89

Vocabulary Narrative cháng

adjectival verb

long

chEntiAn

chEn 天

noun

spring

dDngtiAn

dDng 天

noun

winter

duFn

adjectival verb

short

fBng

noun

wind

guA

verb

blow

guA fBng

verb + object

windy (verb)

lGng

adjectival verb

cold

mBn

adjectival verb

muggy

noun

fall, autumn

mBn rè

noun phrase

hot and humid

rè

adjectival verb

hot

qiEtiAn

qiE 天

tiAnqì

天 qì

noun

weather

xià yJ

下 yJ

verb + object

rain (verb), raining

xuG

noun

snow

yJ

noun

rain

intensifier

more and more

yuèláiyuè

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 89

yuè 来 yuè

8/10/2011 2:48:03 PM

90    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue Part A

chEqu

出去

directional verb

go out

classifier

degree (of temperature)

adjective

cloudy

érqiG

conjunction

in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover

fAngbiàn

adjectival verb

convenient

dù duD yún

多 yún

língxià

líng 下

noun phrase

below zero

nuFnhuo

nuFn 和

adjectival verb

warm

adjectival verb

clear

noun phrase

clear day

verb

bear, endure

qíng qíngtiAn

qíng 天

shòu shòubùliFo

shòu 不了

verb phrase

unable to endure (something), unable to bear (something), can’t take it

tèbié

tè 别

intensifier

particularly, especially

tiAnqì yùbào 天 qì yùbào

noun phrase

weather forecast

wán, wár

verb

play, have fun

wBndù

noun

temperature

xià xuG

下 xuG

verb + object

snow (verb), snowing

yCntiAn

yCn 天

noun phrase

cloudy day

yCyàng

一样

noun

same, the same

yùbào

noun

prediction

yún

noun

cloud

zhuFn

verb

turn, change direction

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 90

8/10/2011 2:48:03 PM

Lesson 21  谈天 qì  Talking about the weather    91

Part B

bH

preposition

compared to

hFi

noun

ocean, sea

noun

coast

jì

noun

season*

jìjié

noun

season

noun

hometown

place name

California

hFibiAn

jiAxiAng

hFi 边

家 xiAng

JiAzhDu sì jì

四 jì

noun phrase

four seasons

sì jì rú chEn

四 jì 如 chEn

proverb

like spring all year round

不同

noun

difference

chuAn

verb

wear, put on

gFnmào

verb

catch a cold

guFn

verb

concerned about, manage, bother

verb

show concern for

pà

verb

fear

ràng

verb

make, let, tell (someone (to) do something)

noun phrase

Chinese and other (outside)

Part C

bùtóng

guAnxCn

ZhDng-wài

关 xCn

中外

四 jì The four seasons chEn 天 spring

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 91

夏天 summer

qiE 天 fall, autumn

dDng 天 winter

8/10/2011 2:48:03 PM

92    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Characters 出

chE

*exit, produce

出去 (chEqu) go out, 严师出高 tú (yán shC chE gAo tú) strict teachers produce good students

该

gAi

should

应该 (yCnggAi) should

概

gài

*

大概 (dàgài) probably

化

huà

*

文化 (wénhuà) culture

近

jìn

close

最近 (zuìjìn) recently

离

lí

separated from

亮

liàng

*

漂亮 (piàoliang) pretty, beautiful

漂

piào

*

漂亮 (piàoliang) pretty, beautiful

如

rú

*

如果 (rúguI) if

舒

shE

*

舒服 (shEfu) comfortable

岁

suì

years of age

夏

xià

*

夏天 (xiàtiAn) summer

衣

yC

*

衣服 (yCfu) clothing

应

yCng, yìng

should

应该 (yCnggAi) should

脏

zAng

dirty

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 92

8/10/2011 2:48:04 PM

Lesson 21 谈天 qì Talking about the weather

character: strokes

Stroke Order Flow Chart

93

total strokes

5 8 13 4 7 10 9 14 6 12 6 10 6 7 10

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 93

8/10/2011 2:48:08 PM

94    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue practice Do these activities in class after mastering the dialogue for this lesson. Change partners so that you practice each part several times.  Dialogue 21A:  Working with a partner, find out how your partner feels about the weather in the place you attend school. Does he have a favorite or least favorite season? If so, find out why.  Dialogue 21B:  Working with a partner, find out what the weather is like in her hometown. Does her hometown have four seasons? What are they like? Ask her to compare the weather at school with the weather in her hometown.  Dialogue 21C:  Working with a partner, find out if his parents, or roommates, or teachers pay attention to what he wears. What does he think when other people tell him what to wear? Does he ever tell his parents what they should wear?

The phonetic in Chinese characters All Chinese characters have a radical, and the radical often indicates something about the meaning of the character. For example, many characters that share the radical 人 (rén) person (also written as 亻) have something to do with people: 你, 他, 们, etc. Most characters also contain additional strokes besides the radical. These additional strokes often form components that recur in many characters. For example, the characters 快 and 块 share the same recurring part, as do the characters 吗, 妈, and 马. Very often, when characters share a recurring part, they are also pronounced similarly. That is, they have identical pronunciation, or they rhyme, or they almost rhyme. For example, 快 and 块 have the same pronunciation right down to their tones. 吗, 妈, and 马 differ only in tone. When a recurring part indicates something about the pronunciation of a character, it is often called the phonetic or the rime. Many characters include a phonetic, and identifying the phonetic is a good way to remember characters that you have learned and to guess the identity of characters in words that you have learned how to say but not how to read. Beginning in this lesson, the Workbook will include an exercise that asks you to identify the phonetic shared by sets of characters.

Use and structure  21.1.  Yuè 来 yuè + AdjV more and more AdjV  To say that something has more and more of some quality, say: subject yuè 来 yuè AdjV 最近几年北京的夏天 rè 得 yuè 来 yuè 早，rè 的时间也 yuè 来 yuè cháng。 In the past few years, Beijing’s summer has become hotter and hotter, and the period of time when it is hot has become longer and longer.

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 94

8/10/2011 2:48:08 PM

Lesson 21  谈天 qì  Talking about the weather    95

Since yuè 来 yuè indicates a change, sentences with yuè 来 yuè often end in 了 (le) to emphasize the change or new situation. 这几年东西 yuè 来 yuè guì 了。 These past few years, things have gotten more and more expensive. Yuè 来 yuè is an intensifier, used the same way as 很 very, 太 too, 真 really, etc. It always occurs before an adjectival verb.

 21.2.  Weather expressions: 下 xuG it is snowing, 下 yJ it is raining, guA f Bng it is windy In English, weather expressions often begin with the word it: it is snowing, it is raining, it is windy, etc. In Mandarin, these equivalent expressions occur without a subject. They begin with the verb: 下 xuG it is snowing (Literally: falls snow) 下 yJ it is raining (Literally: falls rain) guA fBng it is windy (Literally: blows wind) 明天会下 xuG。 It may snow tomorrow. ChEn 天常常 guA fBng。 It is often windy in the spring. Do not include a subject in these weather expressions in Mandarin. That is, do not say things like:  他下 xuG。“It” is snowing.

 21.3.  V + 不了 unable to V  不了, pronounced bùliFo, is a verb suffix that indicates that the subject is unable to do the action associated with the verb. V + 不了 is often called the potential form of verbs. In this lesson we see it as part of the word shòu 不了. Shòu means endure or bear something. Shòu 不了 means unable to bear or endure some situation. Shòu 不了 can often be translated into English as can’t stand. 这几天北京真 lGng，我快 shòu 不了了。 These past few days, Beijing has been really cold, I almost can’t stand it. The 不了 suffix can be used with any verb to say that the subject cannot do the action of the verb: 去不了 unable to go, 买不了 unable to buy, etc. Notice that 了 is pronounced liFo in this suffix. When you see 不了 together, you should always assume that it is the verb suffix bùliFo. We will learn more about the potential form of verbs in later lessons.

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 95

8/10/2011 2:48:08 PM

96    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 21.4.  Saying that things are alike or are not alike with 一样  All members of a group are alike To say that all of the members of a group of nouns are alike, say: NP 都一样 一年四个 jìjié 的天 qì 都一样。 The weather in all of the four seasons of the year is the same.

Two noun phrases are alike To say that two noun phrases (two people, places, things, ideas, situations, etc.) are alike, say the following. Notice that the two noun phrases can be linked with either 跟 or 和. NP1 跟/和 NP2 一样 这 jiàn 衣服和那 jiàn 衣服一样。 This article of clothing and that article of clothing are alike.

Two noun phrases are alike in some way To say that two noun phrases (two people, places, things, ideas, situations, etc.) are alike or the same in some way, that is, that they have the same quality, say the following. Here again, the two noun phrases can be linked with either 跟 or 和. NP1 跟/和 NP2 一样 AdjV 明天跟今天一样 lGng。 Tomorrow and today are equally cold. (Tomorrow will be as cold as today.) ChEn 天和 qiE 天一样舒服。 Spring and fall are equally comfortable. 这 jiàn 衣服和那 jiàn 衣服一样 guì。 This article of clothing is as expensive as that article of clothing.

Saying that two noun phrases are not alike, or are not alike in some way To say that two noun phrases are not alike, or are not alike in some way, say 不一样 as follows. Notice that the negation is 不 and it always occurs before 一样. 这 jiàn 衣服和那 jiàn 衣服不一样。 This article of clothing and that article of clothing are not the same. 这 jiàn 衣服和那 jiàn 衣服不一样 guì。 This article of clothing and that article of clothing are not equally expensive.

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 96

8/10/2011 2:48:09 PM

Lesson 21  谈天 qì  Talking about the weather    97

Asking whether two noun phrases are alike To ask whether two noun phrases are alike, you can use a 吗 question or you can ask 一样 不一样. 这 jiàn 衣服和那 jiàn 衣服一样吗？ or 这 jiàn 衣服和那 jiàn 衣服一样不一样？ Are these two articles of clothing alike?

Asking whether two noun phrases are alike in some way When asking whether two noun phrases are alike in some way, use the 吗 form. 这 jiàn 衣服和那 jiàn 衣服一样 guì 吗？ Is this article of clothing as expensive as that article of clothing?

 21.5.  Asking rhetorical questions: 不是 VP 吗？Isn’t it the case that VP?  Rhetorical questions are questions that don’t call for an answer. One common way to form a rhetorical question in Mandarin is to say: (subject) 不是 VP 吗？ Questions formed in this way can often be translated into English as Isn’t it the case that VP? 下 xuG 不是很好吗？ Isn’t snow good? (Literally: Isn’t it the case that snowing is a good thing?)

 21.6.  Wán, wár play, have fun  Wán, often pronounced wár in Beijing, means play or have fun. It can be used like the English word play to say that children are playing in the park. 孩子在公园里 wár。 The children are playing in the park. It can also be used, as it is in the dialogue, to mean have fun or have a good time. 下 xuG 以后，路上很脏，出去 wár 也很不 fAngbiàn。 After it snows, the streets are very dirty, and it is really inconvenient to go out and have fun. The final r in wár is the retroflex suffix often added to words by speakers who live in and around Beijing. In an earlier lesson, we used it with the word gB/gBr song. When the suffix r attaches to a word that ends with a vowel, the r sound is simply added to the end of the syllable. When it is used with a word that ends in n, such as the word wán, it replaces the final n. wán + r  →  wár

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 97

8/10/2011 2:48:09 PM

98    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

When the retroflex suffix is used with a word that ends in ng, such as the word 电 yHng movie, it replaces the ng. 电 yHng + r  →  电 yHr The official way to spell words in Pinyin that end with n + r or ng + r is to add the r after the n or ng: wánr, 电 yHngr. In this book, however, we leave out the n or ng in the Pinyin spelling if a word is suffixed with r so that the actual pronunciation is more clearly displayed.

 21.7.  Making comparisons with bH  To say that one noun phrase has more of some quality than another, use the comparison word bH and say: NP1 bH NP2 AdjV 我家 xiAng 的天 qì bH 北京的好。 The weather in my hometown is better than the weather in Beijing. DDng 天 bH qiE 天 lGng。 Winter is colder than fall. To say that one noun phrase has a lot more of some quality than another, say: NP1 bH NP2 AdjV 得多 北京 bH 上 hFi lGng 得多。 Beijing is a lot colder than Shanghai. 这 jiàn 衣服 bH 那 jiàn 衣服 guì 得多。 This item of clothing is a lot more expensive than that item of clothing. Do not include an intensifier before the adjectival verb in bH sentences. Say this: 北京 bH 上 hFi lGng 得多。 Beijing is a lot colder than Shanghai.

Do not say this:  北京 bH 上 hFi 很 lGng。

To say that one noun phrase has a little more of some quality than another, say: NP1 bH NP2 AdjV 一点 北京 bH 上 hFi lGng 一点。 Beijing is a little colder than Shanghai. When asking yes-no questions that involve bH comparisons, use the 吗 form. 这 jiàn 衣服 bH 那 jiàn 衣服 guì 吗？ Is this article of clothing more expensive than that article of clothing? We will learn more about comparisons in later lessons.

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 98

8/10/2011 2:48:09 PM

Lesson 21  谈天 qì  Talking about the weather    99

 21.8.  Ràng make, let, tell (someone (to) do something) To say that someone or something makes or lets someone do something, or tells someone to do something, say: subject ràng (someone) VP 她 ràng 我多 chuAn 一点(衣服)。 She made me (told me to) put on a little bit more (clothing). 上课的时候，老师不 ràng 我们说 YCng 文。 When we attend class, the teacher doesn’t let us speak English. All of the uses of ràng have to do with cause, and ràng always means that the subject causes someone to behave in a certain way. The translation of ràng into English as make, let, or tell depends upon the context of the sentence.

 21.9.  A difference between two noun phrases: NP1 跟/和 NP2 的不同  To say that something is a difference between two noun phrases, say: 这是 NP1 跟/和 NP2 的不同 这是中国文化和美国文化的不同。 This is a difference between Chinese culture and American culture. The two noun phrases being compared can sometimes be expressed with a single phrase. 这可能是中外文化的不同吧。 I suspect that this is probably a difference between Chinese and other cultures.

Narrative structure: The persuasive paragraph The Narrative in this lesson illustrates the structure of a persuasive paragraph, a paragraph in which the writer attempts to convince the audience of a certain opinion. In a persuasive paragraph, the claim is usually stated in the first sentence. It is the main point of the first sentence. 大为虽然在北京已经住了一年多了，可是他还是不习惯北京的天 qì。 Although Dawei has already lived in Beijing for more than a year, he is still not used to Beijing’s weather. Although this sentence contains information about how long Dawei has lived in Beijing, the main point of the sentence is that Dawei is not used to Beijing weather; that is, that Beijing weather is bad. (See the Language FAQs for more on connecting words and background information.) What kinds of information can you use to support the claim that Beijing weather is bad? You can provide specific information that illustrates how bad the

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 99

8/10/2011 2:48:09 PM

100    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

weather is. That is precisely the information that follows the claim in this essay. The three major pieces of supporting evidence are: 1. 北京的 dDng 天 . . . 非常 lGng (the winter . . . is extremely cold) 2. 夏天又 mBn 又 rè (the summer is muggy and hot) The narrator provides additional information about the heat after stating that the summer is hot. Notice that this information is grouped together with the statement about summer. 最近几年北京的夏天 rè 得 yuè 来 yuè 早 (it gets hotter earlier and earlier) rè 的时间也 yuè 来 yuè cháng (the time when it is hot lasts longer and longer) 3. 北京 chEn 天常常 guA 大 fBng (spring is very windy) The narrator ends on a semi-positive note: QiE 天天 qì 最好，不 lGng、不 rè，非常舒服 (fall is the best, it is not cold, not hot, it is very comfortable) but adds that even the good season is problematic: 只是太 duFn 了 (it’s just that it is too short) Did the narrator convince you that he is right about the weather in Beijing? Refer to the structure of this persuasive paragraph when you work on paragraph exercises in the Workbook.

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

1. cháng yuè 来 yuè cháng dDng 天 yuè 来 yuè cháng 北京的 dDng 天 yuè 来 yuè cháng。 2. rè 又 mBn 又 rè 夏天又 mBn 又 rè。 3. dù 八十九 dù 已经八十九 dù 了 今天会很 rè，已经八十九 dù 了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 100

long longer and longer winter is longer and longer Beijing winters are getting longer and longer. hot muggy and hot Summer is both muggy and hot. degree 89 degrees already 89 degrees It’s going to be hot today. It’s already 89 degrees.

8/10/2011 2:48:09 PM

Lesson 21  谈天 qì  Talking about the weather    101

4. dù 三、四 dù líng 下三、四 dù 只有 líng 下三、四 dù wBndù 只有 líng 下三、四 dù

今天的最高 wBndù 只有 líng 下三、 四dù。

degree 3 or 4 degrees 3 or 4 degrees below zero only 3 or 4 degrees below zero temperature is only 3 or 4 degrees below zero highest temperature is only 3 or 4 degrees below zero ________________________________ ________________________________

5. yCn 天 是 yCn 天 又是 yCn 天了 今天又是 yCn 天了。

cloudy day be a cloudy day is a cloudy day again ________________________________

6. fBng guA fBng guA 大 fBng 常常 guA 大 fBng ChEn 天常常 guA 大 fBng。

wind windy very windy often very windy ________________________________

7. duFn 太 duFn 了 QiE 天太 duFn 了。

short too short ________________________________

最高 wBndù 只有 líng 下三、四 dù

8. shòu 不了 我快 shòu 不了了。 天 qì 真 lGng，我快 shòu 不了了。 这几天天 qì 真 lGng，我快 shòu 不了了。

unable to bear it I am just about unable to bear it. The weather is really cold. I can hardly stand it. The weather these days has been really cold. I can hardly stand it.

9. 很漂亮 不是很漂亮吗？ 下 xuG 不是很漂亮吗？

very pretty isn’t it very pretty When it snows, isn’t it very pretty?

10. 脏 路上很脏 下 xuG 以后，路上很脏。

dirty the streets are very dirty After it snows, the streets are very dirty.

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 101

8/10/2011 2:48:09 PM

102    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

11. fAngbiàn 不 fAngbiàn 很不 fAngbiàn 出去 wár 很不 fAngbiàn 下 xuG 以后，出去 wár 很不 fAngbiàn。 12. lGng 一样 lGng 跟今天一样 lGng 明天跟今天一样 lGng 天 qì yùbào 说明天跟今天一样 lGng。 13. qíng zhuFn qíng 多 yún zhuFn qíng 后天的天 qì，多 yún zhuFn qíng 天 qì yùbào 说后天的天 qì， 多 yún zhuFn qíng。 14. 舒服 tè 别舒服 四 jì 如 chEn，tè 别舒服 南 JiAzhDu 的天 qì 四 jì 如 chEn， tè 别舒服。 15. yJ 下得不多 érqiG yJ 下得不多 不 lGng 不 rè，érqiG yJ 下得不多 天 qì 不 lGng 不 rè，érqiG yJ 下得 不多 JiAzhDu 的天 qì 不 lGng 不 rè， érqiG yJ 下得不多。

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 102

convenient not convenient (inconvenient) very inconvenient going out to have fun is very inconvenient ________________________________ ________________________________ cold equally cold as cold as today tomorrow and today are equally cold (tomorrow is as cold as today) The weather forecast says that tomorrow will be as cold as today. clear turn clear cloudy turning clear the weather for the day after tomorrow is cloudy turning clear The weather forecast says that the weather for the day after tomorrow is cloudy turning clear. comfortable particularly comfortable like spring all year round, particularly comfortable ________________________________ ________________________________ it doesn’t rain much moreover, it doesn’t rain much not cold not hot, moreover it doesn’t rain much The weather is not cold and not hot, moreover it doesn’t rain much. ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 2:48:09 PM

Lesson 21  谈天 qì  Talking about the weather    103

16. 北京的天 qì 好 bH 北京的天 qì 好 我家 xiAng 的天 qì bH 北京的天 qì 好 我觉得我家 xiAng 的天 qì bH 北京的 天 qì 好。

Beijing’s weather is good better than Beijing’s weather the weather in my hometown is better than the weather in Beijing ________________________________ ________________________________

17. lGng bH 昨天 lGng 今天 bH 昨天 lGng 今天 bH 昨天 lGng 得多。

cold colder than yesterday today is colder than yesterday ________________________________

18. 一点 nuFn 和一点 bH 一月 nuFn 和一点 二月 bH 一月 nuFn 和一点。

a little a little warmer a little warmer than January February is a little warmer than January.

19. 近 离 hFi 边很近 我家离 hFi 边很近。

close close to the sea ________________________________

20. 衣服 chuAn 衣服 多 chuAn 衣服 ràng 我多 chuAn 衣服 老师 ràng 我多 chuAn 衣服。

clothing wear clothing wear more clothing told me to wear more clothing ________________________________

21. 衣服 什么衣服 chuAn 什么衣服 guFn 我 chuAn 什么衣服 老师 guFn 我 chuAn 什么衣服 老师为什么 guFn 我 chuAn 什么 衣服呢？

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 103

clothing what clothing wear what clothing care about what clothing I wear the teacher cares about what clothing I wear ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 2:48:09 PM

104    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

22. chuAn 衣服 多 chuAn 些衣服 ràng 你多 chuAn 些衣服 所以 ràng 你多 chuAn 些衣服 pà 你 gFnmào 所以 ràng 你多 chuAn 些衣服 老师 pà 你 gFnmào 所以 ràng 你多 chuAn 些衣服。 23. 关 xCn 你 老师关 xCn 你 这是老师关 xCn 你。 24. chuAn 衣服 chuAn 多少衣服 知道 chuAn 多少衣服 应该知道 chuAn 多少衣服 学生应该知道 chuAn 多少衣服 二十岁的学生应该知道 chuAn 多少 衣服。 25. 不同 文化的不同 中外文化的不同 大概是中外文化的不同 这大概是中外文化的不同吧。 26. jìjié 不同的 jìjié 四个不同的 jìjié 一年有四个不同的 jìjié 北京一年有四个不同的 jìjié。

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 104

wear clothing wear a little more clothing tells you to wear a little more clothing so tells you to wear a little more clothing afraid you will catch a cold so tells you to wear a little more clothing ________________________________ ________________________________ showing concern for you the teacher is showing concern for you This is the teacher showing concern for you. wear clothing wear how much clothing know how much clothing to wear should know how much clothing to wear students should know how much clothing to wear ________________________________ ________________________________ difference a difference in cultures a difference in the cultures of China and other countries probably is a difference in the cultures of China and other countries ________________________________ ________________________________ season different seasons four different seasons one year has four different seasons Beijing has four different seasons in the year.

8/10/2011 2:48:10 PM

Lesson 21

谈天 qì

Talking about the weather

105

Language FAQs Beijing 儿 (r) 北京人 speak standard Mandarin Chinese, China’s national language, but they also speak Beijing dialect, a form of the language that is similar but not identical to standard Mandarin. As we learned in Level I of this Textbook, one feature that characterizes Beijing dialect is the word suffix 儿. In this course, we give you a little taste of this suffix by adding it to a few words. In Beijing dialect, the word suffix 儿 is very widely used. If you have a chance to visit Beijing for study, work, or travel, you will probably find that it will take some time before you can understand people when they speak Beijing dialect.

Two meanings of chuAn put on, wear The verb chuAn has two meanings: put on and wear. How can it have both meanings? Because after you put something on, you are wearing it. Context will make clear whether you should translate chuAn as put on or wear. Sometimes either translation is possible. 我的中文老师为什么要 guFn 我 chuAn 什么衣服呢? Why does my Chinese teacher care what clothes I put on (what clothes I wear)? Many Mandarin words that refer to a change of situation also refer to the resulting state. Here are two more examples: bìng to get sick, to be sick; 坐 to sit down, to be seated.

The four seasons of the year Notice that when listing the four seasons of the year in Chinese, you begin with spring: chEn 夏 qiE dDng spring, summer, fall, winter The list begins with spring because, in the traditional Chinese calendar, the start of the new year is also the first day of spring.



9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 105

8/10/2011 2:48:11 PM

106

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 Paired connecting words such as 虽然 . . . 可是 and  background information We have learned two sets of paired connecting words in Mandarin: 虽然 although . . . 可是 but, and 因为 because/since . . . 所以 therefore/so. We have learned that the words always occur in that order in the sentence. But we need to know one more thing about them: The first word in each pair (虽然, 因为) presents background information. It is never used to present the main point of a paragraph, an essay, or a conversation. When you read a paragraph or essay, you should always try to identify the main point. Don’t look for the main point in a 虽然 clause or in a 因为 clause.

Notes on Chinese culture The role of the teacher in Chinese culture The role of the teacher in Chinese culture was defined over two thousand years ago in the teachings of Confucius, a philosopher and teacher who lived 551–479 BCE. In Chinese culture, the responsibility of teacher to student is not limited to the classroom or school context. Instead, the teacher is responsible for the wellbeing of his or her students in all aspects of their lives. As Xiao Wang discovers, Chinese teachers often feel that it is their responsibility to teach their foreign students to dress and behave appropriately when in China. American students need to show that they are grateful for the concern of their teachers and they should do their best to follow their advice.

Dressing for cold weather in Chinese culture In Chinese culture, people dress in layers, and those layers include thermal underwear. The time of year to begin wearing your thermal underwear, and the number of layers of it you wear, is determined in part by the temperature but in much greater part by the season as identified in the traditional Chinese lunar (agricultural) calendar.

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 106

8/10/2011 2:48:12 PM

Lesson 21

谈天 qì

Talking about the weather

107

Expressing temperature in the Fahrenheit and Celsius scales China, like most countries, expresses temperature using the Celsius scale, in which zero degrees is the temperature at which water freezes, and 100 degrees is the temperature at which water boils. The United States and a small number of other countries use the Fahrenheit scale to express temperature. Zero degrees Celsius is 32 degrees Fahrenheit. Minus 3 or 4 degrees Celsius is about 25 degrees Fahrenheit.

The offi cial heating season in China In northern China, the government determines the official beginning and end of the heating season. Heat can be turned on in buildings beginning on November 15, and it must be turned off by March 15. Since the weather in many cities in the north may become cold before November 15, people have to be prepared to dress for the weather even when they are indoors. Official government policy decrees that south of the Yangzi River, buildings cannot have central heating at all. Tourist hotels are exempt from these policies, however.

Lesson 21 Narrative in English Although Dawei has been living in Beijing for more than a year, he still isn’t used to Beijing’s weather. In the winter in Beijing, there isn’t much snowfall, but it is extremely cold. The summer is muggy and hot, and there is very little rain. In the past few years it has gotten hot earlier and earlier in the summer in Beijing and the period of time when it has been hot has lasted longer and longer. In the spring in Beijing, it is often very windy. The weather in the fall is the best: not cold, not hot, extremely comfortable, but it is too short.

Dialogue in English Part A Dawei:

Guoqiang:

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 107

These last few days, Beijing has been really cold. The highest temperature today will be three or four degrees below zero, and it will be cloudy again. I can hardly stand it. I’ve heard that tomorrow will be as cold as today, and in addition it may snow. Isn’t snow good? When it snows it looks particularly pretty outside.

8/10/2011 2:48:13 PM

108    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dawei: Guoqiang: Dawei:

After it snows the streets are dirty and it isn’t very convenient to go out and have fun. But the weather forecast says that the day after tomorrow will be better. It will be partly cloudy, turning clear, and in addition it will be a little warmer. I still think that it is too cold in the winter in Beijing. The winter is cold, the summer is hot, (and) spring is often windy. Only the fall is nice, it’s clear every day, but it is also especially short.

Part B Guoqiang: Dawei:

Guoqiang:

Dawei:

What kind of weather do you like? I like the weather in my hometown. I live in southern California, close to the coast. The weather there is like spring all year long: the winter isn’t cold, the summer isn’t hot. All four seasons of the year are very comfortable. The weather in all four seasons of the year is the same, that’s not four seasons in a year. That’s one season in a year. Beijing is different. In one year there are four seasons: spring, summer, fall, and winter. I still think that the weather in my hometown is better than Beijing’s weather.

Part C Xiao Wang: Why does my Chinese teacher care what kind of clothing I wear? Guoqiang: The teacher can’t possible care about what kind of clothing you wear. Xiao Wang: What do you mean she doesn’t care? Today my teacher said to me I was wearing too few clothes. She told me to put on a little more clothing. Guoqiang: It’s gotten cold these past few days. The teacher is afraid you’ll catch a cold, so she told you to put on more clothing. Xiao Wang: I’m already 20 years old. Don’t I know how much clothing to put on? Guoqiang: Of course you know how much clothing you should wear. This is the teacher being concerned about you. Xiao Wang: The teacher is concerned about my studies and she also wants to be concerned about how much clothing I wear? Guoqiang: You probably feel like you are not used to this. This may be a difference between Chinese and other cultures.

9780415472500_Textbook_L21.indd 108

8/10/2011 2:48:13 PM

Lesson 22 Duànliàn shBntH

Working out Communication goals ■ ■

Talk about sports, playing ball, and exercising More on comparisons: ■ Describe situations in terms of similarities and differences ■ Say that something has less of some quality than something else

Key structures

在 X 上 as for X, when it comes to X xiAng 同的地方 similarities, 不同的地方 differences verbs used in playing ball and other sports: 打 lánqiú play basketball, tC zúqiú play soccer ( football), 玩 zúqiú play soccer ( football) 而 and, while, but V 进来 and other directional verbs directional complements: Resultative verbs with directional endings 走进来 walk in, shBn 出来 extend out lián NP 都 VP even NP (is, has, does) VP NP AdjV 是 AdjV (可是 . . .) NP has the quality of AdjV all right (but. . .) NP1 没有 NP2 (那么/这么) AdjV NP1 is not as AdjV as NP2

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 109

8/12/2011 2:35:49 PM

110      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Narrative

(CD1: 56)

美国的大学生跟中国的大学生在 duànliàn shBntH 上有 xiAng 同的地方，也有不同 的地方。XiAng 同的是年 qCng 人都喜欢 yùndòng、喜欢 duànliàn shBntH，每周都 要 duànliàn 几次。他们 pFo bù、打 lánqiú、或者到 jiàn shBn 房去 duànliàn。不同 的是中国的学生很多喜欢 tC zúqiú、打 páiqiú 或打 pCngpAng qiú，而美国大学生喜 欢玩美 shì zúqiú、打 bàngqiú 和 huá chuán。Lìng 外，很多美国的大学生 cAn 加 学校的校 duì，差不多每个周末都有比 sài。

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 110

8/10/2011 3:01:34 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      111

Dialogue Dawei returns to his dorm and tries to convince his roommate to join Xiao Wang in a game of basketball.

(CD1: 57)

Part A 大为： 我走进来的时候，看见小王了。他去打 lánqiú，我们跟他一起去打 qiú 吧。 国强： 这么冷的天，lián 手都 shBn 不出来，还能打 qiú 吗？ 大为： 这几天冷是冷，可是没有前两天那么冷。你太怕冷了。 国强： 你去吧。我不想去。

Part B 大为： 生 mìng 在 yú yùndòng。一 yùndòng 就不冷了。你 duànliàn 得太少。 国强： 我想我 duànliàn 得比你多得多。我每天都 qí 自行车去上课。这是 duànliàn 吧。Lìng 外，在教 shì lóu、宿舍 lóu，和图书馆，我都 走上去，走下来，不坐电 tC。这也是 duànliàn 吧。 大为： 这些都是 duànliàn。我问你到 dH 去不去打 qiú？ 国强： 我想我还是去吧。

Vocabulary Narrative bàngqiú bHsài

比 sài

chuán

noun

baseball

noun

competition

noun

boat

dF qiú

打 qiú

verb + object

play ball

dìfang

地方

noun

place, location

duànliàn

verb

exercise

duànliàn shBntH

verb + object

work out, exercise (the body)

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 111

8/10/2011 3:01:35 PM

112      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

duì ér

而

noun

team

conjunction

and, while

(literary)

huá

verb

row

huá chuán

verb + object

row a boat, rowing

jiàn shBn

verb + object

work out, exercise, body building

jiàn shBn fáng

jiàn shBn 房

noun phrase

exercise room, fitness center

lìngwài

lìng 外

adverb

in addition

MGishì

美 shì

noun phrase

American style

MGishì zúqiú

美 shì zúqiú

noun phrase

American-style football

niánqCng

年 qCng

adjectival verb

young

niánqCng rén

年 qCng 人

noun phrase

young people

páiqiú

noun

volleyball

pFo

verb

run

pFo bù

verb + object

jog

pCngpAng qiú

noun

ping-pong

qiú

noun

ball

shì

noun

style, way of doing something*

tC

verb

kick

tC zúqiú

verb + object

play soccer

xiAngtóng

xiAng 同

adjectival verb

similar

xiào duì

校 duì

noun phrase

school team

noun

exercise

classifier

week

noun

soccer

yùndòng zhDu zúqiú

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 112

周

8/10/2011 3:01:36 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      113

Dialogue Part A

jìnlai

进来

directional verb

enter, come in

lánqiú

noun

basketball

lián

preposition

even

shBn

verb

extend

Part B

dàodH

到 dH

adverb

finally, after all, in the end

diàntC

电 tC

noun

elevator

jiàoshì

教 shì

noun

classroom

lóu

noun

building

qí

verb

ride astraddle

qí zìxíngchB

qí 自行车

verb + object

ride a bicycle

shBngmìng

生 mìng

noun

life

shBngmìng 生 mìng zàiyú yùndòng 在 yú yùndòng

proverb

movement is the essence of life; exercise is fundamental to your quality of life

zàiyú

在 yú

verb

relies on, depends upon

zìxíngchB

自行车

noun

bicycle

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 113

8/10/2011 3:01:36 PM

114      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Characters 比 bH

compared to

比 sài (bHsài) competition

而 ér

and

而且 (érqiG) in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover

方 fAng *

地方 (dìfang) place, location, 方 biàn (fAngbiàn) convenient, 方 miàn (fAngmiàn) aspect, side

或 huò

*or

或者 (huòzhG) or, perhaps

加 jiA

add

cAn 加 (cAnjiA) participate, 加 zhDu (JiAzhDu) California

教 jiAo; jiào

教中文 (jiào ZhDngwén) teach Chinese; teach; 教 shì (jiàoshì) classroom (first part of noun compounds)

进 jìn

enter

进来 (jìnlai) enter, 请进 (qHng jìn) please come in

冷 lGng

cold

怕冷 (pà lGng) afraid of the cold

末 mò

*end

周末 (zhDumò) weekend

怕 pà

fear, afraid

怕冷 (pà lGng) afraid of the cold

且 qiG

*

而且 (ér qiG) in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover

让 ràng make, let, tell (someone (to) do something) 手 shIu hand

手 jC (shIujC) cell phone, mobile phone

玩 wán

play

玩 qiú (wán qiú) play ball

者 zhG

*

或者 (huòzhG) or, perhaps

周 zhDu *week

周末 (zhDumò) weekend

自 zì

自 jH (zìjH) self, 自行车 (zìxíngchB) bicycle

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 114

*self

8/10/2011 3:01:36 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      115

Stroke Order Flow Chart character: strokes

total strokes

4 6 4 8 5 11 7 7 5 8 5 5 4 8 8 8 6

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 115

8/10/2011 3:01:44 PM

116      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue practice Do these activities in class after mastering the dialogue for this lesson. Change partners so that you practice each part several times.  Dialogue 22A:  Working with a partner, suggest that you and your partner do some activity. Your partner should say that she doesn’t want to do the activity, and provide some reason. You should present an argument why the reason is not good.  Dialogue 22B:  Working with a partner, take turns asking each other what kind of exercise you do, and what kind of activities you don’t like to do. Report on your findings to the class. With your classmates, make a list of the most popular and least popular activities in the class.

Use and structure  22.1.  Subject 在 X 上 as for X, when it comes to X  In Lesson 18 we learned the structure 在 NP 方 miàn when expressing the meaning when it comes to NP or as for NP (Use and Structure note 18.9). 他在 yJ 法那方 miàn，有的时候会有问 tí。 Sometimes he has problems when it comes to grammar. In this lesson we learn a similar structure, which you can use when presenting a subject from a particular perspective. subject 在 NP (or VP) 上 美国的大学生跟中国的大学生在 duànliàn shBntH 上有 xiAng 同的地方，也有不同 的地方。 When it comes to exercising, American students and Chinese students have similarities and differences. 在学习上，他比你用功得多。 When it comes to studying, he is much more hard working (he works harder) than you. 中文和英文在 yJ 法上有很大的不同。 In terms of grammar, Chinese and English have big differences. 这几年中国在经 jì 上有很大的进 bù。 These past few years, China, in terms of its economy, has made a lot of progress. 在教 hái 子上，中国人和美国人很不一样。 When it comes to educating children, Chinese people and Americans are very different.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 116

8/10/2011 3:01:44 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      117

The structures 在 NP 方 miàn and 在 NP (or VP) 上 are very similar in function. The main difference between them is that 在 NP 方 miàn is more formal. Both are good structures to use when beginning a comparison of two or more people, places, or things.

 22.2.  XiAng 同的地方 similarities, 不同的地方 differences  To say that things have similarities, say: (NP) 有 xiAng 同的地方 To say that things have differences, say: (NP) 有不同的地方 美国的大学生跟中国的大学生在 duànliàn shBntH 上有 xiAng 同的地方，也有不同 的地方。 When it comes to exercising, American students and Chinese students have similarities and differences. To state what the similarities or differences are, say: XiAng 同的（地方）是 . . . The similarities are . . . 不同的（地方）是 . . . The differences are . . . XiAng 同的是年 qCng 人都喜欢 yùndòng、喜欢 duànliàn shBntH，每周都要 duànliàn 几次。 The similarities are that young people like to move and like to exercise, and they do some form of exercise several times a week. This structure is relatively formal and is most commonly used in writing and in formal speech. It introduces the fact that there are similarities or differences between things, and can be followed by specific examples.

 22.3.  V  erbs used in playing ball and other sports: 打 lánqiú play basketball, tC zúqiú play soccer ( football), 玩 zúqiú play soccer ( football)  In English, we say that you play a sport or a game, that is, you play soccer (football), basketball, volleyball, baseball, ping-pong, etc. In Chinese, the verb that is used with a ball sport depends upon the body part that is involved in hitting the ball. If it is the hand that is used in hitting the ball, the verb used is 打 hit: 打 lánqiú play basketball, 打 páiqiú volleyball, 打 pCngpAng qiú play ping-ping, 打 bàngqiú play baseball, etc. If it is the foot that is used in hitting the ball, the verb that is used is tC kick: tC zúqiú play soccer ( football). If you want to say that you are playing a game for fun and not for competition, the verb you can use is 玩 play: 玩 lánqiú play basketball, 玩美 shì zúqiú play American football. The radical in the character 打 is 扌, the hand radical.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 117

8/10/2011 3:01:44 PM

118      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 22.4.  而 and, while, but  而 is a conjunction that is used in written and formal spoken texts. It can be used to link verb phrases or entire sentences. When it is used, it indicates that the phrases or sentences that it joins are balanced opposites of each other. Depending upon the context, it may be translated as and, but, or while. When 而 is used, the phrases or clauses that it joins are typically balanced, not just in meaning (as direct opposites of each other), but also in structure. Notice that in the following sentences, the “conjuncts” of 而 have very similar structures. To make this easier to see, the conjuncts that are in direct contrast are presented one below the other. 不同的是 中国的学生很多喜欢 tC zúqiú、打 páiqiú 或打 pCngpAng qiú， 而 美国大学生喜欢玩美 shì zúqiú、打 bàngqiú 和 huá chuán。 The difference is that Chinese students like to play soccer, volleyball, or ping-pong, while American students like to play American style football, baseball, and rowing. 中文课已经开始十分钟了。 学生都来了， 而 老师还没到。 Chinese class already started ten minutes ago. The students have all arrived, but the teacher has not yet arrived. 今天的考试， 我的同学都考得很好， 而 我因为 wàng 了很多字，考得不太好。 As for today’s test, my classmates all did well, while I forgot a lot of characters and did poorly. 这儿的 dDng 天很长 而 夏天 tè 别 duFn。 The winter here is very long and the summer is very short. When 而 links verb phrases, the phrases are often identical, except that one is affirmative and the other is negated. 他跟现在的年 qCng 人不同， 不喜欢上 wFng liáo 天， 而 喜欢看书，写东西。 He is different from today’s young people. He doesn’t like to use the internet to chat, but likes to read books and write things. 你为什么 喜欢看美国电 yHng 而 不喜欢看中国电 yHng？ Why do you like to watch American movies and not Chinese movies? Here are additional examples in which 而 links verb phrases. Notice that the verb phrases express opposites in each sentence. 美国人喜欢的是 bàngqiú 而不是 zúqiú。 What Americans like is baseball and not soccer ( football).

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 118

8/10/2011 3:01:44 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      119

他有兴趣的课是中国经 jì 而不是中国文化。 The class that he is interested in is economics and not Chinese culture. 你 wàng 了，教得好的是王老师而不是李老师，你别选李老师的课。 You forgot, the one who teaches well is Professor Wang, not Professor Li. Don’t take Professor Li’s class.

 22.5.  M  ore directional verbs: 进来 come in, 出来 come out, 下来 come down, 上去 go up  In Lesson 17 we learned the directional verbs 回来 come back and 回去 go back (See Use and Structure note 17.3). In this lesson we practice forming additional directional verbs. Directional verbs are always formed by a verb of motion followed by 来 come or 去 go. The verb of motion indicates the way that the subject is moving, and 来 come or 去 go indicates the direction of the motion either toward (来 come) or away from (去 go) the speaker or narrator. Here are commonly used directional verbs. Notice how the 来 come or 去 go ending changes the meaning of the expression. directional verbs verb of motion

verb of motion + 来 come

verb of motion + 去 go

进 enter 出 exit 上 ascend 下 descend 过 pass, go across

进来 come in 出来 come out 上来 come up 下来 come down 过来 cross some space moving toward the speaker

进去 go in 出去 go out 上去 go up 下去 go down 过去 cross some space moving away from the speaker

 22.6.  D  irectional complements: Resultative verbs with directional endings 走进来 walk in, shBn 出来 extend out  We have learned how to form and use resultative verbs in Lessons 19 and 20 (Use and Structure notes 19.2 and 20.6). In this lesson we see that directional verbs can function as resultative verb endings. When directional verbs are used as resultative verb endings they are often called directional complements. Here are some examples. action verb

+ directional verb

= resultative verb

走 walk shBn extend pFo run 开 drive

进来 come in 出来 come out 上去 go up 下去 go down

走进来 walk in shBn 出来 extend out pFo 上去 run up 开下去 drive down

我走进来的时候，看见小王了。 When I walked in, I saw Xiao Wang.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 119

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

120      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Resultative verbs with directional endings can occur in the potential form (Use and Structure note 20.6). To form the potential, include 得 or 不 between the action verb and the directional expression. resultative verb

V 得 resultative ending able to achieve the result

V 不 resultative ending unable to achieve the result

走进来 walk in shBn 出来 extend out pFo 上去 run up 开下去 drive down

走得进来 able to walk in shBn 得出来 able to extend out pFo 得上去 able to run up 开得下去 able to drive down

走不进来 unable to walk in shBn 不出来 unable to extend out pFo 不上去 unable to run up 开不下去 unable to drive down

这么冷的天，lián 手都 shBn 不出来。 On a day as cold as today, you can’t even extend out your hand. When a verb with a directional ending takes an object, the object may occur right before 来 or 去. 他 shBn 出手来了。 He extended out his hand (toward the speaker). 她走进教 shì 来了。 She ran into the classroom (where the speaker is located). 他 pFo 出宿舍去了。 He ran out of the dorm (and away from the direction of the speaker). When the object is the thing that moves in the action, it can also be expressed with a structure that states the object before the verb, such as lián (see Use and Structure note 22.7) or 把 (see Use and Structure note 19.7). 这么冷的天，lián 手都 shBn 不出来。 On a day as cold as today, you can’t even extend out your hand. 他把手 shBn 出来了。 He held out his hand. When talking about exiting from a location (for example, walk out of the dorm), you can also say: 从 location V 出来  or  从 location V 出去 他从宿舍走出来了。 He walked out from the dorm. 他从公园 pFo 出去了。 He ran out from the park.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 120

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      121

 22.7.  Lián NP even NP, lián NP 都/也 VP even NP (is, has, does) VP  Lián NP means even NP. The phrase lián NP occurs before 都 or 也 + V(P) in the following structures: Lián NP 都/也 VP even NP (is, has, does) VP 我家每一个人都是老师。我 mèimei 是老师。→ In my family, everyone is a teacher. My younger sister is a teacher. Lián 我 mèimei 也是老师。 Even my younger sister is a teacher. 我认识的人都有男朋友了。我 mèimei 有男朋友。→ Everyone that I know has a boyfriend. My younger sister has a boyfriend. Lián 我 mèimei 也有男朋友。 Even my younger sister has a boyfriend. 最近大家都开始学中文。我 mèimei 学中文。→ Recently everyone has begun studying Chinese. My younger sister studies Chinese. Lián 我 mèimei 也学中文。 Even my younger sister studies Chinese. NP lián time when 都/也 VP 他们每天都上课。他们星期天上课。→ They go to class every day. They go to class on Sunday. 他们 lián 星期天都上课。 They even go to class on Sunday. subject lián object 都/也 V 他喜欢的运动很多。他喜欢美 shì zúqiú。→ He likes a lot of sports. He likes American football. 他 lián 美 shì zúqiú 也喜欢。 He even likes American football. 她会说中文、法文、Dé 文、和日文。→ She can speak Chinese, French, German, and Japanese. 她会说中文、法文，和 Dé 文、lián 日文都会说。 She can speak Chinese, French, and German. She can even speak Japanese. The lián structure has two functions. 1. It emphasizes the NP that follows lián, indicating that something is even true for that NP. 2. It topicalizes the object of the verb if the object is the NP that is emphasized with lián, placing it in a position at the beginning of the sentence, before the verb.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 121

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

122      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Certain structures in Mandarin, including resultative verbs with directional endings (e.g. 走进来 walk in, shBn 出来 extend out) cannot be followed by an object. When lián occurs with resultative verbs with directional endings, it makes it possible to include the object of the resultative verb in the sentence. The two structures are used together in this sentence from the Dialogue: 这么冷的天，lián 手都 shBn 不出来。 On a day as cold as today, you can’t even extend out your hand.

 22.8.  N  P AdjV 是 AdjV (可是 . . . ) NP has the quality of AdjV all right   (but . . .)  When some topic has been mentioned in a conversation and you want to say that it has a particular quality, but that it is less than some expectation or standard, say: NP AdjV 是 AdjV，（可是 . . .） 今天冷是冷，可是没有昨天那么冷。 It is cold today, but it is not as cold as yesterday. Statements made with AdjV 是 AdjV are typically followed by a clause that begins with a contrast conjunction; for example, 可是 but, dàn 是 but, 不过 but, however. 小张： 我觉得中文很难。 Xiao Zhang: I think that Chinese is very difficult. 小高： 难是难，dàn 是很有意思，也很有用。 Xiao Gao: It’s hard all right, but it is very interesting and also very useful.

 22.9.  NP1 没有 NP2 (那么/这么) AdjV NP1 is not as AdjV as NP2  In Lesson 21 we learned to use the 比 comparison structure to say that something has more of some quality than something else (Use and Structure note 21.7). To say that something has less of some quality than something else, say: NP1 没有 NP2（那么/这么）AdjV 今天没有昨天那么冷。 Today is not as cold as yesterday. 那么 and 这么 are not required in the structure, although one or the other usually occurs. 那么 is the more commonly used word. 这么 is used when NP2 is something close to you and you want to emphasize its proximity. For example, if you were eating dumplings and wanted to say that some other dumplings are not as good as the ones you are eating right now, you could say: 饭馆的 jiFo 子没有您的 jiFo 子这么好吃。 Restaurant dumplings are not as delicious as your dumplings. Notice that 那么 and 这么 do not get translated into English.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 122

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      123

 22.10.  Q  í 车 ride a bike, 坐车 ride in a car, 开车 drive a car, huá chuán row a boat  We have already learned that Mandarin uses different verbs to indicate driving a vehicle (开车) and being a passenger in a vehicle (坐车). In this lesson we see that the verb qí is used for riding on something that you sit on astraddle. That is, you qí a bicycle (qí 自行车), and you also qí a horse (qí 马). The verb for row is huá, and to row a boat you huá chuán.

 22.11.  到 dH finally, after all, in the end  到 dH finally, after all, in the end is an adverb that is only used in questions. It occurs after the subject and right before the verb phrase. 我问你到 dH 去不去打 qiú？ I’m asking you, are you going to go play ball or not?

Narrative structure: A comparison paragraph The narrative in this lesson illustrates the structure of a comparison paragraph, a paragraph in which the writer compares two or more things in terms of their similarities and dif­ ferences. A comparison paragraph generally begins by including the people or things that will be compared in a general statement saying that they have similarities and differences. 美国的大学生跟中国的大学生在 duànliàn shBntH 上有 xiAng 同的地方，也有不同 的地方。 When it comes to exercising, American college students and Chinese college students have similarities and differences. It then lists the similarities: XiAng 同的是 . . . Then it lists the differences: 不同的是 . . . In Mandarin, the similarities and differences that parallel each other are generally listed first. In the narrative in this lesson the parallel differences are the specific activities: soccer vs. American football, volleyball vs. baseball, ping-pong vs. rowing. Additional differences, those that don’t have a correspondence in the other comparison group, are listed afterward. Notice that the expression lìng 外 introduces these remaining details as additional differences that don’t fit with the parallel differences listed first. Lìng 外，很多美国的大学生 cAn 加学校的校 duì，差不多每个周末都有比 sài。 In addition, a lot of American college students join school teams and participate in competitions just about every week.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 123

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

124      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

1. shBntH duànliàn shBntH 到 jiàn shBn 房去 duànliàn shBntH 我每天都到 jiàn shBn 房去 duànliàn shBntH。 2. 打 qiú 打什么 qiú？ 你喜欢打什么 qiú？ 3. bàngqiú 打 bàngqiú 喜欢打 bàngqiú 也喜欢打 bàngqiú 喜欢打 lánqiú，也喜欢打 bàngqiú

body exercise the body, work out go to the fitness center to work out I go to the fitness center every day to work out. play ball play what (kind of) ball? What kind of ball(sport) do you like to play?

我喜欢打 lánqiú，也喜欢 打 bàngqiú。

baseball play baseball like to play baseball also like to play baseball like to play basketball, and also like to play baseball ________________________________ ________________________________

4. zúqiú tC zúqiú 喜欢 tC zúqiú 年 qCng 人都喜欢 tC zúqiú。

soccer play soccer like to play soccer Young people like to play soccer.

5. zúqiú 美 shì zúqiú 玩儿美 shì zúqiú 都喜欢玩儿美 shì zúqiú 美国人都喜欢玩儿美 shì zúqiú 吗？

soccer American football play American football all like to play American football ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 124

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      125

6. 喜欢 tC zúqiú 一定喜欢 tC zúqiú 不一定喜欢 tC zúqiú 而不一定喜欢 tC zúqiú 喜欢看 zúqiú 比 sài 而不一定喜欢 tC zúqiú 他们喜欢看 zúqiú 比 sài 而不一定 喜欢 tC zúqiú。

like to play football definitely like to play football don’t necessarily like to play football but don’t necessarily like to play football like to watch football games but don’t necessarily like to play football ________________________________ ________________________________

7. 地方 什么地方？ 这是什么地方？

place what place? What place is this?

8. lóu 教 shì lóu 是教 shì lóu 不是教 shì lóu 这是宿舍 lóu 而不是教 shì lóu。

building classroom building is a classroom building is not a classroom building This is a dorm and not a classroom building.

9. 地方 xiAng 同的地方 有很多 xiAng 同的地方 中国文化和美国文化有很多 xiAng 同 的地方。

place similarities (similar places) a lot of similarities (similar places) Chinese culture and American culture have a lot of similarities.

10. 不同的地方 有不同的地方 美国的年 qCng 人和中国的年 qCng 人 有不同的地方。

differences (different places) there are differences There are differences between American young people and Chinese young people.

11. 不同的地方 xiAng 同的地方和不同的地方 有 xiAng 同的地方和不同的地方 美国人和中国人有 xiAng 同的地方和 不同的地方。 在 duànliàn shBntH 上，美国人和 中国人有 xiAng 的地方和不同的 地方。

differences (different places) similarities and differences there are similarities and differences Americans and Chinese people have similarities and differences. When it comes to exercising, Americans and Chinese people have similarities and differences.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 125

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

126      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

12. yùndòng 什么样的 yùndòng 你喜欢做什么样的 yùndòng？ 13. yùndòng 在 yú yùndòng 生 mìng 在 yú yùndòng

movement what kind of movement? What kind of movement/exercise do you like to do?

中国人常说生 mìng 在 yú yùndòng。

movement/exercise is in movement the essence of life is in movement/ exercise ________________________________ ________________________________

14. huá chuán 喜欢 huá chuán lìng 外喜欢 huá chuán 喜欢打 páiqiú，lìng 外喜欢 huá chuán 我喜欢打 páiqiú，lìng 外也喜欢 huá chuán。

row a boat like to row in addition like to row like to play volleyball, and in addition like to row I like to play volleyball and I also like to row.

15. 校 duì cAn 加校 duì 都 cAn 加校 duì 高中生都 cAn 加校 duì lián 高中生都 cAn 加校 duì 在美国，lián 高中生都 cAn 加校 duì。 16. 比 sài 有比 sài 都有比 sài 每个周末都有比 sài 差不多每个周末都有比 sài Huá chuán duì 差不多每个周末都有 比 sài。

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 126

school team participate in school teams all participate in school teams middle school students all participate in school teams even middle school students participate in school teams ________________________________ ________________________________ competition there is a competition there are always competitions every weekend there is a competition there is a competition almost every weekend The rowing team has a competition almost every weekend.

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      127

17. 自行车 qí 自行车 都 qí 自行车 老师都 qí 自行车 Lián 老师都 qí 自行车。

bicycle ride a bicycle all ride a bicycle the teachers all ride bicycles Even the teacher(s) all ride bicycles.

18. 去 pFo bù 或去 pFo bù 打 pCngpAng qiú 或去 pFo bù 周末打 pCngpAng qiú 或去 pFo bù 我周末打 pCngpAng qiú 或去 pFo bù。

go jogging or go jogging play ping-pong or go jogging weekend play ping-pong or go jogging ________________________________

19. 电 tC 坐电 tC 别坐电 tC！

elevator take the elevator Don’t take the elevator!

20. 不坐电 tC 走下来，不坐电 tC 我都走上去，走下来，不坐电 tC。 在教 shì lóu、宿舍 lóu，和图书馆， 我都走上去，走下来，不坐 电 tC。

don’t take the elevator walk down, don’t take the elevator I always walk up and walk down and don’t take the elevator. In the classroom building, the dorm, and the library, I always walk up and walk down and don’t take the elevator.

21. 冷 那么冷 没有昨天那么冷 今天没有昨天那么冷。

cold so cold not as cold as yesterday Today is not as cold as yesterday.

22. 没有前两天那么冷 冷是冷，可是没有前两天那么冷。 这几天冷是冷，可是没有前两天 那么冷。

not as cold as the previous two days It’s cold all right, but not as cold as the previous two days. ________________________________ ________________________________

23. 看见小王了 走进来的时候看见小王了 我走进来的时候看见小王了。

saw Xiao Wang when walked in, saw Xiao Wang ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 127

8/10/2011 3:01:45 PM

128      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

24. 走得上去 走得上去吗？ 教 shì lóu 那么高，你走得上去吗？

able to walk up able to walk up? The classroom building is so tall, can you walk up?

25. 走不上去 你走不上去。 我怕你走不上去。

unable to walk up You can’t walk up. I’m afraid you can’t walk up.

26. 出来 shBn 不出来 手都 shBn 不出来 lián 手都 shBn 不出来 今天的天 qì 非常冷，lián 手都 shBn 不出来。

come out unable to extend out unable to extend a hand out can’t even extend a hand out Today is extremely cold, you can’t even extend your hand out.

27. 冷 pà 冷 太 pà 冷 你太 pà 冷！

cold afraid of the cold too afraid of the cold ________________________________

28. 不冷了 一 yùndòng 就不冷了！ 29. 打 qiú 去打 qiú 去不去打 qiú？ 到 dH 去不去打 qiú？ 你到 dH 去不去打 qiú？

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 128

not cold anymore As soon as you move, you won’t feel cold anymore. play ball go play ball go play ball? go play ball after all? Are you going to play ball after all or not?

8/10/2011 3:01:46 PM

Lesson 22  Duànliàn shbnth  Working out      129

Language FAQs Two pronunciations of the character 行 We learned in Lesson 18 that the character 行 is pronounced either háng or xíng depending upon the word or phrase in which it occurs. It is pronounced háng in the word yín 行 (yínháng) bank and in the saying 行行出 Zhuàngyuán (háng háng chE Zhuàngyuán) every field produces a leading expert. It is pronounced xíng when saying okay or asking if something is okay. Q: 行不行？(Xíng bù xíng?) Is it okay? A: 行。(Xíng.) Yes. As you can see, it is also pronounced xíng in the word 自行车 (zìxíngchB) bicycle.

Notes on Chinese culture Sports and education In the United States and Britain, sports are considered a part of a well-rounded education, and even the most academically strong students are encouraged to participate in a sport. In fact, in the United States, very strong athletic performance may improve your chances of being admitted to the college of your choice. In contrast, in China, academic studies and competitive athletics do not go hand in hand, and Chinese students on an academic path do not spend their time participating in competitive sports. From the Chinese perspective, that time is “wasted” on competitive sports. From the American or British perspective, sports participation helps to define a well-rounded student. This is another instance of 中外文化的不同!

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 129

8/10/2011 3:01:47 PM

130      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Lesson 22 Narrative in English When it comes to exercising, American college students and Chinese college students have similarities and differences. The similarities are that young people like to move and like to exercise, and they do some form of exercise several times a week. They run, play ball, or go to a fitness center to exercise. The differences are that Chinese students like to play soccer, volleyball, or ping-pong, while American students like to play American football, baseball and like to row. In addition, a lot of American college students join school teams and participate in competitions just about every week.

Dialogue in English Part A Dawei:

When I walked in, I saw Xiao Wang. He is going to play basketball. Let’s go with him to play. Guoqiang: On such a cold day as this, you can’t even extend your hand out (without freezing), and you still want to play ball? Dawei: It’s been cold these last few days all right, but it isn’t as cold as it was the day before yesterday. You’re too afraid of the cold. Guoqiang: You go. I don’t want to go.

Part B Dawei:

Exercise is the essence of life. Once you start exercising, you won’t be cold anymore. You don’t exercise enough. (You work out too infrequently.) Guoqiang: I think I exercise a lot more than you do. I ride my bike to class every day. That’s exercise. In addition, in the classroom buildings, the dorms, and the library, I walk up and down and don’t take the elevator. That’s also exercise. Dawei: (Okay.) These things are exercise. (But) I’m asking you, are you going to play ball or not? Guoqiang: I guess I’ll go.

9780415472500_Textbook_L22.indd 130

8/10/2011 3:01:47 PM

Lesson 23  Guàng jiB 

Going shopping Communication goals ■

Shop for clothing and understand the Chinese way to express discounted prices

■

Compare objects in terms of price, size, color, and appearance, and indicate your preferences

Key structures 大大小小 all of the big and small 还/gèng AdjV even more AdjV 不得不 VP no alternative but to VP 只要 S/VP1 就 VP2 as long as S/VP1 then VP2 一点(儿)都 NEG V not even a little V, not V at all zhèng AdjV lán yánsè and lánsè: Color terms and ways of referring to colors 大小 size and other abstract nouns composed from opposites 穿在你的身上: verb + prepositional phrase 看起来 VP appears to be VP

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 131

8/10/2011 9:00:02 AM

132      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Narrative

(CD1: 67)

新年快到了。大大小小的 shAng 店都 tiB 出了打 zhé jiFn jià 的 guFnggào，让 gù 客 来 huA 钱买东西。吃完早饭，小张、小叶和小高就坐地铁到市中心去买东西了。 小叶和小高特别喜欢 guàng jiB。她们买了很多东西。小张最不喜欢 guàng shAng 店。他觉得 guàng jiB 是最累的事，比 pá 山，打球还累。可是女朋友让他去， 他不得不去。

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 132

8/10/2011 9:00:04 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      133

Dialogue (CD1: 68)

Part A 小叶：

大为，你看这条 qún 子怎么样？Yánsè 和式样我都喜欢， 就是贵了点儿。

小张：

你去试一试。贵不贵没关系，只要你喜欢就好。

小叶(对小高)： 太小了，我穿不下。大概最近天气冷，吃太多了，又很少 运动，我觉得我 pàng 了，真 zAogAo。 小张：

我昨天让你跟我们去打球你就不去！

小高：

别听他的。我觉得你一点儿都不 pàng，这儿的女孩子都 太 shòu 了，你这样zhèng héshì。

小叶(对服务员)： 服务员，这条 qún 子有大一号的吗？我要 lánsè 的。 服务员： 我看看。这条是三号的。这条是四号的。这条大小怎么样？ 小叶：

Zhèng héshì。

Part B 小叶(对小高)： 你看怎么样？ 小高：

好看，也很 héshì，不过，你要不要试一下别的 yánsè 的？ 我觉得你 lánsè 的衣服太多了。

服务员： 这条 qún 子有红的、lán 的、bái 的、huáng 的和绿的。 你想试哪个 yánsè 的？ 小叶：

红的吧，春 jié 快到了，买一件红 qún 子 zhèng 好。 (小叶在穿红 yánsè 的 qún 子。)

服务员： 这 zhIng 式样的 qún 子今年 zhèng liú 行，卖得很好。 穿在你身上真漂亮。买一条吧。 小高：

红色的比 lán 色的 gèng 好看。而且，看起来 shòu 一点。 连我都想买一条了。

小叶：

真的吗？好看是好看，可是，真的太贵了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 133

8/10/2011 9:00:05 AM

134      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Vocabulary Narrative dF zhé

打 zhé

verb + object

sell at a discount

guàng

verb

visit, stroll through

guàng jiB

verb + object

window shopping, strolling along the shopping streets

guFnggào

noun

advertisement

noun

customer

verb

spend

verb + object

spend money

jiFn jià

verb + object

reduce the price

jiB

noun

street (cf. 路)

pá

verb

climb

gùkè

gù 客

huA huA qián

huA 钱

pá shAn

pá 山

verb + object

climb a mountain

shAngdiàn

shAng 店

noun

store

verb

post, hang up

tiB

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 134

8/10/2011 9:00:05 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      135

Dialogue Part A

dàxiFo

大小

noun

size (abstract)

héshì

adjectival verb

lán

adjectival verb

suitable, appropriate, fits well (for clothing) blue

lánsè

noun

blue color

pàng

adjectival verb

fat

qúnzi

qún 子

noun

skirt

shì

试

verb

try

shìyàng

式样

noun

style

shòu

adjectival verb

thin

yánsè

noun

color

zhèng

intensifier

exactly

adjectival verb

white

proper noun

Spring Festival

gèng

intensifier

even more

huáng

adjectival verb

yellow

huángsè

noun

yellow color

Part B

bái ChEnjié

春 jié

kànqHlái

看起来

directional verb

appears to be, looks like

liúxíng

liú 行

adjectival verb

fashionable, popular

classifier

kind of

zhIng

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 135

8/10/2011 9:00:06 AM

136      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Characters 穿 chuAn wear, put on 春 chEn

spring

春天 (chEntiAn) spring, 春 jié (ChEnjié) Spring Festival

动 dòng

move

运动 (yùndòng) movement, exercise

贵 guì

expensive

累 lèi

tired

连 lián

even

绿 l5

green

红绿 dBng (hóngl5 dBng) traffic light

气 qì

*

天气 (tiAnqì) weather

球 qiú

ball

打球 (dF qiú) play ball

山 shAn

mountain

身 shBn

body

身体 (shBntH) body, jiàn 身房 (jiàn shBn fáng) fitness center

市 shì

city*

市中心 (shì zhDngxCn) city center, downtown

事 shì

matter, situation 有事吗？ (yIu shì ma?) what’s up?

式 shì

style, manner

式样 (shìyàng) style, 美式 zú 球 (MGishì zúqiú) American-style football

特 tè

*

特别 (tèbié) especially, special

体 tH

身体 (shBntH) body

条 tiáo

(classifier for streets, skirts)

一条路 (yC tiáo lù) one road, 一条 qún 子 (yC tiáo qúnzi) one skirt

铁 tiG

iron

地铁 (dìtiG) subway

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 136

8/10/2011 9:00:06 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      137

完 wán

finish, end

务 wù

*

服务 (fúwù) serve, 服务员 (fúwùyuán) server, waiter/waitress, salesperson

新 xCn

new

新年 (xCnnián) new year

心 xCn

heart

中心 (zhDngxCn) center, 市中心 (shì zhDngxCn) city center, downtown, 关心 (guAnxCn) show concern for

叶 yè

leaf, ( family name)

又 yòu

also, both

员 yuán

(suffix referring to person)

服务员 (fúwùyuán) server, clerk, salesperson

运 yùn

move, transport

运动 (yùndòng) movement, exercise

character: strokes

Stroke Order Flow Chart

total strokes

9 9 6 9 11 7 11 4

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 137

8/10/2011 9:00:08 AM

138      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

11 3 7 5 8 6

10 7 7

10 7 5

13 4 5 2 7 7

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 138

8/10/2011 9:00:12 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      139

Dialogue practice Do these activities in class after mastering the dialogue for this lesson. Change partners so that you practice each part several times.  Dialogue 23A:  Working with a partner, take turns being the customer and the salesperson in a clothing store. The customer should ask to try on different sizes and colors of clothing. The salesperson should do and say whatever is necessary to help the customer and make the sale.  Dialogue 23B:  Working with a partner, pretend you are shopping for clothing. Ask each other for your opinions on articles of clothing that you like, and make suggestions about your partner’s choices.

Use and structure  23.1.  大大小小 all of the big and small  One-syllable adjectival verbs such as 大 big and 小 small, when used to describe a noun, can sometimes be repeated to indicate all of the noun. 大大小小的 shAng 店都 tiB 出了打 zhé jiFn jià 的 guFnggào，让 gù 客来 huA 钱 买东西。 All of the big and small stores put up advertisements for discounts to get the customers to spend money and buy things.

 23.2.  还/gèng AdjV even more AdjV  Gèng is an intensifier and always precedes an adjectival verb. It adds a comparative meaning of even more to the adjectival verb. 红 sè 的比 lánsè 的 gèng 好看。 The red one is even better looking than the blue one. Sentences with gèng often follow comparisons with 比. Lánsè 的比 huángsè 的好。红 sè 的 gèng 好。 The blue one is better than the yellow one. The red one is even better The intensifier 还 may occur in comparisons with 比 to indicate even more AdjV. 他觉得 guàng shAng 店比 pá 山，打球还累。 He thinks that going shopping is even more tiring than mountain climbing or playing ball.

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 139

8/10/2011 9:00:12 AM

140      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 23.3.  不得不 VP no alternative but to VP  To say that you have no alternative but to do something that you don’t necessarily want to do, say: 不得不 VP 女朋友让他去，他不得不去。 His girlfriend asked him to go (shopping) and there was nothing he could do but go. 不得不 VP is often used in the first person, when describing one’s own situation. 这 jiàn 衣服是我的男朋友送给我的。我不得不穿。 This item of clothing was given to me by my boyfriend. I have to wear it.

 23.4.  只要 S/VP1 就 VP2 as long as S/VP1 then VP2  只要 is a connecting phrase that indicates that something will happen provided that some condition is met. It is equivalent to the English expressions as long as or provided that. 只要 may occur at the beginning of a sentence or right after the subject. The adverb 就 typically occurs in the second clause, right before the verb phrase. 只要 S 就 VP 贵不贵没关系，只要你喜欢就好。 It doesn’t matter whether it is expensive. As long as you like it, it is okay. subject 只要 VP1 就 VP2 你只要会说一点中文，在中国 l4yóu 就没问 tí。 As long as you can speak a little Chinese, traveling in China is not a problem.

 23.5.  一点(儿)都 NEG V not even a little V, not V at all  一点都 NEG V expresses the meaning not even a little V or not V at all. It can be used with adjectival verbs, modal verbs, stative verbs, or action verbs.

一点都 NEG V with adjectival verbs, modal verbs, and stative verbs When used with adjectival verbs, modal verbs, or stative verbs, negation is always 不. 我觉得你一点儿都不 pàng。 I think you are not even a little fat. 我一点都不喜欢。 I don’t like it at all. 他一点都不会。 He can’t do it at all.

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 140

8/10/2011 9:00:12 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      141

When used with modal verbs or stative verbs, if the verb phrase includes an object, the object is generally stated at the beginning of the sentence. 我不喜欢那个人。 → 那个人，我一点都不喜欢。 I don’t like that person. That person, I don’t like (him) at all. 我不会用 kuài 子。 → Kuài 子，我一点都不会用。 I can’t use chopsticks. Chopsticks, I can’t use them at all.

一点都 NEG V with action verbs When used with action verbs, if the verb takes an object, the object is stated before the verb phrase, usually right after 一点. If the sentence refers to an action in present, future, or general time, negation is 不. 她不喝酒。 → 她一点酒都不喝。 She doesn’t drink alcohol. She doesn’t drink alcohol at all. 我不看电 shì。 → 我一点电 shì 都不看。 I don’t watch television. I don’t watch television at all. When talking about an action that did not occur or was not completed in the past, negation is 没. 我没吃东西。 → 我一点东西都没吃。 I didn’t eat anything. I didn’t eat anything at all. 我昨天晚上没睡觉。 → 我昨天晚上一点觉都没睡。 Last night I didn’t sleep. Last night I didn’t sleep at all.

 23.6.  Zhèng AdjV  Zhèng is an intensifier and always occurs before an adjectival verb. It indicates that the subject has precisely the qualities of the adjectival verb. 这儿的女孩子都太 shòu 了，你这样 zhèng héshì。 The girls here are too thin. You are just right.

 23.7.  Lán yánsè and lánsè: Color terms and ways of referring to colors  红 red, lán blue, huáng yellow, and 绿 green are color terms and they are the words used when naming colors. They are adjectival verbs and can be preceded by intensifiers. 很 huáng very yellow 太红 too red Color terms are followed by the word yánsè color or by its abbreviated form sè when they occur in the sentence in positions that must be occupied by nouns. For example, the verb

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 141

8/10/2011 9:00:12 AM

142      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

喜欢 can be followed by a noun but not by an adjectival verb. To say that you like red and you don’t like green, say: 我很喜欢红(yán)sè，不喜欢绿(yán)sè。 I like red; I don’t like green. When color terms serve as the description of a noun (blue skirt, red shoes, etc.), they are generally followed by 的, the particle that is always used after descriptions of a noun. As the following examples show, the color term may be followed directly by 的, or it may be followed by (yán)sè and then by 的. 我觉得你 lánsè 的衣服太多了。 I think that you have too many blue clothes. 这条 qún 子有红的、lán 的、huáng 的和绿的。 This skirt, we have (it) in red, blue, yellow, and green. 他的车是红 sè 的。 His car is red.

 23.8.  大小 size and other abstract nouns composed from opposites  大小 size is a noun composed of two one-syllable adjectival verbs that indicate the two opposite ends of the scale. 大 ↔ 小 big small Combining opposites is a common way to form abstract nouns in Mandarin. Here are additional examples of Mandarin abstract nouns formed from opposite adjectival verbs. ■■

chángduFn length: cháng ↔ duFn long short

■■

pàngshòu relative weight: pàng ↔ shòu fat thin

■■

难易 degree of difficulty: 难 ↔ 容易 difficult easy

大小 and these other nouns formed from opposites are abstract. That means that they can be used to talk about the abstract notion of size, weight, difficulty, etc., but they are not used when talking about what size you wear, how much you weigh, or how difficult or easy some particular task is. The following sentences illustrate this point with the word 大小.

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 142

8/10/2011 9:00:12 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      143

If you want to say: I wear size 4. What size do you wear? I don’t know my size.

Say this: 我穿四号的衣服。or 我穿四号(的)。 你穿几号的衣服？ 我不知道我穿几号的衣服。

Do not say this:  我的大小是四号。  你的大小是几号？  我不知道我的大小。

Here are additional sentences that illustrate the acceptable use of 大小. 这条 qún 子的大小怎么样？ How is the size of this skirt? 这几个字的大小 zhèng héshì，不大，也不小。 The size of these characters is just right, not (too) big and not (too) small. 这条 qún 子，大小 héshì，可是 yánsè 不好。 As for this skirt, the size is right, but the color isn’t good.

 23.9.  穿在你的身上: verb + prepositional phrase  Like the verb 放 put, place, discussed in Lesson 19 (see Use and Structure note 19.11), the prepositional phrase 在 NP follows the verb 穿 put on, wear. 穿在你身上真漂亮。 Wearing (it) on your body is really pretty. This is because 穿 put on, like 放 put, is an action which puts the object (an article of clothing) in a location (on someone’s body). When the prepositional phrase 在 NP indicates where an action occurs, it precedes the verb. 他们在市中心 guàng jiB。 They shop downtown. When the prepositional phrase 在 NP indicates where something winds up as a result of an action, it follows the verb. 他把书放在 zhuD 子上。 He put the book on the table.

 23.10.  看起来 VP appears to be VP  看起来 indicates that a situation appears to be a certain way. As this sentence from the Dialogue illustrates, the appearance may be different from reality. 红 sè 的比 lánsè 的 gèng 好看。而且，看起来 shòu 一点。 The red one is better looking than the blue one. Also, it makes you look a little thinner. 他今天看起来不太高兴。 She doesn’t appear to be very happy today.

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 143

8/10/2011 9:00:12 AM

144      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

你的房间看起来比我的大。 Your room looks bigger than mine. 看起来要下 yJ 了。 It looks like it is going to rain. 你看起来很高兴。今天考得很好，是不是？ You look happy. You did well on the test, right?

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

1. yánsè 哪个 yánsè？ 喜欢哪个 yánsè？ 你喜欢哪个 yánsè？

color which color? like which color? Which color do you like?

2. yánsè lán yánsè 喜欢 lán yánsè 我喜欢 lán yánsè。

color blue color, the color blue like the color blue I like the color blue.

3. qún 子 lán yánsè 的 qún 子 我喜欢 lán yánsè 的 qún 子。

skirt blue skirt I like blue skirts.

4. 好看 gèng 好看 huángsè 的 gèng 好看 我觉得 huángsè 的 gèng 好看。

pretty even prettier the yellow (colored) one is even prettier I think the yellow (colored) one is even prettier.

5. héshì héshì 吗? 大小 héshì 吗？

appropriate, suitable appropriate? Is the size right?

6. qún 子 三号的 qún 子 这是三号的 qún 子。

skirt size 3 skirt ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 144

8/10/2011 9:00:12 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      145

7. 大一号 有大一号的 有大一号的吗？ 这条 qún 子有大一号的吗？

one size bigger have one size bigger do you have one size bigger? Do you have one size bigger in this skirt?

8. huáng yánsè 的 qún 子 huáng sè 的 qún 子 huáng 的 qún 子 huáng 的

yellow colored skirt yellow colored skirt (the) yellow skirt (the) yellow one

9. qún 子 这 zhIng qún 子 这 zhIng 式样的 qún 子

skirt this kind of skirt this kind of style of skirt

10. liú 行 很 liú 行 qún 子很 liú 行 这 zhIng 式样的 qún 子很 liú 行。

fashionable very fashionable skirt is very fashionable ________________________________

11. guFnggào tiB 出 guFnggào shAng 店都 tiB 出 guFnggào 大大小小的 shAng 店都 tiB 出 guFnggào。

advertisement post advertisements the shops all post advertisements Big and small shops all post advertisements.

12. jiFn jià 打 zhé jiFn jià shAng 店都打 zhé jiFn jià 到了春 jié，shAng 店都打 zhé jiFn jià。

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 145

reduce prices give discounts and reduce prices the shops all give discounts and reduce prices When the Spring Festival arrives, the shops all give discounts and reduce prices.

8/10/2011 9:00:12 AM

146      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

13. 买东西 huA 钱买东西 来 shAng 店 huA 钱买东西

gù 客都来市中心的 shAng 店 huA 钱 买东西 每个周末 gù 客都来市中心的 shAng 店 huA 钱买东西。

buy things spend money and buy things come to the shops to spend money and buy things come to the shops in the city center to spend money and buy things customers come to the shops in the city center to spend money and buy things ________________________________ ________________________________

14. guàng jiB 喜欢 guàng jiB 特别喜欢 guàng jiB 我的女朋友特别喜欢 guàng jiB。

go shopping like to go shopping particularly like to go shopping ________________________________

15. 事 最累的事 guàng jiB 是最累的事 小张觉得 guàng jiB 是最累的事。

matter, activity most tiring activity shopping is the most tiring activity ________________________________

来市中心的 shAng 店 huA 钱买东西

16. 累 还累 比 pá 山还累 guàng jiB 比 pá 山还累 我的男朋友觉得 guàng jiB 比 pá 山 还累。 17. 买东西 让 gù 客来 huA 钱买东西 打 zhé jiFn jià 的 guFnggào 让 gù 客 来 huA 钱买东西。

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 146

tired even more tired, even more tiring even more tiring than climbing a mountain shopping is even more tiring than climbing a mountain ________________________________ ________________________________ buy things make customers come and spend money to buy things Advertisements for discounts and price reductions make customers come and spend money to buy things.

8/10/2011 9:00:13 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      147

18. 衣服 新衣服 买新衣服 guàng shAng 店买新衣服 她特别喜欢 guàng shAng 店买新衣服。 19. 穿 不得不穿 我不得不穿 这是我女朋友给我买的衣服， 我不得不穿。

clothing new clothing buy new clothing go shopping to buy new clothing ________________________________ wear no alternative but to wear it there is nothing I can do but wear it This is clothing that my girlfriend bought for me. I have no alternative but to wear it. (I have to wear it.)

20. pàng 不 pàng 一点都不 pàng

fat not fat not at all fat

21. yánsè 别的 yánsè 的 试一下别的 yánsè 的 你应该试一下别的 yánsè 的。

color another color try another color ________________________________

22. 衣服 别的 yánsè 的衣服 找别的 yánsè 的衣服 给你找别的 yánsè 的衣服 让服务员给你找别的 yánsè 的衣服 你可以让服务员给你找别的 yánsè 的衣服。 你可以让服务员给你找别的 yánsè 的。

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 147

clothing another color clothing look for another color clothing look for another color of clothing for you make the clerk look for another color of clothing for you ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:00:13 AM

148      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

23. 式样 很 liú 行的式样 今年很 liú 行的式样 这是今年很 liú 行的式样。 24. 累 有一点累 你看起来有一点累。 25. shòu shòu 了 你 shòu 了。 你 shòu 了，最近身体怎么样？

style very fashionable style, fashionable very fashionable this year This is a style that is very fashionable this year. tired a little tired You look a little tired. thin become thin You’ve become thin(ner). You’ve become thinner. How has your health been recently?

26. 买了 都买了 连 xié 子都买了 她买了很多新的衣服。连 xié 子都 买了。

bought all bought even bought shoes ________________________________ ________________________________

27. pàng pàng 了 我 pàng 了。

fat became fat I have gotten fat.

28. 穿不下 都穿不下 去年买的 qún 子都穿不下了 连去年买的 qún 子都穿不下了 我 pàng 了，连去年买的 qún 子都 穿不下了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 148

unable to put on completely unable to put on the skirt that I bought last year I can’t put on I can’t even put on the skirt I bought last year ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:00:13 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      149

29. pàng 不会 pàng 就不会 pàng 只要每天运动，你就不会 pàng。 30. héshì 又 héshì 又 piányi 又 héshì 这 jiàn 衣服又 piányi 又 héshì。 这 jiàn 衣服又 piányi 又 héshì。 你非买不可。 31. 买东西 去买东西了 到市中心去买东西了 我们坐地铁到市中心去买东西了。

fat won’t be fat won’t be fat As long as you exercise every day, you won’t be fat. appropriate and appropriate both cheap and appropriate This piece of clothing is both cheap and appropriate. ________________________________ ________________________________

吃完早饭，我们坐地铁到市中心去 买东西了。

buy things went to buy things go downtown to buy things We took the subway downtown to buy things. After eating breakfast, we took the subway downtown to buy things.

32. 打球 到公园去打球 天气好的时候，我们到公园去 打球。

play ball go to the park to play ball ________________________________ ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 149

8/10/2011 9:00:13 AM

150      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Language FAQs New Year and Spring Festival There are a number of different expressions that refer to the Chinese New Year. This lesson introduces two: 新年 New Year and 春 jié Spring Festival. 春 jié refers to the entire two weeks of the Chinese New Year holiday season, which begins on the first day of the new year and continues through the Lantern Festival.

Going shopping The expressions 买东西, guàng shAng 店, and guàng jiB all refer to going shopping. Shopping is a recreational activity in China, much as it is in the West, and the expressions guàng shAng 店 and guàng jiB focus on shopping as recreation, involving visits to many stores over a period of time, but not necessarily a final purchase.

Notes on Chinese culture Shopping for the New Year The period before the Chinese New Year is an important shopping season in China. Most stores offer sales, and many people buy new clothing. Red is the color associated with happiness in Chinese culture, and many people wear something red during the New Year season. In Lesson 25 we will learn more about the traditions associated with the Chinese New Year.

Lesson 23 Narrative in English The New Year holiday is almost here. Big and small shops have put up advertisements for price reductions and discounts to make customers come and spend money to buy things. After eating breakfast, Xiao Zhang, Xiao Ye, and Xiao Gao took the subway downtown to buy things. Xiao Ye and Xiao Gao particularly like to go shopping. They bought a lot of things. Xiao Zhang dislikes shopping more than anything. He thinks that going shopping is the most tiring activity, even more tiring than mountain climbing. But his girlfriend made him go, and there was nothing he could do but go.

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 150

8/10/2011 9:00:14 AM

Lesson 23  Guàng jib  Going shopping      151

Dialogue in English Part A Xiao Ye:

Dawei, what do you think about this skirt? I like the color and the style. It’s just a little expensive. Xiao Zhang: Go try it on. It’s not important if it is expensive. As long as you like it, it’s okay. Xiao Ye It’s too small; I can’t get it on. It’s probably because the weather has (to Xiao Gao): been cold recently and I’ve eaten too much, and I’ve also done very little exercise. I think I’ve gotten fatter. Oh no! Xiao Zhang: Yesterday I asked you to go play ball with us and you didn’t go! Xiao Gao: Don’t listen to him. I think you aren’t at all fat. The girls here are all too thin. You are just right. Xiao Ye Clerk, do you have this skirt one size larger? I want a blue one. (to the clerk): Clerk: I’ll go see. This is a size 3. This one is a size 4. How is this size? Xiao Ye: It’s just right.

Part B Xiao Ye What do you think? (to Xiao Gao): Xiao Gao: It is pretty and it looks good, but would you like to try a different color? I think you have too many blue clothes. Clerk: This skirt comes in red, blue, white, yellow, and green. What color would you like to try? Xiao Ye: Red. The Spring Festival is almost here, and it would be perfect to buy a red skirt. (Xiao Ye tries on the red skirt.) Clerk: Xiao Gao: Xiao Ye:

9780415472500_Textbook_L23.indd 151

This style of skirt is very fashionable this year and is selling very well. It looks very pretty on you. You should buy one. The red one is prettier than the blue one. Besides, it makes you look a little thinner. Even I want to buy one. Really? It’s pretty all right, but it’s really too expensive.

8/10/2011 9:00:14 AM

Lesson 24  JiFn jià，打折 

Discounts and bargains Communication goals ■ ■ ■

Discuss the price, size, and appearance of clothing Compute discounts and bargain to reduce prices Persuade others to do something

Key structures

QW 都/也 VP all/every and QW 都/也 NEG VP none 打折 give a discount, 打八折 20% off 再 VP, 又 VP 了 do an action again people (or their homes) as locations: 你这儿 AdjV 得 VP/S so AdjV that VP/S dài vs. 穿 wear 不但 VP1/S1 而且 VP2/S2 not only . . . but also ná bring, take and the preposition 把 abbreviating conjunctions: 或 and 但 不是 NP1, 就是 NP2 if it isn’t NP1, it is NP2 连 NP 都/也 NEG V even NP doesn’t V 连 一 CL (NP) 都/也 NEG V not V even one (NP) AdjV sH 了 AdjV to death

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 152

8/10/2011 9:00:26 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      153

Narrative

(CD1: 78)

小张、小叶和小高去市中心 guàng 商店。小叶和小高跟服务员 tFojià-huánjià，用 三百块买了两条式样相同，颜色不同的 qún 子。另外，小叶买了两件 chènshAn 和一条 kù 子。小高买了一双 hBi pí 鞋、一 fù Grzhào，和一双手 tào。只有小张什 么都没买。因为他们买了很多东西，坐地铁不方便，所以他们是坐出 zE 汽车回 学校的。

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 153

8/10/2011 9:00:28 AM

154      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue (CD1: 79–80)

Xiao Ye and Xiao Gao continue shopping. Dawei is bored but patient.

Part A 小高：

我也想买一条绿色的，可是 jià 钱真的太贵了。买两条便宜 一点吧。

服务员：

这样，买两条就打八折。本来一条一百九十块，现在一条 一百五十二。

小叶：

那两条还要三百 líng 四块。三百怎么样？下次我们再来你这儿买。

服务员：

这位小姐真会 tFojià-huánjià。好吧，算你们三百。不过，别告诉 别人。

小高：

好 jí 了！

Part B 小高 友文你看，好可 ài 的 Grzhào。我早就想买 Grzhào 了。最近这么 (对小叶)： 冷，我冷得 GrduI 都没有 gFn 觉了。 小叶：

北京的 dDng 天这么冷，非得 dài Grzhào 不可。这 fù 好，不但 nuFn 和而且颜色也 héshì，跟你那件咖啡色的大衣很 pèi。

服务员：

我们有跟这个 Grzhào 一样颜色的手 tào，要不要试试？

小高：

好，麻烦你给我 ná 过来，好不好？

Part C 小叶：

大为，你在做什么？是不是又在用手机上网？你要不要买几条 kù 子或大衣？你的 kù 子太旧了。

小张：

我的 kù 子看起来旧，但不是旧的。这 zhIng 样子的 kù 子今年正 流行。

小叶：

运动鞋和 wà 子，今天都打六折了。jià 钱便宜多了，你不想看看吗？

小张：

我什么都不买。我今天就 péi 你们来买东西。

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 154

8/10/2011 9:00:30 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      155

Part D （那天晚上，在宿舍 lóu 前边） 小张：

小谢，快过来帮忙。我 ná 不了这么多东西。

小谢：

买了这么多东西，不是大 jiFnjià，就是不要钱。

小张：

怎么会不要钱？这些都是友文的。她花了一 qiAn 多块。 我什么都没买。

小谢：

你连一双 wà 子都没买吗？

小张：

没有。友文和高美丽 guàng 了三家商店，我一直帮她们 ná 东西， 累 sH了。她们去喝咖啡，让我把东西先 ná 回来。

小谢：

不买东西你还去了一天。真是 yuàn 者上 gDu。

Vocabulary Narrative chènshAn

chènshAn

noun

shirt, blouse

chEzEqìchB, chEzEchB

出 zE (汽)车

noun phrase

taxi

Grzhào

noun

earmuffs

fù

classifier

pair, set

hBi

adjectival verb

black

hBisè

hBi 色

noun

black color

kùzi

kù 子

noun

slacks

pí xié

pí 鞋

noun phrase

leather shoes

shIutào

手 tào

noun

glove

verb phrase

bargain back and forth

tFo jià-huán jià

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 155

8/10/2011 9:00:30 AM

156      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue Part A

bGnlái

本来

adverb

originally

hFojíle

好 jí 了

conversational expression

terrific, wonderful, great

jiàqian

jià 钱

noun

price

suàn

算

verb

calculate, count

xiFojie

小姐

noun

young lady, miss

bùdàn

不但

conjunction

not only

dà yC

大衣

noun

overcoat, coat

dài

verb

wear (on the head, neck, arm, hand)

Grduo

noun

ear

noun; verb

feeling; feel, think

adjectival verb

cute

ná

verb

bring, take

pèi

verb, adjectival

match

Part B

gFnjué kG’ài

gFn 觉 可 ài

verb

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 156

8/10/2011 9:00:31 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      157

Part C

péi

verb

accompany, assist

wàzi

wà 子

noun

socks

yàngzi

样子

noun

appearance, form

yùndòngxié

运动鞋

noun phrase

athletic shoes, sneakers, gym shoes

bAng máng

帮忙

verb + object

help

lèisH

累 sH

resultative verb

tired to death

qiAn

number

thousand

sH

verb

die, dead

proverb

you knew what you were getting into; you did this of your own free will

Part D

yuànzhG shàng gDu

yuàn 者 上 gDu

Characters 百 bFi

hundred

帮 bAng

help

帮忙 (bAng máng) help

便 biàn; pián *

方便 (fAngbiàn) convenient; 便宜 (piányi) cheap

但 dàn

*

不但 (bùdàn) not only, 但是 (dànshì) but

烦 fán

*

麻烦 (máfan) bother, trouble

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 157

8/10/2011 9:00:31 AM

158      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

啡 fBi

*

咖啡 (kAfBi) coffee, 咖啡馆 (kAfBiguFn) coffee shop, 咖啡色 (kAfBisè) brown, coffee colored

告 gào

*

告诉 (gàosu) inform, guFng 告 (guFnggào) advertisement

花 huA

spend

花钱 (huA qián) spend money

机 jC

machine

手机 (shIujC) cellphone, fBi 机 cháng (fBijC chFng) airport

件 jiàn

article, matter

姐 jiG

*

旧 jiù

old

咖 kA

*

咖啡 (kAfBi) coffee, 咖啡馆 (kAfBiguFn) coffee shop, 咖啡色 (kAfBisè) brown, coffee colored

丽 lì

*

美丽 (mGilì) beautiful (also used as a transliteration for “Mary”)

另 lìng

*

另外 (lìngwài) in addition, furthermore

流 liú

flow

流行 (liúxíng) fashionable

麻 má

*

麻烦 (máfan) trouble, bother

汽 qì

steam

汽车 (qìchB) car, 出 zE 汽车 (chEzE qìchB) taxi

色 sè

*

颜色 (yánsè) color

商 shAng

*

商店 (shAngdiàn) shop

双 shuAng

pair

诉 sù

*

算 suàn

calculate, count 打算 (dFsuan) plan, intend

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 158

姐姐 (jiGjie) older sister, 小姐 (xiFojie) young lady, miss

告诉 (gàosu) inform

8/10/2011 9:00:31 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      159

网 wFng

net

位 wèi

(polite classifier for people)

鞋 xié

shoe

鞋子 (xiézi) shoe, 运动鞋 (yùndòngxié) athletic shoes, sneakers, gym shoes, pí 鞋 (píxié) leather shoes

颜 yán

*

颜色 (yánsè) color

宜 yí

*

便宜 (piányi) cheap

折 zhé

*

打折 (dF zhé) discount the price

上网 (shàng wFng) use the internet

Character note: One character, two pronunciations and meanings

便 biàn; pián

和 hé; huo

行 xíng háng

得 de; dé; dGi

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 159

方便 (fAngbiàn) convenient; 便宜 (piányi) cheap 和 (hé) and nuFn 和 (nuFnhuo) warm l4 行 (l4xíng) travel, 行不行？ (xíng bù xíng?) okay?, 自行车 (zìxíngchB) bicycle yín 行 (yínháng) bank 觉得 (juéde) think, feel, 看得懂 (kàndedIng) read and understand 不得不 VP (bùdébù VP) must do VP 得 (dGi) must 你得听 fùmJ 的话 (nH dGi tCng fùmJ de huà) you must listen to your parents

8/10/2011 9:00:31 AM

160      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

character: strokes

Stroke Order Flow Chart

total strokes

6 9 9 7

10 11 7

7 6 6

8 5 8 7 5 10 11 7 6

11 4 7 14

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 160

8/10/2011 9:00:36 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      161

6 7 15 15 8 7

Dialogue practice Do these activities in class after mastering the Dialogue for this lesson. Change partners so that you practice each part several times.  Dialogue 24A:  Work with a partner, and take turns being the clerk and the customer. Customer: decide what you want to buy and try to convince the clerk to offer you a discount. Clerk: try to minimize the discount without discouraging the customer from buying the item.  Dialogue 24B:  Activity 1. Work with a partner and have a great time shopping. Take turns describing to each other items that you like, and encourage each other to buy things without going overboard on the price. Activity 2. Stage a fashion show. Do this as a whole-class activity or in groups of five or six students. Each student in turn should walk to the center of the classroom while the other students describe what he or she is wearing, including type of item, color, and price.  Dialogue 24C:  Work with a partner and try to convince him to buy something. Use any arguments that you need to convince him, including that the price is good, or that the thing he should buy is just right for him, or that he should buy the article to replace something he has that is old or out of style.  Dialogue 24D:  You’ve just come back home or to your dorm after a day accompanying your friend in some activity that she likes to do but that you hate to do. Complain to your sibling or roommate about how much time you had to spend at this activity, how much your friend enjoyed the activity, and how tired you are. Sibling/roommate: ask questions about the day, and conclude by reminding your sibling/roommate that she knew what he was getting into when he agreed to go.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 161

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

162      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Use and structure  24.1.  QW 都/也 VP all/every and QW 都/也 NEG VP none  When Mandarin content question words (什么 what, 谁 who, 哪 which, 哪儿 where, 什么时候 when, 几 how many, etc.) are followed by 都 or 也 + VP they express the meaning every or any. In negated sentences, they express the meaning no or none. Native speakers differ in their preference for 都 or 也 in this structure, but 也 is more common in negated sentences. The following examples illustrate the use of this structure.

QW + 都/也+ VP 什么 what? 他什么都吃。 He eats everything.

→ 什么都 + VP anything, everything

谁 who? 她谁都 rènshi。 She knows everyone.

→ 谁都 + VP anyone, everyone

什么时候 when? 她什么时候都很忙。 She’s always busy.

→ 什么时候都 + VP anytime, always

哪儿/哪里 where? 他那儿都去过。 He’s been everywhere.

→ 哪儿/哪里都 + VP anywhere, everywhere

什么地方 where? 他什么地方都去过。 He’s been everywhere.

→ 什么地方都 + VP anywhere, everywhere

QW + 都/也 + NEG VP 什么 what? 我什么都没买。 I didn’t buy anything.

→ 什么也/都 + NEG VP nothing

只有小张什么都没买。 Only Xiao Zhang didn’t buy anything. 谁 who? 谁也不喜欢他。 No one likes him.

→ 谁也/都 + NEG VP no one

什么时候 when? 他什么时候都不忙。 He’s never busy.

→ 什么时候也/都 + NEG VP never

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 162

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      163

哪儿/哪里 where? → 哪儿也/都 + VP / 哪里也/都 + NEG VP nowhere 她哪儿也没去过。 She hasn’t been anywhere. 什么地方 where? → 什么地方也/都 + NEG VP nowhere 她什么地方也没去过。 She hasn’t been anywhere.

 24.2.  打折 give a discount, 打八折 20% off  The expression 打折 means give a discount. 到了春 jié，商店都打折。 When the Spring Festival arrives, the stores all give discounts. To indicate the percentage of the discount, add a number before 折. 打八折 20% off 打六折 40% off 打五折 50% off 打八五折 15% off Notice that English and Chinese indicate discounts in opposite ways. In English, the higher the percentage, the greater the discount. In Chinese, the lower the 折 the greater the discount. 10% off is not a great sale, but 打一折 is a terrific sale: 90% off the original price! To ask whether a discount is offered, say: (你) 打折吗？ or (你) 打不打折？ Do you give a discount? To ask how big the discount is, say: 打几折？ How much is the discount?

 24.3.  再 VP, 又 VP 了 do an action again  The adverbs 再 and 又 are used when saying that a situation occurs again. 再 is used when saying that a situation will occur again in the future. 下次我们再来你这儿买。 Next time we’ll come to your place again to shop. 又 is used when saying a situation has occurred again in the past, or that it started in the past and is continuing into the present time. When 又 is used with an action verb, the verb or verb phrase is often followed by 了.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 163

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

164      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

今天又下雨了。 It rained again today. (It is raining again today.) 我又考得不好。 I did badly on the test again. 是不是又在用手机上网？ Were you using the internet on your phone again? 再 and 又 are adverbs (like 都, 也, 还, 只, 就, etc.), and they occur at the beginning of the verb phrase, before any prepositional phrases. 他又给他的女朋友打电话了。 He phoned his girlfriend again. 我想再到中国去 l4yóu。 I’d like to go to China to travel again. We have already learned how to use 再 and 又 in other structures. In Lesson 13 (Use and Structure note 13.10) we learned that 再 can be used when indicating sequence: 你得先过马路，再往北走。 First you have to cross the street, then you go north. In Lesson 19 (Use and Structure note 19.6) we learned to use 又 before each of a pair of adjectival verbs to express the meaning both AdjV1 and AdjV2. 我们的宿舍又脏又 luàn。 Our dorm room is both dirty and messy.

 24.4.  People (or their homes) as locations: 你这儿  To use a pronoun or a noun referring to a person as a location, add 这儿/这里 here or 那儿/ 那里 there after the pronoun or noun. 下次我们再来你这儿买。 Next time we will come again to shop at your place. 我明天去我 Ayí 那儿吃晚饭。 Tomorrow I’m going to my aunt’s place to eat dinner.

 24.5.  AdjV 得 VP/S so AdjV that VP/S  Adjectival verbs indicate qualities: difficult, pretty, cold, etc. We have seen that intensifiers such as 很 very, 非常 extremely, 有一点 a little, etc. modify those qualities, so you can say that something is 有一点难 a little difficult, or 非常漂亮 extremely pretty, or 很冷 very cold, etc. Sometimes you want to say that something is so (difficult, pretty, cold, etc.) that something happens. In Mandarin you express this meaning with the structure:

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 164

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      165

AdjV 得 VP/S 我冷得 GrduI 都没有 gFn 觉了。 I’m so cold that my ears are numb. As the structure rule indicates, 得 can be followed either by a verb phrase or an entire sentence. Here are examples of each. AdjV 得 VP 我忙得没有时间吃饭。 I am so busy that I don’t have time to eat. 他累得走不了路。 He is so tired that he cannot walk. AdjV 得 S 忙得我没有时间吃饭。 I am so busy that I don’t have time to eat. 天气冷得我只想在家睡觉。 It’s so cold that the only thing I want to do is sleep at home. This structure can also be used with 连. See Use and Structure note 24.12.

 24.6.  Dài vs. 穿 wear  Dài and 穿 both mean wear but they are “specialized” for different parts of the body. Dài is used when talking about wearing items on the head, neck, or arms: dài Grzhào wear earmuffs   dài 手 tào wear gloves Dài is also the verb to use when saying that you wear scarves, hats, earrings, necklaces, neckties, or rings. 穿 is used when talking about wearing items on the torso or legs: 穿鞋 wear shoes 穿 qún 子 wear a skirt

穿 kù 子 wear slacks 穿 chènshAn wear a shirt

 24.7.  不但 VP1/S1 而且 VP2/S2 not only . . . but also  In Lesson 21 we learned the word 而且 moreover, furthermore, in addition. 而且 often occurs paired with 不但 not only in the expression 不但 VP1/S1 而且 VP2/S2 not only . . . but also. 那件 chènshAn 不但便宜而且好看。 That shirt is not only cheap but it’s also pretty. 我的同屋不但很 cDng 明而且很用功。 My roommate is not only smart, he’s also hardworking.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 165

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

166      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Notice that 不但 and 而且 may be followed by a verb phrase or by a sentence. 这 fù Grzhào 不但 nuFn 和而且颜色也 héshì。 These earmuffs are not only warm, they are also the right color. 这 fù Grzhào 不但 jià 钱很便宜，而且颜色也 héshì。 (As for) these earmuffs, they are not only inexpensive, but they are also the right color.

 24.8.  Ná bring, take and the preposition 把  Ná is an action verb that means to transport an object by hand from one place to another. Ná is translated into English as bring when it is followed by a directional expression ending with 来 come. 麻烦你给我 ná 过来，好不好？ May I trouble you to bring it over for me? Ná is translated into English as take when followed by a directional expression ending with 去 go or 走 go, or when the context otherwise makes it clear that movement is away from the speaker or point of reference. Ná often occurs as the main verb with the preposition 把 (Use and Structure note 19.7). Sentences with 把 and ná can usually be paraphrased as: 把 (take/get a hold of ) something and ná (bring/take it) somewhere 他把东西 ná 进来了。 He took (把) the things and brought (ná) them in. = He brought in the things. 我们把书 ná 回家吧。 Let’s take (把) the books and bring (ná) them home. = Let’s bring home the books. 谁把我的钱 ná 走了？ Who took (把) my money and took (ná) it away? = Who took my money (away)?

 24.9.  Abbreviating conjunctions: 或 and 但  Two-syllable conjunctions such as 或者 or and 但是 but can be abbreviated as single-syllable words when the abbreviation does not result in ambiguity. That is the situation in the following lines from Part C of the dialogue: 你要不要买几条 kù 子或大衣？ Do you want to buy a few pairs of slacks or an overcoat? 我的 kù 子看起来旧，但不是旧的。 My slacks look old, but they are not old.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 166

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      167

 24.10.  帮 help and 帮(别人的)忙 help (others)  帮 help is a verb that can be followed by an object (the person you are helping) and an action. 请帮我把东西 ná 进来。 Please help me take the things in. FùmJ 有的时候帮孩子做功课。 Parents sometimes help their children do homework. 我得帮我的同屋 shDushi 屋子。 I have to help my roommate clean up the room. 帮忙 is a verb + object phrase. Although it is translated into English as help, it literally means help with busy-ness. When you use the phrase 帮忙 to say that you are helping someone, you say 帮 (someone) 的忙. 帮 (人的) 忙 他常帮朋友的忙。 He often helps his friends. 你应该帮别人的忙。 You should help other people. 谢谢你，你帮了我一个大忙。 Thank you. You helped me a lot. 她常帮她男朋友的忙。 She often helps her boyfriend. When you use the phrase 帮忙, you cannot include the action that you are helping someone to do. If you want to include the action, use the verb 帮. 她常帮她的男朋友买衣服。 She often helps her boyfriend shop for clothing.

 24.11.  不是 A，就是 B if it isn’t A, it is B  This structure indicates that two phrases are alternatives, and that either one or the other is always true. There are several variations in the way that the structure is used. It can be used to present two different explanations, when the speaker is sure that one or the other is correct. This is how Xiao Xie uses it in the Dialogue. 买了这么多东西，看起来不是大 jiFnjià，就是不要钱。 They’ve bought so many things, it looks like if it wasn’t a big sale, it’s that they were giving things away for free.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 167

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

168      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

It can also be used to indicate that some situation always involves one of two alternatives. 小高每天都穿红色的衣服，不是红色的 chènshAn，就是红色的 qún 子。 Xiao Gao wears red clothing every day. If it isn’t a red shirt, it’s a red skirt. 每天都一样。不是上课就是做功课。 Every day is the same. If I’m not going to class, I’m doing homework.

 24.12.  连  NP 都/也 NEG V even NP doesn’t V, and 连一 CL (NP) 都/也 NEG V not V even one NP In Lesson 22 we learned to use 连 NP to talk about even NP. 我家每个人都学中文，连我 mèimei 都学中文。 Everyone in my family studies Chinese. Even my little sister studies Chinese. We have seen that 连 always occurs before a noun phrase, and that 连 NP must occur before the verb phrase of the sentence (Use and Structure note 22.7). In this lesson we learn to use 连 when the VP includes negation.

连 NP 都/也 NEG V(P) even NP does not V(P) 连 NP occurs before 都/也 NEG V(P) in the following structures: 连 subject NP 都/也 NEG VP even the subject (is not, has not, does not) VP 我家的人都不是学生，连我 mèimei 都不是学生。 No one in my family is a student. Even my younger sister is not a student. 我家的女 hái 子都没有男朋友，连我 mèimei 也没有男朋友。 None of the girls in my family has a boyfriend. Even my younger sister does not have a boyfriend. 我家的人都不学中文，连我 mèimei 都不学中文。 No one in my family studies Chinese. Even my younger sister doesn’t study Chinese. subject 连 time when 都/也 NEG V(P) something does not happen even at this time 他每天都在工作，连星期天都不回家。 He works every day. He doesn’t even go home on Sunday. subject 连 object NP 都/也 NEG V(P) subject doesn’t even “verb” the object 他什么运动都不喜欢，连 pCngpAng 球都不打。 He doesn’t like any sports. He doesn’t even play ping-pong. 她当然不会用 kuài 子。她连中国饭都没吃过。 Of course she can’t use chopsticks. She hasn’t even eaten Chinese food.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 168

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      169

连一 CL (NP) 都/也 NEG V(P) not (be, have do) even one NP When the noun phrase takes the form 一CL (NP) and the verb phrase is negated, the meaning of the sentence is not even one (NP). 我 guàng 了一天的商店，连一双 wà 子都没买。 I shopped the whole day and didn’t buy even one pair of socks. 他刚到这个新学校，连一个朋友都没有。 He has just arrived at this new school and doesn’t have even one friend. 我的钱都花完了，现在连一毛钱都没有。 I’ve spent all of my money and don’t have even a dime. 我今天忙 sH 了，到现在连一 bBi 水也没喝。 I’ve been busy to death today, I haven’t drunk even one cup of water.

 24.13.  AdjV sH 了 AdjV to death  SH die, dead can be used as a resultative ending after certain adjectival verbs to say that the subject has experienced some condition to the extreme. In Part D of the Dialogue, Xiao Zhang says of his experience going shopping: 我累 sH 了。 I’m tired to death. You can also say that you are 忙 sH 了 busy to death, 怕 sH 了 scared to death, 冷 sH 了 cold to death, etc.

Sentence pyramids 1. kù 子 一条 kù 子 和一条 kù 子 chènshAn 和一条 kù 子 两件 chènshAn 和一条 kù 子 买了两件 chènshAn 和一条 kù 子 小叶买了两件 chènshAn 和一条 kù 子。

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 169

(audio online)

slacks a pair of slacks and a pair of slacks shirts and a pair of slacks two shirts and a pair of slacks bought two shirts and a pair of slacks ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:00:38 AM

170      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

2. 手 tào 一双手 tào 和一双手 tào Grzhào，和一双手 tào 一 fù Grzhào，和一双手 tào 一双 hBi pí 鞋、一 fù Grzhào 和一双 手 tào 小高买了一双 hBi pí 鞋、 一 fù Grzhào，和一双手 tào。

gloves a pair of gloves and a pair of gloves earmuffs and a pair of gloves a pair of earmuffs and a pair of gloves a pair of black leather shoes, a pair of earmuffs, and a pair of gloves ________________________________ ________________________________

3. qún 子 不同的 qún 子 颜色不同的 qún 子 式样相同，颜色不同的 qún 子 买了两条式样相同，颜色不同的 qún 子 小叶和小高买了两条式样相同， 颜色不同的 qún 子。

skirt different skirts different color skirts same style, different color skirts bought two skirts of the same style in different colors ________________________________ ________________________________

4. 买东西 不想买东西 我本来不想买东西。

buy things not want to buy things I originally didn’t want to buy things.

5. Grzhào 可 ài 的 Grzhào 她 dài 了很可 ài 的 Grzhào。

earmuffs cute earmuffs She wore very cute earmuffs.

6. 旧 是旧的 但不是旧的 看起来旧，但不是旧的 我的 kù 子看起来旧，但不是旧的。

old be old but not be old appears to be old, but is not old ________________________________

7. 流行 zhèng 流行 今年 zhèng 流行 kù 子今年 zhèng 流行 这 zhIng 样子的 kù 子今年 zhèng 流行。

in style right in style right in style this year slacks are right in style this year This kind of slacks is right in style this year.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 170

8/10/2011 9:00:39 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      171

8. 打折 打几折？

give a discount How much off is it?

9. 打折 打六折 都打六折 今天都打六折了 wà 子，今天都打六折了 运动鞋和 wà 子，今天都打六折了。

give a discount 40% off all 40% off today all are 40% off socks today are all 40% off ________________________________

10. 买 来你这儿买 再来你这儿买 下次我们再来你这儿买。

shop, buy come to your place to shop come to your store again to shop ________________________________

11. 太贵了 Jià 钱真的太贵了。

too expensive The price is really too expensive.

12. 便宜 便宜一点 算便宜一点 算便宜一点吧 买两条算便宜一点吧。 13. tFojià-huánjià 会 tFojià-huánjià 真会 tFojià-huánjià 这位小姐真会 tFojià-huánjià。 14. 别人 告诉别人 别告诉别人。

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 171

cheap a little cheaper calculate it a little cheaper why don’t you calculate it a little cheaper If we buy two, why don’t you sell it a little cheaper. bargain over the price can bargain over the price really knows how to bargain over the price This young lady really knows how to bargain. other people tell other people ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:00:39 AM

172      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

15. héshì 颜色也 héshì 而且颜色也 héshì 不但 nuFn 和而且颜色也 héshì 这 fù Grzhào，不但 nuFn 和而且 颜色也 héshì。

suitable, appropriate the color is also right in addition the color is also right not only are they warm but the color is also right ________________________________ ________________________________

16. 方便 不方便 坐地铁不方便 因为他们买了很多东西，坐地铁 不方便。

convenient not convenient take the subway is not convenient ________________________________ ________________________________

17. 回学校 坐出 zE 汽车回学校 是坐出 zE 汽车回学校的 他们是坐出 zE 汽车回学校的。

return to school take a taxi back to school took a taxi back to school They took a taxi back to school.

18. 买 没买 什么都没买 小张什么都没买。 只有小张什么都没买。

buy didn’t buy didn’t buy anything Xiao Zhang didn’t buy anything. Only Xiao Zhang didn’t buy anything.

19. gFn 觉 有 gFn 觉 没有 gFn 觉了 GrduI 都没有 gFn 觉了 我冷得 GrduI 都没有 gFn 觉了。

feeling have feeling not have feeling (be numb) ears are numb I am so cold that my ears are numb.

20. pèi 很 pèi 跟你的大衣很 pèi 跟你那件咖啡色的大衣很 pèi 这双手 tào 跟你那件咖啡色的大衣 很 pèi。

match match well match your overcoat well matches your brown coat well This pair of gloves matches your brown coat well.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 172

8/10/2011 9:00:39 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      173

21. 商店 guàng 商店 péi 我的女朋友 guàng 商店 我昨天 péi 我的女朋友 guàng 商店。 22. 累 sH 了 帮她 ná 东西，累 sH 了 我一直帮她 ná 东西，累 sH 了。 23. 买 没买 都没买 一双 wà 子都没买 我连一双 wà 子都没买。 24. ná 进来 把东西 ná 进来 麻烦你把东西 ná 进来。

shops go shopping accompany my girlfriend shopping ________________________________ dead tired help her carry things, dead tired I helped her carry things the whole time, I’m dead tired. buy didn’t buy didn’t buy at all didn’t buy a pair of socks I didn’t buy even a pair of socks. carry in carry in the things Can I trouble you to have you carry in the things?

25. 东西 那么多东西 ná 不了那么多东西 我 ná 不了那么多东西。 快过来帮忙。我 ná 不了那么多 东西。

things so many things unable to carry so many things I am unable to carry so many things. ________________________________ ________________________________

26. 一 qiAn 多块钱 她花了一 qiAn 多块钱。

over ￥1000 She spent over ￥1000.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 173

8/10/2011 9:00:39 AM

174      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

27. 运动鞋 买运动鞋 就是买运动鞋 不是买 pí 鞋就是买运动鞋。 每次出去不是买 pí 鞋就是买 运动鞋 她很喜欢买鞋子，每次出去不是买 pí 鞋就是买运动鞋。 28. yuàn 者上 gDu 真是 yuàn 者上 gDu 还 péi 女朋友 guàng 了一天商店， 真是 yuàn 者上 gDu 你不想去还 péi 女朋友 guàng 了一天 商店，真是 yuàn 者上 gDu。

athletic shoes buys athletic shoes it’s buying athletic shoes if it’s not buying leather shoes, it’s buying athletic shoes every time (she) goes out, if (she) isn’t buying leather shoes (she) is buying athletic shoes ________________________________ ________________________________ you knew what you were getting into really is a case of knowing what you were getting into still accompanied your girlfriend shopping for a whole day. You knew what you were getting into. You didn’t want to go and still accompanied your girlfriend shopping for a whole day. You knew what you were getting into.

Language FAQs 一 fù 手 tào or 一双手 tào a pair of gloves The classifier 双 is used when referring to things that come in pairs; for example, 一双鞋 a pair of shoes. The classifier fù also refers to things that come in pairs, but it has a more specialized meaning as well. It refers to things that come in sets that are not generally separated, such as eyeglasses. Earmuffs are connected to each other, so they can be counted with the classifier fù: 一 fù Grzhào a set of earmuffs. Gloves come in matched pairs, but they are not connected and can be counted with the classifier 双 or fù: 一双手 tào, 一 fù 手 tào a pair of gloves.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 174

8/10/2011 9:00:39 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      175

Notes on Chinese culture Bargaining In China, in privately owned stores (but not in chain stores), it is common to tFojià-huánjià or haggle over the price. Shopkeepers generally expect their customers to ask for the price of goods to be lowered, and a good shopper always gives it a try. In this lesson’s Dialogue, Xiao Ye and Xiao Gao are in a good position to bargain, since it is right before the Chinese New Year, which is when most shops have sales, and because they are buying many items in the same store. If you become a regular customer in a store, you are more likely to be offered a better price or a better deal than customers without this 关系 connection with the store owner or clerk. Therefore, one goal of a good shopper is to get a good price, but the other is to establish a connection with the store in order to get better deals in the future.

小姐 miss, young lady The word 小姐 is used in Taiwan in more or less the same way as the word miss is used in English, to address a young woman who is a clerk or waitress, or as the title of an unmarried women (for example, 高小姐 Miss Gao). But in mainland China the term is much more limited in use, and it often has negative connotations. 小姐 were daughters in wealthy, land-owning families in pre-revolutionary times. Like the terms 先生 Mr. and 太太 Mrs., 小姐 Miss was banned as a term of address in mainland Chinese speech because of its capitalist connotations. 先生 Mr., 太太 Mrs., and 小姐 Miss are slowly beginning to return to use in mainland China, but they are still not neutral terms of address. When the clerk says 这位小 姐真会 tFojià-huánjià this young lady certainly knows how to bargain, she is jokingly evoking the 小姐 in pre-revolutionary wealthy households, who would have been good with money and would have known fine products. (See also Lesson 15 Notes on Chinese Culture.)

How do you address the clerk? In mainland China, the neutral word for addressing or referring to the salesperson in a store or a server in a restaurant is 服务员, literally, a service person. In Taiwan and other parts of the Chinese-speaking world, the expression 服务员 is not used, and the expressions 小姐 Miss (for female servers) or 先生 Mr. (for male servers) are commonly used.



9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 175

8/10/2011 9:00:41 AM

176      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 How do you politely ask for service? In English, we often ask for things politely by forming our request as a question. For example, in a restaurant, if you want a cup of coffee, you may say “Can I have a cup of coffee?” In fact, if you want to order a cup of coffee, all you really have to do is say “Give me a cup of coffee.” The “Can I have . . .” question form is just a way that we make requests polite in English. In Chinese culture, you do not begin requests with 我可以不可以 . . . or any expression that asks if you can have something. Instead, to make a request polite, you can preface it with an expression that acknowledges that your request causes someone to do extra work. In this lesson we see Xiao Gao begin her request with the expression 麻烦你, literally, I am bothering you. 麻烦你给我 ná 过来，好不好？ Can I trouble you to bring them over here for me? She could also have used the polite expression 请, and said: 请你给我 ná 过来，好不好？ Please bring them over here for me, okay? The most neutral way for her to make the request would be to say: 给我 ná 过来 。 Bring it over here for me. Since the salesperson is there to serve her, there is no need for her to be overly polite, and some Chinese people say that the use of 麻烦你 or 请 makes the request too polite.

The story behind yuàn 者上 gDu Chinese proverbs often have their origin in a classical Chinese story. Here is the story behind yuán 者上 gDu You did this of your own free will. During the Shang dynasty (16th–11th century BCE) there was an honest official named Jiang Shang who left the services of the corrupt Shang king to live in seclusion and wait for a time when he might be called upon to serve a righteous ruler. He passed his days fishing, but he did so in an unusual way. His line did not have a fish hook, for he believed that when the fish were ready, they would come to him of their own free will. One day, while he was fishing, he was approached by King Wen, a benevolent ruler from the state of Zhou, who asked him to serve as his advisor. Jiang Shang joined King Wen’s court and he proved to be a wise advisor who contributed to the strength of the state of Zhou.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 176

8/10/2011 9:00:42 AM

Lesson 24  Jifn jià, 打折  Discounts and bargains      177

Lesson 24 Narrative in English Xiao Zhang, Xiao Ye, and Xiao Gao went downtown to do some shopping. Xiao Ye and Xiao Gao bargained with the clerk, and for ￥300 they bought two skirts identical in style and dif­ ferent in color. In addition, Xiao Ye bought two shirts and a pair of slacks. Xiao Gao bought a pair of black leather shoes, a pair of earmuffs, and a pair of gloves. Only Xiao Zhang didn’t buy anything at all. Because they bought a lot of things, it wasn’t convenient to take the subway, so they took a taxi back to school.

Dialogue in English Part A Xiao Gao: Clerk: Xiao Ye:

Clerk: Xiao Gao:

I also want to buy a red one, but the price is too high. Give us a discount if we buy two. How about this, if you buy two I’ll give you 20% off. Originally one skirt cost ￥190, now one will cost ￥152. Those two (skirts) will still be ￥304. (You still want ￥304 for those two (skirts).) How about ￥300? Next time we’ll come back to your place to shop. This young lady certainly knows how to bargain. Okay, I’ll figure it at ￥300 for you. But don’t tell anyone. Wonderful!

Part B Xiao Gao Youwen, look, such cute earmuffs! I’ve wanted to buy earmuffs (to Xiao Ye): for a long time. Recently it has been so cold. I’ve been so cold that my ears were numb. Xiao Ye: Beijing’s winter is so cold, you have to wear earmuffs. This pair is good. They’re not only warm, the color is right. It matches your brown coat. Clerk: We have gloves that are the same color as these earmuffs. Would you like to try them on? Xiao Gao: Okay. Can I trouble you to bring them over here for me?

Part C Xiao Ye:

Dawei, what are you doing? Were you using the internet on your phone again? Do you want to buy a few pairs of slacks or a coat? Your slacks are too old. Xiao Zhang: My slacks may look old, but they are not old. This kind of slacks is right in style this year. Xiao Ye: Athletic shoes and socks are all 40% off today. The price is so much cheaper, don’t you want to look? Xiao Zhang: I’m not buying anything. Today I’m just accompanying you shopping.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 177

8/10/2011 9:00:42 AM

178      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part D (That evening, outside of the dorm . . .) Xiao Zhang:  Xiao Xie, hurry over and help. I can’t hold so many things. Xiao Xie: You’ve bought so many things. Either they were having a big sale, or they were giving things away for free. Xiao Zhang: What do you mean free? These things are all Youwen’s. She spent more than ￥1000. I didn’t buy anything. Xiao Xie: You didn’t buy even a pair of socks? Xiao Zhang: No. Youwen and Meili shopped in three stores, and I helped them carry their things. I’m dead tired. They’ve gone to drink coffee and they’ve had me bring the things back. Xiao Xie: You didn’t buy anything and you were still gone for a whole day? You knew what you were getting into.

9780415472500_Textbook_L24.indd 178

8/10/2011 9:00:42 AM

Lesson 25  过春节 

Celebrating the New Year Festival Culture and communication goals ■

■

■

Become familiar with the basic traditions of the Chinese New Year holiday Understand the symbolic significance of items associated with the Chinese New Year Become familiar with the use of homophonous characters to convey or imply double meanings

Key structures

Adj V 得不得了 extremely AdjV, unbearably AdjV NPs with the main noun omitted focusing on the duration of a situation: V 着 and V1 着 (object) VP2 NP 的 dH 下 below NP, under NP another way to express duration: V duration 的 object 帮 zhù, 帮, 帮忙 help 一边 VP1, 一边 VP2 do VP1 and VP2 at the same time the adverbs 刚刚 just completed an action, 刚才 just a moment ago 等到 when an action occurs 从来 NEG (VP) never do (VP), have never done (VP) before 没想到 + S I never thought that . . .

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 179

8/10/2011 9:00:54 AM

180      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Narrative

(CD1: 90)

春节正是学校放 hán 假的时候。今年 hán 假高美丽没有回家，因为叶友文请 高美丽跟她一起回家去过春节。美丽很高兴能到中国人的家跟中国人一起过春 节。友文的家在西 An，离北京比较远。他们是坐火车回去的。因为全中国有很多 的人都要在这个时候回家去看家人，所以坐火车的人非常多。车上 jH 得不得了。 有坐着的，有站着的。有站着睡觉的，还有 tFng 在火车 zuò 位 dH 下睡觉的。他 们坐了九个多钟头的火车才到家。 到家的时候，虽然都已经累极了，可是一看到友文的家人，他们就一点也 不觉得累了。因为是除 xC 夜，友文的家有很多人。除了她的父母以外，还有友文 的 shEshu，也就是友文爸爸的弟弟，和一些朋友。友文把美丽介绍给家人。美丽 认识了友文的家人以后，她就开始帮 zhù 叶妈妈跟全家一起 zhJnbèi 年夜饭。大 家一边做饭，一边 liáo 天。他们说到已经过去的一年，也谈到每个人在新的一年 里的 jìhuà。

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 180

8/10/2011 9:00:56 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      181

Dialogue (CD1: 91)

Part A 美丽：

ShEshu、Ayí，您家的年夜饭真 fBngfù、太好吃了。我吃得太 bFo 了。

叶妈妈：吃完饭，我们先吃点水果、喝点茶，然后一起 liáo 天、 bAo 饺子。 美丽：

为什么刚刚吃完饭，就开始 bAo 饺子呢？

叶妈妈：中国人，过年很多人都吃饺子。在年三十，也就是除 xC 夜， 十二点以前 bAo 好，等到半夜的时候吃。 友文：

半夜的时候就是新的一年了。父母会给孩子红 bAo，我们也都大了 一岁了。美丽，你知道你是 shJ 什么的吗？

美丽：

我知道。我是 shJ lóng 的。我想我是一个黄头 fa 蓝 yFnjing 的 “lóng 的 chuán 人”吧。

友文：

听，外边放 biAnpào 的 shBng 音越来越大了。真 rènao。

美丽：

我们也到外边去看看吧。

Part B 美丽：

友文，你家门上的“春”字 tiB dào（倒）了。

友文：

不是“春”字 tiB dào 了，是“春”到了。“春”. . . 到了。

美丽：

我明白了。“Dào”跟“到”同音。把“春”字 tiB dào 了意思是说 春天到了，春天来了。

友文：

说得很对。刚才我们吃的 yú 好吃吗？

美丽：

好吃极了。我从来没吃过这么好吃的 yú。

友文：

你知道吗，年夜饭一定都有 yú。吃的“yú”跟“年年有 yú”的 “yú”同音。意思是让你在新的一年里生活得更好。

美丽：

没想到同音字跟中国文化有这么大的关系。

友文：

十二点到了。新的一年到了。

美丽：

新年快乐。

友文：

GDng 喜 fAcái，红 bAo ná 来！

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 181

8/10/2011 9:00:57 AM

182      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Vocabulary Narrative bùdéliFo

不得了

adjectival verb phrase

amazing, awful, unbearable; extremely, unbearably

chúxC

除 xC

noun

Chinese (lunar) New Year’s Eve

dHxià

dH 下

noun

below

hánjià

hán 假

noun

winter vacation

verb

crowd, squeeze

jH jiArén

家人

noun

family members

liáo tiAn

liáo 天

verb + object

chat

niányè fàn 年夜饭

noun phrase

New Year’s Eve family dinner

tFng

verb

lie down

XC’An

西 An

place name

Xi’an (city in central northwest China, capital of Shaanxi Province)

yCbiAn

一边

noun; conjunction

on one side, at the same time

zhàn

站

verb

stand

verb

prepare

noun

seat

zhJnbèi zuòwèi

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 182

zuò 位

8/10/2011 9:00:58 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      183

Dialogue Part A

bAo

verb

bag (see also 红 bAo); wrap

noun

fireworks

noun;

biAnpào chuánrén

chuán 人

noun

descendant

fàng

放

verb

set off ( firecrackers)

adjectival verb

abundant

fBngfù gAng gAng

刚刚

adverb

just a moment ago

guò nián

过年

verb phrase

observe Chinese New Year

hóngbAo

红 bAo

noun phrase

red envelope with money inside given as a gift

noun

dragon

noun phrase

descendant of the dragon

nián sAnshí 年三十

noun phrase

last day of the year

ránhòu

adverb

afterward

adjectival verb

lively

noun

sound

verb

belong to

noun

hair

noun

eye

lóng lóng de chuánrén

lóng 的 chuán 人

然后

rènao shBngyCn

shBng 音

shJ tóufa yFnjing

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 183

头 fa

8/10/2011 9:00:58 AM

184      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part B

cónglái + NEG

从来 + NEG

dào

adverb + NEG

never before

verb

upside down

gAngcái

刚才

noun

just before now

gDngxH fAcái

gDng 喜 fAcái

New Year’s

congratulations and be prosperous

greeting expression

méi xiFngdào

没想到

verb phrase

didn’t expect that

míngbai

明白

verb

understand

traditional

have more than you need every year

niánnián yIu yú 年年有 yú

expression

tóngyCn

同音

adjectival verb

same sound, homophonous

tóngyCnzì

同音字

noun phrase

characters with identical pronunciations

xCnnián

新年

noun phrase

New Year

xCnnián kuàilè

新年快乐

New Year greeting

Happy New Year

noun

fish

yú

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 184

8/10/2011 9:00:58 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      185

Characters 茶 chá

tea

除 chú

*

等 dGng

wait

弟 dì

younger brother*

弟弟 (dìdi) younger brother

父 fù

father*

父母 (fùmJ) father and mother

更 gèng

even more

除了 (chúle) except

黄 huáng yellow 活 huó

live

生活 (shBnghuó) life, 生活 (shBng huó) live

火 huI

fire

火车 (huIchB) train

极 jí

*

极了 (jíle) extremely, 好极了 (hFojíle) terrific

假 jià

*

放假 (fàng jià) begin vacation, shJ 假 (shJ jià) summer vacation, hán 假 (hánjià) winter vacation

饺 jiFo

*

饺子 (jiFozi) dumplings

较 jiào

*

比较 (bHjiào) relatively, comparatively

节 jié

holiday; 春节 (ChEnjié) Spring Festival, (classifier for class) Chinese New Year; 一节课 (yC jié kè) one class

介 jiè

*

蓝 lán

blue

乐 lè;

happy *music

yuè

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 185

介绍 (jièshào) introduce

快乐 (kuàilè) happy, 可乐 (kGlè) cola; 音乐 (yCnyuè) music

8/10/2011 9:00:58 AM

186      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

母 mJ

mother*

父母 (fùmJ) father and mother

全 quán

entire

全家 (quán jiA) the entire family

认 rèn

*

认识 (rènshi) know, recognize, meet

绍 shào

*

介绍 (jièshào) introduce

识 shí

*

认识 (rènshi) know, recognize, meet

谈 tán

chat

谈话 (tán huà) chat

夜 yè

evening, night

夜里 (yèlH) in the middle of the night, 年夜饭 (niányè fàn) New Year’s Eve family dinner

音 yCn

sound

shBng 音 (shBngyCn) sound, 音乐 (yCnyuè) music, 同音 (tóngyCn) same sound, 同音字 (tóngyCnzì) characters with the same pronunciation

远 yuFn

far

越 yuè

more

越来越 AdjV (yuè lái yuè Adj V) more and more AdjV

着 zhe;

*

忙着 (mángzhe) being busy, 坐着 (zuòzhe) sitting; 睡不着 (shuìbuzháo) unable to fall asleep

zháo

正 zhèng precisely

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 186

8/10/2011 9:00:58 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      187

character: strokes

Stroke Order Flow Chart

total strokes

9 9

12 7 4 7

11 9 4 7 11 9

10 5 4

13 5

5 6 4

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 187

8/10/2011 9:01:03 AM

188      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

8 7

10

8

9 7 12 11 5

Dialogue practice  Narrative:  Working with a partner, find out more about 西 An and report your findings to the class. Your report should include something about the history of the city, its location, and famous sites within the city that 美丽 can see while she is there.  Dialogue  25A:  Working with a group of classmates born in different years, learn the year of the Chinese zodiac that each of you belongs to. Investigate some of the characteristics of each of your signs and use that information to introduce your group to the class in Mandarin.  Dialogue 25B:  The Dialogue presents two common symbols of the Chinese New Year, the upside-down character 春 and the inclusion of a fish in the New Year dinner. Working with a partner, use the internet and other reference materials to find other symbols with dual-meaning associated with the Chinese New Year. Explain one of them to your classmates in Mandarin.

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 188

8/10/2011 9:01:04 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      189

Use and structure  25.1.  AdjV 得不得了 extremely AdjV, unbearably AdjV  不得了 is a verb that means terrible, awful, unbearable, amazing. When it occurs as the main verb of the sentence, it can have either negative or positive connotations, though it is often used sarcastically. 那个人真不得了。 That person is really amazing. 不得了 also occurs in the structure AdjV 得不得了. When used in this way, it is an intensifier suffix for adjectival verbs, similar to the intensifier suffix 极了 extremely. 车上 jH 得不得了。 On the train it was extremely (unbearably) crowded. 昨天的考试难得不得了。 Yesterday’s test was awfully difficult.

 25.2.  NP with the main noun omitted  You have learned that descriptions of a noun always occur before the noun, typically followed by 的, and that when the main noun is understood from context, it may be omitted. You always know where the main noun would go if it were present: it would directly follow 的. In the following sentences from the dialogue, the main noun is omitted four times. The implied “missing” noun is 人 people. 有坐着的（人），有站着的（人）。 There were (people) sitting (sitters), there were (people) standing (standers). 有站着睡觉的（人），还有 tFng 在火车 zuò 位 dH 下睡觉的（人）。 There were (people) sleeping while standing, and there were (people) lying under the seats sleeping.

 25.3.  Focusing on the duration of a situation: V 着 and V1 着 (object) VP2  In Lesson 17 we learned to use 忙着 + VP to indicate that someone is busy doing the action of the verb. (See Use and Structure note 17.2.) 着 is an aspectual suffix that focuses on duration. In this lesson we learn to use 着 to indicate that the subject is in the middle of some situation, or that a situation has some duration.

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 189

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

190      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

V着 The suffix 着 often follows verbs such as 坐 sit, 站 stand, and tFng lie that refer to situations with duration, that is, situations that can be maintained for an indefinite period of time. When 着 follows these verbs, it emphasizes the duration of the situation. 有坐着的 (人)，有站着的 (人)。 There were (people) sitting (sitters), there were (people) standing (standers).

V1 着 (object) VP2 V 着 is also often used when talking about two situations that occur at the same time. The structure that is used to express this is: V1 着 (object) VP2 他站着睡觉。 He slept standing. This structure is used when VP2 is the main action and V1 is a subordinate or background situation. V1, the verb that is suffixed with 着, can be any kind of verb. The verb in VP2 must be an action verb. 我听着音乐做功课。 I listened to music while doing my homework. 他 ná 着一 píng 水走进来。 Holding a bottle of water, he walked in. (He walked in holding a bottle of water.) 别 tFng 着看电 shì。 Don’t watch television while lying down. (Literally: Don’t lying down watch television.)

 25.4.  NP 的 dH 下 below NP, under NP  DH 下 below, under is a directional expression like 里边 inside, 外边 outside, etc. To say under some noun phrase, say NP 的 dH 下. As this sentence from the narrative illustrates, 的 may be omitted. 有站着睡觉的，还有 tFng 在火车 zuò 位（的）dH 下睡觉的。 There were (people) sleeping while standing, and there were (people) lying under the seats sleeping. To review the use of directional expressions and the stating of location with respect to a reference point in Mandarin, see Use and Structure note 13.7.

 25.5.  Another way to express duration: V duration 的 object  In Lesson 12 we learned to indicate the duration of a situation by stating the duration directly after the verb. (See Use and Structure note 12.10.) In this lesson we learn a variation of this structure.

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 190

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      191

V duration 的 object 他们坐了九个多钟头的火车才到家。 They rode in the train for nine hours and only then arrived home. 我听了半个钟头的音乐。 I listened to music for half an hour. To use this structure to ask how long someone has done an action, state the question phrase where the duration phrase occurs. (subject) V 多长时间的 object (subject) V 多 jiJ 的 object 从加 zhDu 到北京要坐多 jiJ 的 fBi 机？ How long is the flight from California to Beijing? (Literally: How many hours do you sit on the plane from California to Beijing?) 你每天看几个钟头的电 shì？ How many hours of television do you watch every day?

 25.6.  帮 zhù, 帮, 帮忙 help  In Lesson 24 we discussed the difference between the verb 帮 and the verb + object phrase 帮忙. (See Use and Structure note 24.10.) In this lesson we learn another word for help: 帮 zhù. 帮 zhù is a verb and is used like 帮. It is followed by an object (the person you are helping). 帮 zhù is an indivisible word and its two syllables are never separated. 美丽认识了友文的家人以后，她就开始帮 zhù 叶妈妈跟全家一起 zhJnbèi 年夜饭。 After Meili met Youwen’s family, she began helping Mama Ye and the entire family prepare the New Year’s Eve meal.

 25.7.  一边 VP1，一边 VP2 do VP1 and VP2 at the same time  To say that two actions with duration happen at the same time, and that neither action is subordinate to the other, say: 一边 VP1，一边 VP2 大家一边做饭，一边 liáo 天。 Everyone is cooking and chatting. This structure can only be used when VP1 and VP2 both indicate actions. Compare this with the structure V1 着 (object) VP2 introduced in Use and Structure note 25.3. 我喜欢一边吃饭，一边上网。 I like to eat and use the internet at the same time. 你不应该一边开车一边打电话。 You shouldn’t drive a car and talk on the phone at the same time.

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 191

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

192      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 25.8.  刚刚 + VP just did an action  刚刚 has the same use and structure as the adverb 刚 introduced in Lesson 10 (Use and Structure note 10.13) . It is used to say that you have just done an action or that an action has just happened. 刚刚 emphasizes that the action was just completed a very, very short time ago. 为什么刚刚吃完饭，就开始 bAo 饺子呢？ Why are we starting to make dumplings right after finishing dinner? (Literally: Why is it that we’ve just finished eating and we begin making dumplings?) Even though 刚 and 刚刚 refer to actions that have just been completed, the sentence typic­ ally does not include 了.

 25.9.  等到 when an action occurs  等到 when is an adverb that is used to indicate sequence. It occurs before the first action. 等到 Action1, Action2 when Action1 occurs, Action2 occurs 等到 provides the same meaning as the expression 的时候 when, introduced in Lesson 16, and the two expressions often occur together. (To review 的时候, see Use and Structure note 16.3.) 等到半夜的时候吃（饺子） 。 When it is midnight, (we) eat dumplings. 等到爸爸回家，我们就吃饭。 When dad comes home, we will eat. 这条 qún 子太 duFn 了。等到夏天再穿吧。 This skirt is too short. Wait until summer to wear it. 我这个星期特别忙。等到我忙完了就帮 zhù 你，好吗？ I’m really busy this week. Wait until I am finished with everything and I will help you, okay?

 25.10.  刚才 + VP/S just before  刚才 is a noun that functions like a time word. It can occur before a sentence or a verb phrase, and it refers to actions that just happened a short time ago. It is often possible to translate it in English with the word just or just a little while ago. 刚才我们吃的 yú 好吃吗？ Was the fish that we just ate good? 刚才小谢来找你，我告诉他你不在。 Xiao Xie just came looking for you a moment ago. I told him you weren’t here.

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 192

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      193

刚才你试穿的那件衣服比现在这件好看。你还是回去买那件吧。 The skirt you tried on just before is nicer looking that this one. You should go back and buy that one.

 25.11.  从来 NEG (VP) never do (VP), have never done (VP) before  从来 is an adverb that is always followed by negation, either 不 or 没. It is used for saying either that someone never does some action: 他从来不喝酒。 He does not drink. or that someone never did some action in the past. Notice that when saying that someone has never done some action in the past, the verb is often followed by the verb suffix 过: 我从来没吃过这么好吃的 yú。 I have never eaten such a delicious fish before. 我从来没看过这么漂亮的女孩子。 I have never seen such a beautiful girl before. 我一直很想去中国，可是从来没去过。 I’ve always wanted to go to China, but I have never gone. 我从来不上网买东西。 I don’t ever buy things on the internet.

 25.12.  没想到 + S I never thought that . . .  When you want to say that you never thought that something would be the case, you can begin your sentence with the expression 没想到. 没想到同音字跟中国文化有这么大的关系。 I never thought that homophonous characters played such a large role in Chinese culture. (Literally: I never thought that homophonous characters would have such a big connection with Chinese culture.) 没想到你 dì 一次 bAo 饺子就 bAo 得这么好。 I never expected that the first time you made dumplings you would wrap them so well. 没想到火车这么 jH，连一个 zuò 位也没有。他们只好站着。 They never expected that the train would be so crowded. The only thing they could do was stand.

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 193

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

194      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

1. 不得了 jH 得不得了 车上 jH 得不得了。

amazing, unbearable unbearably crowded On the train it was incredibly crowded.

2. dH 下 zuò 位 dH 下 tFng 在 zuò 位 dH 下 有的人 tFng 在 zuò 位 dH 下。

underneath underneath the seat lie underneath the seat ________________________________

3. 睡觉 站着睡觉 他们站着睡觉。

sleep sleep standing up ________________________________

4. 有站着的 有坐着的，有站着的。 车上 jH 得不得了。有坐着的，有站 着的。 5. 远 比较远 离这儿比较远 她家离这儿比较远。 6. 火车 九个钟头的火车 他们坐了九个钟头的火车。

7. 饺子 bAo 饺子 帮 zhù 他们 bAo 饺子 我想帮 zhù 他们 bAo 饺子。

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 194

there were (people) standing there were (people) sitting, there were (people) standing On the train it was incredibly crowded. There were (people) sitting, there were (people) standing. far relatively far relatively far from here ________________________________ train nine hours’ worth of train They rode the train for nine hours. (Literally: They rode for nine hours’ worth of train.) dumplings wrap dumplings help them wrap dumplings ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      195

8. liáo 天 一边 liáo 天 一边 bAo 饺子一边 liáo 天 大家一边 bAo 饺子一边 liáo 天。 9. rènao 真 rènao shBng 音越来越大了。真 rènao。

chat on the one hand chat wrap dumplings and chat at the same time Everyone was making dumplings and chatting at the same time.

放 biAnpào 的 shBng 音越来越大了。 真 rènao。 外边放 biAnpào 的 shBng 音越来越大 了。真 rènao。

lively really lively The sound is louder and louder. Really lively. The sound of setting off fireworks is louder and louder. It is really lively. ________________________________ ________________________________

10. bFo 太 bFo 了 吃得太 bFo 了 我吃得太 bFo 了。

full too full eat until I was too full ________________________________

11. bFo 吃 bFo 了 你吃 bFo 了吗？

full ate until full Are you full?

12. fBngfù 真 fBngfù 年夜饭真 fBngfù 您家的年夜饭真 fBngfù。 13. 时候 hán 假的时候 学校放 hán 假的时候 正是学校放 hán 假的时候 春节正是学校放 hán 假的时候。

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 195

abundant really abundant New Year’s Eve meal is really abundant The New Year’s Eve meal at your house is really abundant. time the time of winter vacation when schools begin winter vacation is exactly when schools begin winter vacation ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

196      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

14. bAo 饺子 然后 bAo 饺子 喝点茶，然后 bAo 饺子 吃点水果、喝点茶，然后 bAo 饺子 我们先吃点水果、喝点茶，然后 bAo 饺子。 15. bAo 饺子 开始 bAo 饺子 就开始 bAo 饺子 吃完饭，就开始 bAo 饺子 刚刚吃完饭，就开始 bAo 饺子 为什么刚刚吃完饭，就开始 bAo 饺子呢？ 16. 年夜饭 zhJnbèi 年夜饭 全家一起 zhJnbèi 年夜饭。 17. 好吃 非常好吃 yú 非常好吃 我们吃的 yú 非常好吃 刚才我们吃的 yú 非常好吃。 18. yú 好吃的 yú 这么好吃的 yú 没吃过这么好吃的 yú 我从来没吃过这么好吃的 yú。

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 196

wrap dumplings afterward wrap dumplings drink a little tea, afterward wrap dumplings eat a little fruit, drink a little tea, afterward wrap dumplings We’ll first eat a little fruit and drink a little tea, and afterward we’ll wrap dumplings. wrap dumplings begin to wrap dumplings begin to wrap dumplings after eating, begin wrapping dumplings as soon as (we) finish eating, (we) begin to wrap dumplings Why is it that as soon as we finish eating, we begin to wrap dumplings? New Year’s Eve dinner prepare New Year’s Eve dinner The entire family prepares the New Year’s Eve dinner together. delicious extremely delicious the fish is extremely delicious the fish that we ate was extremely delicious The fish that we just ate was extremely delicious. fish delicious fish this delicious a fish (such a delicious fish) have never eaten such a delicious fish I have never eaten such a delicious fish before.

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      197

19. 过年 过过年 跟中国人过过年

我从来没跟中国人过过年。

New Year holiday spend the New Year holiday spend the New Year holiday with Chinese people have not spent the New Year holiday with Chinese people ________________________________

20. 意思 “春天到了”的意思 是“春天到了”的意思 “春”字 tiB dào 了是“春天到了” 的意思。

meaning the meaning “spring has arrived” means “spring has arrived” The character “spring” hung upside down means “spring has arrived.”

21. 意思 shBng 音一样的意思 “同音”是 shBng 音一样的意思。

meaning means the sound is the same “Tongyin” means the sound is the same.

没跟中国人过过年

22. 同音字 是同音字 吃 yú 的“yú”和年年有 yú 的“yú”是同音字。

23. liáo 天 bAo 饺子、liáo 天 家人一起 bAo 饺子、liáo 天 年三十，家人一起 bAo 饺子、 liáo 天。 24. biAnpào 放 biAnpào 到外边去放 biAnpào 大家都到外边去放 biAnpào 等到半夜大家都到外边去放 biAnpào。

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 197

homophonous characters are homophonous characters The “yu” of “吃yú”(eat fish) and the “yu” of “年年有yú” (have surplus every year) are homophonous characters. chat wrap dumplings and chat family members together wrap dumplings and chat On the last day of the year, the family members wrap dumplings together and chat. fireworks set off fireworks go outside to set off fireworks everyone goes outside to set off fireworks When it is midnight, everyone goes outside to set off fireworks.

8/10/2011 9:01:05 AM

198      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

25. rènao 这么 rènao 春节这么 rènao 中国的春节这么 rènao 没想到中国的春节这么 rènao。 26. chuán 人 lóng 的 chuán 人 他们是 lóng 的 chuán 人 中国人说他们是 lóng 的 chuán 人。 27. yFnjing 蓝色的 yFnjing 黄色的头 fa、蓝色的 yFnjing 她有黄色的头 fa、蓝色的 yFnjing。 28. lóng shJ lóng 我是 shJ lóng 的。

lively this lively Spring Festival was this lively China’s Spring Festival was this lively ________________________________ descendants descendants of the dragon they are descendants of the dragon Chinese people say they are descendants of the dragon. eye blue eyes blond(e) (yellow) hair, blue eyes ________________________________ dragon belong to dragon My sign is the dragon. (I belong to the dragon sign.)

29. “lóng 的 chuán 人” 蓝 yFnjing 的“lóng 的 chuán 人” 黄头 fa 蓝 yFnjing 的“lóng 的 chuán 人” 我是一个黄头 fa 蓝 yFnjing 的 “lóng 的 chuán 人”。

“descendant of the dragon” blue-eyed “descendant of the dragon” blond(e)-haired, blue-eyed “descendant of the dragon” I am a blond(e)-haired, blue-eyed “descendant of the dragon.”

30. 意思 我的意思 明白我的意思 你明白我的意思吗？

meaning my meaning understand my meaning ________________________________

31. 小高：新年快乐！ 小叶：GDng 喜 fAcái！

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 198

Xiao Gao: Happy New Year! Xiao Ye: Happy New Year! (Congratulations and be prosperous!)

8/10/2011 9:01:06 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      199

Language FAQs 同音字: Characters with the same pronunciation When two characters have identical pronunciation (including their tones), they are called 同音字. 同音字 are commonly used in Chinese puns and riddles, and also to convey symbolic significance. In fact, it is sometimes the pronunciation of the syllable alone, and not the character, that conveys the double meaning, and in the dialogue, we learn two instances of this. The first is the character 春 hung upside down (dào) to convey the meaning 春到了 spring has arrived. The second is the inclusion of a fish (yú) at the New Year’s Eve meal every year to suggest the word surplus (yú) and to convey the meaning have a surplus every year (年年有 yú). Sometimes pairs of characters that have the same pronunciation in one dialect of Chinese carry symbolic significance even in dialects where they do not have identical pronunciations. This is the case for the number 8 (八 bA) and the character for prosperity (发 fA). Even in dialects such as Mandarin in which they are not identical in pronunciation, the number 8 is considered a lucky number because of its association with 发 (fA) prosperity.

Notes on Chinese culture Referring to the Chinese New Year and New Year greetings The traditional name for the Chinese New Year holiday is 春节, the Spring Festival. The expression 新年 New Year is relatively new in China. It is sometimes used to refer to the Chinese New Year, but it also refers to the New Year on the solar calendar (January 1). The expression 过年 means to observe the rituals associated with the Chinese New Year holiday. GDng 喜 congratulations and GDng 喜 fAcái congratulations and be prosperous are traditional Chinese New Year greetings. 新年快乐 Happy New Year is a relatively new greeting for the new year, but it is now widely used in mainland China and in Taiwan during the Chinese New Year holiday.



9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 199

8/10/2011 9:01:07 AM

200      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 What is your Chinese zodiac sign? The Chinese zodiac consists of twelve animal signs, and people born during a particular year are said to have the characteristics associated with their animal sign. The twelve-year cycle of the zodiac is paired with a five-year cycle of the elements (earth, metal, water, wood, and fire) so that it takes sixty years to complete the entire cycle of twelve animals and five elements. For this reason, one’s 60th birthday is considered very important. The signs of the zodiac are presented below, from rat to pig. Do a little internet research to find your sign. If you were born in January or February, check the date when the Chinese New Year began that year. The Chinese New Year is based on a lunar cycle and is on a different date in the solar calendar from year to year. The twelve animals of the Chinese zodiac 鼠 (shJ) rat

牛 (niú) ox

虎 (hJ) tiger

兔 (tù) rabbit

龙 (lóng) dragon

蛇 (shé) snake

马 (mF) horse

羊 (yáng) sheep

猴 (hóu) monkey

鸡 (jC) rooster

狗 (gIu) dog

猪 (zhE) pig

Red envelopes In Chinese culture, red is the color of good luck and happiness, and gifts of money are traditionally presented in 红 bAo red envelopes. Parents, grandparents, uncles, and aunts often give red envelopes at New Year. Wedding gifts are also presented in red envelopes.

Getting a year older at Chinese New Year In traditional Chinese culture, you are one year old at birth, and at Chinese New Year you gain a year. It has become very common in China for people to celebrate their birthdays on the anniversary of their birth, but Chinese people still use the traditional way of calculating age for certain purposes.

Descendants of the dragon Dragons play an important role in Chinese folk tales and traditions, and Chinese people sometimes call themselves “descendants of the dragon.” A song written by singer-songwriter Hou Dejian in the late 1970s further popularized the expression. Find the lyrics to the song on the internet and learn the song.

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 200

8/10/2011 9:01:08 AM

Lesson 25  过春节  Celebrating the New Year Festival      201

Lesson 25 Narrative in English The Spring Festival is when students begin winter vacation. This year for winter vacation Gao Meili did not return home because Ye Youwen invited Gao Meili to go home with her to celebrate the Spring Festival. Meili was really happy to be able to go to a Chinese family’s home and celebrate the Spring Festival with Chinese people. Youwen’s home is in Xi’an, pretty far away from Beijing. They took the train there. Because a lot of people throughout China want to return home at this time to see their families, there was an extremely large number of people taking the train. On the train it was unbearably crowded. There were people sitting and people standing. Some were sleeping standing up, and some were sleeping lying under the seats. They rode for nine hours and finally arrived home. When they got there, although they were already extremely tired, as soon as they saw Youwen’s family they didn’t feel tired at all. Because it was New Year’s Eve, there were a lot of people at Youwen’s home. Besides her father and mother, there were Youwen’s uncles, in other words “Daddy” Ye’s younger brothers, and a few friends. Youwen introduced Meili to her family. After Meili met Xiao Ye’s family, she began helping “Mama” Ye and the whole family prepare the New Year’s Eve dinner. Everyone cooked and chatted. They talked about the year that had already passed, and they talked about everyone’s plans for the new year.

Dialogue in English Part A Meili:

Uncle, Aunt, your New Year’s Eve dinner has so much food and it is so good. I’ve eaten until I am too full. Mama Ye: After we finish, we’ll first eat a little fruit, drink a little tea, and then we’ll all chat and make dumplings. Meili: Why is it that, right after we finish eating, we begin making dumplings? Mama Ye: At Chinese New Year lots of Chinese people eat dumplings. On the last day of the year, that is, on New Year’s Eve, we get them all ready before midnight, and then when it is midnight we eat them. Youwen: Midnight is the New Year. Parents give their children red envelopes, and we all also get a year older. Meili, do you know what zodiac animal you are? Meili: I know. I am a dragon. I think I am a blonde-haired, blue-eyed “descendant of the dragon.” Youwen: Listen, the sound of fireworks outside is getting louder and louder. It’s really lively. Meili: Let’s go outside to watch too.

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 201

8/10/2011 9:01:08 AM

202      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part B Meili: Youwen: Meili:

Youwen: Meili: Youwen:

Meili: Youwen: Meili: Youwen:

9780415472500_Textbook_L25.indd 202

Youwen, the character “spring” on your door is attached upside down (dào). It isn’t that the character “spring” is attached upside down (dào), it is that “spring” has arrived. “Spring” . . . has arrived (dào). I understand. “dào” (upside down) and “dào” (arrive) have the same pronunciation. To take the character “spring” and hang it upside down is to say that spring has arrived. You are right. Was the fish that we ate a little while ago good? It was extremely delicious. I’ve never eaten such a delicious fish before. Did you know that the New Year’s Eve dinner must include fish? The fish that we eat and the word yú (surplus) in the expression “niánnián yIu yú” (have a surplus every year) have the same pronunciation. The idea is to have you live even better in the new year. I never thought that homophonous characters would play such a big role in Chinese culture. It’s 12 o’clock. The new year has arrived. Happy New Year! Congratulations and be prosperous, and give me red envelopes!

8/10/2011 9:01:08 AM

第二十六课 我把照相机 diE 了

I lost my camera Culture and communication goals ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Report a sequence of events Talk about actions with negative consequences Talk about suppositions and hypothetical situations Fill in a form Talk about 10,000 and multiples of 10,000 Indicate approximate figures

Key structures

additional structures with 把 A 等于 B A is equivalent to B wàn 10,000 and multiples of 10,000 NP1 bèi NP2 (给) V NP1 is Verbed by NP2 怕 fear and kIng 怕 be afraid that verbs that get others to do things: 请 invite, 叫 tell, 让 make talking about hypothetical situations: 要是 sentence/VP1, 就 VP2 然后 afterward 看 (kAn) watch, keep an eye on 左右 more or less subject 以为 +S subject assumes (S) 从 time 起 from (this) time on, beginning with this time

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 203

8/12/2011 2:36:17 PM

204      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Narrative

(CD2: 2)

放寒假的时候，我 biFo 妹从美国来看我。因为这是她第一次来中国，我就 dài 着 我 biFo 妹跟几个同学一起去爬长 chéng。长 chéng 是中国最有名的地方。虽然 那天北京的天气很冷，但是我们都玩儿得很高兴，因为那天去长 chéng 的人非常 少，bìng 且，前几天刚下过雪。雪后的长 chéng 非常漂亮。没想到，在回来的路 上，我们在火车站等火车的时候，我不小心把照相机给 diE 了。那个相机是哥哥 送给我的 lHwù，非常好。他花了两千美元，等于人 mín bì 一 wàn 多块钱。再说， 那天照的照片都在相机里，所以我非常难过。一起旅行的同学和我 biFo 妹都跟我 说相机一定 bèi 别人 tDu 走了，kIng 怕找不回来了。他们叫我别太生气，说这只 是相机，要是 hù 照 diE 了，就更麻烦了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 204

8/10/2011 3:01:57 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      205

Dialogue The situation: Dawei is making a report of his missing camera at the train station’s lost-and-found office.

(CD2: 3–4)

Part A 大为：

麻烦你，我的相机 diE 了，您能帮助我找一下吗？

工作人员： 什么时候 diE 的？DiE 在哪儿了？请你把事情的经过说一下。 大为：

在等火车的地方，我还用相机照了相。照完相我就把相机和我的 书包放在一起了。

工作人员： 放在书包的里边还是放在书包的外边了？ 大为：

书包的外边，就在椅子上。然后我去上厕所。我从厕所回来， 相机就不见了。

工作人员： 你让别人帮你看着了吗？ 大为：

没有。我想我的同学和我 biFo 妹都在旁边，而且我马上就回来。

工作人员： 你要离开，为什么不告诉别人呢？你大概离开了多长时间？ 大为：

五分钟左右吧。

Part B 工作人员： 火车站的人很多，什么人都有。要 zhù 意自己的东西。不要以为 别人不会拿你的东西。 大为：

从现在起我一定会 zhù 意了。

工作人员： 请你把这张 biFo tián 一下。写 qCngchu diE 相机的日期、时间和 地点，你的姓名、手机号码和地 zhH。 大为：

写中文名字还是写英文名字?

工作人员： 中文名字和英文名字都要写。我们会帮你找，找到后，会马上 告诉你。不过，xCwàng 不大。 大为：

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 205

多谢。

8/10/2011 3:01:58 PM

206      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Vocabulary Narrative bèi

preposition

(marks passive voice)

biFomèi

biFo 妹

noun

cousin (female, younger than yourself)

bìngqiG

bìng 且

conjunction

moreover, in addition, furthermore

Chángchéng

长 chéng

place name

the Great Wall

noun

city, city wall

verb

equivalent to

verb

lose

chéng dGngyú

等于

diE hùzhào

hù 照

noun

passport

kIngpà

kIng 怕

adverb

fear, be afraid that, perhaps

noun

gift

lHwù l4xíng

旅行

verb

travel, go on vacation

MGiyuán

美元

noun phrase

US dollar

nánguò

难过

adjectival verb

sad

Rénmín bì

人 mín bì

noun phrase

Renminbi (currency of mainland China)

shBngqì

生气

adjectival verb

angry

tDu

verb

steal

wàn

number

ten thousand

xiàngjC (zhàoxiàngjC)

相机 (照相机)

noun

camera

xiFoxCn

小心

adjectival verb

careful

yàoshi

要是

conjunction

if

yIu míng

有名

adjectival verb

famous

phrase

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 206

8/10/2011 3:01:59 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      207

yuán

元

classifier

dollar, Chinese dollar (formal term)

zhàoxiàngjC (xiàngjC)

照相机 (相机)

noun

camera

Dialogue Part A

bié ren

别人

noun phrase

other people, some other person

gDngzuò rényuán

工作人员

noun phrase

worker

jCngguò

经过

noun

process, story of what happened

rényuán

人员

noun

personnel, staff

shEbAo

书包

noun

book bag, backpack

zuIyòu

左右

noun

more or less

noun

form

Part B

biFo dìdiFn

地点

noun

location

dìzhH

地址

noun

address

adjectival verb

clear

noun

date

verb

fill out (a form)

noun

name, family name and given name

verb, noun

hope

qCngchu rìqC

日期

tián xìngmíng

姓名

xCwàng yHwéi

以为

verb

assume, suppose

zhùyì

zhù 意

verb

pay attention to

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 207

8/10/2011 3:01:59 PM

208      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Characters 包 bAo

bag; wrap

书包 (shEbAo) book bag, backpack, 红包 (hóngbAo) red envelope; 包饺子 (bAo jiFozi) wrap dumplings

厕 cè

*

厕所 (cèsuI) toilet

长 cháng long

长 chéng (Cháng Chéng) the Great Wall

第 dì

ordinal prefix*

第一 (dì-yC) first

哥 gB

older brother*

哥哥 (gBge) older brother

寒 hán

*

寒假 (hánjià) winter vacation

己 jH

*

自己 (zìjH) self

旅 l4

travel*

旅行 (l4xíng) travel, journey, 旅 yóu (l4yóu) travel

码 mF

*

号码 (hàomF) number, 电话号码 (diànhuà hàomF) telephone number

妹 mèi

younger sister*

妹妹 (mèimei) younger sister, biFo 妹 (biFomèi) cousin (female, younger than yourself)

名 míng

name

有名 (yIu míng) famous, 姓名 (xìngmíng) family name and given name, 名字 (míngzì) name

拿 ná

take

爬 pá

climb

爬山 (pá shAn) climb a mountain

旁 páng

beside*

旁边 (pángbiAn) beside

千 qiAn

thousand

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 208

8/10/2011 3:01:59 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      209

情 qíng

*

送 sòng

give as a gift; see someone off

相 xiAng; mutual; xiàng

appearance

事情 (shìqing) situation, matter

相同 (xiAngtóng) similar; 相机 (xiàngjC) camera, 照相机 (zhàoxiàngjC) camera

姓 xìng

family name

姓名 (xìngmíng) family name and given name

雪 xuG

snow

下雪 (xià xuG) snowing

椅 yH

chair*

一把椅子 (yC bF yHzi) one chair

英 yCng

*

英文 (YCngwén) English, 英国 (YCngguó) Britain

右 yòu

right

右边 (yòubiAn) right side, 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less

于 yú

*

等于 (dGngyú) equivalent to, 生活 在于运动 (shBnghuó zàiyú yùndòng) movement is the essence of life

元 yuán

dollar

美元 (MGiyuán) US dollar, 行行出 Zhuàng 元 (háng háng chE Zhuàngyuán) every field produces a leading expert

照 zhào

photograph, shine

照 piàn (zhàopiàn) photograph, 照相机 (zhàoxiàngjC) camera, hù 照 (hùzhào) passport

助 zhù

help*

帮助 (bAngzhù) help

左 zuI

left

左边 (zuIbiAn) left side, 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 209

8/10/2011 3:01:59 PM

210      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Stroke Order Flow Chart character: strokes

total strokes

5 8 4 11

10 12

3

10 8 8 6 10

8 10

3 11

9 9 8 11

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 210

8/10/2011 3:02:09 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      211

12 8 5 3 4 13 7 5

Dialogue practice  Dialogue  26A:  Working with a classmate, take turns being a person who has lost something and a person in charge of the area where the item was lost. The item could be luggage that didn’t arrive on your flight, or a computer that you lost in the library, or a cell phone you lost at the bus station, etc. The person who lost the item should describe the events leading up to the loss. The person in charge should ask questions about the lost item, including its size, color, and price, and the exact location where the item was lost.  Dialogue 26B:  Go online and download a Chinese visa application form. Cross out the English translations and then complete as much of the form as you can in Chinese. Work with a partner, taking turns being the applicant and a visa officer, and interview each other about your travel plans.

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 211

8/10/2011 3:02:11 PM

212      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Use and structure  26.1.  Additional structures with 把  We have learned that 把 is used to say that the subject does something to the object, and that it is only used when talking about completed actions. We have seen that 把 occurs with resultative verbs composed of an open-ended action verb and a suffix that indicates completion (e.g. 吃完 finish eating, 说好 talk until reaching an agreement), and with actions followed by directional expressions that indicate where an action ends up (e.g. 放在床子上 put (it) on the bed). In this lesson we learn about additional verb phrases that can be used with 把 provided that the sentence indicates that the subject does something to the object of 把.

把 with change-of-state verbs Change-of-state action verbs are verbs whose actions include their completion (e.g. diE lose, wàng forget, 卖 sell). Change-of-state action verbs can occur with 把 whenever the sentence indicates that the subject does something to the object. These sentences typically end with 了. 我把我的中文书卖了。 I sold my Chinese textbook. (I took my Chinese textbook and sold it.) 我把他们的名字都 wàng 了。 I forgot all of their names.

Open-ended action verbs suffixed by the time phrase 一下 for a short time Open-ended action verbs suffixed by the time phrase 一下 for a short time may also occur in 把 sentences if the sentence talks about what the subject does to the object. The structure that is used is: (subject) 把 object + V 一下 请你把这张 biFo tián 一下 。 Please fill out this form. 请你把事情说一下。 Please say what happened. or (subject) 把 object + PP + V 一下 请你把事情跟我说一下。 Please tell me what happened.

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 212

8/10/2011 3:02:11 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      213

Open-ended action verbs that are doubled or repeated Open-ended action verbs that are doubled or repeated, with the resulting meaning being do an action for a little while, can also occur as the main verb in 把 sentences. (See Use and Structure note 11.2.) 你把这件事跟我说说。 Talk about this situation. 我们把房间 shDushi shDushi。 We cleaned up the room.

Adding 给 before the verb 给 can often be included in a 把 sentence before the verb. NP1 把 NP2（给）V 了 我把照相机给 diE 了。 I lost my camera. 他把我的饭（给）吃了。 He ate my food. 我把衣服（给）洗了。 I washed the clothes.

 26.2.  A 等于 B A is equivalent to B  A 等于 B means A is equivalent to B. 他花了两千美元，等于人 mín bì 一 wàn 多块钱。 He spent US$2000. That’s equivalent to more than ￥10,000. A and B can be noun phrases, as in the above example from the Dialogue, or they can be verb phrases, or even sentences. 这样说等于没说。 Saying it this way is equivalent to not saying anything. 昨天吃饭，他一分钱都没花，等于我们请他。 As for eating last night, he didn’t spend a penny, (it) was as if we invited him as our guest.

 26.3.  Wàn 10,000 and multiples of 10,000  Wàn indicates 10,000 and is used for indicating multiples of 10,000. For 10,000, say 一 wàn. For 50,000, say 五 wàn, etc. In Mandarin, large numbers are expressed in terms of wàn, that is, in terms of multiples of 10,000. This is different from English, in which numbers are expressed in terms of

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 213

8/10/2011 3:02:11 PM

214      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

1000. Note the way that Mandarin expresses the following numbers and compare them with English.

100,000 500,000 1,000,000 10,000,000 100,000,000

Mandarin

English

十 wàn 五十 wàn 一百 wàn 一千 wàn 一 wàn wàn (The word yì one hundred million is more commonly used for this number.)

one hundred thousand five hundred thousand one million ten million one hundred million

When indicating numbers in Mandarin that involve multiples of 10,000, you say the number of ten-thousands, followed by the number of thousands, followed by the number of hundreds, tens, and ones. Here are some examples:

11,111 24,570 382,606 5,382,600 95,382,000 90,007,020

ten thousands

thousands

hundreds

tens

ones

一 wàn 两 wàn 三十八 wàn 五百三十八 wàn 九千五百三十八 wàn 九千 wàn

一千 四千 两千 两千 两千 七千

一百 五百 六百 六百

一十 七十 líng

一

líng

二十

六

 26.4.  NP1 bèi NP2 (给) V NP1 is Verbed by NP2  Sentences with bèi by focus on what happens to some noun or noun phrase, and they de-emphasize the person who does the action. Bèi is often called the passive marker in Mandarin, since Mandarin sentences with bèi can be translated as passive sentences in English. Bèi is a preposition, and bèi + NP is part of the verb phrase. Therefore, bèi + NP always occurs before a verb. 我的相机 bèi 别人 tDu 走了。 My camera was stolen by someone. Hái 子 bèi 老师打了。 The child was hit by the teacher. 我的电 nFo bèi 他给用坏了。 My computer was broken by him. (. . . used by him until it broke) When bèi sentences are negated, negation occurs before bèi. 我的书没 bèi 我同屋拿走。我在书 jià 上找到了。 My book wasn’t taken away by my roommate. I found it in my bookcase. 我们出去的时候，没 bèi 他看见。 When we left, we weren’t seen by him.

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 214

8/10/2011 3:02:11 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      215

When the noun phrase that performed the action is either unknown or unimportant, bèi may occur without a following noun phrase. 我的相机 bèi tDu 走了。 My camera was stolen. The passive structure is used much less frequently in spoken Mandarin than it is in English. This is in part due to two restrictions on its use. ■■

■■

Bad news: The Mandarin passive is often associated with “bad news” for the listener or for the person affected by the action of the verb. Reread the examples above and notice that they all present situations that are bad news for someone. However, this association with bad news is disappearing in mainland China, at least in Beijing, and the structure now has a more neutral meaning there. Existence: The subject of the passive sentence must be something that exists prior to the action of the verb. It cannot be something that is brought about by the action. For example, you cannot use the passive in Mandarin to say that “the book was written by Professor Wang” or that “this painting was painted by my friend,” though these are perfectly good passive sentences in English.

Other markers of the passive Although we do not show examples of this in the text in this lesson, the words 叫 and 让 may also be used instead of bèi in passive sentences. When they occur, their meaning is identical to that of bèi, and the words are interchangeable in a passive sentence. 我的相机 bèi (叫/让) 别人 tDu 走了。 My camera was stolen by someone.

A note on 把 sentences and passive sentences We have already learned that 把 sentences are used in Mandarin to focus on what happens to the object of the verb. In this way, passive sentences (with bèi or any other marker of the passive) and 把 sentences are similar in function. They differ in function in that passive sentences de-emphasize the one who performs the action, while in 把 sentences, the one who performs the action occurs first in the sentence, in a prominent position. The two structures differ in frequency of use as well. 把 sentences are very commonly used in spoken Mandarin. They are used much more frequently than passive sentences.

 26.5.  怕 fear and kIng 怕 be afraid that  怕 means fear or be afraid of something. 王老师很 yán 所以学生都怕他。 Professor Wang is very strict so students are afraid of him. 我不怕 là 的。 I’m not afraid of spicy (foods).

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 215

8/10/2011 3:02:11 PM

216      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

KIng 怕 means be afraid that something has happened or will happen that the listener will not like. It may occur at the beginning of the sentence or right after the subject. 要是没有好好儿准备，你这次 kIng 怕就会考得不好。 If you did not prepare well, I’m afraid you will not do well in the exam this time. 我 kIng 怕今天不能 péi 你去 guàng jiB。 I’m afraid I can’t go shopping with you today. 怕 may also be used to express the meaning be afraid that. 我怕电 yHng piào 已经卖完了。 I’m afraid the movie tickets are already sold out. In contrast, kIng 怕 never has the meaning be afraid of something and is never followed by a noun phrase alone.

 26.6.  Verbs that get others to do things: 请 invite, 叫 tell, 让 make  请 invite, tell, ask, 叫 tell, make, have, and 让 tell, make, have are verbs that are used when saying that you get, make, or have someone do something. In this lesson we review how these words are used. All of these words occur in the following structure: NP1 [请, 叫, 让] NP2 + ActVP 我叫她早一点睡觉。 I told her to go to sleep a little earlier. 我们请老师帮助我们。 We asked the teacher to help us. 他们叫我别太生气。 They told me not to get so angry. 你让别人帮你看着了吗？ Did you have the others help you keep on eye on your things? 叫 and 让 both mean to tell, make, or have someone do something and can sometimes be used interchangeably. For many native speakers of Mandarin, 让 is more formal than 叫. 请 is used when the subject is subordinate or lower in status than NP2, the one who will do the action. In English, this difference in status is reflected in the use of the verbs tell, make, or have and the verb ask. If the subject has higher status or authority than the one who will do the action, then the subject can tell, make, or have the other person do something. However, if the subject has lower status or authority than the one who will do the action, then the subject can only ask the other person to do something.

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 216

8/10/2011 3:02:11 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      217

 26.7.  Talking about hypothetical situations: 要是 sentence/VP1, 就 VP2  要是, like 如果, means if. And, like 如果, it is used in the structure: 要是/如果 sentence/VP1, 就 VP2 要是我们星期五有考试，我星期四晚上就不能跟你去看电 yHng。 If we have a test on Friday, I can’t go see a movie with you on Thursday night. 你要是不喜欢吃中国饭，我们可以吃日本饭。 If you don’t like to eat Chinese food, we can eat Japanese food. 要是 and 如果 are often interchangeable. However, 如果 is more common in written texts and 要是 is more colloquial. Also, 要是 is more commonly used when expressing hypothetical situations, that is, situations that did not happen. 要是 hù 照 diE 了，就更麻烦了。 If I had lost my passport, it would have been even more troublesome. 要是 (situation) 怎么 bàn？is used to express the meaning what if . . .? 要是 hù 照 diE 了，怎么 bàn？ What would I have done if I had lost my passport?

 26.8.  然后 afterward  然后 afterward is a sentence adverb. That is, it always occurs at the beginning of a sentence. Its meaning and use is just like the word afterward in English. 我把书包放下。然后我去上厕所。 I put my backpack down. Afterward I went to the bathroom. 我们先把房间 shDushi shDushi，然后再出去买东西。 First we’ll clean up the room, (and) afterward we’ll go out and buy things. 你应该先把今天学的 yJ 法 fù 习一下，然后再开始做功课。 You should first study the grammar you learned today, and afterward begin your homework.

 26.9.  看 (kAn) watch, keep an eye on  You know that the word 看 with the pronunciation kàn means to look at something, watch television or a movie, or read something. 你在看什么？ What are you looking at? 他们在宿舍看电 shì。 They watch television in the dorm. 学生在图书馆看书。 The students read in the library.

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 217

8/10/2011 3:02:12 PM

218      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

看 can also mean keep an eye on or watch, and when it is, it is pronounced kAn. That is how it is used in the Dialogue. 你让别人帮你看（kAn）着了吗？ Did you ask someone to help you watch (your things)? 去旅 yóu 的时候，我请我的朋友帮我看（kAn）房子。 When I go on vacation I ask my friends to help me watch the house. 火车上人很多。你要看好（kAn 好）你的东西。 There are a lot of people on the train. You should pay attention to your things.

 26.10.  左右 more or less  To indicate that some actual number may be somewhat greater or less than a stated number, use the following pattern: number + CL (+ N) 左右 五分钟左右吧。 Five minutes more or less. 一百个人左右 100 people more or less 两千块左右 $2000 more or less 左右 more or less, like 差不多 almost, is used to indicate an approximation. The two expressions differ in their position in the phrase and also in their meanings. 左右 follows the entire noun phrase and indicates that the stated number is a bit more or a bit less than the actual number. 一个钟头左右 around an hour; a bit more or less than an hour 差不多 directly precedes the number and indicates that the actual amount is somewhat less than the stated amount. 差不多一个钟头 almost an hour

 26.11.  Subject 以为 + S subject assumes (S)  以为 assume is a verb that is always followed by a sentence. Subject 以为 + S means that the subject assumes that the following sentence is the case. 以为 is commonly used when the subject mistakenly assumes that the following sentence is the case. 大为以为他的同学会帮他看东西。 Dawei assumed that his classmates would help him watch his things.

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 218

8/10/2011 3:02:12 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      219

As we learn, Dawei’s assumption was wrong. The person in charge also warned him: 不要以为别人不会拿你的东西。 Don’t assume that other people won’t take your things.

 26.12.  从 time 起 from this time on, beginning with this time  从 time 起 from (this) time on or beginning with (this) time indicates the start of some situ­ ation or action. It is always followed by the situation that begins at the stated time. The “time” may be any time phrase that refers to a specific point in time, for example 现在 now, 昨天晚上 last night, 今年夏天 this summer, etc. 从现在起我一定会 zhù 意了。 I will pay attention from this time on. 我从今年夏天起就在中国工作。 Beginning this summer I will be working in China.

Sentence pyramids 1. 来中国 第一次来中国 我 biFo 妹第一次来中国 这是我 biFo 妹第一次来中国。 2. 长 chéng 爬长 chéng dài 我 biFo 妹去爬长 chéng 我 dài 我 biFo 妹去爬长 chéng 了 放寒假的时候我 dài 我 biFo 妹去 爬长 chéng 了。 3. 漂亮 特别漂亮 长 chéng 特别漂亮 雪后长 chéng 特别漂亮。

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 219

(audio online)

come to China first time come to China the first time my (younger, female) cousin comes to China This is the first time my cousin has come to China. the Great Wall climb the Great Wall take my cousin to climb the Great Wall I took my cousin to climb the Great Wall During winter vacation I took my cousin to climb the Great Wall. pretty especially pretty the Great Wall is especially pretty After it snows the Great Wall is especially pretty.

8/10/2011 3:02:12 PM

220      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

4. biFo 这张 biFo tián 这张 biFo 请你 tián 这张 biFo。

form this form fill out this form Please fill out this form.

5. tián 一下 把这张 biFo tián 一下 请你把这张 biFo tián 一下。

fill it out take this form and fill it out Please take this form and fill it out.

6. 地 zhH 手机号码和地 zhH 你的姓名、手机号码和地 zhH 写 qCngchu 你的姓名、手机号码和 地 zhH。 7. 写下来 把你的 hù 照号码写下来 请把你的 hù 照号码写下来。

address cell phone number and address your name, cell phone number, and address Clearly write your name, cell phone number, and address. write down take your passport number and write it down Please write down your passport number.

8. 照相机 我的照相机 我 diE 了我的照相机。

camera my camera I lost my camera.

9. diE 了 给 diE 了 把我的相机给 diE 了 我把我的相机给 diE 了。

lost lost took my camera and lost it I lost my camera.

10. tDu 走了 bèi 别人 tDu 走了 我的照相机 bèi 别人 tDu 走了。 11. 找不回来 kIng 怕找不回来 我们 kIng 怕找不回来。

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 220

stolen away stolen away by someone My camera was stolen away by someone. unable to find and return it afraid won’t be able to find and return it I’m afraid we won’t be able to find and return it.

8/10/2011 3:02:12 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      221

12. lHwù 送给我的 lHwù 我哥哥送给我的 lHwù 那是我哥哥送给我的 lHwù。 13. 难过 更难过 我就更难过了 要是有人 tDu 了我的 hù 照我就更 难过了。 14. 东西 自己的东西 zhù 意自己的东西 好好儿 zhù 意自己的东西 去旅行的时候你得好好儿 zhù 意 自己的东西。 15. 在哪里？ 火车站在哪里？ 问 qCngchu 火车站在哪里 你得问 qCngchu 火车站在哪里。 16. 地点 时间和地点 日期、时间和地点 diE 东西的日期、时间和地点 写 qCngchu diE 东西的日期、时间和 地点 请你写 qCngchu diE 东西的日期、 时间和地点。

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 221

gift a gift given to me a gift my older brother gave to me That was a gift my older brother gave to me. sad even sadder I am even sadder If someone stole my passport, I would be even sadder. things one’s own things pay attention to your own things pay close attention to your own things When you go on vacation you should pay close attention to your own things. where is it located? where is the train station located? ask until you are clear ( find out) where the train station is located You should find out where the train station is located. location time and location the date, time, and location [item] the lost item’s date, time, and location clearly write the date, time, and location of the lost item Please clearly write the date, time, and location of the lost item.

8/10/2011 3:02:12 PM

222      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

17. 地方 有名的地方 中国最有名的地方 长 chéng 是中国最有名的地方。 18. jià 钱不贵 bìng 且 jià 钱不贵 样子很好，bìng 且 jià 钱不贵

place famous place China’s most famous place The Great Wall is China’s most famous place.

这条 kù 子的样子很好，bìng 且 jià 钱不贵。

price is not expensive moreover, the price is not high appearance is very good, moreover the price is not high These slacks look good. In addition, the price is not expensive.

19. 拿走了 bèi 他拿走了 我的电 nFo bèi 他拿走了。

taken away taken away by him My computer was taken away by him.

20. 一 wàn 多块钱 人 mín bì 一 wàn 多块钱 等于人 mín bì 一 wàn 多块钱 两千美元等于人 mín bì 一 wàn 多块钱。 21. 多少钱？ 美元多少钱？ 等于美元多少钱？ 一千块人 mín bì 等于美元多少钱？ 22. 拿走了 把你的东西拿走了 就会把你的东西拿走了 别人就会把你的东西拿走了 一不小心，别人就会把你的东西 拿走了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 222

more than 10,000 (Chinese) dollars more than 10,000 Renminbi equivalent to more than 10,000 Renminbi US$2000 is equivalent to more than 10,000 Renminbi. how much money? how much money in US dollars? equivalent to how much money in US dollars? 1000 Renminbi is equivalent to how much money in US dollars? take away take your things away will take your things away other people will take your things away As soon as you are not careful, other people will take your things away.

8/10/2011 3:02:12 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      223

23. 一下 说一下 把事情的经过说一下 请你把事情的经过说一下。

for a short while speak for a short while speak about the course of events Please say what happened.

24. 左右 六点左右 现在六点左右。

more or less, approximately 6 o’clock more or less It’s now around 6 o’clock.

25. 帮助你 会帮助你 我一定会帮助你。 不要难过。我一定会帮助你。

help you will help you I will certainly help you. Don’t be sad. I will certainly help you.

26. 爬长 chéng 去中国爬长 chéng 我能去中国爬长 chéng 我 xCwàng 我能去中国爬长 chéng。 27. 不大 XCwàng 不大。 28. 椅子 一把椅子 旁边有一把椅子 厕所的旁边有一把椅子。

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 223

climb the Great Wall go to China and climb the Great Wall I am able to go to China and climb the Great Wall I hope I am able to go to China and climb the Great Wall. not big There is not much hope. (I don’t have much hope.) chair one chair on the side there is one chair Next to the bathroom there is a chair.

8/10/2011 3:02:12 PM

224      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Language FAQs Words for currency The word that we learned for Chinese dollars, 块, is the colloquial term used in everyday speech. There are also other, more formal words for the Chinese dollar. The word for Chinese dollar that is used in written texts and formal speech is 元 (yuán). 五块 is the expression Chinese people ordinarily use when saying that something costs five Chinese dollars, but 五元 is the phrase they will probably use when writing the price or speaking in a formal context. Chinese currency is listed on the international currency exchange as CNY, which stands for Chinese 元, but the name that China uses to refer to its currency is Rénmín bì (人民币) or the people’s money. In Mandarin, the US dollar is called MGiyuán (美元).

More about 叫 call, tell and 请 invite, ask The words 叫 and 请 can each occur in different structures, and the meanings (and English translations) for the words depend upon the structure in which they occur. We have learned three structures in which 叫 is used. Notice the different way that it is translated into English in each structure: ■

subject 叫 (name): subject is called (name) 他叫大为。 He is called Dawei.

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 224

8/10/2011 3:02:14 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      225

■

NP1 叫 NP2 (name): NP1 calls NP2 (name) 我叫他小张。 I call him Xiao Zhang.

■

NP1 叫 NP2 VP: NP1 tells NP2 VP 我叫大为帮忙。 I told Dawei to help.

We have learned two structures in which the word 请 occurs. Notice how it is translated into English in each structure: ■

请 (你) sentence/VP: please do sentence/VP 请你再说一次。 Please say it again.

■

NP1 请 NP2 VP: asks/invites NP2 to do VP 我请你吃饭。 I am inviting you to dinner.

Topicalization 把, bèi, and topicalization provide different ways to view the same situation. They do so by changing the word order of the sentence from the basic subject + verb + object order into something else. (For 把, see Use and Structure notes 19.7, 24.8, and 26.1; for bèi, see Use and Structure note 26.4; and for topicalization, see note 10.9.) Topicalization and 把 provide a different way to view a situation by presenting the object before the verb. Compare the following sets of sentences that describe the same situation. The first sentence in each set is a “neutral” sentence in which the information is presented in subject + verb + object order. The second sentence presents the object topicalized so that it occurs before the verb. The third sentence presents the information using 把. Remember that 把 + object always occurs before the verb. subject + verb + object topicalization

把

他吃完了饺子。 饺子，他吃完了。 他把饺子吃完了。 He ate up the dumplings. As for the dumplings, he ate them up. He took the dumplings and ate them up. 他拿走了我的书。 He took my book away.

我的书，他拿走了。 As for my book, he took it away.

他把我的书拿走了。 He took my book and took it away.



9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 225

8/10/2011 3:02:15 PM

226      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 Bèi sentences also present the direct object of the sentence, the noun phrase that is acted upon by the verb, as the first piece of information in the sentence. It also presents the noun phrase that does the action, the noun phrase that would be the subject in a neutral sentence, after the object and bèi. subject + verb + object

bèi

他吃完了饺子。 He ate up the dumplings.

饺子 bèi 他吃完了。 The dumplings were eaten up by him.

他拿走了我的书。 He took my book away.

我的书 bèi 他拿走了。 My book was taken away by him.

Notes on Chinese culture More about cousins We translated biFo 妹 as a female cousin younger than yourself, but that is not the whole story. BiFo is the prefix for male and female cousins whose father is not a brother of your own father. That is, biFo is the prefix for cousins who are children of your father’s sisters, and children of the brothers and sisters of your mother. In addition to biFo 妹, you can have biFo 哥, biFo 弟, and biFo 姐. The prefix for cousins who are children of your father’s brothers is táng. Those cousins are called táng 哥, táng 弟, táng 姐, and táng 妹.

When is 寒假? In China, winter vacation begins at the start of the Chinese New Year. The New Year holidays last for two weeks, and students have several weeks of winter vacation during that time. Since the Chinese New Year begins in late January or early to mid-February, it is still cold in Beijing during that time. The Great Wall is north of Beijing, and it is common for the hills around the wall to have a dusting of snow in January and February.

Property crime Chinese people are often friendly and helpful to foreigners, but that does not mean that it is safe to leave things around in public places. Dawei experienced what many foreign travelers in China have learned. If you leave an item unguarded

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 226

8/10/2011 3:02:17 PM

Lesson 26  第二十六课 我把照相机 die 了  I lost my camera      227

in a public place, there is a good chance that it will not be there when you look for it. Be vigilant about your personal items when you live or travel in China.

The Great Wall The Great Wall is a series of walls in northern China built over a period of about 1000 years, from the 5th century to the 16th century, in an attempt to protect against invaders. The full Chinese name for the wall is the Wàn 里长 Chéng, the 10,000 li (Chinese mile) long wall. Its actual length is around 6000 (English) miles. The wall extends from Inner Mongolia in the west to the Pacific Ocean.

Lesson 26 Narrative in English During winter vacation my younger female cousin came from the United States to see me. Because it was her first trip to China, I took my cousin to the Great Wall, along with a few of my classmates. The Great Wall is China’s most famous place. Although it was very cold in Beijing that day, we had a great time since there were very few tourists at the Great Wall. Moreover, it had snowed two days before and the Great Wall after a snowfall is very beautiful. I didn’t imagine that on the way back, while we were waiting for our train at the train station, I would accidentally lose my camera. That camera was a present given to me by my older brother and it was extremely good. He spent US$2000 on it, the equivalent of ¥10,000 Renminbi. In addition, all of the pictures that we took that day were in that camera, so I was really sad. The classmates traveling with me and my cousin all said to me that the camera was stolen by someone and they were afraid that it would not be possible

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 227

8/10/2011 3:02:18 PM

228      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

to find it and get it back. They told me not to be too angry, saying this was just a camera. If my passport were lost, it would be more of a problem.

Dialogue in English Part A David: Sorry to bother you. My camera is lost. Can you help me look for it? Person on duty:  When was it lost? Where was it lost? Tell me what happened. David: At the place where we were waiting for the train I was still using the camera to take pictures. After taking the pictures I put my camera and my book bag together in one place. Person on duty: Did you put it in your book bag or outside of your book bag? David: Outside of my book bag, on a chair. Afterward I went to the bathroom. When I came back from the bathroom my camera had disappeared. Person on duty: Did you have someone keep an eye on it for you? David: No. I thought my classmates and my cousin were all right beside it. Also, I came back right away. Person on duty: You were going to leave, why didn’t you tell the other people? About how long were you gone? David: Five minutes more or less.

Part B Person on duty: There are a lot of people in the train station and there are all kinds of people. You have to pay attention to your own things. You can’t assume that other people won’t take your things. David: From now on I will pay attention. Person on duty: Please fill out this form. Clearly write the date, time, and location where the camera was lost, and also your name, cell phone number, and address. David: Do I write my Chinese name or my English name? Person on Duty: Write both your Chinese name and your English name. We will help you look, and after we find it (if we find it), we will let you know immediately. However, I don’t have a lot of hope that we will find it. David: Thanks very much.

9780415472500_Textbook_L26.indd 228

8/10/2011 3:02:18 PM

第二十七课  做鸡 dàn 

炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried  eggs with tomatoes Culture and communication goals ■ ■ ■ ■

Learn how to cook a simple Chinese dish Learn about some of the traditions of Chinese cooking Describe a process Present examples

Key structures

V 起来 when doing the action of V V 法 method (way) of doing V 比方说 for example 等等 etc. jì AdjV1 又 AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2 V1 起来 AdjV1 V2 起来 AdjV2 doing V1 is AdjV1 but doing V2 is AdjV2 shíjì 上 actually, in fact 把 NP1 V-chéng NP2 turn NP1 into NP2 numbers in a row: 两三 + CL 2 or 3 gòu enough 并 + NEG + VP not at all VP jiè borrow, loan

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 229

8/10/2011 9:02:12 AM

230

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Narrative

(CD2: 15)

Xie Ayi’s recipe for stir-fried eggs with tomatoes 很多人认为中国饭吃起来好吃，做起来难。Shíjì 上，有的家常菜 jì 好吃又 jiFndAn。 今天我就来教你一个：鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì。 ShIu 先准备好三个鸡 dàn、三个西红 shì，一些 yán 和 táng，还有炒菜用的 yóu。把西红 shì qiBchéng 块儿，大小和样子都没关系。把鸡 dàn 打在一个 wFn 里，用筷子打 yún。打鸡 dàn 的时候，可以放一点 yán。然后开始做。先在 guD 里放一些 yóu，不要太少。等到 yóu 热了以后，把鸡 dàn 放进去。一边放，一边 fAn 炒。时间不要太长，也不要太 duFn，一共炒两三分钟就 gòu 了。把炒好的鸡 dàn 放在 pán 子里。GuD 里再放些 yóu。把西红 shì 放进去。FAn 炒一会儿，加入 táng 和 yán。最后把炒好的鸡 dàn 放进 guD 里，再 fAn 炒几下。放些 cDng，加点 绿色，鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì 就做好了。你看，这个菜并不难做。你练习练习吧。我 可以把我的 guD jiè 给你。回国以后，有客人来的时候你可以给他们做一个地道的 中国菜。

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 230

8/10/2011 9:02:14 AM

Lesson 27

第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì

Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes

231

Dialogue Meili and Guoqiang talk about Chinese food and Meili decides to learn how to cook a Chinese dish.

(CD2: 16–17)

Part A 美丽： 听说中国菜 jiFngjiu 色、xiAng、wèi 这三个字。你能说说这三个字的 意思吗？ 国强： 色就是颜色。一个好的菜，看起来要漂亮，有不同的颜色。 美丽： 那 xiAng 呢？是不是好 wén 的意思？ 国强： 对，也就是说，一个好的菜，在做的时候要用不同的 tiáoliào。 做好以后，wén 起来要 xiAng。 美丽： 那，最后一个字是 wèi。 国强： Wèi 是 wèi 道。这也是最重要的。一个菜要吃起来好吃，有 wèi 道。

Part B 国强： 你最喜欢吃哪些中国菜？ 美丽： 我最喜欢的菜是鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì 和鱼 xiAng 茄子。不过，有一件事 我一直不明白，鱼 xiAng 茄子里没有鱼。为什么叫鱼 xiAng 茄子呢？ 我不懂。 国强： 这里边有一个鱼 xiAng 的 gù 事。 美丽： 那你就给我 jiFng jiFng 这个 gù 事。 国强： 你知道中国人做鱼的时候，都放哪些 tiáoliào 吗？ 美丽： 这个我知道，放 cDng、jiAng、suàn、táng、yán、酒、cù 和 jiàngyóu。 国强： 很久很久以前，有一位太太不想 làngfèi 做鱼的 tiáoliào，在做别的 菜的时候就把做鱼的 tiáoliào 都放进去了。开始她还怕她的 zhàngfu 不喜欢吃，后来才发现她 zhàngfu 非常喜欢。还问她是怎么做的， 用什么做的。她告诉他那个菜是用做鱼的 tiáoliào 做的。 美丽： 后来人们就把用这种方法做的菜叫鱼 xiAng 的菜了。对吧。 国强： 对。用这样的方法可以做很多菜，比方说鱼 xiAng 茄子、鱼 xiAng 肉 sC、 鱼 xiAng dòufu 等等。

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 231

8/10/2011 9:02:16 AM

232

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part C 美丽： 我很想学做几个中国菜。你可以请你妈妈教我吗？不知道她 yuàn 意 不 yuàn 意。 国强： 她当然会 yuàn 意。这个星期六的下午你来我家跟她学做中国菜吧。 我给她打个电话，跟她说一下。 美丽： 学做什么菜呢？ 国强： 就从鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì 开始吧。鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì jì 容易又好吃， 而且是你最喜欢的。 美丽： 那我 dài 鸡 dàn 和西红 shì。一 yán 为定。

Vocabulary Part A

jiFngjiu

adjectival verb

fussy, fastidious, particular about things, proper

tiáoliào

noun

seasonings

wèi

noun

flavor, odor* (abbreviation of wèi 道 flavor)

noun

flavor

wén

verb

smell

xiAng

adjectival verb;

fragrant; fragrance

wèidao

wèi 道

noun

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 232

8/10/2011 9:02:17 AM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    233

Part B

bHfang shuD

比方说

adverbial phrase

for example

cDng

noun

scallion, green onion

cù

noun

vinegar

dàn

noun

egg

list-final expression

etc.

noun

tofu, beancurd

dGngdGng

等等

dòufu fF

法

noun

method* (方法 method)

fAngfF

方法

noun

method, way of doing something

fAxiàn

发现

verb

realize, discover

gùshì

gù 事

noun

story

hòulái

后来

adverb

afterward

jiFng

verb

tell (a story), talk, explain

jiAng

noun

ginger

jiàngyóu

noun

soy sauce

jCdàn

鸡 dàn

noun

chicken egg

jiJ

久

adjectival verb

long time

verb

waste

làngfèi rénmen

人们

noun

people

ròu sC

肉 sC

noun phrase

shredded meat, shredded pork

suàn

noun

garlic

táng

noun

sugar

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 233

8/10/2011 9:02:17 AM

234    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

xChóngshì

西红 shì

noun

tomato

yán

noun

salt

yúxiAng qiézi 鱼 xiAng 茄子

noun phrase

eggplant with yuxiang sauce, fish-fragrant eggplant

zhàngfu

noun

husband

adverb (paired)

both

Part C

jì yC yán wéi dìng

一 yán 为定

proverb

that’s settled then, it’s a deal, agreed

yuànyì

yuàn 意

adjectival verb

willing

Narrative bìng

并

chéng

adverb

(not) in fact

verb

become

dF yún

打 yún

resultative verb

beat (eggs)

dìdao

地道

adjectival verb

authentic

fAnchFo

fAn 炒

verb

stir fry

gòu

verb

enough

guD

noun

pot (cooking pot), wok

jiFndAn

adjectival verb

simple

verb

add in

verb

borrow, loan

noun

cubes

jiArù

加入

jiè kuàr

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 234

块儿

8/10/2011 9:02:17 AM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    235

pánzi

pán 子

noun

plate

qiB

verb

cut

qiBchéng

resultative verb

cut into

rènwéi

认为

verb

consider, believe, think

shíjìshàng

shíjì 上

adverb

actually, in reality

shIuxiAn

shIu 先

adverb

first

wFn

noun

bowl

yóu

noun

oil

Characters 备

bèi

*

准备 (zhJnbèi) prepare

并

bìng

(not) at all

并且 (bìngqiG) moreover

炒

chFo

stir-fry

炒鸡 dàn (chFo jCdàn) fried eggs

懂

dIng

understand

发

fA

emit

发现 (fAxiàn) notice, discover, 发烧 (fA shAo) have a fever

共

gòng

*

一共 (yCgòng) altogether

鸡

jC

chicken

鸡 dàn (jCdàn) chicken egg

久

jiJ

long time

多久 (duD jiJ) how long? 很久 (hGn jiJ) a very long time

客

kè

guest*

客人 (kèren) guest, 客气 (kèqi) polite

筷

kuài

*

筷子 (kuàizi) chopsticks

练

liàn

*

练习 (liànxí) practice

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 235

8/10/2011 9:02:17 AM

236    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

茄

qié

热

rè

hot

肉

ròu

meat

入

rù

enter

bìng 从口入 (bìng cóng kIu rù) disease enters from the mouth, 加入 (jiArù) add in

午

wJ

*

中午 (zhDngwJ) noon, 午饭 (wJfàn) lunch

鱼

yú

fish

重

zhòng

*

种

zhIng

type of

准

zhJn

accurate, standard

茄子 (qiézi) eggplant 热 nào (rènao) lively

重要 (zhòngyào) important

准备 (zhJnbèi) prepare

Chinese dishes that we have learned 红烧菜 Red-simmered dishes 红烧鱼 red-simmered fish 红烧鸡 red-simmered chicken 红烧肉 red-simmered pork 红烧茄子 red-simmered eggplant

鱼 xiAng 菜 Yuxiang dishes 鱼 xiAng 茄子 eggplant with yuxiang sauce 鱼 xiAng 肉 sC shredded pork with yuxiang sauce 鱼 xiAng dòufu tofu with yuxiang sauce

炒菜 炒白菜 stir-fried cabbage 鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì stir-fried eggs with tomatoes

Additional dishes 饺子 dumplings 回 guD 肉 twice cooked pork

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 236

8/10/2011 9:02:17 AM

Lesson 27

第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì

Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes

237

Stroke Order Flow Chart character: strokes

total strokes

8 6 8 15

5 6 7 3 9 13

8 8 10

6 2 4

8 9 9 10

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 237

8/10/2011 9:02:21 AM

238    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue practice  Dialogue 27A:  Working with a partner or the entire class, taste some different Chinese dishes and rate them for color, fragrance, and flavor. Then, identify the primary seasonings of each dish. Remember, we learned the word for spicy in Lesson 20. The word for spicy oil is làyóu. The word for hot sauce is là jiàng. (Jiàng is the jiàng in jiàngyóu.)  Dialogue 27B:  Activity 1. Go online and find a recipe for 鱼 xiAng 茄子 or another dish. Then, give your classmates directions in Chinese for cooking this dish. Activity 2. Explain how to do something in Chinese. For example, explain how to make coffee, or how to post a blog on the internet, or how to pack for a weekend trip, etc.  Dialogue 27C:  Ask one of your classmates to teach you how to do something. Then find a time that is convenient for both of you to have the lesson.

Use and structure  27.1.  V 起来 when doing the action of V  In Lesson 23 we learned the expression 看起来 VP appears to be VP (Use and Structure note 23.10). 起来 is a suffix for action verbs, and V 起来 has a number of different meanings depending upon the context. When followed by an adjectival verb or adjectival verb phrase, as in the examples below from the Dialogue, V 起来 means when doing the action of the verb, the subject has the quality of the adjectival verb. 一个好的菜，看起来要漂亮，有不同的颜色。 A dish must be pretty to look at and have different colors (and be colorful). 做好以后，wén 起来要 xiAng。 After it is done, it must be fragrant to smell. 一个菜要吃起来好吃，有 wèi 道。 A dish has to be delicious, (it has to) have flavor. Compare this use of V 起来 with that presented in Use and Structure note 27.7.

 27.2.  V 法 method (way) of doing V  In this lesson we learn the word 方法 method. 法 can be used as a suffix for many verbs that refer to an action to convey the meaning method (or way) of doing the action. Here are some examples:

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 238

8/10/2011 9:02:21 AM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    239

说法 写法 做法 想法 看法

way of saying, way of speaking, explanation method of writing way of cooking way of thinking, opinion, idea way of looking at something, perspective, point of view

这种说法不对。 This explanation (way of talking about this matter) is not correct. 你的看法跟我的不一样。 Your viewpoint (way of looking at things) and mine are not the same. 这个菜的做法很 jiFndAn，你一学就会。 The recipe for this dish (the way of cooking this dish) is very simple. As soon as you learn it, you’ll know it. 可以把你的想法告诉我吗？ Can you tell me what you are thinking?

 27.3.  比方说 for example  Use 比方说 when you want to introduce examples. It is equivalent in meaning and use to the English expression for example. 用这样的方法可以做很多菜，比方说鱼 xiAng 茄子、鱼 xiAng 肉 sC、鱼 xiAng dòufu 等等。 Using this method, you can make many dishes, for example: eggplant with yuxiang sauce, shredded pork with yuxiang sauce, tofu with yuxiang sauce, etc. 这门课的事情很多，比方说每天都得 fù 习功课，每个星期有一个考试，每两个 星期去和老师谈一次话等等。 There are a lot of things (to do) for this class. For example, you have to review your course work every day, you have a class every week, every two weeks you have to go and speak with the teacher, etc. 他的宿舍非常 luàn。比方说，zhuD 子上地上都是书，衣服哪儿都有，lán 球和 运动鞋在他的床上。谁都不 yuàn 意进去。 His dorm room is extremely messy. For example, there are books all over the table and floor, there are clothes everywhere, there are a basketball and athletic shoes on his bed. No one is willing to go in there.

 27.4.  等等 etc.  Ending a list with 等等, or with one single 等, adds the meaning conveyed by the word etcetera (usually abbreviated etc.) in English. That is, it indicates that the list does not include every item that could be included, but that the items on the list are typical of the kinds of items that could also be included.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 239

8/10/2011 9:02:21 AM

240    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

用这样的方法可以做很多菜，比方说鱼 xiAng 茄子、鱼 xiAng 肉 sC、鱼 xiAng dòufu 等等。 Using this method, you can make many dishes, for example: eggplant with yuxiang sauce, shredded pork with yuxiang sauce, tofu with yuxiang sauce, etc. 这家商店什么都卖，比方说，大衣、chènshAn、qún 子、kù 子、Grzhào、手 tào 等等。 This store sells everything, for example: overcoats, shirts, skirts, slacks, earmuffs, gloves, etc. 包饺子、放 biAnpào、拿红包等等，都是过春节的时候会做的事情。 Making dumplings, setting off fireworks, receiving red envelopes, etc., are all things that you do during Chinese New Year.

 27.5.  Jì AdjV1 又 AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2  In Lesson 19 we learned the expression 又 AdjV1 又 AdjV2 to express the meaning both AdjV1 and AdjV2. (See Use and Structure note 19.6.) In this lesson we learn that jì AdjV1 又 AdjV2 can also be used to express this meaning. 鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì jì 容易又好吃，而且是你最喜欢的。 Stir-fried eggs with tomatoes is both simple and delicious, and also it’s your favorite dish. Jì AdjV1 又 AdjV2 is somewhat more formal than 又 AdjV1 又 AdjV2, though both can occur in speech and writing. 包饺子 jì 麻烦又 làngfèi 时间，我看我还是吃别的吧。 Making dumplings is both troublesome and time-consuming. I think I’d prefer to eat something else. 这双鞋 jì 便宜又好看，你一定要买。 This pair of shoes is both cheap and attractive. You should definitely buy them. 小张把新手机给 diE 了，jì 生气又难过。不明白自己怎么会这么不小心。 Xiao Zhang lost his new cell phone and was both angry and sad. He couldn’t understand how he could be so careless.

 27.6.  一 yán 为定 it’s a plan, we’re all set  The expression 一 yán 为定 is used at the conclusion of a conversation involving some kind of plan. It is equivalent in use and meaning to English expressions such as we’re all set, it’s a plan, the matter is settled, etc. 那我 dài 鸡 dàn 和西红 shì。一 yán 为定。 Well then, I’ll bring the eggs and the tomatoes. We’re all set. 那我们就说好下个星期六见，一 yán 为定。 Well then, let’s agree to meet again next Saturday. We’re all set.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 240

8/10/2011 9:02:22 AM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    241

 27.7.  V1 起来 AdjV1 V2 起来 AdjV2 doing V1 is AdjV1 but doing V2 is AdjV2  This pattern is used to indicate a contrast between two related actions with different properties. V1 起来 AdjV1 V2 起来 AdjV2 很多人认为中国饭吃起来好吃，做起来难。 Lots of people think that Chinese food is delicious to eat but hard to make. Notice that this use of V2 起来 involves a pair of related actions. Although no connecting word is used in Chinese to connect them, English translations of V1 起来 AdjV1 V2 起来 AdjV2 typically link the two contrasting situations with but or and. 这条 kù 子看起来很长，穿起来正好。 This pair of slacks, when you look at them they look long, but when you put them on they are just right. 找工作这件事说起来容易，做起来很难。 As for job-hunting, it is easy to talk about it but difficult to do. 这把椅子看起来很旧，坐起来非常舒服。 This chair looks old but, when you sit in it, it is surprisingly comfortable. 鱼 xiAng dòufu tiáoliào 准备起来容易，炒起来也很快。 It is easy to prepare the seasonings for tofu with yuxiang sauce, and it is easy to cook (stir-fry) it.

 27.8.  Shíjì 上 actually, in fact  Shíjì 上 introduces a fact that disproves some assumption or belief. It is a sentence adverb and always occurs at the beginning of the sentence. The mistaken assumption or belief is always presented in the preceding sentence. 很多人认为中国饭吃起来好吃，做起来难。Shíjì 上，有的家常菜 jì 好吃又 jiFndAn。 Lots of people think that Chinese food is delicious to eat but hard to make. In fact, some home-style dishes are both delicious and simple. 这个老师看起来很 yán，shíjì 上是一个很有意思也很关心学生的老师。 This teacher seems to be very strict. In fact, she is a teacher who is very interesting and who cares for students (she is a very interesting and caring for students teacher). 大家都以为中文的 yJ 法很难。Shíjì 上中文的 yJ 法比日文的容易多了。 Everyone considers Chinese grammar to be very difficult. In fact, Chinese grammar is a lot easier than Japanese grammar.

 27.9.  把 NP1 V-chéng NP2 turn NP1 into NP2  把 NP1 V-chéng NP2 means perform the action of the verb to turn NP1 into NP2. In the Dialogue in this lesson we see the structure used with the verb qiB cut.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 241

8/10/2011 9:02:22 AM

242      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

把西红 shì qiBchéng 块儿，大小和样子都没关系。 Take the tomatoes and cut them into cubes. The size and appearance are not important. Here are additional examples: 我想去把这件四号的衣服 huànchéng 三号的。四号的太大了。 I want to go and exchange this size 4 article of clothing for a size 3. Size 4 is too big. 把肉 qiBchéng sC 炒起来 wèi 道容易进去，吃起来也比较方便。 If you cut the meat into shreds and stir-fry it, it is easy for the flavor to enter it, and it is relatively more convenient to eat. In this structure, chéng is a resultative verb ending. When it follows the verb it forms a new verb. The particles 了 and 过 follow V-chéng and never occur between the verb and chéng.

 27.10.  Numbers in a row: 两三 + CL 2 or 3  When two sequential numbers occur after each other, they indicate an approximate amount: one number or the other. Notice that in this structure, the classifier only follows the last number in the sequence. 时间不要太长，也不要太 duFn，一共炒两三分钟就 gòu 了。 The time shouldn’t be too long or too short, altogether stir-frying it for two or three minutes is enough. 我去了三、四家商店都没有找到我要的那本书。 I’ve been to three or four shops and haven’t found the book that I want. As you can see, while the English translation often involves the word or, the Chinese sentence does not use a connecting word between the numbers in the series.

 27.11.  Gòu enough  Gòu enough is an adjectival verb. Like all adjectival verbs, it can occur as the main verb of the sentence (without 是). When it does, it occurs after the subject. subject + gòu 我的钱 gòu 了。 I have enough money. 时间不要太长，也不要太 duFn，一共炒两三分钟就 gòu 了。 The time shouldn’t be too long or too short, altogether stir-frying it for two or three minutes is enough. Gòu is negated by 不. 我的钱不 gòu。 I do not have enough money. In verb-not-verb questions, it is the adjectival verb gòu that gets repeated. 你的钱 gòu 不 gòu？ Do you have enough money?

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 242

8/12/2011 2:36:35 PM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    243

Notice that the English word enough occurs in a very different structure from the word gòu. In English you say you have enough of some noun. In Mandarin you say that some noun is enough. Say this: 我们的时间 gòu 了。 We have enough time. (Our time is sufficient.)

Do not say this:  我们有 gòu 的时间。

Yán gòu 不 gòu？ Is there enough salt?

 有 gòu 的 yán 吗？

Unlike most adjectival verbs, gòu cannot be preceded by an intensifier such as 很 very or 非常 extremely. Gòu often occurs as a resultative verb ending: 我昨天晚上睡得不gòu。 I didn’t sleep enough last night. As a resultative ending, it most commonly occurs in the potential form, negated or in questions. (See Use and Structure note 20.6.) 他学得不 gòu。 He didn’t study enough. 老师,我写得 gòu 不 gòu？ Teacher, have I written enough?

 27.12.  并 + NEG + VP not at all VP  并 is an adverb that only occurs in negated verb phrases. 并 occurs right before negation. 并 + NEG + VP means not at all VP. 你看，这个菜并不难做。 You see, this dish is not at all difficult to make. 一双好的运动鞋并不便宜，差不多要八、九十块。 A good pair of athletic shoes is not at all cheap. They are almost 80 or 90 dollars.

 27.13.  Jiè borrow, loan  Mandarin uses the same verb jiè to convey the meaning borrow and loan. The precise meaning of borrow or loan is determined by the structure in which the verb jiè occurs. Jiè 给 means loan to: 我可以把我的 guD jiè 给你。 I can loan my wok to you. 别把车 jiè 给别人。 Don’t loan the car to other people.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 243

8/10/2011 9:02:22 AM

244    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Jiè + NP means borrow NP. 我去图书馆 jiè 书。 I am going to the library to borrow books. 跟 + NP + jiè means borrow from NP. 我跟她 jiè 了几件衣服。 I borrowed a few articles of clothing from her. 我不跟好朋友 jiè 钱。 I don’t borrow money from good friends.

Narrative structure: Describing a process The narrative in this lesson describes a process. A process is a complex sequence of events. Notice how the words shIu 先 first, 然后 afterward, and 最后 finally divide the process into sections. Within each section, events are presented sequentially, with expressions such as 以后 and 一边 . . . 一边 assisting in marking the temporal relationship of actions. Reread the narrative, paying attention to the way that the process is divided into sections, and the way that the steps in each section are conveyed. Note the frequent use of 把. Since processes such as cooking involve taking things and doing something with them, describing them typically involves many instances of 把.

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

1. jiFngjiu 很 jiFngjiu 那位小姐很 jiFngjiu 我认为那位小姐太 jiFngjiu。 2. 这三个字 色、xiAng、wèi 这三个字 中国菜 jiFngjiu 色、xiAng、wèi 这三个字。

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 244

fussy very fussy that young lady is very fussy about things I think that young lady is too fussy about things. these three characters (words) color, odor, flavor, these three words Chinese food is very fussy about color, odor, and flavor.

8/10/2011 9:02:22 AM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    245

3. 颜色 不同的颜色 有不同的颜色 看起来要漂亮，有不同的颜色 一个好的菜，看起来要漂亮， 有不同的颜色。 4. xiAng wén 起来很 xiAng 鱼 xiAng 茄子 wén 起来很 xiAng。 5. wèi 道 jiAng 的 wèi 道 我很喜欢 jiAng 的 wèi 道。 6. 西红 shì 鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì 我最喜欢的菜是鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì。 7. 好吃 jì 容易又好吃 鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì jì 容易又好吃。 8. jiFndAn jì 好吃又 jiFndAn 有的家常菜 jì 好吃又 jiFndAn

color different colors have different colors has to be pretty to look at, have different colors A good dish has to be pretty to look at and have different colors. fragrant fragrant to smell Eggplant with yuxiang sauce is very fragrant to smell. flavor, odor the flavor of ginger I like the flavor of ginger very much. tomato stir-fried eggs with tomatoes My favorite dish is stir-fried eggs with tomatoes. delicious both easy and delicious Stir-fried eggs with tomatoes is both easy and delicious.

Shíjì 上，有的家常菜 jì 好吃又 jiFndAn。

simple both delicious and simple some home-style dishes are both delicious and simple Actually, some home-style dishes are both delicious and simple.

9. gù 事 jiFng gù 事 他很会 jiFng gù 事。

story tell a story He’s very good at telling stories.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 245

8/10/2011 9:02:22 AM

246    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

10. 女 hái 子 做菜的女 hái 子 一个很会做菜的女 hái 子 以前有一个很会做菜的女 hái 子 很久很久以前有一个很会做菜的 女 hái 子。 11. 好吃 jì 好看又好吃 她做的菜 jì 好看又好吃 人们都说她做的菜 jì 好看又好吃。 12. tiáoliào 做鱼的 tiáoliào làngfèi 做鱼的 tiáoliào 她不想 làngfèi 做鱼的 tiáoliào。 13. tiáoliào 哪些 tiáoliào？ 放哪些 tiáoliào？ 中国人做鱼的时候，都放哪些 tiáoliào？ 14. tiáoliào 做鱼的 tiáoliào cù 和 jiàngyóu 都是做鱼的 tiáoliào

girl a girl who cooks dishes a girl who is very good at cooking before there was a girl who was very good at cooking A long, long time ago there was a girl who was a very good cook. delicious both pretty and delicious the dishes that she cooked were both pretty and delicious Everyone said that the dishes that she cooked were both pretty and delicious. seasonings seasonings for cooking fish waste the seasonings for cooking fish She didn’t want to waste the seasonings for cooking fish. seasonings which seasonings? put in which seasonings? When Chinese people cook fish, which seasonings do they put in?

CDng、jiAng、suàn、táng、yán、 酒、cù 和 jiàngyóu 都是做鱼的 tiáoliào。

seasonings seasonings for cooking fish vinegar and soy sauce are seasonings for cooking fish Scallion, ginger, garlic, sugar, salt, wine, vinegar and soy sauce are seasonings for cooking fish.

15. 中国菜 地道的中国菜 回 guD 肉和红烧 dòufu 都是地道的 中国菜。

Chinese dishes authentic Chinese dishes Twice-cooked pork and red-simmered tofu are authentic Chinese dishes.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 246

8/10/2011 9:02:22 AM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    247

16. 难做 不难做 并不难做 鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì 并不难做。 17. 三个鸡 dàn 准备好三个鸡 dàn ShIu 先准备好三个鸡 dàn。 18. 块儿 qiBchéng 块儿 把西红 shì qiBchéng 块儿。 19. wFn 一个 wFn 放在一个 wFn 里 把鸡 dàn 打开，放在一个 wFn 里。 20. 打 yún 把鸡 dàn 打 yún 用筷子把鸡 dàn 打 yún。 21. yán 放一点 yán 可以放一点 yán 打鸡 dàn 的时候，可以放一点 yán。 22. 太少 不要太少 放一些 yóu，不要太少 在 guD 里放一些 yóu，不要太少 先在 guD 里放一些 yóu，不要太少。

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 247

difficult to cook not difficult to cook not at all difficult to cook Stir-fried eggs with tomatoes is not at all difficult to cook. three eggs prepare three eggs First prepare three eggs. cubes cut into cubes Take the tomatoes and cut them into cubes. bowl a bowl put them in a bowl Crack the eggs and put them in a bowl. beat (stir up) beat the eggs Beat the eggs with chopsticks. (Using chopsticks, beat the eggs.) salt put in a little salt can put in a little salt When you beat the eggs, you can put in a little salt. too little do not (use) too little put in a little oil, not too little put a little oil into the pot, not too little First put a little oil into the pot. Don’t put in too little.

8/10/2011 9:02:22 AM

248    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

23. 放进去 把鸡 dàn 放进去 热了以后，把鸡 dàn 放进去 等到 yóu 热了以后，把鸡 dàn 放进去。 24. fAn 炒 一边放 yán，一边 fAn 炒。 25. pán 子 pán 子里 放在 pán 子里 把鸡 dàn 放在 pán 子里 把炒好的鸡 dàn 放在 pán 子里。

put in take the eggs and put them in when it is hot, put the eggs in When the oil is hot, put the eggs in.

stir-fry Put in the salt while you stir-fry. plate on the plate put on the plate take the eggs and put them on the plate Take the fried eggs and put them on the plate.

26. yán táng 和 yán 加入 táng 和 yán。

salt sugar and salt Add sugar and salt.

27. jiè 给你 我的 guD jiè 给你 我可以把我的 guD jiè 给你。

loan to you loan my pot to you I can loan my pot to you.

28. 中国菜 地道的中国菜 给他们做一个地道的中国菜 可以给他们做一个地道的中国菜 有客人来的时候你可以给他们做 一个地道的中国菜。 29. 方法 做肉的方法 有很多做肉的方法 中国人有很多做肉的方法。

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 248

Chinese dish authentic Chinese dish cook an authentic Chinese dish for them can cook an authentic Chinese dish for them When guests come you can cook an authentic Chinese dish for them. method method of cooking meat there are many methods of cooking meat Chinese people have many ways of cooking meat.

8/10/2011 9:02:22 AM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    249

30. 对 对不对？ 他的想法对不对？ 你认为他的想法对不对？ 31. 等 等等 回 guD 肉，鱼 xiAng 肉 sC，等等 有红烧肉，回 guD 肉，鱼 xiAng 肉 sC，等等 比方说有红烧肉，回 guD 肉， 鱼 xiAng 肉sc，等等。 32. jiFndAn 的菜 几个 jiFndAn 的菜 做几个 jiFndAn 的菜 教我做几个 jiFndAn 的菜 yuàn 意教我做几个 jiFndAn 的菜

correct correct? is his way of thinking correct? Do you think his ideas are correct? etcetera etcetera twice-cooked pork, shredded pork in yuxiang sauce, etc. there is red simmered meat, twice-cooked pork, shredded pork in yuxiang sauce, etc. For example, there is red simmered meat, twice-cooked pork, shredded pork in yuxiang sauce, etc.

你 yuàn 意不 yuàn 意教我做几个 jiFndAn 的菜？

simple dish a few simple dishes cook a few simple dishes teach me to cook a few simple dishes willing to teach me to cook a few simple dishes Are you willing to teach me to cook a few simple dishes?

33. 你的车 jiè 你的车 我可以 jiè 你的车吗？

your car borrow your car Can I borrow your car?

34. 什么东西？ 跟你 jiè 什么东西？ 他想跟你 jiè 什么东西？

what thing? borrow what thing from you? What does he want to borrow from you?

35. jiè 给他 把我的车 jiè 给他 yuàn 意把我的车 jiè 给他 我不 yuàn 意把我的车 jiè 给他。

loan to him loan my car to him willing to loan my car to him I am not willing to loan my car to him.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 249

8/10/2011 9:02:23 AM

250

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

36. 一 yán 为定。 好。一 yán 为定。 A: 我做饭，你 shDushi 房子， 好不好？ B: 好。一 yán 为定。 37. shDushi 房子 帮助你 shDushi 房子 yuàn 意帮助你 shDushi 房子 zhàngfu yuàn 意帮助你 shDushi 房子

It’s a deal. Okay. It’s a deal. A: I’ll cook, you clean the house, okay? B. Okay. It’s a deal.

你的 zhàngfu yuàn 意帮助你 shDushi 房子吗？

clean the house help you clean the house willing to help you clean the house husband willing to help you clean the house Is your husband willing to help you clean the house?

38. gòu gòu 不 gòu？ 我做的菜 gòu 不 gòu？ 你认为我做的菜 gòu 不 gòu？

enough enough? did I cook enough dishes? Do you think I cooked enough dishes?

39. 用功 他不 gòu 用功。

hard-working He is not hard-working enough.

Language FAQs You say xChóngshì and I say fAnqié. Two ways to say tomato Some items are known by different names in different parts of the Chinesespeaking world. Tomatoes are one of those items. In northern China, the word for tomato is 西红 shì, but in Taiwan the word is fAnqié. So, if you want to eat stir-fried eggs with tomatoes in Taiwan, be sure to ask for 鸡 dàn 炒 fAnqié, or fAnqié 炒鸡 dàn.

Are you yuàn 意? The word yuàn 意 has a broader range of uses in Chinese than the word willing does in English. In English, if you say you are willing to do something, you mean

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 250

8/10/2011 9:02:23 AM

Lesson 27

第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì

Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes

251

that you will do it but that you are not necessarily enthusiastic about it. The word yuàn 意 conveys much more enthusiasm, and does not include the sense of reluctance associated with the word willing. In Mandarin, if you say you are yuàn 意 to do something, it means you want to do it.

More about zhàngfu Zhàngfu is a relatively formal and respectful word for husband. If you were inquiring respectfully about a woman’s husband, you could refer to him as her zhàngfu. In Taiwan, the word 先生 is a more neutral word for husband, conveying a neutral level of formality and respect. In mainland China, the use of the word 先生 is more formal than in Taiwan. In fact, mainland China has no neutral word for husband. All of the terms that are currently used are either formal and respectful like zhàngfu and 先生, or are informal and colloquial.

More about jiè borrow, loan: How can one word have two  meanings? We have seen that the word jiè can mean either borrow or loan, and that the structure in which it occurs identifies the intended meaning. How can one word have two meanings? The answer is that borrow and loan describe the same event from two different perspectives. The event described by these words is the temporary transference of possession of some item from the owner to the borrower. owner →

borrower

English uses two different words to describe the event depending upon whether it is described from the perspective of the owner or the borrower. The word loan describes the event from the perspective of the owner. The word borrow describes the event from the perspective of the borrower. The Mandarin word jiè is neutral. Sentence structure, and not the verb jiè, conveys the perspective of the event.

What is the difference between jiFndAn and 容易? Both jiFndAn and 容易 can be translated into English with the word simple, but they are not identical in meaning. JiFndAn means uncomplicated. It describes a process that does not have a lot of steps or a task that does not have a lot of components. 容易 just means easy. It can often be followed by an action, for example 容易做 easy to do. A task that is 容易做 is jiFndAn uncomplicated. 容易 easy is the direct opposite of 难 difficult. The direct opposite of jiFndAn is a word that means complicated. We have not learned it yet.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 251

8/10/2011 9:02:25 AM

252

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Notes on Chinese culture Cooking with a wok, that is, with a guD The word guD means cooking pot. The most well-known cooking pot used for Chinese food is known in English as a wok and it looks like this:

The word “wok” comes from the Cantonese pronunciation of the word guD. The wok, or guD, is designed to cook foods quickly over a high heat, and is always used for stir-frying.

Lesson 27 Narrative in English A lot of people think that Chinese food is delicious to eat but difficult to cook. In fact, some home-style dishes are both delicious and simple. Today I’ll teach you one: stir-fried eggs with tomatoes. First prepare three eggs, three tomatoes, a little salt and sugar, and cooking oil. Cut the tomatoes into cubes. The size and appearance are not important. Crack the eggs into a bowl and beat them with chopsticks. While you are beating the eggs you can add a little salt. Afterward begin cooking. First put a little oil in the pot. Don’t put in too little. When (after) the oil is hot, put in the eggs. Stir-fry them as you are pouring them in. The (cooking) time shouldn’t be too long and it shouldn’t be too short. Two or three minutes altogether is enough. Put the fried eggs on a plate. Add more oil to the pot. Add the tomatoes. Stir-fry them for a bit, add sugar and salt. Finally, take the fried eggs and add them to the pot and stir fry them a couple of times. Put in the scallions to add a little green color, and your stirfried eggs with tomatoes are done. You see, this dish isn’t difficult to cook at all. Practice it. I can loan you my pot. After you return home (to your home country), when guests come you can cook them an authentic Chinese dish.

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 252

8/10/2011 9:02:26 AM

Lesson 27  第二十七课 做鸡 dàn 炒西红 shì  Cooking stir-fried eggs with tomatoes    253

Dialogue in English Part A Meili:

I’ve heard that Chinese food pays particular attention to “sè,” “xiAng,” and “wèi.” Can you explain what these three words mean? Guoqiang: “Sè” is the “yánse,” color. A good dish must be pretty to look at and must have different colors. Meili: What about “xiAng”? Does it mean good to smell? Guoqiang: Yes, that is to say, when you make a good dish you should use different seasonings. After it is cooked, it should be fragrant. Meili: Well then, the last word is “wèi.” Guoqiang: “Wèi” is “wèidao,” flavor. This is the most important thing. A dish should be delicious to eat, it should be flavorful.

Part B Guoqiang: What dishes do you like best? Meili: My favorite dishes are stir-fried eggs with tomatoes, and eggplant with yuxiang (fish-fragrant) sauce. But there’s one thing I still don’t understand. Eggplant with yuxiang sauce doesn’t have fish. Why is it called “fish fragrant” eggplant? I don’t understand. Guoqiang: This explanation involves a story about yuxiang sauce. Meili: Well, then tell me this story. Guoqiang: Do you know what seasonings Chinese people use when they cook fish? Meili: I know. They put in scallions (green onions), ginger, garlic, sugar, salt, wine, vinegar, and soy sauce. Guoqiang: A long, long time ago, there was a woman (a wife) who didn’t want to waste the seasonings used in cooking fish. When she cooked another dish she put in the seasonings for cooking fish. At first she feared that her husband would not like to eat (this dish). Afterward, she found out that her husband really liked it. He also asked her how she cooked it. She told him that in that dish she used the seasonings for cooking fish. Meili: Afterward people called dishes that used this method “yuxiang” (fish flavored) dishes. I’m right, aren’t I? Guoqiang: You are right. Using this method, you can cook a lot of dishes; for example, fish-fragrant eggplant, fish-flavored shredded pork, fish-flavored tofu, etc.

Part C Meili:

I really want to learn how to cook a few dishes. Could you ask your mother if she would teach me? I don’t know if she is willing or not. Guoqiang: Of course she is willing. This Saturday afternoon come to my house and learn how to cook a Chinese dish. I’ll phone her and speak with her about it. Meili: What dish should I learn? Guoqiang: Begin with stir-fried eggs with tomatoes. Stir-fried eggs with tomatoes is both easy and delicious. Besides, it’s your favorite dish. Meili: I’ll bring the eggs and tomatoes. It’s a deal!

9780415472500_Textbook_L27.indd 253

8/10/2011 9:02:26 AM

第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票

Making travel reservations Culture and communication goals ■ ■ ■

■ ■

Make travel reservations Talk about hotel amenities Learn the names of some famous tourist destinations in Beijing and Shanghai Indicate fractions and percentages Say that one thing is not as good as another

Key structures 好玩儿 fun and other 好 + ActV phrases V 了 V did an action for a short while chèn X 的时候 take advantage of a time, chèn X 机会 take advantage of an opportunity indicating fractions and percentages: X 分 zhC Y A 不如 B A is not as good as B 再 AdjV 不过了 it can’t get any more Adj V Chinese abbreviations: 四天三晚 zhC in formal, literary expressions 为 NP for, for the benefit of NP, in order to

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 254

8/12/2011 2:37:15 PM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      255

Narrative

(CD2: 31)

这几天大为带着他 biFo 妹在北京去了不少好玩儿的地方。他们去看了故 gDng、 天 An 门这些名 shèng gJjì，也看了 NiFo Cháo 和水 lì 方等新的旅游 jHng 点。他们 吃了有名的“北京 kFoyA” ，也去北京的“酒吧一条街”坐了坐。不喜欢 guàng 街 的大为还 bèi biFo 妹拉着去了有名的 Xiù 水街 guàng 了一天。大为认为他 biFo 妹 难得来一次中国，所以他打算 chèn 这个机会带 biFo 妹到上海去看看。现在他 chèn biFo 妹给她爸爸妈妈写 xìn 的时候，打电话 dìng 旅馆和飞机票。

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 255

8/10/2011 9:04:22 AM

256      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue (CD2: 32–33)

Dawei phones a travel agent to make reservations for a trip to Shanghai with his cousin.

Part A 旅行社： QCng 年旅行 shè，您好。 大为：

您好。我想到上海去玩儿几天，请您帮我 dìng 旅馆和来回的机票。

旅行社： 好。请问，你打算什么时候走？ 大为：

后天走。

旅行社： 后天是二月二十二号星期一。哪天回来？ 大为：

星期五，一共在上海 dAi 四天。

旅行社： 几个人？要 dìng 几间房间。 大为：

两个人，dìng 两间房间，最好离外 tAn 近一点、jiAotDng 方便的 旅馆。我们是学生。经济 xíng 酒店就可以。

旅行社： 好，我帮您看一看。

Part B 旅行社： 星期一的机票，现在有的打八五折，那就是说 jiFn 价百分 zhC 十五。 一张九百八。上午走，中午以前到。下午就可以开始玩儿。 大为：

很好。回来呢？

旅行社： 回来的时间因为是星期五，没找到打折的机票。实际上，回来的时候 坐飞机不如坐火车。星期四玩儿一天，晚上上火车。在火车上睡一夜 觉，第二天早上到北京。RuFnwò 虽然比 yìngwò 贵一点，但是比 飞机要便宜，而且坐火车可以 shGng 一天的旅馆钱。 大为：

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 256

那再好不过了。

8/10/2011 9:04:23 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      257

Part C 旅行社： 您的飞机票、火车票和酒店都 dìng 好了。我给您重复一下。 二月二十二号星期一北京飞上海的飞机票两张，一张九百八。 二月二十五号星期四晚九点上海回北京，ruFnwò 票两张， 一张七百。在上海四天三夜。我给您 dìng 的是 “国际学生 zhC 家酒店”。这个酒店就是为了你们这样的 国际学生旅游而开的。 大为：

请您把酒店的情 kuàng 大概说一下。

旅行社： 酒店在市中心的商业 qE，离外 tAn 和南京路都不远，走路十分钟 左右，离最近的地铁站不到五分钟。BiAo 准单人间，每晚 三百二十五，hán 早餐，kuAn 带 miFn fèi。房间里有电视和电话。 另外，fù 近有电影院和卡拉 OK，看电影，唱歌都很方便。 大为：

很好，多谢。什么时候可以拿票？

旅行社： 明天上午我们可以给您送到家里。请你把电话号码、姓名和地址给我。 请问 fù fèi 方式是现金还是 xìn 用卡？ 大为：

现金。我可以明天 jiAo 给送票的人。

Vocabulary Narrative BGijCng kFoyA

北京 kFoyA

proper noun

Beijing roast duck

chèn

verb

take advantage of (an opportunity)

dìng

verb

reserve

GùgDng

故 gDng

place name

the Forbidden City, the Imperial Palace

jChuì

机会

noun

opportunity

jHngdiFn

jHng 点

noun phrase

scenic spots

jiJbA

酒吧

noun

bar

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 257

8/10/2011 9:04:24 AM

258      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

kFo

verb

roast

kFoyA

noun phrase

roast duck

verb

pull, drag

míngshèng gJjì 名 shèng gJjì

noun phrase

famous places and historic sites

nándé

adjectival verb

difficult to obtain

place name

the “Bird’s Nest” (the main stadium for the 2008 Beijing Olympics)

lA

拉

难得

NiFo Cháo

ShànghFi

上海

place name

Shanghai

ShuHlìfAng

水 lì 方

place name

the “Water Cube” (the venue for water events at the 2008 Beijing Olympics)

TiAn’Anmén

天 An 门

place name

the Gate of Heavenly Peace

noun

letter

place name

the Silk Market

noun

duck

xìn XiùshuH jiB

Xiù 水街

yA

Dialogue Part A

dAi

verb

reside, stay at a place

jiAotDng

noun

transportation, communication

adjectival verb

economical

jCngjìxíng

经济 xíng

phrase

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 258

8/10/2011 9:04:24 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      259

jiJdiàn

酒店

noun phrase

hotel

láihuí

来回

noun phrase

round trip

l4guFn

旅馆

noun

hotel, inn

l4xíngshè

旅行 shè

noun

travel agency

adjectival verb

green-blue, young

qCng qCngnián

qCng 年

noun

youth

WàitAn

外 tAn

place name

the Bund (in Shanghai)

zuì hFo

最好

verb phrase

it would be best, the best thing is

不如

verb phrase

not equal to

ruFn

adjectival verb

soft

ruFnwò

noun phrase

soft sleeper (overnight train compartment)

shGng

verb

save

yìng

adjectival verb

hard

yìngwò

noun phrase

hard sleeper (overnight train compartment)

colloquial expression

couldn’t be better, it can’t get any better than this

Part B

bùrú

zài hFo bù guò le

再好不过了

Part C

biAozhJn

biAo 准

adjectival verb

standard

chóngfù

重复

verb

repeat

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 259

8/10/2011 9:04:24 AM

260      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

dAn

单

adjective

single, odd (as opposed to even)

dAnrén jiAn

单人间

noun phrase

single room

fAngshì

方式

noun

method

fèi

noun

cost, fees, expenses

fù

verb

pay, remit

fùjìn

fù 近

noun

vicinity

guójì

国际

adjective

international

Guójì xuésheng zhC jiA jiJdiàn

国际学生 zhC 家酒店

place name

International Student House

hán

verb

include

jiAo

verb

hand over, give

noun phrase

broadband internet connection

noun phrase

free, no fee

kuAndài

kuAn 带

miFn fèi NánjCng

南京

place name

Nanjing (Nanking)

qíngkuàng

情 kuàng

noun

conditions

noun

district

qE shAngyè

商业

noun

business

wèi

为

preposition

for the benefit of, in order to

xiànjCn

现金

noun

cash

xìnyòng

xìn 用

noun

trust, credit

xìnyòngkF

xìn 用卡

noun phrase

credit card

zFocAn

早餐

noun phrase

breakfast

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 260

8/10/2011 9:04:24 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      261

Characters 餐

cAn

meal*

餐 tCng (cAntCng) restaurant, cafeteria, 早餐 (zFocAn) breakfast

唱

chàng

sing

唱歌 (chàng gB) sing songs

带

dài

bring, take along, belt, band

kuAn 带 (kuAndài) broadband internet connection

单

dAn

*

简单 (jiFndAn) simple, 单人间 (dAnrén jiAn) single room

飞

fBi

fly

飞机 (fBijC) airplane

复

fù

*

复习 (fùxí) review

歌

gB

song

唱歌 (chàng gB) sing songs

故

gù

*

故 gDng (GùgDng) the Forbidden City, the Imperial Palace, 故事 (gùshi) story

海

hFi

ocean, sea

海边 (hFibiAn) seashore, 上海 (shànghFi) Shanghai

划

huà

*

计划 (jìhuà) plan

济

jì

*

经济 (jCngjì) economics, 经济 xíng (jCngjìxíng) economical

际

jì

*

实际上 (shíjìshàng) actually, in reality, 国际 (guójì) international

计

jì

calculate

计划 (jìhuà) plan

价

jià

price

jiFn 价 (jiFnjià) reduce the price, 价钱 (jiàqian) price, tFo 价 huán 价 (tFojià huánjià) negotiate the price

街

jiB

street

卡

kF

card

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 261

卡拉 OK (kF lA OK) karaoke, xìn 用卡 (xìnyòng kF) credit card

8/10/2011 9:04:25 AM

262      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

拉

lA

pull

卡拉 OK (kF lA OK) karaoke

票

piào

ticket

飞机票 (fBijC piào) airplane ticket

实

shí

*

实际上 (shíjìshàng) actually, in reality

视

shì

vision

电视 (diànshì) television

业

yè

*

商业 (shAngyè) business, bì 业 (bìyè) graduate

影

yHng

游

yóu

*

旅游 (l4yóu) travel

址

zhH

*

地址 (dìzhH) address

电影 (diànyHng) movie, 电影院 (diànyHngyuàn) movie theater

Character note: One character, two pronunciations and meanings

重

chóng zhòng

重复 (chóngfù) repeat 重要 (zhòngyào) important

Stroke Order Flow Chart character: strokes

total strokes

16 11 9 8 3 9 14 9

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 262

8/10/2011 9:04:27 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      263

10 6 9 7 4 6 12 5 8 11 8 8 5 15 12 7

Dialogue practice  Dialogue 28A:  Working with a partner, take turns being the travel agent and traveler, and discuss the plans of a trip you want to take. Assume your starting point is Beijing. Your destination can be any place in Asia. Discuss destinations, dates, number of rooms, type of accommodation, method of travel, and price range.  Dialogue 28B:  With a partner, use the internet to plan the vacation that you discussed in Dialogue 28A. Research several hotel and transportation options, and prepare a list of options and prices. Then, take turns being the travel agent and present the options to the traveler.  Dialogue 28C:  With a partner, take turns being the travel agent and summing up the reservation details for the traveler. Get the contact information for the traveler and arrange for the delivery of tickets and payment of fees.

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 263

8/10/2011 9:04:33 AM

264      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Use and structure  28.1.  好玩儿 fun and other 好 + ActV phrases  In earlier lessons we learned the adjectival verb phrases 好吃 delicious and 好看 pretty. In this lesson we learn 好玩(儿) fun. You can use the structure 好 + action verb to form many other adjectival verb phrases. Additional examples include 好用 convenient, 好听 pleasant to hear, nice sounding, and 好喝 tasty to drink, easy to drink. Adjectival verb phrases formed by 好 + action verb can be preceded by intensifiers. 那个地方非常好玩。 That place is a lot of fun. 中国茶很好喝。 Chinese tea is delicious. 她唱得特别好听。 She sings particularly pleasantly. 我家很好找。 My home is easy to find.

 28.2.  V 了 V did an action for a short while  In Lesson 11 we learned that to indicate a person does some action for a short period of time in a casual way, you repeat the verb. (See Use and Structure note 11.2.) 这个星期天我就想上上网，看看电视。 This Sunday I just plan to use the internet and watch a little television. To indicate that someone did an action casually for a short while in the past, say: (subject) V 了 V 他们吃了有名的“北京 kFoyA”，也去北京的“酒吧一条街”坐了坐。 They ate famous “Beijing Roast Duck,” and also went to Beijing’s “Bar Street” and sat for while. 她把衣服拿起来看了看，就放回去了。 She picked up the clothing and looked at it, and then put it back. 她昨天晚上想了想，jué 定今天去学校问问，谁要 péi 她去上海 cAn 加比 sài。 自己去太没有意思了。 She thought for a while last night and decided to go to school today and ask about who would accompany her to Shanghai to participate in the competition. Going by herself wouldn’t be at all interesting.

 28.3.  Chèn X 的时候 take advantage of a time, chèn X 机会 take advantage   of an opportunity Chèn means take advantage of and it is used in the following two expressions: ■■

Chèn X 的时候 take advantage of a time when X is happening 他 chèn biFo 妹给爸爸妈妈写 xìn 的时候，打电话 dìng 旅馆和飞机票。 He took advantage of the time when his cousin was writing a letter to her parents, and made a phone call to reserve hotel and airplane tickets.

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 264

8/10/2011 9:04:33 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      265

妈妈 chèn hái 子睡觉的时候做晚饭。 Mom is taking advantage of the time when the children are sleeping to cook dinner. Chèn 他们出去买东西的时候，我把衣服洗完了。 Taking advantage of the time when they went out shopping, I finished washing the clothing. ■■

Chèn X 机会 take advantage of X opportunity 他打算 chèn 这个机会带 biFo 妹到上海去看看。 He plans to take advantage of this opportunity to take his cousin to Shanghai to look around. 我打算 chèn 我在中国工作的机会学一点中文。 I plan to take advantage of the opportunity of working in China to study a little Chinese.

 28.4.  Indicating fractions and percentages: X 分 zhC Y  The structure X 分 zhC Y is used to express percentages and fractions.

Expressing percentages A percentage is some part of 100. 10 parts of 100 is 10%, 25 parts of 100 is 25%, 99 parts of 100 is 99%, and 100 parts of 100 (that is, everything) is 100%. In Chinese, when expressing percentages, you say the “100” first, and the “part” second. X 分 zhC Y 10% 百分 zhC 十 25% 百分 zhC 二十五 99% 百分 zhC 九十九 100% 百分 zhC 百 Notice that, in English, discounts are expressed as percentages. As we have already learned, in Chinese, discounts are expressed using the expression (number) 折：八折 80% of the full price, or 20% off, 九折 90% of the full price, or 10% off, etc.

Expressing fractions When using Arabic numerals (1, 2, 3, etc.), fractions are written as the “numerator” over the “denominator” as follows: numerator

1

5

7

denominator

4

6

8

In Chinese, the denominator is stated first (it is X in the structure X 分 zhC Y) and the denominator is stated second (it is Y in the structure X 分 zhC Y). 1/4 四分 zhC 一 5/6 六分 zhC 五 7/8 八分 zhC 七

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 265

8/10/2011 9:04:33 AM

266      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 28.5.  A 不如 B A is not as good as B  We have learned how to express comparisons using 比 (Use and Structure note 21.7) and 没有 (Use and Structure note 22.9). In this lesson we learn to express comparisons using the structure A 不如 B A is not as good as B. 回来的时候坐飞机不如坐火车。 On your return trip, taking a plane is not as good as taking a train. 学汉字，看十次不如写一次。 When studying Chinese characters, looking at them ten times is not as good as writing them once. 去饭馆吃饭，又贵又不好吃，不如自己在家做。 Going to a restaurant to eat is both expensive and doesn’t taste good; it’s not as good as cooking at home for yourself.

 28.6.  再 AdjV 不过了 it can’t get any more Adj V  This is an expression used in informal speech and writing. The most common adjectival verb used in the expression is 好： 再好不过了。 It couldn’t be better./It can’t get any better than this. Other adjectival verbs can also be used. Here are some examples: 再 luàn 不过了。 It can’t get any messier than this. 这件衣服穿在你身上再好看不过了。 This article of clothing, when you put it on, there is nothing that looks better. 那个商店的东西再便宜不过了，所以很多学生都喜欢那个商店。 You can’t get any cheaper than the goods at that store, so lots of student like that store.

 28.7.  Chinese abbreviations: 四天三夜  In Chinese, phrases that occur regularly in specific contexts are often abbreviated. In the travel business, the number of days and nights of a vacation are typically expressed in four syllables. Notice the use of 夜 instead of the more colloquial (and longer) 晚上 to indicate nights in the first example: 四天三个晚上  →  四天三夜 four days and 3 nights

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 266

8/10/2011 9:04:33 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      267

每个晚上三百二十五  →  每晚三百二十五 $325 a night 从北京飞到上海  →  从北京飞上海 flying from Beijing to Shanghai 明天晚上回北京  →  明晚回京 return to Beijing tomorrow night 中国和美国的关系  →  中美关系 Sino-American relations 老师和学生的关系  →  师生关系 teacher–student relations 英国和美国的文化  →  英美文化 British and American culture 早上和晚上  →  早晚 morning and evening 最近早晚都比较冷，最好多穿一点衣服。 Recently it has been relatively cold in the morning and evening. You should wear a bit more clothing.

 28.8.  ZhC in formal, literary expressions  Modern Chinese incorporates expressions and structures from earlier periods in the language, often referred to as “classical Chinese” or “literary Chinese.” Structures involving zhC reflect this tradition. In many of its uses, zhC is equivalent in usage to the particle 的. It is often used in the names of restaurants and hotels, including the name of the guest house where Dawei and his cousin will stay in Shanghai:“国际学生 zhC 家”酒店 “home of international students” guesthouse. The word zhC (and the corresponding character) used in this name is the same as the word used in expressing percentages and fractions.

 28.9.  为 NP for, for the benefit of NP, in order to  为 is a preposition, and it is used to focus on the purpose or beneficiary of some action. Depending upon the context, the prepositional phrase 为 NP may be translated as for, for the benefit of, for the purpose of, or in order to. In this lesson we learn how to use it in the following structures. The basic pattern is: 为(了)NP VP do VP for NP (do some action for some person, place, or thing) 我为你做了这么多，你真的没发现我喜欢你吗？ I have done so much for you. You really didn’t realize that I like you?

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 267

8/10/2011 9:04:33 AM

268      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

The basic pattern can be used in a number of different ways. ■■

是为(了)NP(而)VP 的 VP was done for the benefit of NP 这个酒店就是为了你们这样的国际学生旅游而开的。 This hotel is run to meet the travel needs of international students like you. 这件衣服是他为你买的。 This article of clothing was bought for you by him. 我妈妈知道你最喜欢吃鱼 xiAng 肉 sC，这个菜是特别为你做的。 My mom knows that you like to eat shredded pork with yuxiang sauce the best. This dish was especially made for you.

■■

(subject) 为了 VP1, (而) VP2 for the purpose of VP1, the subject does VP2 他为了到中国旅游而学中文。 He studied Chinese in order to travel in China.

■■

为了 VP, S for the purpose of VP, someone does an action 为了到中国旅游，他从去年开始学中文。 In order to travel in China (for the purpose of traveling in China), he began studying Chinese last year. 为了让学生有兴趣并且学得好，老师准备了很多不同的练习。 In order to make the students interested and also to get them to study well, the teacher prepared a lot of different exercises.

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

1. 火车 坐火车 不如坐火车 坐飞机不如坐火车。 2. 名 shèng gJjì 北京的名 shèng gJjì 看看北京的名 shèng gJjì chèn 在北京学习的机会看看北京的 名 shèng gJjì 我想 chèn 在北京学习的机会看看 北京的名 shèng gJjì。

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 268

train take a train not as good as taking a train Taking a plane is not as good as taking a train. famous places and historic sites Beijing’s famous places and historic sites see Beijing’s famous places and historic sites take advantage of studying in Beijing to see Beijing’s famous places and historic sites ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:04:33 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      269

3. 机会 很难得的机会 一个很难得的机会 这是一个很难得的机会。

opportunity opportunity that is very hard to obtain an opportunity that is very hard to obtain ________________________________

4. miFn fèi kuAn 带 miFn fèi 这个旅馆，kuAn 带 miFn fèi。

free broadband (internet) is free ________________________________

5. 机票 酒店和机票 dìng 酒店和机票 帮他们 dìng 酒店和机票 旅行 shè 帮他们 dìng 酒店和机票。 6. A: kFoyA 北京 kFoyA 吃北京 kFoyA 我们今天晚上吃北京 kFoyA 吧。 B: 再好不过了！ 7. fù 近 酒店的 fù 近 我们酒店的 fù 近 故 gDng 和天 An 门都在我们酒店的 fù 近。

airplane ticket hotel and airplane tickets reserve hotel and airplane tickets help them reserve hotel and airplane tickets The travel agency helped them make hotel and airplane reservations. A: roast duck Beijing Roast Duck eat Beijing Roast Duck Let’s eat Beijing Roast Duck tonight. B: It can’t get better than that! vicinity the vicinity of the hotel the vicinity of our hotel The Imperial Palace and the Gate of Heavenly Peace are both in the vicinity of our hotel.

8. 早餐 hán 早餐 房 fèi hán 早餐。

breakfast includes breakfast The room rate includes breakfast.

9. 方式 fù fèi 的方式 请你告诉我 fù fèi 的方式。

method method of payment ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 269

8/10/2011 9:04:33 AM

270      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

10. jHng 点 旅游 jHng 点 新的旅游 jHng 点 这些新的旅游 jHng 点 我们看了 NiFo Cháo 和水 lì 方， 这些新的旅游 jHng 点。 11. 地方 好玩的地方 很多好玩的地方 上海有很多好玩的地方。 12. 多不多？ 国际学生多不多？ 北京的酒吧街，国际学生多不多？ 13. jiàn 身房 他决定每天上 jiàn 身房 为了 duànliàn 身体，他决定每天 上 jiàn 身房。 14. 电视 看电视 有一个星期没看电视 我有一个星期没看电视 为了准备这个考试，我有一个星期 没看电视。 15. 开酒店 为了国际学生而开的 这个酒店就是为了国际学生而开的 这个酒店就是为了国际学生旅游而 开的。

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 270

scenic places scenic places for tourism new scenic places for tourism these several new scenic places for tourism We saw the Bird’s Nest and the Water Cube, these new scenic places for tourism. place fun places a lot of places where you can have fun ________________________________ many? are there many international students? On Beijing’s Bar Street, are there many international students? fitness center he decided to go to the fitness center every day In order to get his body in shape, he decided to go to the fitness center every day. television watch television didn’t watch television for a week I didn’t watch television for a week In order to prepare for this test, I didn’t watch television for a week. operate a hotel operated for international students this hotel is operated for international students This hotel is operated for international student travel.

8/10/2011 9:04:34 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      271

16. 三夜 四天三夜 dAi 四天三夜 在上海 dAi 四天三夜 他们准备在上海 dAi 四天三夜。

three nights four days and three nights stay four days and three nights stay in Shanghai for four days and three nights ________________________________

17. 酒店 经济 xíng 的酒店 帮他们找经济 xíng 的酒店 QCng 年旅行 shè 帮他们找经济 xíng 的酒店。

hotel budget hotel (economical hotel) help them find a budget hotel The Youth Travel Agency helps them find a budget hotel.

18. 单人间 dìng 了两个单人间 他们 dìng 了两个单人间。

single room reserve two single rooms ________________________________

19. biAo 准房 dìng 了 biAo 准房 他们 dìng 了 biAo 准房 为了 shGng 一点钱，他们 dìng 了 biAo 准房。

standard room reserved standard room they reserved standard rooms In order to save a little money, they reserved standard rooms.

20. 重复一下 把酒店的情 kuàng 重复一下 请您把酒店的情 kuàng 重复一下。

review review the hotel arrangements Please review the hotel arrangements.

21. 商业 qE 在市中心的商业 qE 酒店在市中心的商业 qE。

business district a downtown business district ________________________________

22. 不远 离南京路不远 离外 tAn 和南京路都不远 酒店离外 tAn 和南京路都不远。

not far not far from Nanjing Road not far from the Bund and Nanjing Road ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 271

8/10/2011 9:04:34 AM

272      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

23. 方便 很方便 看电影，唱歌都很方便 Fù 近有电影院和卡拉 OK，看电影， 唱歌都很方便。

24. 现金 fù 现金 你最好 fù 现金。 25. xìn 写 xìn 给父母写 xìn 你最好给父母写 xìn。 26. 写 xìn 给爸爸妈妈写 xìn 坐火车的时候给爸爸妈妈写 xìn 她 chèn 坐火车的时候给爸爸妈妈 写 xìn。 27. 票 ruFnwò 票 两张 ruFnwò 票 他们 dìng 了两张 ruFnwò 票。 28. 贵一点 比 yìngwò 贵一点 RuFnwò 比 yìngwò 贵一点。

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 272

convenient very convenient very convenient for seeing movies, singing There is a movie theater and karaoke parlor in the vicinity, and it is very convenient for seeing movies and singing karaoke. cash pay cash You’d best pay cash. letter write a letter write a letter to father and mother You’d best write a letter to father and mother. write a letter write a letter to father and mother write a letter to father and mother while on the train She used the time when she was riding on the train to write a letter to father and mother. ticket soft-sleeper ticket two soft-sleeper tickets ________________________________ a little expensive a little more expensive than hard-sleeper Soft-sleeper is a little more expensive than hard-sleeper.

8/10/2011 9:04:34 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      273

29. jiAo 钱 什么时候 jiAo 钱？ 30. 送票的人 jiAo 给送票的人 明天 jiAo 给送票的人 你可以明天 jiAo 给送票的人。 31. 饭馆 为我们 dìng 饭馆 请旅行 shè 为我们 dìng 饭馆。 32. jiFn 价 都 jiFn 价了 飞机票都 jiFn 价了。 33. 百分 zhC 十 等于百分 zhC 十 打九折等于百分 zhC 十。 打九折等于 shGng 百分 zhC 十。

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 273

hand over the money When do (we) hand over the money? the person who delivers the tickets hand it over to the person who delivers the tickets hand it over to the person who delivers the tickets tomorrow ________________________________ restaurant make a restaurant reservation for us Ask the travel agency to make a restaurant reservation for us. reduce the price all have prices reduced The airplane tickets are all discounted. 10% equivalent to 10% Discounted by 9 “zhe” is the same as 10% off. Discounted by 9 “zhe” is the equivalent of saving 10%.

8/10/2011 9:04:34 AM

274      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Language FAQs DAi vs. 住 住 is used when talking about living in a place for some period of time. When we talk about Dawei and Meili living in Beijing, we say that they 住在北京. DAi is used when talking about staying in a place for a short period of time. When Dawei and his cousin stay in Shanghai for a few days, we say that they dAi 在上海。

单 single and 双 double 单 single and 双 double always occur with another syllable and never occur as independent words. In this lesson we learn that a single room is a 单人间. A double room, that is, a room for two people, is a 双人间. A single bed is a 单人床 and a double bed is a 双人床. We have previously learned the use of 双 as a classifier for things that come in pairs, such as shoes: 一双鞋子 a pair of shoes. 单 is also the word used when referring to odd numbers (单数) and 双 is the word used when referring to even numbers (双数). (We have seen 数 (shù) in the words 数学 math and 分数 score, grade.)

What color is qCng? QCng green-blue is an old color word in Chinese, older than the words for green (绿) and blue (蓝). While 绿 refers to the same color as the word green in English, and 蓝 refers to the same color as the word blue in English, qCng refers to the entire color spectrum from blue to green. In Chinese, you can say that both the ocean and the sky are qCng. QCng is also used when referring to something or someone as young (qCng 年 youth), or to say that someone is naïve or inexperienced.

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 274

8/10/2011 9:04:35 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      275

Notes on Chinese culture Touring Beijing and Shanghai Beijing is the capital of the People’s Republic of China, and it has played a role in Chinese history and culture for more than 2000 years. It received its current name during the Ming Dynasty over 500 years ago, and the Imperial Palace (the Forbidden City) was built during this time. The most recent tourist attractions were built for the 2008 Olympics held in Beijing. Shanghai was a small fishing village until the mid-19th century when the British opened a treaty-port there after its victory over China in the first Opium War. For the next hundred years it was one of the centers of foreign (European and American) manufacturing and trade in China, and was not returned to complete Chinese control until 1949. Since the 1990s, it has been at the forefront of China’s economic development and social change. Do some research on your own to learn more about the history and development of Beijing and Shanghai.

Train travel and the categories of seats and sleepers Long-distance trains in China have two types of sleeper cars: yìngwò hard-sleepers and ruFnwò soft-sleepers. Hard-sleeper cars are dormitory-style sleepers, with rows of triple-decker hard bunk beds. Soft-sleeper cars have fewer beds per car and provide softer bedding. Sleeper tickets come with an assigned bed. If you cannot afford a sleeper ticket, or if the sleeper cars are sold-out, you can buy a yìngzuò hard-seat ticket. Short-distance trains may offer only hard-seat tickets, or may have two classes of tickets, yìngzuò hard-seat tickets and ruFnzuò soft-seat tickets.

Different words for hotel: 饭店, 酒店, 旅馆 The words 酒店 and 饭店 are used interchangeably to refer to hotels, and are both used in the names of big hotels: 北京饭店 Beijing Hotel, JHnjiAng 饭店 Jinjiang Hotel (Shanghai), Huáng 家 jì 节酒店 Royal Seasons Hotel (Taipei), etc. 旅馆 generally refers to a smaller, less expensive hotel and is sometimes translated into English as inn or guesthouse: 北京家 tíng 旅馆 The Merry Stay Home Hotel (Beijing), Tái 北 QCng 年国际旅馆 Taiwan YMCA Hotel, etc.

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 275

8/10/2011 9:04:36 AM

276      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Lesson 28 Narrative in English These past few days Dawei has been taking his younger female cousin to quite a few fun places in Beijing. They went to see the Imperial Palace and Tian’anmen (the Gate of Heavenly Peace), those scenic spots and historical sites, and they also saw new scenic spots such as “The Bird’s Nest” and “The Water Cube.” They’ve eaten famous “Beijing Roast Duck,” and they’ve also gone to Beijing’s “Bar Street” to sit for awhile. Dawei, who does not like shopping, was also dragged by his cousin to the famous “Silk Market” to shop for a day. Dawei thinks that it’s a rare opportunity for his cousin to come to China, so he plans to take advantage of this opportunity to take her to Shanghai to look around. He is now taking advantage of the time when his cousin is writing a letter to her dad and mom, to make a phone call to make hotel and plane reservations.

Dialogue in English Part A Travel agency: Hello. This is the Youth Travel Agency. Dawei: Hello. I want to go to Shanghai for a vacation for a few days. Please help me to reserve a hotel and round-trip tickets. Travel agency: Okay. May I ask, when do you plan to go? Dawei: The day after tomorrow. Travel agency: The day after tomorrow is Monday, February 22. What day will you come back? Dawei: Friday. Altogether we want to spend four days in Shanghai. Travel agency: How many people? How many rooms do you want to reserve? Dawei: Two people. We want to reserve two rooms. It would be best if it were in a hotel near the Bund with convenient transportation. We are students. A budget hotel would be fine. Travel agency: Okay. I’ll help you look.

Part B Travel agency: Monday’s airline tickets, some of them are offering a 15% discount. That is to say, they are 15% off the original price. One ticket is ￥980. You depart in the morning and get there before noon. You can begin having fun in the afternoon. Dawei: Very good. What about the return? Travel agency: Because the return is on Friday, I haven’t found any discounted tickets. Actually, on your return, traveling by plane is not as good as traveling by train. You can have fun all Thursday and board the train in the evening. You can sleep on the train at night and arrive in Beijing the next morning. Although soft-sleeper is a little more expensive than hard-sleeper,

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 276

8/10/2011 9:04:36 AM

Lesson 28  第二十八课 订旅馆和飞机票  Making travel reservations      277

Dawei:

it’s cheaper than the plane. Moreover, if you take the train you can save the cost of one day’s hotel stay. It couldn’t be better!

Part C Travel agency: Your airplane ticket, train ticket, and hotel are all reserved. I’ll review them for you. Two plane tickets from Beijing to Shanghai for Monday, February 22, each ticket ￥980. Two soft-sleeper train tickets departing 9 p.m. on Thursday, February 25 from Shanghai to Beijing, two soft-sleeper tickets, each ticket ￥700. Four days and three nights in Shanghai. I’ve made you a reservation at the “International Student House.” This hotel is run (open) for the travel of international students like yourself. Dawei: Please briefly tell me about the hotel. Travel agency: The hotel is located in the downtown business district, not far from the Bund and Nanjing Road, about ten minutes by foot, and less than five minutes from the closest subway station. Standard single rooms, ￥325 a night, including breakfast and free broadband. The room has a television and a phone. In addition, there is a movie theater and karaoke in the vicinity, so it is very convenient to see a movie or go singing. Dawei: Very good, thank you. When can I get the tickets? Travel agency: I can have them delivered to your home tomorrow morning. Please give me your phone number, name, and address. May I ask, is your method of payment cash or credit card? Dawei: Cash. I can give it to the person who delivers the tickets.

9780415472500_Textbook_L28.indd 277

8/10/2011 9:04:36 AM

第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭

Eating in a restaurant Culture and communication goals ■ ■ ■

■

Learn about several of China’s regional cuisines Make a restaurant reservation Order food and beverages in a restaurant, ask to take home the leftovers, and ask for the bill Learn an additional way to express conditions and consequences

Key structures gè V gè 的 (NP) each (subject) does/has its own V 来 V 去 do an action over and over V 一 V do an action for a short while 除非 S1 要不然 S2 unless S1 otherwise S2 来 NP bring NP 一 bAn on the whole, generally 越 ActV 越 AdjV the more ActV, the more AdjV QW 就 QW do an action based on some conditions negation with 都 and 一定 VV 看 do an action and see

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 278

8/10/2011 9:08:21 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      279

Narrative

(CD2: 47)

春假 jiéshù 了。紧张的学习生活又开始了。每个同学都有做不完的作业、写不完 的 dú 书报告、考不完的试。为了让大家都放 sDng 放 sDng，谢国强 yuB 了几个 同学，这个周末一起去吃饭、liáo liao 天。学校附近不同风味的餐馆很多，有山东 风味的 LJ 菜、四川风味的川菜、GuFng 东风味的 Yuè 菜等等，gè 有 gè 的特色。 想来想去，他决定去学校附近一家新开的四川的餐厅，去cháng 一 cháng 地道的 四川菜。他事先给餐馆打电话订了位子并问了他们哪些菜最拿手。

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 279

8/10/2011 9:08:24 AM

280      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue (CD2: 48–50)

At the restaurant.

Part A 服务员： 请问，您几位？ 国强：

六位。

服务员： 对不起，现在正是客人最多的时候，除非您事先订位子了，要不然 可能要等半个小时左右。 国强：

我预订了。七点半，姓谢的，六个人。

服务员： 我看一下。对，您前天打的电话。好，请跟我来。 大为：

XìngkuC 你订位子了。我现在又 kG 又 è。等不了半个小时了。

Part B 服务员： 先来点儿喝的吗？ 大为：

你们有 pí 酒吗？

服务员： 我们有“五星”pí 酒和“青dFo”pí 酒。 大为：

先给我来一瓶“青 dFo”pí 酒吧。你们呢？

国强：

也给我来一瓶“青 dFo”pí 酒。他们不喝酒。 你们有什么别的 yHnliào？

服务员： 可口可乐、百事可乐、雪 bì、果 zhC 和茶。 美丽：

给我来一 bBi bCng 红茶吧。

服务员： 我们没有 bCng 茶。中国人一bAn 不喝 bCng 茶。红茶绿茶、花茶 我们都有，都是热的。 美丽：

这么热的天，我不想喝热茶。有健 yí 可乐吗？

服务员： 有。 美丽：

要一瓶大的，再给我们拿一些 bCng 块。我们几个都喝健 yí 可乐。

服务员： 好。这是菜单，你们先看看。我去给你们拿 yHnliào。

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 280

8/10/2011 9:08:25 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      281

Part C 国强：

这个饭馆是四川风味的。菜都做得很地道。

大为：

四川菜我 ài 吃是 ài 吃，可是怕太 là。别再像上次把肚子吃坏了。不过， 说起来也 qíguài。Là 的菜我越吃越 ài 吃。你们点什么，我就吃什么。

国强：

我们可以让他们少放一些 là 的。另外，四川菜不都是 là 的， 也有不 là 的。

友文：

你知道他们哪些菜最拿手吗？

国强：

Là 子鸡 dCng、鱼香肉 sC、回 guD 肉、糖醋鱼都不 cuò。

大为：

那就要这几个菜。点一 wFn suAn là tAng。

美丽：

可以把鱼香肉 sC 换成鱼香茄子吗？

国强：

当然可以。我们都知道你最喜欢鱼香茄子。现在才四个菜。再来两个。

友文：

四川的 gDngbFo 鸡 dCng 和麻 pó dòufu 也都很有名。这两个怎么样？

大为：

还有 niú 肉 miàn。我想 cháng-chang 看他们川味 niú 肉 miàn 做得怎么样。

国强：

可以。我看差不多了。鸡肉，鱼肉，niú 肉，zhE 肉都有了。 再要几 wFn mH 饭。先吃吃看，不够再说。服务员，我们可以点菜了。

Part D 友文：

服务员，我们要的是鱼香茄子。这个茄子的味道不像鱼香茄子。 你看看是不是上 cuò 了。

服务员： 真不好意思。的 què 是我拿 cuò 了。这个是烧茄子。这样吧， 这个菜算我送给你们的，不要钱。我马上再给你们上一个鱼香茄子。 友文：

谢谢。

大为：

美丽，你不是 ài 吃茄子吗？一个烧茄子，一个鱼香茄子， 现在够了吧。别忘了吃完饭多给点小费吧。

美丽：

你忘了吗？在中国饭馆吃饭不给小费。

Part E 国强：

服务员，我们都吃好了。买单。Shèng 下的菜请帮我们打包。

服务员： 好，我马上来。 大为：

这个饭馆的菜真不 cuò。我吃得太饱了。

友文：

我看你饱得都快走不了路了。

服务员： 这是我们的订餐热线电话。慢走。欢迎下次再来。

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 281

8/10/2011 9:08:27 AM

282      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Vocabulary Narrative bàogào

报告

cháng

noun; verb

report; announce

verb

taste

ChuAn cài

川菜

noun phrase

Sichuan cuisine

dìng wèizi

订位子

verb + object

make a reservation

verb

read aloud, read, study

dú dú shE

dú 书

verb + object

study

fàngsDng

放 sDng

verb

relax

fBngwèi

风味

noun

local flavor

gè GuFngdDng

each GuFng 东

place name

Guangdong (Canton) (province in China)

jiéshù

verb

conclude, finish

LJ

noun

Shandong (formal literary name)

LJ cài

LJ 菜

noun phrase

Shandong cuisine

náshIu

拿手

AdjV

expert

náshIu cài

拿手菜

noun

specialty

ShAndDng

山东

place name

Shandong (province in China)

shìxiAn

事先

adverb

beforehand, in advance

tèsè

特色

noun

characteristics, special characteristics, distinctive features

wèizi

位子

noun

seat

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 282

8/10/2011 9:08:27 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      283

Yuè

noun

Canton (formal literary name)

yuB

verb

make an appointment

Yuè cài

Yuè 菜

noun phrase

Cantonese cuisine

zuòyè

作业

noun

homework

Dialogue Part A

chúfBi

除非

conjunction

unless

è

adjectival verb

hungry

kG

adjectival verb

thirsty

noun

hour

adverb

fortunately

xiFoshí

小时

xìngkuC yàobùrán

要不然

conjunction

otherwise

yùdìng

预订

verb

reserve in advance, prearrange

百事可乐

proper noun

Pepsi Cola

noun

ice

Part B

BFishì KGlè bCng bCng kuài

bCng 块

noun phrase

ice cubes

càidAn

菜单

noun

menu

noun

island

dFo guI zhC

果 zhC

noun

fruit juice

hóng chá

红茶

noun phrase

red tea (black tea)

huA

花

noun

flower

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 283

8/10/2011 9:08:27 AM

284      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

huA chá

花茶

noun phrase

jasmine tea, flower-scented tea

jiàn yí kGlè

健 yí 可乐

noun phrase

diet cola, sugar-free cola

KGkIu KGlè

可口可乐

proper noun

Coca Cola

l5 chá

绿茶

noun phrase

green tea

QCngdFo

青 dFo

place name

Tsingtao (spelling of the name of the beer)

WJxCng

五星

noun phrase

Five Star

(brand name)

xCng

星

noun

star

XuG bì

雪 bì

proper noun

Sprite

yC bAn

一 bAn

adverb

on the whole, generally

yHnliào

noun

beverage

zhC

noun

juice

NEG + verb;

not bad, correct, pretty good

Part C

bù cuò

不 cuò

conversational expression

ChuAn wèi

川味

noun

Sichuan flavor

diFn cài

点菜

verb + object

order food, select food from a menu

noun

diced or cubed pieces of food

noun phrase

kungpao chicken (stir-fried chicken cubes with peanuts and hot peppers)

dCng gDng bFo jCdCng

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 284

gDngbFo 鸡 dCng

8/10/2011 9:08:27 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      285

là zijC dCng

là 子鸡 dCng

noun phrase

spicy cubed young chicken

mápó dòufu

麻 pó dòufu

noun phrase

mapo tofu (tofu simmered in a spicy sauce)

noun

noodles

noun

rice (cooked rice)

noun

cow

miàn mHfàn

mH 饭

niú niú ròu

niú 肉

noun phrase

beef

niú ròu miàn

niú 肉 miàn

noun phrase

noodles with beef

qíguài

adjectival verb

strange

suAn

adjectival verb

sour

suAn là tAng

noun phrase

hot and sour soup

tAng

noun

soup

tángcù

糖醋

noun phrase

sweet and sour

xiàng

像

verb

same as, similar to, resemble

noun

pig

noun phrase

pork

verb

mistaken, wrong

zhE zhE ròu

zhE 肉

Part D

cuò díquè

的 què

adverb

indeed, actually, in fact

shàng

上

verb

put a dish (of food) on the table, bring an order at a restaurant

xiFofèi

小费

noun

tip

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 285

8/10/2011 9:08:28 AM

286      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part E

dF bAo

打包

verb + object

take home leftovers, make a “doggy bag”

dìng cAn

订餐

verb + object

order food

mFi dAn

买单

verb + object

pay the bill (Literally: buy the bill)

màn zIu

慢走

conversational expression

take your time (don’t hurry off)

rèxiàn

热线

noun phrase

hotline

shèng xià (de)

shèng 下 (的)

noun phrase

leftover (things)

Characters 饱 bFo

full

报 bào

report

报告 (bàogào) report, announce, 预报 (yùbào) forecast

川 chuAn river*

四川 (SìchuAn) Sichuan province, 川菜 (ChuAn cài) Sichuan cuisine, 川味 (ChuAn wèi) Sichuan flavor

醋 cù

vinegar

糖醋鱼 (tángcùyú) sweet and sour fish

订 dìng

reserve

预订 (yùdìng) reserve in advance

肚 dù

stomach

肚子 (dùzi) stomach

费 fèi

expense, fee

小费 (xiFofèi) tip, miFn 费 (miFn fèi) free, fù 费 (fù fèi) pay a fee

风 fBng

wind

guA 风 (guAfBng) windy, 风味 (fBngwèi) flavor of local dishes, regional flavor

附 fù

*

附近 (fùjìn) vicinity

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 286

8/10/2011 9:08:28 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      287

够 gòu

enough

换 huàn

change, exchange, convert

健 jiàn

*

健 yí 可乐 (jiàn yí kGlè) diet cola, 健身 (jiàn shBn), exercise, work out, 健身房 (jiànshBnfáng) exercise room, fitness center

紧 jHn

*

紧张 (jHnzhAng) nervous, anxious, tense

决 jué

*

决定 (juédìng) decide, determine

瓶 píng

bottle

青 qCng

green-blue

青年 (qCngnián) youth, young people, 青 dFo (QCngdFo) Tsingtao

糖 táng

sugar

糖醋鱼 (tángcùyú) sweet and sour fish

厅 tCng

*

餐厅 (cAntCng) cafeteria, dining hall, restaurant

忘 wàng

forget

味 wèi

flavor, aroma 风味 (fBngwèi) flavor of local dishes, 味道 (wèidao) flavor, 川味 (ChuAn wèi) Sichuan flavor

线 xiàn

thread, line

热线 (rèxiàn) hotline, 一号线 (yChào xiàn) Line 1, 地铁线 (dìtiG xiàn) subway line

香 xiAng

fragrant

鱼香肉 sC (yúxiAng ròusC) shredded pork in yuxiang sauce, 鱼香茄子 (yúxiAng qiézi) eggplant in yuxiang sauce

像 xiàng

resemble

好像 (hFoxiàng) seems like

迎 yíng

*

欢迎 (huAnyíng) welcome

预 yù

*

预订 (yùdìng) make a reservation, 预报 (yùbào) prediction

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 287

8/10/2011 9:08:28 AM

288      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

character: strokes

Stroke Order Flow Chart

total strokes

8 7 3

15 4 7

9 4 7

11 10 10 10 6 10 8 16 4 7

8 8 9 13 7 10

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 288

8/10/2011 9:08:36 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      289

Some Chinese place names Pinyin spelling BGijCng DDngbGi GuFngdDng QCngdFo ShAndDng ShànghFi TáibGi TáiwAn

also known as 北京 东北 GuFng 东 青 dFo 山东 上海 台北 台湾

Peking Manchuria Canton Tsingtao Shandong Shanghai Taipei Taiwan

Regional Chinese cuisines 菜 Yuè cài ChuAn cài LJ cài

Yuè 菜 川菜 LJ 菜

Cantonese cuisine Sichuan cuisine Shandong cuisine

YHnliào Beverages shuH kGlè BFishì KGlè KGkIu KGlè jiànyí kGlè XuGbì chá hóng chá huA chá l5 chá kAfBi zhC guI zhC jiJ píjiJ

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 289

水 可乐 百事可乐 可口可乐 健 yí 可乐 (健怡可乐) 雪 bì (雪碧) 茶 红茶 花茶 绿茶 咖啡 (汁) 果 zhC (果汁) 酒 pí 酒 (啤酒)

water cola Pepsi Cola Coca Cola diet cola, sugar-free cola Sprite tea red tea (black tea) jasmine tea, flower-scented tea green tea coffee juice fruit juice alcoholic beverage beer

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

290      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Chinese dishes we have learned jiFozi báicài chFo báicài qiézi yúxiAng qiézi hóngshAo qiézi jCdàn chFo jC dàn xChóng shì chFo jC dàn dòufu mápó dòufu hóngshAo dòufu jC hóngshAo jC gDngbFo jCdCng là zijC dCng ròu huí guD ròu yúxiAng ròusC niú ròu niú ròu miàn yú hóngshAo yú tángcù yú yA kFoyA BGijCng kFoyA tAng suAnlà tAng dànhuA tAng

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 290

饺子 白菜 炒白菜 茄子 鱼香茄子 红烧茄子 鸡 dàn 炒鸡 dàn (炒鸡蛋) 西红 shì 炒鸡 dàn (西红柿炒鸡蛋） (豆腐) 麻 pó dòufu (麻婆豆腐) 红烧 dòufu (红烧豆腐) 鸡 红烧鸡 gDngbFo 鸡 dCng (宫保鸡丁) là 子鸡 dCng (辣子鸡丁) 肉 回 guD 肉 (回锅肉) 鱼香肉 sC (鱼香肉丝) niú 肉 (牛肉) niú 肉 miàn (牛肉面) 鱼 红烧鱼 糖醋鱼 (鸭) (烤鸭) 北京 kFoyA (北京烤鸭) (酸辣汤) dàn 花 tAng (蛋花汤)

dumplings cabbage stir-fried cabbage eggplant eggplant with yuxiang sauce red-simmered eggplant eggs fried eggs stir-fried eggs with tomatoes tofu, beancurd mapo tofu red-simmered tofu chicken red-simmered chicken kungpao chicken spicy cubed young chicken meat, pork twice-cooked pork shredded pork in yuxiang sauce beef noodles with beef fish red-simmered fish sweet and sour fish duck roast duck Beijing roast duck soup hot and sour soup egg-drop soup

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      291

Dialogue practice  Dialogue 29A:  Working with a partner, take turns being a waiter and a diner, and make a reservation for dinner. Diner: Be sure to include the day, date, time, and number of diners in your request. If you have any additional food requests, for example, if your group has a vegetarian, include that information as well. Waiter: Tell the diner that the restaurant is already fully booked for the planned time, and negotiate with the diner about another time or date.  Dialogue 29B:  Work with a group of four or five classmates. Pretend you are at a restaurant. One of you should be the waiter, and the others are diners. Negotiate the beverage order, asking about hot and cold drinks, alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages.  Dialogue 29C:  Working with a group of four or five classmates, get a Chinese menu from the web or a local restaurant, or make your own menu of Chinese dishes. Decide what you would like to order, taking into consideration the dietary requirements of all of the members of your group.  Dialogue 29D:  Working with a small group of classmates, take turns being the waiter. Tell your waiter that he or she has made a mistake in one of the dishes and ask for the mistake to be addressed. Waiter: Decide how to respond. Then, figure out the cost of the meal and present the diners with a check. Diners: Discuss the meal and the service and decide whether to give a tip and, if so, how much to give. Decide to split the bill and figure out each person’s share.

Use and structure  29.1.  Gè V gè 的 (NP) each (subject) does/has its own  This structure is used to say that each subject does or has its own thing. 中国不同地方的菜，gè 有 gè 的特色。 (As for) the food in the different regions of China, each has its own characteristics. 每个人都 gè 有 gè 的问题、故事和麻烦。 Each person has his own problems, stories, and troubles. 下课以后，同学们 gè 回 gè 的宿舍。 After getting out of class, all of the classmates go back to their respective dorms.

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 291

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

292      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 29.2.  V 来 V 去 do an action over and over  This structure is used with action verbs, when you want to say that you are doing an action over and over in slightly different ways. Often, the action is repeated in an attempt to reach some conclusion or result. 想来想去，他决定去学校附近一家新开的四川风味的餐厅。 After thinking about it for a while, he decided to go to a newly opened Sichuan restaurant in the vicinity of the school. 说来说去，你还是没有告诉我，放假的时候为什么不想来中国旅游？ We’ve talked it over and over. You still haven’t told me: when you have your vacation, why don’t you want to come to China to travel? 说来说去你最想去的地方就是上海，对吧？ We can talk about it forever, the place you most want to go to is Shanghai, right? 小女 hái 都喜欢穿着妈妈的鞋子在家里走来走去。 Little daughters all like to walk around the house wearing their mom’s shoes.

 29.3.  V 一 V do an action for a short while  V 一 V, like the structure VV, is used when saying that a subject does some action casually for a short period of time. (See Use and Structure notes 11.2 and 28.2.) 想来想去，他决定去学校附近一家新开的四川风味的餐厅，去 cháng 一 cháng 地 道的四川菜。 After thinking about it for awhile, he decided to go to a newly opened Sichuan restaurant in the vicinity of the school and taste some authentic Sichuan food. 你非试一试这件大衣不可，我觉得穿在你身上一定很好看。 You have to try on this overcoat. I think it will definitely look very good on you.

 29.4.  除非 S1 要不然 S2 unless S1 otherwise S2  除非 unless and 要不然 otherwise are conjunctions that often occur paired in the same sentence. They occur at the beginning of their clause, before the subject, in the following structure. As you can see, in English translations, you often do not translate 要不然 when it occurs with 除非. 除非 S1 要不然 S2 对不起，現在正是客人最多的時候，除非您事先订位子了，要不然可能要等半个 小时左右。 I’m sorry, this is the time when we have the most customers. (This is our busiest time.) Unless you made a reservation in advance, you may have to wait for about half an hour.

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 292

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      293

Here are additional sentences with 除非 unless and 要不然 otherwise. 除非你已经找到工作了，要不然你最好回去跟你父母一起住，这样可以 shGng 一点钱。 Unless you have already found a job, you’d best go home and live with your parents. In this way you can save a little money. 除非你不 jiFngjiu, 要不然没有 cDng 和 jiAng，怎么做鱼 xiAng 肉 sC？ Unless you are not fussy, (otherwise) we don’t have green onions or ginger. How can we make shredded pork with yuxiang sauce? 这本书已经很旧了。除非你上网找找，要不然 kIng 怕买不到了。 This book is already old. Unless you go online to look for it, I’m afraid you won’t be able to buy it. 除非 unless and 要不然 otherwise are two of a number of connecting words that often occur in pairs. Here are additional pairs that we have learned. You may want to review their meanings and use. ■■ ■■ ■■

虽然 . . . 可是/但是 although . . . but (Use and Structure note 16.4) 因为 . . . 所以 because . . . therefore (Use and Structure note 17.5) 如果/要是 . . . 就 if . . . (then) (Use and Structure notes 18.2 and 26.7)

 29.5.  来 NP bring NP  来 is often used to say to bring something to someone, or to bring something to the speaker or reference point. It is often used this way in restaurants. In this use, 来 is an abbreviation of 拿来 bring. 先来点儿喝的吗？ Can I first bring you a little something to drink? 给我来一瓶 pí 酒吧。 Bring me a bottle of beer.

 29.6.  一 bAn on the whole, generally  一 bAn on the whole, generally is an adverb. It occurs at the beginning of a verb phrase, before the verb and any prepositional phrase associated with the verb. It is used when a statement is true for almost all of the subjects. 中国人一 bAn 不喝 bCng 茶。 Chinese people generally don’t drink cold tea. 中国父母一 bAn 不让孩子那么早就出去自己生活。 Chinese parents generally don’t let their children leave home that early to live on their own. 中国人一 bAn 不喜欢跟 yín 行 jiè 钱。 Chinese people generally don’t like to borrow money from the bank.

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 293

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

294      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 29.7.  越 ActV 越 AdjV the more ActV, the more AdjV  This structure, like the phrase 越来越 (Use and Structure note 21.1), indicates change over time. 越来越 is an intensifier. It occurs before an adjectival verb to say that something has more and more of the quality of the adjectival verb. 今天的天气越来越热。 It is getting hotter and hotter today. 那个老师的考试越来越难。 That teacher’s tests are getting harder and harder. The structure 越 ActV 越 AdjV is used to say that the more an action occurs, the more intense the quality of the adjectival verb. Là 的菜，我越吃越 ài 吃。 Spicy food, the more I eat it the more I like it. 学做中国菜刚开始很难，可是越做越容易。 When you learn how to cook Chinese food, at the beginning it is hard, but the more you cook it the easier it is.

 29.8.  QW 就 QW do an action based on some conditions  The structure QW 就 QW has a number of related meanings, based upon whether the actions involve the same subject or two different subjects, and whether they involve the same action or two different verbs, as follows. The question word that occurs in each clause is always the same.

Same subject, one verb: do as you want 你要吃什么就吃什么。 Eat whatever you want. 你要跟谁说话就跟谁说话。 Speak to whoever you want to. 谁想喝茶谁就喝茶。 Whoever wants to drink tea can drink tea.

Two different subjects, one verb: whatever S1 does, S2 does 你吃什么我就吃什么。 I’ll eat whatever you eat. 你吃多少我就吃多少。 I’ll eat as much as you eat.

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 294

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      295

One subject, two different verbs: whatever happens with the subject   in the first situation determines what the subject does in the second situation 你喜欢什么就买什么。 Whatever you like, you should buy it. (Buy whatever you like.) 你对什么有兴趣就学什么。 Whatever you are interested in, study it. (Study whatever you are interested in.) 饭馆卖什么 pí 酒我就喝什么 pí 酒。 The restaurant sells whatever beer, I’ll drink that beer. (I’ll drink whatever beer the restaurant sells.)

Two different subjects, two different verbs: whatever the first subject does,   it determines what the second subject does 你们点什么，我就吃什么。 Whatever you order, I’ll eat. 你几点钟回家我们就几点钟吃饭。 Whatever time you return home, we’ll eat. 老师什么时候进来我们就什么时候开始考试。 When the teacher comes in, we will then begin the test. 我买什么他就穿什么。 Whatever I buy, he wears. Notice that when they occur in this structure, the question words have the same meaning of every or any that we saw in the pattern QW 都/也 VP (Use and Structure note 24.1). 他什么都喜欢吃。 He likes to eat everything.

 29.9.  Negation with 都 and 一定  Negation usually has a fixed place in the verb phrase, but it may occur either before or after certain adverbs, and the position changes the meaning of the phrase. ■■

都不 none 学生都不喜欢做作业。 No student likes to do homework. (All students do not like to do homework.)

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 295

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

296      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

■■

不都 not all: some are, some are not 四川菜不都是 là 的。 Not all Sichuan dishes are spicy. 美国人不都是黄头发、蓝 yFnjing。 Americans are not all blond(e)-haired and blue-eyed.

■■

一定+ NEG definitely not 他不喜欢 guàng 街，所以一定不会 péi 你们去。 He doesn’t like to go shopping, so he definitely won’t accompany you. 你这么忙，明天一定没有时间来找我。 You are so busy, you certainly won’t have time to come see me tomorrow. DiE 相机的事，一定不能让我妈妈知道。 (As for) the matter of losing the camera, (I) definitely can’t let my mother know (about it).

■■

不一定 not necessarily 飞机票不一定比火车票贵。 Airplane tickets are not necessarily more expensive than train tickets. 跟旅行社订飞机票不一定比上网买贵。 Making an airplane reservation through a travel agency is not necessarily more expensive than buying a ticket through the internet.

 29.10.  VV 看 do an action and see  To say that you will do an action and see what happens, say: VV 看 先吃吃看，不够再说。 Let’s eat and see. If it isn’t enough, we can talk about it again. 你穿穿看，不喜欢我们就不买。 Try it on and see. If you don’t like it, we won’t buy it. 你喝喝看，好喝我们就再点一 bBi。 Drink it and see what it’s like. If it is good we’ll order another glass.

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 296

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      297

Sentence pyramids 1. jiéshù jiéshù 了 春假 jiéshù 了。 2. 作业 做不完的作业 有做不完的作业 同学都有做不完的作业 每个同学都有做不完的作业。 3. 报告 写报告 让我们写报告 老师让我们写报告。 4. dú 书 到美国去 dú 书 很多中国学生到美国去 dú 书。

conclude concluded Spring vacation is over. homework homework that (they) are unable to finish have homework that (they) are unable to finish the classmates all have homework that they are unable to finish Every student has homework that he is unable to finish. report write report make us write reports ________________________________ study go to America to study A lot of Chinese students go to America to study.

5. liáo 天 liáo liao 天 吃饭，liáo liao 天 一起去吃饭，liáo liao 天 yuB 了几个同学一起去吃饭， liáo liao 天 我 yuB 了几个同学一起去吃饭， liáo liao 天。

chat chat eat, chat get together to eat and chat made arrangements with a few classmates to get together to eat and chat ________________________________ ________________________________

6. 一下 放 sDng 一下 得放 sDng 一下 你太紧张，得放 sDng 一下。

a bit relax a bit have to relax a bit ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 297

(audio online)

8/10/2011 9:08:37 AM

298      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

7. 风味 很多不同的风味 中国菜有很多不同的风味。 8. 很多 餐馆很多 不同风味的餐馆很多 学校附近不同风味的餐馆很多。

9. 兴趣 ài 好和兴趣 gè 有 gè 的 ài 好和兴趣 我的朋友，gè 有 gè 的 ài 好和兴趣。 10. 拿手菜 特色和拿手菜 gè 有 gè 的特色和拿手菜

local flavor a lot of different local flavors ________________________________ a lot there are a lot of restaurants there are a lot of restaurants with different local flavors In the vicinity of the school there are a lot of restaurants with different local flavors. interest hobbies and interests each has his own hobbies and interests ________________________________

中国饭馆，gè 有 gè 的特色和 拿手菜。

special dishes characteristics and special dishes each has its own characteristics and special dishes ________________________________ ________________________________

11. 菜 GuFng 东风味的菜 Yuè 菜是 GuFng 东风味的菜。

cuisine food with local Cantonese flavor ________________________________

12. 四川风味的菜 川菜是四川风味的菜。

food with local Sichuan flavor ________________________________

13. 山东风味的菜 LJ 菜是山东风味的菜。

food with local Shandong flavor ________________________________

14. 拿手菜 那家饭馆的拿手菜 GDng bFo 鸡 dCng 是那家饭馆的 拿手菜。

specialty dish that restaurant’s specialty dish ________________________________ ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 298

8/10/2011 9:08:38 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      299

15. 餐馆 附近的餐馆 他决定去学校附近的餐馆。 16. 位子 订了位子 打了电话、订了位子 给餐馆打了电话、订了位子

restaurant restaurant in the vicinity ________________________________

他事先给餐馆打了电话、 订了位子。

seat reserve seats (a table) made a phone call and reserved a table phoned the restaurant and reserved a table ________________________________ ________________________________

17. 拿手 最拿手 哪些菜最拿手 他问服务员哪些菜最拿手。

special (dish) most special (dish) which dishes are the most special ________________________________

18. 四川菜 地道的四川菜 cháng 一 cháng 地道的四川菜 我们想 cháng 一 cháng 地道的 四川菜。

Sichuan cuisine authentic Sichuan food taste authentic Sichuan food ________________________________ ________________________________

19. 左右 半个小时左右 要等半个小时左右 要不然可能要等半个小时左右 事先订位子了，要不然可能要等 半个小时左右 除非您事先订位子了，要不然可能 要等半个小时左右。 20. 预订位子 XìngkuC 你预订位子了。

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 299

approximately, about approximately half an hour have to wait about half an hour otherwise perhaps have to wait about half an hour first make reservation, otherwise perhaps have to wait about half an hour Unless you make a reservation in advance, perhaps you will have to wait about half an hour. make an advance reservation Luckily you made an advance reservation.

8/10/2011 9:08:38 AM

300      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

21. è 又 kG 又 è 我现在又 kG 又 è。

hungry both thirsty and hungry ________________________________

22. “青 dFo”pí 酒 “五星”pí 酒和“青 dFo”pí 酒 我们有“五星”pí 酒和 “青dFo”pí 酒。

Tsingtao beer Five Star beer and Tsingtao beer ________________________________ ________________________________

23. yHnliào 别的 yHnliào 你们有什么别的 yHnliào？

beverage other beverage What other beverages do you have?

24. 果 zhC 和茶 雪 bì、果 zhC 和茶 可口可乐、百事可乐、雪 bì、 果 zhC 和茶 我们有可口可乐、百事可乐、 雪 bì、果 zhC 和茶。

fruit juice and tea Sprite, fruit juice, and tea Coca Cola, Pepsi Cola, Sprite, fruit juice, and tea ________________________________ ________________________________

25. bCng 茶 不喝 bCng 茶 一 bAn 不喝 bCng 茶 中国人一 bAn 不喝 bCng 茶。

iced tea not drink iced tea generally do not drink iced tea ________________________________

26. 热的 都是热的 绿茶、花茶，我们都有，都是热的 红茶、绿茶、花茶，我们都有， 都是热的。 27. 热茶 我不想喝热茶 这么热的天，我不想喝热茶。

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 300

hot all are hot green tea, jasmine tea, we have them both, and they are both hot ________________________________ ________________________________ hot tea I don’t want to drink hot tea On such a hot day as this, I don’t want to drink hot tea.

8/10/2011 9:08:38 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      301

28. 一 bBi bCng 红茶 给我来一 bBi bCng 红茶吧。

one glass of iced black tea ________________________________

29. 健 yí 可乐 喝健 yí 可乐 我们都喝健 yí 可乐。

diet cola drink diet cola ________________________________

30. 点菜 他们就点菜了 看了菜单以后他们就点菜了。

select dishes they selected dishes ________________________________

31. ài 吃 越吃越 ài 吃 我越吃越 ài 吃 Là 的菜我越吃越 ài 吃。 32. qíguài 吃法很 qíguài 外国人的吃法很 qíguài

love to eat more eat more love to eat the more I eat (it) the more I love to eat (it) ________________________________

中国人觉得外国人的吃法很 qíguài。

strange way of eating is very strange the foreigner’s way of eating is very strange ________________________________

33. là 不 là 这个菜 là 不 là 我 cháng cháng 看这个菜 là 不 là。

spicy or not is this dish spicy or not ________________________________

34. 吃什么 你们点什么，我就吃什么。

eat what Whatever you order, I will eat.

35. là 的 不都是 là 的 四川菜不都是 là 的。

spicy not all is spicy ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 301

8/10/2011 9:08:38 AM

302      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

36. 都不 cuò 回 guD 肉、糖醋鱼都不 cuò

这家餐馆的 là 子鸡 dCng、 鱼香肉sC、回 guD 肉、 糖醋鱼都不 cuò。

all are not bad twice-cooked pork, sweet and sour fish are both not bad spicy cubed young chicken, shredded pork with yuxiang sauce, twicecooked pork, sweet and sour fish are all not bad ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________

37. 一样有名 五星 pí 酒和青 dFo pí 酒一样 有名 五星 pí 酒和青 dFo pí 酒一样 有名吗？

equally famous Five Star beer and Tsingtao beer are equally famous ________________________________ ________________________________

là 子鸡 dCng、鱼香肉 sC、 回 guD 肉、糖醋鱼都不 cuò

38. 鱼香茄子 不像鱼香茄子 这个茄子的味道不像鱼香茄子。 39. 吃坏了 把肚子吃坏了 像上次把肚子吃坏了 我不要像上次把肚子吃坏了。 40. là 又 suAn 又 là SuAn là tAng 又 suAn 又 là。 41. miàn 吃 miàn 吃饭还是吃 miàn 你们吃饭还是吃 miàn？

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 302

eggplant with yuxiang sauce does not resemble eggplant with yuxiang sauce ________________________________ make bad by eating messed up my stomach by eating like last time messed up my stomach by eating I do not want to mess up my stomach by eating like last time. spicy both sour and spicy Hot and sour soup is both sour and spicy. noodles eat noodles eat rice or noodles ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:08:38 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      303

42. miàn niú 肉 miàn 红烧 niú 肉 miàn 一 wFn 红烧 niú 肉 miàn 我们点一 wFn 红烧 niú 肉 miàn。

noodles noodles with beef noodles with red-simmered beef one bowl of noodles with red-simmered beef ________________________________

43. 拿 cuò 了 的 què 是我拿 cuò 了 这个菜的 què 是我拿 cuò 了。

took it incorrectly in fact I took it incorrectly ________________________________

44. 买单 我们都吃好了。买单。 45. 打包 请帮我们打包 Shèng 下的菜请帮我们打包。

pay the bill/give me the check We’ve finished eating. Give me the check. wrap up (leftovers), make a doggy bag please help us to wrap up the leftovers As for the leftover food, please help us wrap it up.

46. 小费 不给小费 在中国饭馆吃饭不给小费。

tip not give a tip ________________________________

47. 电话 热线电话 订餐热线电话 这是我们的订餐热线电话。

telephone telephone hotline telephone hotline for ordering food ________________________________

48. 再来 下次再来 欢迎下次再来。

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 303

come again come again next time You are welcome to come again next time.

8/10/2011 9:08:38 AM

304      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Language FAQs The spelling of Chinese names: Qingdao or Tsingtao?  Doufu or tofu? Why are some Chinese names and places spelled differently in English from their Pinyin spellings? The reason has to do with the history of the Romanization of Chinese words. Westerners have been using the alphabet to spell out or “Romanize” Chinese words for centuries, and a number of Romanization systems were popular before Pinyin became the standard in the 1950s in mainland China. One of the most widespread systems was called the Wade-Giles system, and many Chinese words entered English with their Wade-Giles spellings. The Wade-Giles system differed from Pinyin in a number of ways. Some of the most notable were its spelling of the sounds that in Pinyin are spelled b, d, and g. In the Wade-Giles system these sounds are spelled as p, t, and k. So, for example, the word spelled dòufu in Pinyin begins with a “t” (tofu) in the Wade-Giles system, and gDngbFo 鸡 dCng is spelled with a “k” and a “p” (kungpao or kungpau). In the Wade-Giles system, QCngdFo is spelled with a “ts” followed by an apostrophe: Ts’ingtao.

What’s in a name? 可口可乐, 百事可乐, 雪 bì 可口可乐, 百事可乐, and 雪 bì are brand names for Western products sold in China. They illustrate a common strategy for giving Western products Chinese names: Create a name for the product that sounds like its Western name but which means something good in Chinese. The Chinese names of these three products are very good. 可口可乐 and 百事可乐 are the names for two brands of 可乐; that is, cola. What does 可乐 mean? It means can make you happy, not a bad name for a type of beverage. 可口可乐 means you can drink it and it can make you happy. 百事可乐 means it can make you happy in 100 ways, or when you are doing any one of 100 different tasks (that is, when you are doing anything). 雪 bì means snow (雪) and blue-green jade (bì). Bì refers to the color of the Sprite bottle. 雪 suggests that the beverage can make you cool on a hot day. Despite the fact that Chinese people traditionally did not drink cold beverages, the introduction of foreign products like Coke, Pepsi, and Sprite, along with the use of refrigerators, is changing the drinking habits of Chinese people, and many people enjoy a cold drink, perhaps not with a meal, but at other times of the day when the weather is hot.

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 304

8/10/2011 9:08:39 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      305

Cuò mistake and 不 cuò not bad Use the word cuò to say that something is mistaken or incorrect. 你 cuò 了。 You are wrong. Cuò also occurs as a resultative verb ending. You can use it when you want to say that an action is done incorrectly. 服务员拿 cuò 了菜。 The waiter brought the wrong dish. 我把那个字写 cuò 了。 I wrote that character wrong. The expression 不 cuò means not bad, and like the expression not bad in English, it is generally used as praise. When Dawei says 这个饭馆的菜真不 cuò, he means that he likes the food that the restaurant serves.

试 try and cháng taste, try 试 means to try to do some action or to try on clothing. Cháng means to taste something in the sense of trying out the flavor. Because it means to try out a flavor, cháng can sometimes be translated into English as try. Keep in mind that if you are trying out a flavor, you use the verb cháng, but when you are trying an action or trying on clothes, you use the verb 试.

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 305

8/10/2011 9:08:40 AM

306      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Notes on Chinese culture Eating out Chinese style Usually when Chinese people share a meal in a restaurant, they get food and beverages for the whole table and share. That is what these classmates have done with their food. Dawei is acting very American by ordering a bottle of beer just for himself. Since Dawei and Guoqiang are both drinking beer, it would be more appropriate if they ordered two bottles for the table and shared them. Guoqiang has organized this meal and is paying better attention to the needs of the other diners, finding out about beverage options so that the other diners get to drink what they want. We don’t know if Guoqiang is hosting this dinner party or if he has just organized it. If he is hosting it, he will also pay the bill. This is the customary procedure when eating out in China. However, since all of the diners in this group are students, they may have agreed to split the bill.

What kind of meat? 肉 means meat, but it usually refers to pork. Dishes such as 回 guD 肉 and 鱼香 肉 sC, for example, are made with pork, even though pork is not specified in the name of the dish. To make clear the type of meat, place the animal name before the word 肉: niú 肉 beef, zhE 肉 pork, 鸡肉 chicken, etc.

To tip or not to tip If you eat in a hotel restaurant in China, you will probably be charged a service fee of 10% to 15% in addition to the price of your meal. Otherwise, you do not leave a tip at the end of a meal. There is no tipping in Taiwan either. Instead, in formal restaurants, a service fee of 10% is generally added to the bill. Casual eateries do not add a service fee.

Paying the bill: 买单 pay the bill and mái 单 bury the bill In some parts of China, including Beijing, to request the check at the end of your meal you may say either 买单 pay the bill or mái 单 bury the bill. The expression mái 单 bury the bill originated in Hong Kong.

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 306

8/10/2011 9:08:42 AM

Lesson 29  第二十九课 在饭馆吃饭  Eating in a restaurant      307

Lesson 29 Narrative in English Spring vacation is over. The tense life of studying has begun. Every student has homework that they cannot finish, papers that they cannot finish, and a never-ending series of exams. In order to get everyone to relax, Xie Guoqiang has arranged with several classmates to get together to eat and chat this weekend. There are a lot of different kinds of restaurants in the vicinity of the school: Shandong cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Cantonese cuisine, etc., each with its own special characteristics. After thinking it over, he decided to go to a newly opened Sichuan restaurant in the vicinity of the school to taste authentic Sichuan food. First he phoned the Sichuan restaurant, made a reservation, and in addition he asked them which dishes were their specialties.

Dialogue in English Part A Waiter: Excuse me, how many people are there in your party? Guoqiang: Six. Waiter: I’m sorry, this is our busiest time. Unless you made a reservation in advance, you may have to wait around a half hour or so. Guoqiang: I made a reservation. 7:30, my name is Xie, six people. Waiter: Let me look. Yes, you called the day before yesterday. Okay, please come with me. Dawei: It’s lucky that you made a reservation. Right now I am both thirsty and hungry. I don’t think I could wait a half an hour.

Part B Waiter: Dawei: Waiter: Dawei: Guoqiang: Waiter: Meili: Waiter: Meili: Waiter: Meili: Waiter:

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 307

Should I first bring a little something to drink? Do you have beer? We have Five Star beer and Tsingtao (Qingdao) beer. Bring me a bottle of Tsingtao. What about the rest of you? Bring me a bottle of Tsingtao beer as well. They don’t drink alcohol. What other beverages do you have? Coca Cola, Pepsi Cola, Sprite, fruit juice, and tea. Bring me a glass of iced black (red) tea. We don’t have iced tea. Chinese people generally don’t drink cold things. Black tea, green tea, jasmine tea, we have them all, and they are all hot. On such a hot day I don’t want to drink hot tea. Do you have diet cola? Yes. I want a big bottle, and also bring me some ice cubes. Both (all) of us will drink diet cola. Okay. Here is the menu. First give it a look. I’ll go and get your drinks.

8/10/2011 9:08:42 AM

308      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part C Guoqiang: This restaurant is a Sichuan restaurant. The dishes are very authentic. Dawei: I like Sichuan food all right, but it is too spicy. I don’t want it to be like last time when I messed up my stomach by eating (it). However, now that I think of it, it is strange: the more I eat spicy food the more I like it. Whatever you order I’ll eat. Guoqiang: We can have them put in a little less hot spice. In addition, not all Sichuan food is hot. There are also dishes that aren’t spicy. Youwen: Do you know which dishes are their specialties? Guoqian: Their spicy, cubed young chicken, shredded pork with yuxiang sauce, twice-cooked pork, and sweet and sour fish are all not bad. Dawei: Then let’s order these dishes. We’ll order a bowl of hot and sour soup. Meili: Can you change the shredded pork with yuxiang sauce for an eggplant with yuxiang sauce? Guoqiang: Of course we can. We all know you really like eggplant with yuxiang sauce. Now there are four dishes (and that is not enough). Let’s order two more. Youwen: Sichuan’s kungpao chicken and mapo tofu are both very famous. What about these two? Dawei: Also beef noodles. I want to taste how they cook their Sichuan beef noodles. Guoqiang: Okay. I think that’s enough. We have chicken, fish, beef, and pork. We also want a few bowls of rice. Let’s eat and see. If there isn’t enough we can order something later. Waiter, we are ready to place our order.

Part D Youwen:

Waiter:

Youwen: Dawei:

Meili:

Waiter, we ordered eggplant with yuxiang sauce. The flavor of this eggplant dish is not (does not resemble) eggplant with yuxiang sauce. Take a look to see if it is a mistake. I’m really sorry. In fact, I took the wrong dish. This is simmered eggplant. How about this, I’ll just give you this dish and won’t charge you for it. I’ll bring you an eggplant with yuxiang sauce right away. Thank you. Meili, you do love to eat eggplant, right? One order of simmered eggplant, one order of eggplant with yuxiang sauce should be enough for now. Don’t forget to give a slightly bigger tip when we finish eating. Have you forgotten? When you eat in a restaurant in China you don’t leave a tip.

Part E Guoqiang: Waiter, we’ve finished eating. Bring the check. And bring us a doggy bag. (Help us pack up the leftovers.) Waiter: Okay. I’ll be right there. Dawei: The food in this restaurant is really not bad. I’ve eaten too much. (I’ve eaten until I am too full.) Youwen: It looks to me that you are so full that you almost can’t walk. Waiter: Here is the phone number for our hotline for ordering food. Take your time. Please come again. (We welcome you to come again.)

9780415472500_Textbook_L29.indd 308

8/10/2011 9:08:42 AM

第三十课  谈中国语言 

Talking about the Chinese  language Culture and communication goals ■ ■ ■ ■

Talk about some of the features of Chinese language Learn about Chinese dialects and differences between dialects and Mandarin, China’s standard language Talk about strengths and weaknesses Describe the way that actions are performed

Key structures

NP1 叫作 NP2 NP1 is called NP2 jC 本上 basically, on the whole NP 分成 X NP is divided into X number of parts NP 之间 within NP, among NP subject 把 NP1 V 作 NP2 subject considers NP1 to be NP2 所 V 的 (NP) and noun descriptions 长 chu strengths and duFnchu weaknesses wúlùn + QW no matter (who, what, when, where, what quality, how) 难怪 no wonder jíshH even if, even though describing situations: AdjV AdjV 地 + VP 到 chù 都是 NP NP are everywhere 看 depend upon

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 309

8/10/2011 9:05:28 AM

310

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Narrative

(CD2: 62)

中国有一个标准的语言。现 dài 汉语的标准语在中国大 lù 叫作 PJ 通话，在台湾 叫作国语。PJ 通话和国语 jC 本上是一样的。除了标准语以外，中国还有很多 方言。汉语的方言 jC 本上可以分成七个。如果你只会说 PJ 通话，有的方言你 可以听懂一些，有的你完全听不懂。有些方言之间的差别跟英语和德语之间的 差别一样大。所有这些讲不同方言的人都把自己看作是中国人。因为这些方言 在语法上相同，所以他们说的是汉语的不同方言，而不是不同的语言。另外， 虽然各地方的发音不同，但是大家写的字都是一样的，都是我们所学的汉字。 汉字的长 chu 是 wúlùn 你说什么方言，你所看的和你所写的都是一样的。汉字的 duFnchu，对我们外国学生来说，就是书写和发音没有直接的关系。

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 310

8/10/2011 9:05:30 AM

Lesson 30

第三十课 谈中国语言

Talking about the Chinese language

311

Dialogue Dawei asks his teacher about Chinese dialects and the Chinese writing system.

(CD2: 63–64)

Part A 大为： 老师，昨天我们去一家饭馆吃饭。服务员跟我们说的话，我差不多都能 听懂，可是他们 hù 相说的话，我连一 jù 都没听懂。 老师： 他们说的可能是方言。中国的地方很大，有很多方言。不同的方言 zhJ 要是语音和 shBngdiào 上的不同。语法和 cíhuì 虽然也有不同的地方， 但是差别不大。比方说，我们学的汉语有四个 shBngdiào，那就是我们 学的“四 shBng”，但是有的方言有七、八个 shBngdiào。所以，有的 方言你可以听懂一些，有的你就完全听不懂了。 大为： 难怪我听不懂他们说的。我 cAi 他们说的是 GuFng 东话。

Part B 大为： 老师，PJ 通话跟北京话一样吗？ 老师： PJ 通话跟北京话在很多地方上的发音是一样的，但是 PJ 通话并不等于 北京话。北京话里的一些发音和 cíhuì 在 PJ 通话里没有。 大为： 以后我们 xE 要不 xE 要学方言呢？ 老师： Qí 实不 xE 要。虽然在中国不同的地方人们讲不同的方言，但是他们都 会说 PJ 通话。JíshH 小孩子小的时候只会讲方言，上学以后也就开始学 PJ 通话了。 大为： 这就是说“学会 PJ 通话，走 biàn 天下都不怕”了。 老师： 没错，所以你要好好儿地学 PJ 通话。

Part C 大为： 小王说他去年 shJ 假去台湾的时候，到 chù 都是 fán 体字。我知道 fán 体字和简体字有相同的地方也有不同的地方，到底哪一个比较好呢？ 老师： 简体字和 fán 体字，各有各的好 chu。很难说哪个比较好。比方说， 写简体字笔 huà 少、省时间、可是很多人认为 fán 体字比较漂亮也 容易认。想学哪个，完全看你自己的 xE 要。现在中国大 lù 用简体字， 而台湾用 fán 体字。中国的汉字有几千年的 lìshH，对附近的国家影 xiFng 也很大。

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 311

8/10/2011 9:05:32 AM

312

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part D 大为： 说到汉字对附近国家的影 xiFng，我还有一问题。日语里边也有汉字。 那些字和中文字有什么关系？ 老师： 日文和中文是两个完全不同的语言。两千多年以前，日语没有文字。 他们从汉语里借了很多汉字来写自己的语言。日本人把借来的字叫 做“Kanji”。日文中的“Kanji”用汉字写出来就是“汉字”这两个字。 大为： Yuán 来如 cH。

Vocabulary Narrative biAozhJn yJ(yán)

标准语(言)

noun phrase

standard language

chAbié

差别

noun

difference

chángchu

长 chu

noun

strength

dà lù

大 lù

noun

mainland (China)

DéyJ

德语

proper noun

German language

noun

weakness, shortcoming

duFnchu fAngyán

方言

noun

dialect

fAyCn

发音

noun

pronunciation

fBnchéng

分成

resultative verb

divide into

GuóyJ

国语

noun phrase

national language, Mandarin

HànyJ

汉语

proper noun

Chinese language

jiàozuò

叫作/叫做

resultative verb

called, is called

jCbGn

jC 本

adjective

basic, fundamental

jCbGnshàng

jC 本上

adverb

basically, on the whole

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 312

8/10/2011 9:05:32 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    313

pJtDng

pJ 通

adjectival verb

ordinary, common

PJtDnghuà

PJ 通话

noun phrase

common language, Mandarin

shExiG

书写

noun verb

writing write

adverb

completely

sentence adverb

no matter

wánquán

完全

wúlùn xiàndài

现 dài

noun

present day, modern times

YCngyJ

英语

proper noun

English language

yJyán

语言

noun

language

zhCjiAn

之间

noun phrase

between

zhíjiB

直接

adjective;

direct; directly

adverb

Dialogue Part A

cAi

verb

guess

cíhuì

noun

vocabulary

adjective; adverb

mutual; mutually, among each other

classifier

unit of speech, word, sentence

adverb

no wonder

noun

tone, tune

hùxiAng

hù 相

jù nánguài

难怪

shBngdiào sìshBng

四 shBng

noun phrase

tones of Mandarin (four tones)

yJyCn

语音

noun

pronunciation of a word or character

zhJyào

zhJ 要

adjectival verb

primary, important

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 313

8/10/2011 9:05:33 AM

314    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Part B

hFohAo(r) de

好好(儿) 地

jíshH

adverbial

well, do something well

phrase conjunction

even though, even if

qíshí

qí 实

sentence adverb

in fact

xuéhuì PJtDnghuà, zIu biàn tiAnxià dDu bù pà

学会 PJ 通话，走 biàn 天下 都不怕

proverb

If you speak Mandarin, you can go anywhere. (Literally: If you learn Mandarin, no matter where on earth (under heaven) you go, you need not be afraid.)

xEyào

xE 要

noun; verb

need

bHhuà

笔 huà

noun

strokes (in a Chinese character)

dàochù

到 chù

noun

everywhere

fántHzì

fán 体字

noun

traditional characters

hFochu

好 chu

noun

good points

jiFntHzì

简体字

noun phrase

simplified characters

lìshH

历史

noun

history

yHngxiFng

影 xiFng

noun; verb

influence

guójiA

国家

noun

country

wénzì

文字

noun phrase

script, writing system

yuánlái

yuán 来

adverb

originally, at first, it turns out to be the case

yuánlái rú cH

yuán 来 如 cH

fixed expression

that explains it, so that’s the reason

Part C

Part D

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 314

8/10/2011 9:05:33 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    315

Characters 笔 bH

pen

笔 huà (bHhuà) strokes (in a character)

标 biAo

*

标准 (biAozhJn) standard

成 chéng become, turn into 分成 (fBnchéng) divide into, qiB 成 (qiBchéng) cut into, 成 jì (chéng jì) grades (in school)

错 cuò

mistake, error

不错 (bùcuò) not bad, pretty good

德 dé

*

德国 (Déguó) Germany, 德语 (DéyJ) German language

底 dH

*

到底 (dàodH) in fact, after all

各 gè

each

各有各的 (gè yIu gè de) each has its own

怪 guài

*

难怪 (nánguài) no wonder, qí 怪 (qí guài) strange

孩 hái

child

孩子 (háizi) child

既 jì

both

既 AdjV1 又 AdjV2 (jì AdjV1 yòu AdjV2) both AdjV1 and AdjV2

简 jiFn

*

简单 (jiFndAn) simple, 简体字 (jiFntHzì) simplified characters

讲 jiFng

speak

讲 jiu (jiFngjiu) fussy

借 jiè

borrow, loan

接 jiB

pick up a guest

直接 (zhíjiB) direct, directly

省 shGng save

省下 (shGngxià) left-over, remainder

台 tái

*

台湾 (TáiwAn) Taiwan

题 tí

*

问题 (wèntí) question, problem

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 315

8/10/2011 9:05:33 AM

316

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

通 tDng

*

pJ 通 (pJtDng) ordinary, common, jiAo 通 (jiAotDng) communications, transportation

湾 wAn

bay

台湾 (TáiwAn) Taiwan

言 yán

*

语言 (yJyán) language, 方言 (fAngyán) dialect, 一言为定 (yC yán wéi dìng) it’s a deal, that’s settled

语 yJ

language*

语法 (yJfF) grammar, 语言 (yJyán) language, 汉语 (HànyJ) Chinese language, 英语 (YCngyJ) English language, 德语 (DéyJ) German language

之 zhC

*

之间 (zhCjiAn) between, 四分之一 (sì fBn zhC yC) 1/4

character: strokes

Stroke Order Flow Chart

total strokes

10 9 6 13 15 8 6 8 9 9

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 316

8/10/2011 9:05:35 AM

Lesson 30 第三十课 谈中国语言

Talking about the Chinese language

317

13 6 10 11 9 5 15 10 12 7 9 3

Dialogue practice  Dialogue 30A:  Make a list of Mandarin words that you have learned in each of the four tones. Present your list to your classmates in Chinese.  Dialogue 30B:  Working with a partner, interview teachers or other Chinese acquaintances to find out what dialect of Chinese they speak. Make a list of a few words that are pronounced differently in their dialect and in PJ 通话 and describe your findings to your classmates.  Dialogue 30C:  Using Chinese dictionaries, prepare a list of ten characters that are the same in the traditional and simplified sets of characters, and a list of ten characters that are different in traditional and simplified form. Share your findings with your classmates.  Dialogue  30D:  Working with partner, using a Japanese print or online dictionary, explore the Japanese pronunciation of the following words: 电话, 先生, 学校, 图书馆, 大学。Japan borrowed Chinese pronunciation when it borrowed these characters almost 2,000 years ago. What does the Japanese pronunciation suggest about the Chinese pronunciation of these words 2,000 years ago?

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 317

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

318    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Use and structure  30.1.  NP1 叫作(叫做) NP2 NP1 is called NP2  To say that something is called some name, use the following structure: NP1 叫作 NP2 现 dài 汉语的标准语在中国大 lù 叫作 PJ 通话，在台湾叫作国语。 In mainland China, the modern standard language is called “Putonghua” (the Common Language). In Taiwan, it is called “Guoyu” (the National Language). 爸爸的爸爸叫做 yéye。 The father of (your) dad is called (your) grandpa. 有些人把简体字叫做简化字，把 fán 体字叫做正体字。 Some people call jifnth zì (simplified characters) “jifnhuàzì”, and they call fánth zì (traditional characters) “zhèngthzì” (the standard form of characters). GuFng 东菜也叫做 Yuè 菜。 Cantonese food is also called “Yue” cuisine. See also Use and Structure note 30.5.

 30.2.  JC 本上 basically, on the whole  JC 本上 basically, on the whole is an adverb. It occurs at the beginning of a verb phrase, before any prepositional phrases. PJ 通话和国语 jC 本上是一样的。 Putonghua and Guoyu are basically the same. 汉语的方言 jC 本上可以分成七个。 Chinese dialects basically can be divided into seven groups. 我们两个人 jC 本上想法非常不一样。 The two of us have fundamentally different viewpoints. 这里的天气 jC 本上都很 nuFn 和。 The weather here is basically very warm.

 30.3.  NP 分成 X NP is divided into X number of parts  To say that something is divided into a number of parts or pieces, say: NP 分成 X 汉语的方言 jC 本上可以分成七个。 Chinese dialects basically can be divided into seven groups.

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 318

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    319

我的学生可以分成几种：有的为了有一个好成 jì 而来学中文，有的是因为喜欢 中文，有的是爸爸妈妈让他们来学的。 I can divide my students into several types: some study Chinese in order to get good grades, some are there because they like Chinese, and some are there because their parents make them study it.

 30.4.  NP 之间 within NP, among NP  To say within or among a group of people, places, or things, use the structure NP 之间. The character 之 is the one used in expressing fractions and percentages in the structure we learned in Lesson 28, and also the character used in the name of the International Student House presented in Lesson 28: 国际学生之家酒店. 有些方言之间的差别跟英语和德语之间的差别一样大。 The difference among some dialects is as great as the difference between English and German. 朋友之间，要多 hù 相帮助。 Among friends you should mutually help each other a lot. 这是你跟我之间的事情，不 xE 要告诉别人。 This is a matter between you and me. You don’t need to tell anyone else. 你应该 chèn 两次考试之间好好地用功 dú 书，这样下次考试就会考得好一点。 You should take advantage of the time between the two tests to study diligently. This way, next time you will do a little better in the test.

 30.5.  Subject 把 NP1 V 作 NP2 Subject considers NP1 to be NP2  In this expression, NP1 and NP2 can be people, places, or things. The two verbs we have learned that can be used in this structure are 看 see and 叫 call, be called. Subject 把 NP1 看作 NP2 means: Subject sees NP1 as NP2. 所有这些讲不同方言的人都把自己看作是中国人。 All of the people who speak these different dialects consider themselves to be Chinese. 我在美国住了二十五年，所以已经把这里看作是自己的家了。 I’ve lived in the United States for twenty-five years, so I already consider this place to be my home. Subject 把 NP1 叫作 NP2 means: Subject calls NP1 NP2. 台湾人把现 dài 汉语的标准语叫作国语。 People from Taiwan call modern standard Chinese “Guoyu” (the National Language). See also Use and Structure note 30.1.

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 319

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

320    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 30.6.  所 V 的 (NP) and noun descriptions  In noun descriptions where the description involves a verb, the verb may be preceded by 所. 所 V 的 is a formal structure and is more common in written texts than in speech. 他们写的字都是一样的，都是我们所学的汉字。 The characters that they write are the same. They are the Chinese characters that we are studying. 你所看的和你所写的都是一样的。 What you read and what you write are the same. To review noun descriptions where the description includes a verb, see Use and Structure note 18.3. 她所说的都是真的。 What she said is all true. 我所做的这些事都是为了你。 Everything that I have done is for you.

 30.7.  长 chu strengths and duFnchu weaknesses  The nouns 长 chu strength and duFnchu weakness are composed of the adjectival verbs 长 long and duFn short followed by the suffix chù. 汉字的长 chu 是 wúlùn 你说什么方言，你所看的和你所写的都是一样的。 The strength of Chinese characters is, no matter what dialect you speak, what you read and what you write is identical. 汉字的 duFnchu 就是书写和发音没有直接的关系。 The shortcoming of Chinese characters is that the written form and the pronunciation have no direct connection. 这个工作的 duFnchu 是工作的地方离我家太远。 The negative side of this job is that the workplace is far from my home. Chù can be used in this way to form other nouns that refer to qualities. Here are some examples. 好 chu advantage, good points 坏 chu disadvantage, harm 难 chu difficulty 用 chu use, application

 30.8.  Wúlùn + QW no matter (who, what, when, where, what quality, how)  Wúlùn is used to express the meaning no matter (who, what, when, where, what quality, how). Wúlùn occurs at the beginning of a sentence or clause that contains a question or question word.

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 320

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    321

Wúlùn can be used when talking about the subject, object, time phrase, location, or method of doing an action. Here are examples of each. ■■

no matter who: wúlùn 谁 这个菜特别容易做，wúlùn 谁做都能做好。 This dish is easy to cook. Whoever cooks it will cook it well.

■■

no matter what object: wúlùn 什么 汉字的长 chu 是 wúlùn 你说什么方言，你所看的和你所写的都是一样的。 The strength of Chinese characters is, no matter what dialect you speak, what you read and what you write is identical.

■■

no matter when: wúlùn 什么时候 有手机的坏 chu 是，wúlùn 什么时候，别人都能找到你。 The disadvantage of using a cell phone is that no matter what time it is, people can find you.

■■

no matter where: wúlùn 哪儿 / wúlùn 什么地方 Wúlùn 你去哪儿都别忘了给我写 xìn。 No matter where you go, don’t forget to write me.

■■

no matter what quality: wúlùn 怎么样 Wúlùn 明天天气怎么样，我们都去爬山。 No matter what the weather is like tomorrow, we will go mountain climbing.

■■

no matter how: wúlùn 怎么做 这门课的考试太难了。Wúlùn 我怎么 fù 习，都考得不好。 The tests in this class are too difficult. No matter how much I review, I don’t do well on tests.

 30.9.  难怪 no wonder  难怪 no wonder is a sentence adverb. It occurs at the beginning of the sentence, before the subject. 他们说的可能是方言。难怪我听不懂。 They were probably speaking a dialect. No wonder I didn’t understand. 昨天那么冷，你连大衣都没有穿就出去了，难怪你会 gFn mào。 It was so cold yesterday and you went out without even wearing a coat. No wonder you’ve caught a cold. 我们只有三个人，你点了五个菜，难怪吃不完。 There are only three of us and you ordered five dishes. No wonder we can’t eat it all.

 30.10.  JíshH S1 也 VP/S2 even if, even though  This structure can be translated into English as even if or even though. JíshH is a sentence adverb and occurs at the beginning of the sentence before the subject of the first clause. 也

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 321

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

322    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

generally occurs before the verb phrase of the second clause. JíshH S1 也 S2 is used when the subjects of the two clauses are different. JíshH S1 也 VP is used when the subjects of the two clauses are the same. JíshH 小孩子小的时候只会讲方言，上学以后也就开始学 PJ 通话了。 Even if when a child is young she can only speak a dialect, after she begins school she begins to study Putonghua. 中国人去日本旅游，jíshH 不会说日文，也看得懂一些汉字。一 bAn 没有问题。 When Chinese people go to Japan to travel, even if they can’t speak Japanese, they can read a few kanji (characters). Generally speaking, they don’t have any problem.

 30.11.  Describing situations: AdjV AdjV 地 + VP  In Lesson 16 we learned how to use the phrase 慢慢地 before a verb phrase to say that a situation comes about gradually. (See Use and Structure note 16.2.) 开始，我不习惯住在中国，慢慢地习惯了。 At first I wasn’t used to living in China, but then I gradually got used to it. The adjectival expression 慢慢地 gradually is one instance of the structure AdjV AdjV 地 used to describe situations. Many adjectival verbs can be used in this structure. In the Dialogue in this lesson we see the structure with the adjectival verb 好. In Beijing, an 儿 pronunciation is often added at the end of the second adjectival verb, but the 儿 sound is not essential to the structure and can always be omitted. 你要好好儿地学 PJ 通话。 You should study Putonghua well. (You should work hard to study it.) Here are additional examples of adverbial phrases formed by AdjV AdjV 地. 快快地 quickly tDutDu 地 secretly AdjV AdjV 地 always occurs before a verb phrase and describes the whole situation. If the situation involves an action, it describes how the action has been or should be done.

 30.12.  到 chù 都是 NP NP are everywhere  到 chù means everywhere, and it occurs in the structure 到 chù 都是 NP. It may follow a location phrase or a time phrase. 小王说他去年 shJ 假去台湾的时候，到处都是 fán 体字。 Xiao Wang said that when he went to Taiwan during summer vacation last year, traditional characters were everywhere. 市中心到 chù 都是 yín 行，别怕找不到。 Downtown there are banks everywhere. Don’t worry that you won’t find one.

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 322

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    323

地上到 chù 都是书，你最好先把房间 shDushi 好再吃饭。 There are books all over the floor. You’d best first clean up the room and then eat.

 30.13.  看 depend upon  In Part C of the Dialogue, the verb 看 is used in the sense of depend upon. 想学哪个，完全看你自己的 xE 要。 Which one you want to study completely depends upon your own needs.

Sentence pyramids 1. 语言 标准的语言 中国有一个标准的语言。 2. PJ 通话 叫作 PJ 通话 在中国大 lù 叫作 PJ 通话 汉语的标准语在中国大 lù 叫作 PJ 通话 现 dài 汉语的标准语在中国大 lù 叫作 PJ 通话。 3. 国语 在台湾叫作国语

language standard language China has one standard language. the Common Language is called the Common Language in mainland China is called the Common Language The Chinese standard language is called the Common Language in mainland China ________________________________ ________________________________

现 dài 汉语的标准语在台湾叫作 国语。

the National Language in Taiwan is called the National Language The Chinese standard language is called the National Language in Taiwan ________________________________ ________________________________

4. 一样 是一样的 jC 本上是一样的 PJ 通话和国语 jC 本上是一样的。

the same are the same are basically the same ________________________________

汉语的标准语在台湾叫作国语

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 323

(audio online)

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

324    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

5. 方言 有很多方言 中国还有很多方言 标准语以外，中国还有很多方言 除了标准语以外，中国还有很多 方言。 6. 七个 分成七个 可以分成七个 jC 本上可以分成七个 方言 jC 本上可以分成七个 汉语的方言 jC 本上可以分成七个。 7. 语言 不同的语言 完全不同的语言 两个完全不同的语言 日文和中文是两个完全不同的语言。 8. 不大 差别不大 PJ 通话和北京话的差别不大。

dialects has a lot of dialects China also has a lot of dialects besides the standard language, China also has a lot of dialects. ________________________________ ________________________________ seven be divided into seven (groups) can be divided into seven (groups) basically can be divided into seven (groups) dialects basically can be divided into seven (groups) ________________________________ ________________________________ language different languages completely different languages two completely different languages ________________________________ not big differences are not big The differences between Putonghua and the Beijing dialect are not big.

9. 方言 不同的方言 不是不同的方言 而不是不同的方言 英语和德语是不同的语言， 而不是不同的方言。

dialect different dialects not be different dialects and not be different dialects ________________________________ ________________________________

10. 差别很大 方言之间的差别很大 有些方言之间的差别很大。

the differences are big the differences between dialects are big ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 324

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    325

11. 中国人 是中国人 把自己看作是中国人 人都把自己看作是中国人 讲不同方言的人都把自己看作是 中国人。

Chinese people be Chinese people consider themselves to be Chinese people all consider themselves to be Chinese People who speak different dialects all consider themselves to be Chinese.

12. 一样 不一样 发音不一样 各地方的发音不一样 中国方言，各地方的发音都 不一样。

the same not the same pronunciation is not the same every region’s pronunciation is different ________________________________ ________________________________

13. 是一样的 你所写的都是一样的 你所看的和你所写的都是一样的 Wúlùn 你说什么方言，你所看的 和你所写的都是一样的。 14. 重要 最重要 兴趣最重要 选 zhuAn 业，兴趣最重要 Wúlùn 选什么 zhuAn 业， 兴趣最重要。 15. 是一样的 你所看的和你所写的都是一样的 汉字的长 chu 是你所看的和你所 写的都是一样的。

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 325

be the same what you write is the same what you read and what you write is the same No matter what dialect you speak, what you read and what you write is the same. important most important interest is most important in selecting a major, interest is most important No matter what major you select, interest is most important. be the same what you read and what you write is the same The strength of Chinese characters is what you read and what you write is the same.

8/10/2011 9:05:38 AM

326    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

16. 关系 直接的关系 有直接的关系 没有直接的关系 书写和发音没有直接的关系 汉字的 duFnchu 就是书写和发音 没有直接的关系。 17. 听懂 没听懂 连一 jù 都没听懂 我连一 jù 都没听懂 他们 hù 相说的话，我连一 jù 都没听懂。

18. 不同 shBngdiào 上的不同 语音和 shBngdiào 上的不同 zhJ 要是语音和 shBngdiào 上的不同 不同的方言 zhJ 要是语音和 shBngdiào 上的不同。 19. 不大 差别不大 cíhuì 的差别不大 语法和 cíhuì 的差别不大

connection direct connection have a direct connection do not have a direct connection writing and pronunciation do not have a direct connection The weakness of Chinese characters is that writing and pronunciation do not have a direct connection. understand (by listening) didn’t understand (by listening) didn’t even understand one word I didn’t even understand one word What they said to each other, I didn’t even understand one word. (I didn’t even understand one word of what they said to each other.) not the same differences in tone differences in pronunciation and tone primarily it is differences in pronunciation and tone The different dialects are primarily different in pronunciation and tone.

中国方言，语法和 cíhuì 的差别不大。

not big differences are not big vocabulary differences are not big grammar and vocabulary differences are not big ________________________________

20. 四 shBng 那就是我们学的“四 shBng” 汉语有四个 shBngdiào，那就是我们 学的“四 shBng” 我们学的汉语有四个 shBngdiào， 那就是我们学的“四 shBng”。

the four tones that is “the four tones” that we study The Chinese language has four tones, that is “the four tones” that we study ________________________________ ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 326

8/10/2011 9:05:39 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    327

21. 方言 xE 要学方言 xE 要不 xE 要学方言？ 我们 xE 要不 xE 要学方言？ 以后我们 xE 要不 xE 要学方言？

dialects need to study a dialect need to study a dialect? Do we need to study a dialect? ________________________________

22. 方言 xE 要学方言 Qí 实不 xE 要学方言。

dialects need to study a dialect In fact, you do not need to study a dialect.

23. PJ 通话 开始学 PJ 通话 上学以后也就开始学 PJ 通话了 小的时候只会讲方言，上学以后 也就开始学 PJ 通话了 小孩子小的时候只会讲方言， 上学以后也就开始学 PJ 通话了。 JíshH 小孩子小的时候只会讲方言， 上学以后也就开始学 PJ 通话了。 24. 听过 应该听过吧 jíshH 没去过也应该听过吧 长 chéng 那么有名，jíshH 没去过也 应该听过吧。 25. 学 PJ 通话 好好儿地学 PJ 通话 你得好好儿地学 PJ 通话。 26. 四川话 他们说的是四川话 我 cAi 他们说的是四川话。

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 327

Putonghua begin to study Putonghua after beginning school begin to study Putonghua when small only can speak a dialect, but after beginning school begins to study Putonghua when a child is young, she can only speak a dialect; as soon as she begins school she begins to study Putonghua Even if when a child is young she can only speak a dialect, after she begins school she begins to study Putonghua. heard of it must have heard of it even if (you) have not been there (you) must have heard of it The Great Wall is so famous, even if (you) have not been there (you) must have heard of it. study Putonghua work hard at studying Putonghua ________________________________ Sichuan dialect what they speak is Sichuan dialect I guess that what they were speaking was Sichuan dialect.

8/10/2011 9:05:39 AM

328    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

27. 听不懂 难怪我听不懂 他们说的是四川话。难怪我 听不懂。

do not understand (by listening) no wonder I didn’t understand ________________________________ ________________________________

28. 哪一个比较好？ 到底哪一个比较好呢？ 简体字和 fán 体字，到底哪一个 比较好呢？

which one is better? in the end, which one is better? ________________________________ ________________________________

29. 好 chu 各有各的好 chu 简体字和 fán 体字，各有各的 好 chu。

good points each has its good points ________________________________ ________________________________

30. 省时间 笔 huà 少、省时间 写简体字笔 huà 少、省时间。

save time there are fewer strokes, you save time ________________________________

31. 容易认 比较漂亮也容易认 fán 体字比较漂亮也容易认 很多人认为 fán 体字比较漂亮也 容易认。

easier to recognize prettier and easier to recognize traditional characters are prettier and easier to recognize ________________________________ ________________________________

32. xE 要 自己的 xE 要 完全看你自己的 xE 要 想学哪个，完全看你自己的 xE 要。

need one’s own needs completely based on one’s own needs ________________________________

33. fán 体字 到 chù 都是 fán 体字 台湾到 chù 都是 fán 体字。

traditional characters traditional characters are everywhere ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 328

8/10/2011 9:05:39 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    329

34. 买东西的人 chèn 打折来买东西的人

商店里到 chù 都是 chèn 打折来 买东西的人。

people buying things people taking advantage of sales and buying things everywhere there are people taking advantage of sales and buying things ________________________________ ________________________________

35. lìshH 几千年的 lìshH 中国的汉字有几千年的 lìshH。

history several thousand years of history ________________________________

到 chù 都是 chèn 打折来买东西的人

36. 影 xiFng 也很大 对附近的国家影 xiFng 也很大 中国的汉字对附近的国家影xiFng 也很大。

influence is very great influence on neighboring countries is very great ________________________________ ________________________________

37. 问题 我还有一问题。

question ________________________________

38. 文字 日语没有文字 两千多年以前，日语没有文字。

script, writing system Japan did not have a writing system ________________________________

39. 没有文字 yuán 来没有文字 日语 yuán 来没有文字。

didn’t have a writing system originally didn’t have a writing system ________________________________

40. 语言 自己的语言 写自己的语言 借了很多汉字来写自己的语言 从汉语里借了很多汉字来写自己的 语言 日语从汉语里借了很多汉字来写 自己的语言。

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 329

language one’s own language write one’s own language borrowed a lot of Chinese characters to write its own language borrowed a lot of Chinese characters from Chinese to write its own language ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 9:05:39 AM

330

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

41. 自己的语言 写自己的语言 借了很多汉字来写自己的语言 从汉语里借了很多汉字来写自己的 语言 老师：日语从汉语里借了很多汉字 来写自己的语言。

学生：Yuán 来如 cH！ 42. 走 biàn 天下都不怕 学会 PJ 通话，走 biàn 天下都不怕 大为：这就是说“学会 PJ 通话， 走 biàn 天下都不怕”了。 老师：没错。

one’s own language write one’s own language borrowed a lot of Chinese characters to write its own language borrowed a lot of Chinese characters from Chinese to write is own language Teacher: The Japanese language borrowed a lot of Chinese characters from Chinese to write its own language. Student: So that’s the explanation. you need not fear going anywhere under heaven if you learn Putonghua you need not fear going anywhere under heaven Dawei: This is to say, “If you learn Putonghua, you need not fear going anywhere under heaven.” Teacher: That’s right.

Language FAQs 作 or 做? The characters 作 and 做 are identical in pronunciation and meaning. For this reason, they are often used interchangeably. However, they are each becoming more specialized in their use. The character 做 is the character most used when zuò is an independent verb meaning do: 做事 (do) work, 做功课 do course work, etc. and in the verb phrase 做饭 cook. In contrast, the character 作 is most often used when zuò occurs as part of another word: 作业 homework, 工作 work. In the expression 看 zuò, both characters are commonly used, that is, the expression is written as 看作 and as 看做.

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 330

8/10/2011 9:05:40 AM

Lesson 30

第三十课 谈中国语言

Talking about the Chinese language

331

Why compare Chinese dialects with English and German? Dawei’s teacher compares the differences between some Chinese dialects as being as great as the difference between English and German. He uses English and German as a comparison because English and German are related to each other in the same way that the dialects of Chinese are related to each other. They belong to the same language family, the Germanic family, the way that the Chinese dialects all belong to the same language family, the Sinitic family. Although English and German belong to the same language family, speakers of one language do not understand the other language. In this same way, some Chinese dialects are unintelligible to speakers of other dialects.

Notes on Chinese culture 走 biàn 天下都不怕 you need not fear traveling anywhere under heaven Chinese people emphasize the importance of learning the hard sciences, math, physics, and chemistry, and have the saying: 学会数 lH 化，走 biàn 天下都不怕。 If you study math, physics, and chemistry, you need not fear traveling anywhere under heaven. The saying that Dawei quotes is a play on words. 学会 PJ 通话，走 biàn 天下都不怕。 If you study Putonghua, you need not fear traveling anywhere under heaven.

The spread of Chinese characters in East Asia Chinese characters were developed to write Chinese, but they were borrowed by several other countries in East Asia, most notably Japan, Korea, and Vietnam. How did Chinese characters get to these countries? It had to do with the spread of Buddhism. Buddhism came to China from India, and Buddhist texts were written in Sanskrit. The Chinese translated them to Chinese. Buddhism spread to other countries in East Asia from China, and since the Buddhist texts that China transmitted to other countries were written in Chinese, when Buddhism arrived, so did the Chinese writing system.

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 331

8/10/2011 9:05:41 AM

332    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Lesson 30 Narrative in English China has one standard language. The modern standard language is called “Putonghua” (the Common Language) in mainland China, and in Taiwan it is called “Guoyu” (the National Language). Putonghua and Guoyu are basically the same. Besides the standard language, China also has a lot of dialects. China’s dialects can basically be divided into seven groups. If you can only speak Putonghua, you can understand a little bit of some dialects and some of them you can’t understand at all. The difference between some of the dialects is as big as the difference between English and German. All of the people who speak these different dialects consider themselves to be Chinese. Because these dialects are similar in grammar, what they speak are different dialects of Chinese, and not different languages. Also, although the pronunciation in every region is different, the characters that everyone writes are the same. They are all the Chinese characters that we study. The strength (advantage) of Chinese is that no matter what dialect you speak, what you read and what you write is the same. The weakness of Chinese, from the perspective of foreign students like us, is that writing and pronunciation do not have a direct connection.

Dialogue in English Part A Dawei:

Teacher, yesterday we went to a restaurant to eat. When the waiters spoke with us, I understood practically everything, but when they spoke to each other, I didn’t even understand one word. Teacher: They probably spoke a dialect (of Chinese). China is big and has a lot of dialects. (Among) the different dialects, it is primarily the pronunciation (of syllables) and the tones that are different. Although there are differences in the grammar and vocabulary, those differences aren’t very big. For example, the Chinese that we study has four tones. That is the “four tones” that we study. But some dialects have seven or eight tones. Therefore, you can understand a bit of some dialects, and for others you can’t understand anything at all. Dawei: No wonder I couldn’t understand what they said. My guess is that they were speaking Cantonese.

Part B Dawei: Teacher, are Putonghua and Beijing dialect the same? Teacher: The pronunciation of Putonghua and Beijing dialect are the same in a lot of places. But Putonghua is not equivalent to Beijing dialect. Beijing dialect has some pronunciation features and vocabulary that are not in Putonghua. Dawei: In the future, do we need to study a dialect? Teacher: Actually you don’t have to. In China, although people in different parts of China speak different dialects, they all can speak Putonghua. Even if when a

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 332

8/10/2011 9:05:41 AM

Lesson 30  第三十课 谈中国语言  Talking about the Chinese language    333

child is young she can only speak a dialect, after she begins school she begins to study Putonghua. Dawei: That is to say, “If you learn Putonghua, you need not fear going anywhere under heaven (anywhere on earth).” Teacher: That’s right. So you have to do a good job of studying Putonghua.

Part C Dawei:

Xiao Wang said that last summer vacation when he went to Taiwan, there were traditional characters everywhere. I know that traditional characters and simplified characters have similarities and differences. Which one is better? Teacher: As for simplified characters and traditional characters, each has its own strengths. It is very difficult to say which is better. For example, when writing simplified characters there are fewer strokes and you save time. But a lot of people think that traditional characters are prettier and easier to recognize. When you think about which one to learn, you should think entirely about your own needs. Nowadays mainland China uses simplified characters, and Taiwan uses traditional characters. China’s characters have a history of several thousand years, and they have had a big influence on neighboring countries.

Part D Dawei:

Speaking about the influence that Chinese characters have had on neighboring countries, I have another question. Japanese also has Chinese characters. What relationship do those characters have with Chinese characters? Teacher: Japanese and Chinese are two entirely different languages. Two thousand years ago, the Japanese language did not have a writing system. They borrowed a lot of Chinese characters from Chinese to write their own language. They called the characters that they borrowed “kanji.” When you use Chinese characters to write the Japanese word “kanji,” the characters are the two characters 汉字, which means Chinese characters.

9780415472500_Textbook_L30.indd 333

8/10/2011 9:05:41 AM

第三十一课  找工作 

Looking for a job Culture and communication goals ■ ■ ■ ■

Describe your own and others’ strengths and weaknesses Prepare a résumé in Chinese Give advice to others Learn the procedures for seeking a job in China

Key structures yóu 于 NP/S1 (的关系), S2 because NP/S1, S2 review of prepositional phrases 对 NP 感兴趣 interested in NP 跟 NP 有关的 things related to NP 一方面 S1/VP1, 另一方面 S2/VP2 for one thing S1/VP1 and in addition S2/VP2 既 VP1 也 VP2 not only VP1 but also VP2 NP1 不能跟 NP2 比 NP1 can’t compare with NP2 NP shàn 于 VP NP is good at VP 千万 by all means

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 334

8/10/2011 3:02:31 PM

Lesson 31

第三十一课 找工作

Looking for a job

Narrative

335

(CD2: 77)

学校快放假了。很多毕业生都在忙着找工作。Yóu 于不少外国同学打算毕业以后 liú 在中国工作一 duàn 时间，他们也和中国同学一起找工作。找工作得先在报纸 上或网上看广告。看到你喜欢的工作以后，给他们发申请信和你的简历，并请 老师给你写 tuCjiàn 信。如果用人的公 sC 看了你的申请信后对你感兴趣，他们就会 跟你 lián 系，安 pái 你去面谈。面谈以后再决定会不会 gù 用你。如果你是 liú 学生， 被 gù 用以后你需要把你的学生 qiAnzhèng 换成工作 qiAnzhèng。只有换成工作 qiAnzhèng 以后，你才可以在中国工作。

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 335

8/10/2011 3:02:33 PM

336

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Dialogue (CD2: 78)

Dawei discusses his job search with his girlfriend, Youwen, and asks his teacher for help preparing for an interview.

Part A 友文： 大为，最近工作找得怎么样？有面谈的机会吗？ 大为： 找工作真难。我已经发出去几十 fBng 申请信了，只有三个面谈。 友文： 三个已经不少了。你都申请了什么样的工作？ 大为： 有中国公 sC，也有外国公 sC，都是跟 mào 易有关的。 友文： Zhù 你好运。找到工作以后，别忘了请我吃饭。 大为： 好，我希望我能早点儿请你吃饭。

Part B 大为： 老师，谢谢您帮我写 tuCjiàn 信。我明天要去一家中国 mào 易公 sC 面谈。 老师： 真的吗？太好了。 大为： 您可以帮助我准备一下面谈吗？我不知道他们会问什么样的问题。 老师： 面谈的时候最要紧的是对自己要有信心。一方面你自己不要紧张， 另一方面要让他们了 jiG 你的长处。 大为： 可是我一点工作经 yàn 都没有。 老师： 没有工作经 yàn 没关系。不要以为别人都有经 yàn。大学毕业生 大 bù 分都没有工作经 yàn。 大为： 我有什么长处呢？ 老师： 你既了 jiG 西方的文化，也了 jiG 中国的文化；既会说中文，也会说 英文。这方面很多人不能跟你比。另外，你 shàn 于跟别人交往， 愿意帮助别人，工作认真 nJlì，这些都是 mào 易公 sC 所需要的。 大为： 我现在开始对自己有一点信心了。我回去再好好儿准备准备。 老师： 明天去面谈，今天晚上要 xiExi 好。Jì 住，千万别紧张。 我等你的好 xiAoxC。

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 336

8/10/2011 3:02:35 PM

Lesson 31  第三十一课 找工作  Looking for a job    337

Vocabulary Narrative Anpái

安 pái

verb

arrange

bàozhH

报纸

noun

newspaper

classifier

short period of time

duàn gFn

感

verb

feel, perceive

gFn xìngqu

感兴趣

adjectival

interested (in)

verb phrase

gDngsC

公 sC

noun

company

gù

gù

verb

hire

gùyòng

gù 用

verb

hire

jiFnlì

简历

noun

résumé (short personal history)

liánxì

lián 系

verb

connect, communicate

verb

stay, remain in a location

liú liú xué

liú 学

verb

study abroad

liú xuésheng

liú 学生

noun phrase

student who is studying abroad, exchange student

miàntán

面谈

noun

interview

noun

visa

qiAnzhèng shBnqHng xìn

申请信

noun phrase

application letter

tuCjiàn xìn

tuCjiàn 信

noun phrase

letter of recommendation

noun phrase

a period of time

yC duàn shíjiAn 一 duàn 时间

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 337

8/10/2011 3:02:35 PM

338    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

yòng rén de gDngsC

用人的公 sC

noun phrase

employer, the company that hires people

yóuyú

yóu 于

conjunction

because of

Dialogue Part A

fBng

classifier

(classifier for letters)

hFo yùn

好运

noun phrase

good luck

màoyì

mào 易

noun

trade (business)

yIuguAn

有关

verb

concern, related to, involve

yùn

运

noun

luck

verb

wish

zhù Part B

bùfBn

bù 分

noun

part

dà bùfBn

大 bù 分

noun phrase

majority, most

jiAowFng

交往

noun

interactions with others

jCngyàn

经 yàn

noun

experience

jìzhù

jì 住

resultative

remember

verb

liFojiG

了 jiG

nJlì

verb

understand, learn about

adjectival

hardworking

verb

qiAnwàn

千万

adverb

by all means, absolutely

rènzhBn

认真

adjectival

conscientious

verb

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 338

8/10/2011 3:02:35 PM

Lesson 31  第三十一课 找工作  Looking for a job    339

shàn yú

shàn 于

verb +

be good at

preposition

xiAoxi

noun

news

xCfAng

西方

noun phrase

Western, the West

xìnxCn

信心

noun

confidence

verb

rest

adjectival

important

xiExi yàojHn

要紧

verb

yC fAngmiàn

一方面

noun

on the one hand

phrase, conjunction

Characters 安 An

peace

被 bèi

by

毕 bì

*

处 chù

天安门 (TiAn’Anmén) the Gate of Heavenly Peace，安 pái (Anpái) arrange

毕业 (bìyè) graduate 长处 (chángchu) strength, 短处 (duFnchu) weakness, shortcoming, 好处 (hFochu) advantage, 到处 (dàochù) everywhere

短 duFn

short

短处 (duFnchu) weakness, shortcoming

感 gFn

feel, sense, perceive

感兴趣 (gFn xìngqu) interested in, 感 mào (gFn mào) catch a cold

广 guFng *

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 339

广东 (GuFngdDng) Canton, Guangdong Province, 广告 (guFnggào) advertisement

8/10/2011 3:02:35 PM

340

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

交 jiAo

*

交通 (jiAotDng) communication, transportation, 交往 (jiAowFng) interactions with others

历 lì

*

简历 (jiFnlì) résumé, 历 shH (lìshH) history

面 miàn

side, face; noodles

方面 (fAngmiàn) aspect, side, 面谈 (miàntán) interview (face-to-face talk); niú 肉面 (niúròumiàn) beef noodles

申 shBn

*

申请 (shBnqHng) apply

万 wàn

10,000

千万 (qiAnwàn) by all means

望 wàng

*

希望 (xCwàng) hope

希 xC

*

希望 (xCwàng) hope

信 xìn

letter

写信 (xiG xìn) write a letter, tuCjiàn 信 (tuCjiàn xìn) recommendation letter, 信心 (xìnxCn) confidence

需 xE

*

需要 (xEyào) need

愿 yuàn

*

愿意 (yuànyì) willing

纸 zhH

paper

报纸 (bàozhH) newspaper

character: strokes

Stroke Order Flow Chart

total strokes

6 10 6 5 12 13

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 340

8/10/2011 3:02:37 PM

Lesson 31 第三十一课 找工作

Looking for a job

341

3 6 4 9 5 3 11 7 9 14 14 7

Dialogue practice  Dialogue 31A:  Working with a partner, find out if she is applying for a summer job, or a job after graduation, or to a university or graduate school. Ask questions to learn the details of the application process and to find out how the process is coming along. At the end, wish your partner good luck, and suggest that she invite you to do something fun when she learns that she is successful.  Dialogue 31B:  Working with a partner, take turns giving each other a “pep-talk” about the application process, and giving advice about how to prepare for an interview. Be sure to note your partner’s strengths, and to dispel his fears about his weaknesses.

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 341

8/10/2011 3:02:39 PM

342    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Use and structure  31.1.  Yóu 于 NP/S1 (的关系), S2 because NP/S1, S2  Yóu 于 introduces a reason or cause for some following situation. The reason or cause is stated as a noun phrase or clause. Yóu 于家里的经济情 kuàng 不好 . . . Because the family’s economic condition is not good . . . Yóu 于北京和上海之间交通非常方便 . . . Because the transportation between Beijing and Shanghai is extremely convenient . . . Yóu 于 + NP/S is always followed by a second clause to form a complete sentence. Yóu 于家里的经济情 kuàng 不好，小王一上大学就开始一边工作，一边 dú 书。 Because his family’s economic condition is not good, from the time he began college, Xiao Wang has been working and studying at the same time. Yóu 于北京和上海之间交通非常方便，他们虽然住在不同的地方，可是一个月也 可以见到几次。 Because the transportation between Beijing and Shanghai is extremely convenient, although they live in different places, they can see each other a few times every month. Yóu 于不少外国同学打算毕业以后 liú 在中国工作一 duàn 时间，他们也和中国 同学一起找工作。 Because a lot of foreign students plan to stay in China and work for a while after they graduate, they are looking for jobs along with Chinese students. Yóu 于 + NP/S may be directly followed by the phrase 的关系. 的关系 often occurs when yóu 于 is followed by a noun phrase. yóu 于工作的关系 because of work The meaning of the yóu 于 S is the same with or without 的关系. Yóu 于工作的关系，他一年只能回两次家。 Because of work, he can only return home twice a year. Yóu 于工作，他一年只能回两次家。 Because of work, he can only return home twice a year.

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 342

8/10/2011 3:02:39 PM

Lesson 31  第三十一课 找工作  Looking for a job    343

 31.2.  Review of prepositional phrases  Most prepositional phrases (preposition + noun phrase) occur before the verb. The pre­ positional phrase + verb phrase is underlined in each of the following examples. In each case in Mandarin, the prepositional phrase occurs before the verb. 我想到上海去找工作。 I want to go to Shanghai to look for a job. 她前天从美国回来了。 She came back from the USA the day before yesterday. 别忘了给我写信。 Don’t forget to write a letter to me. 他每天晚上给他女朋友打电话。 He phones his girlfriend (makes a phone call to his girlfriend) every night. 他跟我说他的经 yàn 不多。 He said to me he doesn’t have much experience. 她对 mào 易有兴趣。 She is interested in trade. In this lesson we see that the prepositional phrase 给+ NP occurs before the verbs 发 send out and 写 write when you say that you send something to someone or write to or for someone. PP + VP NP 给 someone  发/写 something 给他们发申请信 send applications to them 给你写 tuCjiàn 信 write letters of recommendation for you 看到你喜欢的工作以后，给他们发申请信和你的简历，并请老师给你写 tuCjiàn 信。 After you find work that you like, you send them a letter of application and your résumé, and in addition you ask your teachers to write a letter of recommendation for you. We also see the PP + VP structure with the verb 交往 interact. 跟别人交往 interact with others 你 shàn 于跟别人交往。 You are good at interacting with others. See also Use and Structure note 31.3.

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 343

8/10/2011 3:02:39 PM

344    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 31.3.  对 NP 感兴趣 interested in NP  In Lesson 17 we learned the expression 对 (NP) 有兴趣 be interested in NP. (See Use and Structure note 17.14.) 我一直对中国文化有兴趣。 I’ve always been interested in Chinese culture. In this lesson we learn a second way to say be interested in something. 对 (NP) 感兴趣 如果用人的公 sC 看了你的申请信后对你感兴趣，他们就会跟你 lián 系，安 pái 你 去面谈 If, after seeing your letter of application, the company that is employing people is interested in you, they will get in touch with you and arrange for an interview. 我对那个外国电影不感兴趣，你还是自己去吧。 I’m not interested in that foreign movie. You’d best go by yourself.

 31.4.  跟 NP 有关的 things related to NP  In Lesson 18 we learned the structure A 跟 B 有关系 A and B have a connection, A is related to B. (See Use and Structure note 18.1.) 选 zhuAn 业跟你的 ài 好有关系。 Selecting a major is related to your interests. The expression 跟 NP1 有关的 NP2, introduced in Part A of the Dialogue in this lesson, means something (NP2) that concerns, involves, or is related to NP1. The structure involves a main noun (NP2) preceded by its description (跟 NP1 有关 concerning NP1) + 的. 跟NP1有关的NP2 跟 mào 易有关的公 sC companies that are involved in trade 跟经济有关的问题 problems that concern economics 跟国际经济有关的事情 matters that involve international economics 跟中国文化有关的习惯 customs that are related to Chinese culture When the main noun can be understood from the context of the sentence, it may be omitted. 有中国公 sC，也有外国公 sC，都是跟 mào 易有关的（公sC）。 There are Chinese companies, and there are foreign companies, and they (are) all (companies that) involve trade. 图书馆里应该有很多跟现代经济有关的书。 There should be a lot of books concerning contemporary economics in the library.

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 344

8/10/2011 3:02:39 PM

Lesson 31  第三十一课 找工作  Looking for a job    345

 31.5.  一方面 S1/ VP1，另一方面 S2/VP2 for one thing S1 /VP1 and in addition S2 /VP2 This structure is used to present two sides or aspects of a situation that are similar in some way, with the most natural translation in English often being for one thing S1/VP1 and in addition S2/VP2. 一方面你自己不要紧张，另一方面要让他们了 jiG 你的长处。 You shouldn’t be nervous, and in addition you have to get them to understand your strengths. 晚上坐火车回北京，一方面比坐飞机便宜，另一方面，可以省一个晚上的旅馆钱。 As for taking the train at night, it is cheaper than taking the plane, and in addition you can save one night’s worth of hotel fees. 我大概不会申请这个工作。一方面离我家太远，另一方面，这个工作跟我所学的 比较没有关系。 I probably won’t apply for that job. For one thing, it is too far from my house. For another thing, this job has relatively little to do with what I have studied. Less commonly, the structure is used to introduce two aspects of a situation that are opposites in some way. In this case, the structure may be translated as on the one hand S1/VP1, and on the other hand S2/VP2. 我不知道怎么 bàn。一方面，我很喜欢那双鞋，另一方面，我的鞋已经太多了。 I don’t know what to do. On the one hand, I really like that pair of shoes. On the other hand, I already have too many shoes.

 31.6.  既 VP1 也 VP2 not only VP1 but also VP2  既 VP1 也 VP2 expresses the meaning not only VP1 but also VP2. It can be used in everyday speech but can also be used in formal speech and writing. 你既了 jiG 西方的文化，也了 jiG 中国的文化；既会说中文，也会说英文。 You not only understand Western culture but also understand Chinese culture; you can not only speak Chinese but you can also speak English. 你的男朋友真不错，既会做菜，也愿意 péi 你 guàng 街。 Your boyfriend is not bad. He can not only cook but is also willing to go shopping with you. See also Use and Structure note 27.5.

 31.7.  NP1 不能跟 NP2 比 NP1 can’t compare with NP2  The structure NP1 不能跟 NP2 比 is used to say that NP1 is inferior to NP2, that is, that it can’t be compared to NP2 because it is so inferior to it. 这方面很多人不能跟你比。 In this respect, a lot of people can’t compare with you.

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 345

8/10/2011 3:02:39 PM

346    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

 31.8.  NP shàn 于 VP NP is good at VP  This is a relatively formal way to say that someone is good at some action. It is appropriate in formal spoken and written texts. 你 shàn 于跟别人交往。 You are good at interacting with others. 她 shàn 于 tFo 价还价，要 guàng 街一定要找她一起去。 She is good at bargaining. When you go shopping you should certainly look for her to go with you.

 31.9.  千万 by all means  千万 is an adverb that always goes before a verb phrase. It means absolutely (VP) or by all means (VP). 千万 is often used with negation. 千万 + NEG VP means absolutely do not do VP or by all means, do not do VP. 千万别紧张。 By all means, don’t be nervous. 火车站人很多，自己的东西一定要拿好，千万别 diE 了。 There are a lot of people at the train station. You have to hold on to your things and by all means do not lose them.

Sentence pyramids

(audio online)

1. 一年 liú 学一年 在中国 liú 学一年 我准备在中国 liú 学一年。 2. 工作 在中国工作 有机会在中国工作 毕业后有机会在中国工作 我希望毕业后有机会在中国工作。

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 346

one year study abroad one year study abroad in China for one year ________________________________ work work in China have the opportunity to work in China have the opportunity to work in China after graduation I hope I have the opportunity to work in China after graduation.

8/10/2011 3:02:39 PM

Lesson 31  第三十一课 找工作  Looking for a job    347

3. dú 书 一边工作，一边 dú 书 一上大学就开始一边工作， 一边 dú 书 小王一上大学就开始一边 工作，一边 dú 书 yóu 于经济的关系，小王一上大学 就开始一边工作，一边 dú 书 Yóu 于家里经济的关系，小王 一上大学就开始一边工作， 一边 dú 书。 4. dú 书 一边工作，一边 dú 书 开始一边工作，一边 dú 书 小王一上大学就开始一边 工作，一边 dú 书 Yóu 于家里的经济情 kuàng 不好， 小王一上大学就开始一边 工作，一边 dú 书。 5. 时间 一 duàn 时间 工作一 duàn 时间 在中国工作一 duàn 时间 liú 在中国工作一 duàn 时间 毕业以后 liú 在中国工作一 duàn 时间 她打算毕业以后 liú 在中国工作 一 duàn 时间。

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 347

study work and study at the same time as soon as (he) began college he began to work and study at the same time as soon as Xiao Wang began college he began to work and study at the same time due to finances, as soon as Xiao Wang began college he began to work and study at the same time Due to family finances, as soon as Xiao Wang began college he began to work and study at the same time. study work and study at the same time he began to work and study at the same time as soon as Xiao Wang began college he began to work and study at the same time Because his family’s economic situation is not good, as soon as Xiao Wang began college he began to work and study at the same time. time a period of time work for a period of time work in China for a period of time remain in China and work for a period of time after graduation, remain in China and work for a period of time ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 3:02:40 PM

348    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

6. 广告 看广告 在网上看广告 在报纸上或网上看广告 先在报纸上或网上看广告 找工作得先在报纸上或网上 看广告。 7. tuCjiàn 信 写 tuCjiàn 信 给最好的学生写 tuCjiàn 信

advertisement read advertisements read advertisements on the web read advertisements in newspapers and on the web first read advertisements in newspapers and on the web ________________________________ ________________________________

老师很愿意给最好的学生写 tuCjiàn 信。

letter of recommendation write letters of recommendation write letters of recommendation for the best students willing to write letters of recommendation for the best students ________________________________ ________________________________

8. 面谈 有三个面谈 只有三个面谈 发出去几十 fBng 申请信了， 只有三个面谈 我已经发出去几十 fBng 申请信了， 只有三个面谈。

interview have three interviews only have three interviews send dozens of application letters and only have three interviews ________________________________ ________________________________

很愿意给最好的学生写 tuCjiàn 信

9. 简历 你的简历 发申请信和你的简历 你得发申请信和你的简历 申请工作的时候，你得发申请信 和你的简历。

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 348

résumé your résumé send a letter of application and your résumé you have to send a letter of application and your résumé When you apply for a job, you have to send a letter of application and your résumé.

8/10/2011 3:02:40 PM

Lesson 31  第三十一课 找工作  Looking for a job    349

10. 兴趣 感兴趣 很感兴趣 对国际 mào 易很感兴趣 我对国际 mào 易很感兴趣。

interest be interested in be very interested in be very interested in international trade ________________________________

11. lián 系 跟你 lián 系 他们会跟你 lián 系 如果公 sC 对你感兴趣，他们会跟你 lián 系。

connect connect with you, contact you they will contact you ________________________________ ________________________________

12. 面谈 安 pái 你去面谈 他们会安 pái 你去面谈 如果公 sC 对你感兴趣，他们会 安 pái 你去面谈。

interview arrange to interview you they will arrange to interview you ________________________________ ________________________________

13. gù 用你 会不会 gù 用你 他们再决定会不会 gù 用你 面谈以后他们再决定会不会 gù 用你。

hire you will they hire you? they then decide whether or not to hire you ________________________________ ________________________________

14. qiAnzhèng 工作 qiAnzhèng 申请工作 qiAnzhèng 你需要申请工作 qiAnzhèng 被 gù 用以后，你需要申请工作 qiAnzhèng。

visa work visa apply for a work visa you need to apply for a work visa After you are hired, you need to apply for a work visa.

15. 在中国工作 你才可以在中国工作 换成工作 qiAnzhèng 以后， 你才可以在中国工作 只有换成工作 qiAnzhèng 以后， 你才可以在中国工作。

work in China only then can you work in China after you change to a work visa, only then can you work in China Only after you change to a work visa can you work in China.

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 349

8/10/2011 3:02:40 PM

350    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

16. 有关系 跟 mào 易有关系 是跟 mào 易有关系的 都是跟 mào 易有关系的 公 sC 都是跟 mào 易有关系的 我申请的公 sC 都是跟 mào 易有 关系的。

have a connection connected with trade, concern trade be connected with trade they all have a connection with trade the companies all have a connection with trade ________________________________ ________________________________

17. 好运 Zhù 你好运。

good luck I wish you good luck.

18. 信心 有信心 要有信心 你自己要有信心 你对你自己要有信心 最要紧的是你对你自己要有信心。 19. 长处 你的长处 了 jiG 你的长处 让他们了 jiG 你的长处 要让他们了 jiG 你的长处 一方面要让他们了 jiG 你的长处 一方面你自己不要紧张，另一方面 要让他们了 jiG 你的长处。

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 350

confidence have confidence have to have confidence you yourself have to have confidence you have to have confidence in yourself The most important thing is that you have to have confidence in yourself. strengths your strengths understand your strengths make them understand your strengths have to make them understand your strengths on the one hand you have to make them understand your strengths On the one hand you can’t be nervous, and on the other hand you have to make them understand your strengths.

8/10/2011 3:02:40 PM

Lesson 31  第三十一课 找工作  Looking for a job    351

20. 离他家很近 饭馆离他家很近 另一方面饭馆离他家很近 一方面好吃，另一方面饭馆 离他家很近 他每天都去那个饭馆吃饭。 一方面好吃，另一方面 饭馆离他家很近。

close to his home the restaurant is close to his home in addition the restaurant is close to his home for one thing, it’s delicious, and for another thing, the restaurant is close to his home He goes to that restaurant every day. For one thing, it’s delicious, and for another thing, the restaurant is close to his home.

21. 短处 长处和短处 自己的长处和短处 每个人都有自己的长处和短处。

weaknesses strengths and weaknesses your strengths and weaknesses ________________________________

22. 没有 都没有 一点工作经 yàn 都没有 我一点工作经 yàn 都没有。

not have not have at all don’t have any work experiences at all ________________________________

23. 经 yàn 有经 yàn 别人都有经 yàn 不要以为别人都有经 yàn。 24. 工作经 yàn 没有工作经 yàn 大 bù 分都没有工作经 yàn 毕业生大 bù 分都没有工作经 yàn 大学毕业生大 bù 分都没有工作 经 yàn。

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 351

experience have experience other people all have experience Do not assume that other people all have experience. work experience not have work experience for the most part do not have work experience graduates for the most part do not have work experience ________________________________ ________________________________

8/10/2011 3:02:40 PM

352    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

25. 文化 中国的文化 了 jiG 中国的文化 也了 jiG 中国的文化 了 jiG 西方的文化，也了 jiG 中国 的文化 你既了 jiG 西方的文化，也了 jiG 中国的文化。

culture Chinese culture understand Chinese culture also understand Chinese culture understand Western culture and also understand Chinese culture You not only understand Western culture, you also understand Chinese culture.

26. 交往 跟别人交往 shàn 于跟别人交往 那个人 shàn 于跟别人交往。

interaction/interact interact with other people good at interacting with other people ________________________________

27. nJlì 认真 nJlì 他工作认真 nJlì。 28. xiExi 好 今天晚上要 xiExi 好 明天去面谈，今天晚上要 xiExi 好。 29. 紧张 别紧张 千万别紧张。 30. 别人 告诉别人 别告诉别人 千万别告诉别人 这个 xiAoxi，千万别告诉别人。 31. 话 老师的话 jì 住老师的话 好好儿地 jì 住老师的话 你得好好儿地 jì 住老师的话。

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 352

hardworking conscientious (and) hardworking He is conscientious and hardworking at work. rest up rest up tonight Tomorrow you have an interview. Tonight you should rest up. nervous don’t be nervous By all means, don’t be nervous. other people tell other people don’t tell other people by all means don’t tell other people (As for) this news, by all means don’t tell other people. speech what the teacher says remember what the teacher say remember well what the teacher said ________________________________

8/10/2011 3:02:40 PM

Lesson 31

第三十一课 找工作

Looking for a job

353

Language FAQs Formal literary language Chinese people in different parts of China speak different dialects, but when it comes to formal texts, they read and write the same language. The language that is used in writing formal texts is called 书面语 formal written language. 书面语 shares many features with spoken, colloquial language, but it also uses certain structures and vocabulary that are not typically used in informal speech. This lesson introduces some vocabulary and structures found in 书面语 to give you a taste of the formal, written style and to help you begin your transition to the reading of formal, written texts. The next (and last) lesson in this course introduces some features used in formal speeches.

Notes on Chinese culture Competing for jobs in the Chinese-speaking world If you think you may pursue a job in the Chinese-speaking world, or a job in your home country that focuses on some aspect of China, Mandarin language skills are an important part of your résumé. As you continue your Chinese language study, plan to include study in a Mandarin Chinese immersion program, preferably in a Chinese-speaking country. In this way, you will gain first-hand experience learning about Chinese culture as you interact with Chinese people and learn how to get things done in a Chinese environment.

Lesson 31 Narrative in English School will soon be over. (School will soon be on vacation.) A lot of graduates are busy looking for jobs. Because quite a few foreign students plan to remain in China to work for a while, they are looking for jobs alongside their Chinese classmates. When looking for a job you have to first look at advertisements in the newspaper or on the internet. After you see a job that you like, you send them a letter of application and your résumé, and in addition

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 353

8/10/2011 3:02:41 PM

354    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

you ask your teachers to write you a letter of recommendation. If the company that is hiring is interested in you after reading your letter of application, they may contact you and arrange for an interview. After the interview they will decide whether to hire you or not. If you are a foreign student (a student who is studying abroad), after you are hired you have to change your student visa to a work visa. Only after you have changed to a work visa can you work in China.

Dialogue in English Part A Youwen: How has your job search been recently? Have you had any interview opportunities? Dawei: Looking for a job is really hard. I’ve already sent out dozens of application letters, and I only have three interviews. Youwen: Three is already a lot. What kind of work have you applied for? Dawei: Chinese companies and foreign companies, all with some connection to trade. Youwen: I wish you good luck. After you find a job don’t forget to invite me to dinner. Dawei: Okay. I hope I can invite you to dinner soon.

Part B Dawei: Teacher: Dawei: Teacher:

Dawei: Teacher: Dawei: Teacher:

Dawei: Teacher:

9780415472500_Textbook_L31.indd 354

Teacher, thank you for helping me by writing letters of recommendation. I am going to have an interview with a Chinese trading company tomorrow. Really? That’s wonderful. Could you help me prepare for the interview? I don’t know what kind of questions they will ask me. When you have an interview, the most important thing is to have confidence in yourself. On the one hand, don’t be nervous. On the other hand, make them understand your strengths. But I don’t have any work experience. Not having work experience is not important. Don’t assume that other people all have experience. Most college graduates don’t have work experience. What strengths do I have? You understand Western culture and you understand Chinese culture; you can speak Chinese and you can also speak English. These are all areas in which a lot of people cannot compare with you. In addition, you are good at interacting with others, you are willing to help others, and you are conscientious and hardworking. These are all qualities that trading companies need. I am beginning to have a little confidence in myself now. I’ll go back and work hard at preparing. Tomorrow you are going for an interview, tonight you should relax. Remember, by all means don’t be nervous. I’m waiting for your good news.

8/10/2011 3:02:41 PM

第三十二课  YFn 讲 

Giving a speech Culture and communication goals ■

Give a formal speech in which you address your audience, thank those who have helped you, and end with an appropriate conclusion

Key structures four-character phrases in formal literary speech and writing indicating order in formal speech or writing: 首先 first, 其次 second, 最后 finally subject xiàng NP VP do VP toward NP parallel structures in formal speech and writing CL CL every (Noun) and 一 CL CL 的 N (Noun) after (Noun), a long string of (Nouns)

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 355

8/10/2011 9:06:13 AM

356

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Narrative

(CD2: 89)

这个学年马上就要结束了。下个星期五是学校的毕业 diFn 礼。因为大为在各个 方面都很强，所以他被选为留学生的 dài 表在毕业 diFn 礼上讲话。开始的时候 他有一点紧张，因为除了老师和同学以外，还有很多学生家长也会来参加。 准备 yFn 讲让大为更了解到这两年在中国的学习和生活对他来说是多么的重要。

The speech (CD2: 90)

QCn 爱的老师、同学和远道而来的家长们，你们好！

　　GuAngyCn sìjiàn，两年在中国留学的生活就要结束了。 　　在这里，我首先 dài 表全体毕业生 xiàng 我们 zEnjìng 的老师们表 shì zhDng 心的感谢。在这两年里，他们教会了我们很多东西：中国的文学、经济、历史、 chuántIng 文化等等。而且，对我们在学习上严 gé 要 qiú，在生活上热心照顾。 其次，我要感谢我们的中国同屋和朋友。从我们第一天走进这个 mò 生的学校、 住进 jí 体宿舍到今天 shú 知北京的地铁和酒吧，并能用中文讨价还价、点菜订餐， 他们让我们了解了真正的中国。我们一 bèi 子都会是朋友。最后，我要感谢我们 的父母和家人。一封封的电子 yóu 件、一个个的国际长 tú 电话，他们从 dAn 心到 放心到为我们 jiAo’ào。通过我们，他们也认识了中国，了解到中国今天的 biàn 化。

　　QCn 爱的同学们，没想到时间过得这么快，马上就到了该说再见的时候了。 留学生活的结束是 zhDng 点也是起点。我们对中国的了解，才刚刚开始。

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 356

8/10/2011 9:06:14 AM

Lesson 32  第三十二课 Yfn 讲  Giving a speech    357

Vocabulary Narrative dàibiFo

dài 表

noun; verb

representative; represent

diFnlH

diFn 礼

noun

ceremony

jiFng huà

讲话

verb + object

talk

jiAzhFng

家长

noun

parents

yFnjiFng

yFn 讲

noun; verb

speech; give a speech

xuénián

学年

noun phrase

academic year

The speech biànhuà

biàn 化

noun

change

biFoshì

表 shì

verb

indicate, show, express

chángtú

长 tú

noun

long distance

chángtú diànhuà

长 tú 电话

noun phrase

long-distance telephone call

noun

tradition

chuántIng dAn xCn

dAn 心

verb

worry, feel anxious

diànzH

电子

noun

electronic

diànzH yóujiàn

电子 yóu 件

noun phrase

email

fàng xCn

放心

verb phrase

reassured, relieved

gFnxiè

感谢

noun

thanks, gratitude; thank, express gratitude

verb

GuAngyCn sìjiàn

literary expression

time flies (Literally: time flies like an arrow)

jiàn

noun

arrow

jiAo’ào

adjectival verb

proud

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 357

8/10/2011 9:06:14 AM

358    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

jiAzhFngmen

家长们

noun

parents (group of)

jítH

jí 体

noun

collective, group

mòshBng

mò 生

adjectival verb

unfamiliar, strange

qícì

其次

sentence adverb

next

qHdiFn

起点

noun phrase

starting point, beginning

qCn’ài de

qCn 爱的

adjectival

Dear (beginning a letter or speech)

verb phrase

rèxCn

热心

adjectival verb

enthusiastic, warmhearted

shúzhC

shú 知

adverb + verb

know very well, very familiar with

tDngguò

通过

verb; preposition

pass through; through, by way of

noun

literature

preposition

toward

wénxué

文学

xiàng yángé

严 gé

adjectival verb

strict

yAoqiú

要 qiú

noun; verb

request; request, demand

yC bèizi

一 bèi 子

noun phrase

a lifetime

yóujiàn

yóu 件

noun

mail

yuFn dào ér lái

远道而来

literary

come from far away

zhàogù

照顾

verb

care for, take care of

zhBnzhèng

真正

adjective

real, authentic

zhDngdiFn

zhDng 点

noun phrase

end point, ending

zhDngxCn

zhDng 心

noun; adjectival verb

loyalty, devotion, faithfulness; loyal, devoted

verb

respect

zEnjìng

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 358

expression

8/10/2011 9:06:15 AM

Lesson 32  第三十二课 Yfn 讲  Giving a speech    359

Characters 爱

ài

love

qCn 爱 (qCn’ài) dear, beloved, 爱好 (àihào) hobby, interest

表

biFo

form

dài 表 (dàibiFo) represent, representative, 表妹 (biFomèi) younger female cousin

参

cAn

*

参加 (cAnjiA) participate

封

fBng

*

一封信 (yC fBng xìn) a letter

顾

gù

*

照顾 (zhàogù) care for, take care of, 顾客 (gùkè) customer

还

huán

return

讨价还价 (tFojià huánjià) bargain back and forth, negotiate the price (cf. 还 (hái) in addition to, also)

结

jié

*

结束 (jiéshù) conclude

解

jiG

*

了解 (liFojiG) understand

礼

lH

ritual, ceremony

礼 wù (lHwù) gift, diFn 礼 (diFnlH) ceremony

留

liú

remain

留学 (liúxué) study abroad, 留学生 (liúxuéshBng) student studying abroad, exchange student

其

qí

*

其次 (qícì) next, second, 其实 (qíshí) actually

史

shH

*

历史 (lìshH) history

首

shIu

*

首先 (shIuxiAn) first

束

shù

*

结束 (jiéshù) conclude

讨

tFo

*

讨价还价 (tFojià huánjià) negotiate the price

严

yán

strict

严 gé (yángé) strict

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 359

8/10/2011 9:06:15 AM

360

Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

character: strokes

Stroke Order Flow Chart

total strokes

10 8 8 9 10 7 9 13 5 10

8 5 9 7 5 7

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 360

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

Lesson 32  第三十二课 Yfn 讲  Giving a speech    361

Preparation for a speech  Practice 32A:  Working with a partner, make a list in Chinese of all of the people you want to thank when you graduate. Next to each person or group of people, indicate in Chinese what you want to thank them for.  Practice 32B:  Working with a partner, write the introductory greetings for a formal speech that you might give at graduation. Then, revise the last paragraph of Dawei’s speech, making small changes so that it is appropriate for the audience that you will address. Finally, memorize your greetings and your new final paragraph, and take turns presenting your mini-speech to the class.

Use and structure  32.1.  Four-character phrases in formal literary speech and writing  Formal speech and writing are characterized by the use of structures and features not commonly used in conversational Mandarin. One feature is the use of four-character phrases. Composed of four characters/syllables, these phrases sometimes have their origins in a famous story or text. We have introduced a number of four-character expressions in previous lessons, noting those with literary origins as proverbs or fixed expressions. As is appro­ priate in a formal speech in Chinese, Dawei uses many four-character phrases, including 远道而来 come from afar, guAngyCn sìjiàn time flies, 严 gé 要 qiú strict demands, 热心照顾 warm-hearted guidance, 讨价还价 negotiate prices, and 点菜订餐 order food. Read through his speech again and find additional examples. The four-character phrase 点菜订餐 illustrates a feature of many four-character phrases: they are formed with two two-syllable phrases with identical meaning. In the phrase 点菜订餐, 点菜 and 订餐 each mean order food. Redundancy of this kind is characteristic of many four-character phrases in Chinese.

 32.2.  Indicating order in formal speech or writing: 首先 first, 其次 second, 最后 finally 首先 first, 其次 second, next and 最后 finally are often used together in formal speech or writing to indicate the order of events. We learned 首先 first and 最后 finally in earlier lessons. 首先 first and 其次 second tend to be used in relatively formal contexts. 最后 finally can be used in informal and formal contexts. 我首先 dài 表全体毕业生 xiàng 我们 zEnjìng 的老师们表 shì zhDng 心的感谢。 First, I represent all of the graduates in expressing our heartfelt thanks to our teachers.

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 361

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

362    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

其次，我要感谢我们的中国同屋和朋友。 Second, I want to thank our Chinese roommates and friends. 最后，我要感谢我们的父母和家人。 Finally, I want to thank our parents and family members.

 32.3.  Subject xiàng NP VP do VP toward NP  Xiàng is a preposition and means toward. It always occurs in the structure: subject xiàng NP VP 我 xiàng 我们 zEnjìng 的老师们表 shì 感谢。 I express my gratitude to our respected teachers. 火车 xiàng 上海开去。 The train is going toward Shanghai. 她很高兴地 xiàng 我 pFo 过来。 She happily ran toward me. Xiàng is often used in formal, literary speech and writing, though it can be used in ordinary speech and writing as well.

 32.4.  Parallel structures in formal speech and writing  In this lesson we learn a number of features that characterize formal speech and writing. One very common feature is the use of balanced, parallel structures. Parallel structures are sentences or phrases that occur in sequence and have similar forms, similar or identical length, and either opposite or identical meaning. Here are three sentences from Dawei’s speech that involve parallel structures. For the first sentence, we have written the parallel phrases one above the other so that you can see their similarities. Both involve the structure 在 NP 上 AdjV + N. The phrases with opposite meanings are the AdjV + N phrases: 严 gé 要 qiú strict demands and 热心照顾 warm-hearted guidance. 他们对我们 Toward us they 在学习上严 gé 要 qiú， regarding our studies, (they) had strict demands, 在生活上热心照顾。 regarding our lives, (they) gave us warm-hearted guidance. For the second sentence, the parallelism is in the words dAn 心 worry and 放心 relax. As you can see, the Mandarin words are very similar in form, even though they are direct opposites in meaning. 他们从 dAn 心到放心。 They went from being worried (about us) to being reassured (not worrying) about us.

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 362

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

Lesson 32  第三十二课 Yfn 讲  Giving a speech    363

In the third sentence, the parallelism is formed by the words zhDng 点 ending point and 起点 starting point. Like dAn 心 worry and 放心 relax, they are similar in form and pronunciation, and are direct opposites in meaning. 留学生活的结束是 zhDng 点也是起点。 The end of study-abroad life is also a starting point.

 32.5.  CL CL every (N) and 一 CL CL 的 N (N) after (N), a long string of (Ns)  When classifiers are repeated, they convey the sense of a large number of successive nouns. The structure CL CL often means every (noun). 我天天都来得很早。 I arrive early every day. 她的衣服件件都很漂亮。 As for her clothing, every piece is very pretty. The structure 一 CL CL 的 N means (noun) after (noun). 一封封的电子 yóu 件、一个个的国际长 tú 电话 email after email, long-distance phone call after long-distance phone call

Narrative focus: Structure of a formal speech Formal speeches have three parts: a greeting, a body, and a closing. In speeches for closing ceremonies, such as the one that Dawei gives at his graduation ceremony, the body of the speech is often an extended expression of thanks to one or more groups of people. Formal speeches follow a formula, and in this lesson we learn the formula that will enable you to give a basic formal speech.

  Part I. The greeting or salutation   QCn 爱的(老师、同学和远道而来的家长们)，你们好！ Dear (____), hello! You can add your own audience here.

  Part II. The body   This is the heart of your speech. It often begins with a literary expression that expresses the theme of the event. In Dawei’s farewell speech, he uses the expression: GuAngyCn sìjiàn time flies like an arrow

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 363

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

364    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

You can ask your teacher or another educated speaker of Chinese to help you to select the appropriate expression to use here. Farewell speeches often include expressions of gratitude. Dawei illustrates an appropriate and commonly used way to express gratitude toward others: (我) xiàng (你) 表 shì 感谢。 (I) express thanks to (you). The thanks can be heartfelt: zhDng 心的感谢 heartfelt thanks The speaker can be representing others in her expression of thanks: 我 dài 表全体毕业生 xiàng 我们 zEnjìng 的老师们表 shì zhDng 心的感谢。 I represent all of the graduating students in expressing our heartfelt thanks to our respected teachers. Within the body of the speech, the different parts can be introduced with the expressions: 首先 first 其次 second, next and 最后 finally

  Part III. The closing   The closing presents a final message for all or part of the audience. In Dawei’s speech, the final message is for his classmates: QCn 爱的同学们 Dear classmates (beloved classmates) In a farewell speech, the final message often points toward the future: 留学生活的结束是 zhDng 点也是起点。我们对中国的了解，才刚刚开始。 The end of the study-abroad life is also a beginning. Our understanding of China has only just begun.

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 364

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

Lesson 32  第三十二课 Yfn 讲  Giving a speech    365

Sentence pyramids 1. 你们好！ 远道而来的家长们，你们好！ 同学和远道而来的家长们， 你们好！ QCn 爱的老师、同学和远道而来的 家长们，你们好！ 2. diFn 礼 毕业 diFn 礼 学校的毕业 diFn 礼 下个星期五是学校的毕业 diFn 礼。 3. 结束 就要结束了 留学的生活就要结束了 两年在中国留学的生活就要结束了

hello family members who have come from afar, hello! classmates, and family members who have come from afar, hello! Dear teachers, classmates, and family members who have come from afar, hello! ceremony graduation ceremony school’s graduation ceremony Next Friday is the school’s graduation ceremony.

GuAngyCn sìjiàn，两年在中国留学的 生活就要结束了。

conclude about to conclude study-abroad life is about to conclude two years of study-abroad life in China is about to conclude Time flies. Two years of study-abroad life in China is about to conclude.

4. 感谢 zhDng 心的感谢 表 shì zhDng 心的感谢 xiàng 我们 zEnjìng 的老师们表 shì zhDng 心的感谢 我首先 xiàng 我们 zEnjìng 的老师们 表 shì zhDng 心的感谢。

thanks heartfelt thanks express heartfelt thanks express heartfelt thanks toward our respected teachers I first want to express heartfelt thanks toward our respected teachers.

5. 感谢 表 shì 感谢 xiàng 我们的老师们表 shì 感谢 dài 表全体毕业生 xiàng 我们的老师 们表 shì 感谢 我首先 dài 表全体毕业生 xiàng 我们 的老师们表 shì 感谢。

thanks express thanks express thanks to our teachers represent all of the graduates in expressing thanks to our teachers ________________________________ ________________________________

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 365

(audio online)

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

366    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

6. 文化 chuántIng 文化 文学和 chuántIng 文化 教他们中国文学和 chuántIng 文化 老师教他们中国文学和 chuántIng 文化。

culture traditional culture literature and traditional culture teach them Chinese literature and traditional culture ________________________________ ________________________________

7. 严 gé 要 qiú 很严 gé 老师的要 qiú 很严 gé。

strict the demands are very strict The demands of the teacher are very strict.

8. 孩子 照顾孩子 热心地照顾孩子 老师热心地照顾孩子。

child take care of the child/children warm-heartedly take care of the children ________________________________

9. 宿舍 jí 体宿舍 住在 jí 体宿舍 习惯住在 jí 体宿舍 我不习惯住在 jí 体宿舍。

dormitory group (collective) dormitory live in a group dormitory used to living in a group dormitory ________________________________

10. 我的朋友 我要感谢我的朋友 其次，我要感谢我的朋友。

my friends I want to thank my friends Second, I want to thank my friends.

11. 讲话 跟 mò 生的人讲话 别跟 mò 生的人讲话 妈妈对孩子说：“别跟 mò 生的人 讲话。 ”

talk talk with strangers don’t talk with strangers Mama said to the children: “Don’t talk with strangers.”

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 366

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

Lesson 32  第三十二课 Yfn 讲  Giving a speech    367

12. 习惯 不习惯 会不习惯 宿舍会不习惯 mò 生的宿舍会不习惯

他很 dAn 心住进 mò 生的宿舍会 不习惯。

used to not used to possibly not used it possibly not used to the dormitory possibly not used to the strange dormitory anxious about not getting used to living in a strange dormitory He’s really anxious that he won’t get used to living in a strange dormitory.

13. 酒吧 地铁和酒吧 北京的地铁和酒吧 shú 知北京的地铁和酒吧 他们现在 shú 知北京的地铁和 酒吧。

bar subways and bars Beijing’s subways and bars know well Beijing’s subways and bars ________________________________ ________________________________

dAn 心住进 mò 生的宿舍会不习惯

14. 真正的中国 了解到真正的中国 我们了解到真正的中国 他们让我们了解到真正的中国。 15. 朋友 是朋友 都会是朋友 我们一 bèi 子都会是朋友。 16. 长 tú 电话 给我父母打长 tú 电话 常给我父母打长 tú 电话 我在中国的时候，常给我父母打 长 tú 电话。 17. 电子 yóu 件 发电子 yóu 件 用手机发电子 yóu 件 他不会用手机发电子 yóu 件。

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 367

real China came to understand real China we came to understand real China They made us come to understand real China. friend be friends will be friends We will be friends for life. long-distance telephone make long-distance phone calls to my parents often make long-distance phone calls to my parents ________________________________ ________________________________ email send email use a cell phone to send email He doesn’t know how to use a cell phone to send email.

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

368    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

18. 有意思 没有意思 yFn 讲没有意思 老师的 yFn 讲没有意思。 19. jiAo’ào 为好成 jì jiAo’ào 为孩子的好成 jì jiAo’ào 家长为孩子的好成 jì jiAo’ào。 20. 很大 biàn 化很大 中国的 biàn 化很大。 21. 认识了中国 他们也认识了中国 通过我们，他们也认识了中国。 22. 起点 也是起点 是 zhDng 点也是起点 结束是 zhDng 点也是起点 留学生活的结束是 zhDng 点也是 起点。 23. 开始 刚刚开始 才刚刚开始 我们对中国的了解，才刚刚开始。

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 368

interesting not interesting the lecture is not interesting ________________________________ proud proud of a good academic record proud of their child’s good academic record The parents are proud of their child’s good academic record. very big changes are very big China’s changes have been very big. (China has changed a lot.) knew/met China they also came to know China By going through us, they also came to know China. starting point is also a starting point is an ending point and also a starting point the conclusion is an ending point and also a starting point. The end of our study-abroad life is an ending point and also a starting point. begin just begun only just begun Our understanding of China has only just begun.

8/10/2011 9:06:19 AM

Lesson 32

第三十二课 Yfn 讲

Giving a speech

369

Language FAQs Your transition to reading and composing formal literary Chinese In the latter half of this textbook you have learned a number of features that are common to formal, literary Chinese, including many of the features found in Dawei’s graduation speech. There is still a lot to learn before you can read newspapers and more scholarly publications comfortably. But you have made a good start, and the path ahead of you is interesting and rewarding. Good luck as you travel forward!

Notes on Chinese culture Marking commencement and graduation with speeches Chinese culture tends to mark the beginning and end of events with ceremonies, including the beginning and ending of a course of study. If you study in China, an administrator or teacher will give a speech at the beginning of the program, but if you are a very strong student, you may be asked to give a speech at the concluding ceremony (or “graduation”) that marks the end of the program. You can use the graduation speech that Dawei gives in this lesson as your model, since its structure and content are typical for the occasion. Remember that, in China, your teachers share many of the roles of parents, and they are responsible for your well-being as well as your studies, so you should be careful to speak of them with respect and to acknowledge the contributions they have made to your experience studying abroad.

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 369

8/10/2011 9:06:21 AM

370    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 2

Lesson 32 Narrative in English This semester is just about to end. Next Friday is the school’s graduation ceremony. Because Dawei is strong in every respect, he was selected as the exchange student representative to speak at the graduation ceremony. At first he was a little nervous, because besides his classmates, a lot of the parents of his friends would also be attending. Preparing the speech made Dawei really understand how important studying and living in China these past two years has been for him.

Speech in English Dear teachers, classmates, and family members who have come from far away, hello everyone! Time flies! Our two years of studying abroad in China have come to an end. Here, I first represent all of the graduates in expressing our heartfelt thanks to our respected teachers. In these two years, they taught us many things: Chinese culture, economics, history, traditional culture, etc. When it came to our studies, they had strict demands; when it came to our lives, they had warm guidance. Second, I want to thank our Chinese roommates and friends. From the first day we walked into this strange school and began living in the group dormitory, to today when we know Beijing’s subways and bars really well and are also able to use Chinese to bargain and to order food, they made us understand the real China. We’ll be friends for life. Finally, I want to thank our parents and families. Through a steady stream of emails and long-distance phone calls, they went from worrying about us to feeling reassured about us to feeling proud of us. They learned about China through us, and they came to understand China’s present-day changes. Dear classmates, we couldn’t have imagined that time would pass so quickly. We’ll soon reach the time when we have to say goodbye. The conclusion of our time studying abroad is also a beginning. Our understanding of China has just begun.

9780415472500_Textbook_L32.indd 370

8/10/2011 9:06:21 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin Simplified A a little (AdjV) abundant academic year accompany, assist actually, in reality add in address advertisement after a few days

yIu yCdiFn fBngfù xuénián péi shíjìshàng jiArù dìzhH guFnggào guò jHtiAn

有一点

afterward afterward amazing, awful, unbearable; extremely, unbearably American style American-style football and, while

hòulái ránhòu bùdéliFo

后来 然后 不得了

mGishì mGishì zúqiú ér

美式 美式 zú 球 而

angry appear, seem to be appearance, form appears to be, looks like

shBngqì hFoxiàng yàngzi kànqHlái

生气 好像 样子 看起来

application letter apply arrange arrow aspect, perspective, side assume, suppose at the same time, on one side athletic shoes, sneakers, gym shoes attend, participate in authentic

shBnqHng xìn shBnqHng Anpái jiàn fAngmiàn yHwéi yCbiAn yùndòngxié

申请信 申请 安 pái

B bad, broken ball bar bargain back and forth baseball basic, fundamental basically, on the whole basketball bear, endure

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 371

Traditional 有一點

方面 以为 一边 运动鞋

intensifier adjectival verb noun phrase verb adverb verb noun noun conversational expression adverb adverb adjectival verb phrase noun phrase noun phrase conjunction (literary) adjectival verb verb noun verb + directional ending noun phrase verb verb noun noun verb noun; conjunction noun phrase

cAnjiA dìdao

参加 地道

huài qiú jiJba tFo jià-huán jià bàngqiú jCbGn jCbGnshàng lánqiú shòu

坏 球 酒吧 讨价还价 bàng 球 jC 本 jC 本上 lán 球

学年 实际上 加入 地址 广告 过几天

實際上 加入 地址 廣告 過幾天

L17 L25 L32 L24 L27 L27 L26 L23 L17

後來 然後 不得了

L27 L25 L25

美式 美式 zú 球 而

L22 L22 L22

生氣 好像 樣子 看起來

L26 L20 L24 L23

申請信 申請 安 pái 方面 以為 一邊 運動鞋

L31 L18 L31 L32 L18 L26 L25 L24

verb adjectival verb

參加 地道

L18 L27

adjectival verb noun noun verb phrase noun adjectival verb adverb noun verb

壞 球 酒吧 討價還價 bàng 球 jC 本 jC 本上 lán 球

L18 L22 L28 L24 L22 L30 L30 L22 L21

學年

8/10/2011 9:06:33 AM

372      Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin

beat (eggs) because because of become become sick beef beforehand, in advance begin school, school starts begin, open, convene (a meeting), “have” (a party), drive Beijing roast duck belong to below below zero best thing is, it would be best between beverage bicycle the “Bird’s Nest” black black color blow blue blue color boat body book bag, backpack bookcase borrow, loan both both (  . . . and) bowl breakfast bring (someone or something someplace) bring, take broadband internet connection building the Bund business busy doing something but by all means, absolutely C calculate, count California called, is called camera

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 372

dF yún yCnwèi yóuyú chéng shBng bìng niú ròu shìxiAn kAi xué kAi

打 yún 因为 yóu 于 成 生 bìng niú 肉 事先 开学 开

resultative verb conjunction conjunction verb verb + object noun phrase adverb verb + object verb

打 yún 因為 yóu 於 成 生 bìng niú 肉 事先 開學 開

L27 L17 L31 L27 L20 L29 L29 L17 L17, 19

BGijCng kFoyA shJ dHxià língxià zuì hFo zhCjiAn yHnliào zìxíngchB NiFo cháo hBi hBisè guA lán lánsè chuán shBntH shEbAo shEjià jiè jì yòu wFn zFocAn dài

北京 kFoyA

proper noun verb noun noun phrase verb phrase noun phrase noun noun place name adjectival verb noun verb adjectival verb noun noun noun noun noun verb adverb (paired) adverb noun noun phrase verb

北京 kFoyA

L28 L25 L25 L21 L28 L30 L29 L22 L28 L24 L24 L21 L23 L23 L22 L20 L26 L19 L27 L27 L19 L27 L28 L20

ná kuAndài lóu WàitAn shAngyè mángzhe dànshì qiAnwàn

拿 kuAn 带

拿 kuAn 帶

外 tAn 商业 忙着 但是 千万

verb noun phrase noun place name noun adjV + suffix conjunction adverb

外 tAn 商業 忙著 但是 千萬

L24 L28 L22 L28 L28 L17 L19 L31

suàn JiAzhDu jiàozuò xiàngjC (zhàoxiàngjC)

算 加 zhDu 叫作/叫做 相机 (照相机)

verb place name resultative verb noun

算 加 zhDu 叫作/叫做 相機 (照相機)

L24 L21 L30 L26

底下 líng 下 最好 之间 自行车

hBi 色 蓝 蓝色 身体 书包 书 jià 借 既 又 早餐 带

底下 líng 下 最好 之間 自行車

hBi 色 藍 藍色 身體 書包 書 jià 借 既 又 早餐 帶

8/10/2011 9:06:33 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin      373

camera Canton ( formal literary name) care for, take care of careful cash catch a cold ceremony chair change chaotic, disorganized, messy characteristics, special characteristics, distinctive features characters with identical pronunciations chat chicken egg Chinese (lunar) New Year’s Eve Chinese and other (outside) Chinese language city, city wall (classifier for class periods) (classifier for classes); door (classifier for letters) (classifier for restaurants); family (classifier for shìqing), (classifier for articles of clothing) classroom clean clear clear (weather) clear day climb climb a mountain clothing cloud cloudy cloudy day coast Coca Cola cold collective color come back (to a place), return come from far away comfortable common language, Mandarin company

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 373

zhàoxiàngjC (xiàngjC) Yuè zhàogù xiFoxCn xiànjCn gFnmào diFnlH yHzi biànhuà luàn tèsè

照相机 (相机)

照相機 (相機)

特色

noun noun verb adjectival verb noun verb noun noun noun adjectival verb noun

特色

L26 L29 L32 L26 L28 L21 L32 L19 L32 L19 L29

tóngyCnzì

同音字

noun phrase

同音字

L25

liáo tiAn jCdàn chúxC ZhDng-wài HànyJ chéng jié mén fBng jiA

liáo 天 鸡 dàn 除 xC 中外 汉语

liáo 天 雞 dàn 除 xC 中外 漢語

节 门 封 家

verb + object noun noun noun phrase proper noun noun classifier classifier; noun classifier classifier; noun

L25 L27 L25 L21 L30 L26 L17 L17 L31 L20

jiàn

件

classifier

件

L18, 19

jiàoshì gAnjìng qCngchu qíng qíngtiAn pá pá shAn yCfu yún duD yún yCntiAn hFibiAn KGkIu KGlè lGng jítH yánsè huílai yuFn dào ér lái shEfu PJtDnghuà gDngsC

教 shì 干净 清 chu

noun adjectival verb adjectival verb adjectival verb noun phrase verb verb + object noun noun adjective noun phrase noun proper noun adjectival verb noun noun directional verb literary expression adjectival verb noun phrase noun

教 shì 乾淨 清 chu

L22 L19 L26 L21 L21 L23 L23 L19 L21 L21 L21 L21 L29 L21 L32 L23 L17 L32 L20 L30 L31

照顾 小心 现金 感 mào diFn 礼 椅子 biàn 化

qíng 天 爬 爬山 衣服 多 yún yCn 天 海边 可口可乐 冷 jí 体 颜色 回来 远道而来 舒服 PJ 通话 公 sC

照顧 小心 現金 感 mào diFn 禮 椅子 biàn 化

節 門 封 家

qíng 天 爬 爬山 衣服 多 yún yCn 天 海邊 可口可樂 冷 jí 體 顏色 回來 遠道而來 舒服 PJ 通話 公 sC

8/10/2011 9:06:34 AM

374      Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin

compared to competition; compete completely concern, related to, involve concerned about, manage, bother conclude, finish conditions confidence congratulations and be prosperous connect, communicate connection, relationship conscientious consider, believe, think convenient cook, simmer; fever cost, fees, expenses cough couldn’t be better, it can’t get any better than this country cousin ( female, younger than yourself ) cow credit card crowd, squeeze cubes culture customer cut cut into cute

bH bHsài wánquán yIuguAn guFn

比 比 sài 完全 有关

preposition noun; verb adverb verb verb

比 比 sài 完全 有關

L21 L22 L30 L31 L21

jiéshù qíngkuàng xìnxCn gDngxH fAcái

结束 情 kuàng 信心 gDng 喜发 cái

結束 情 kuàng 信心 gDng 喜發 cái

L29 L28 L31 L25

liánxì guAnxi rènzhBn rènwéi fAngbiàn shAo fèi késou zài hFo bù guò le

lián 系 关系 认真 认为 方便 烧 费

lián 繫 關係 認真 認為 方便 燒 費 再好不過了

L31 L18 L31 L27 L21 L20 L28 L20 L28

guójiA biFomèi

国家 表妹

verb noun noun New Year’s greeting expression verb noun adjectival verb verb adjectival verb verb; noun noun verb colloquial expression noun noun

國家 表妹

L30 L26

niú xìnyòngkF jH kuài (kuàr) wénhuà gùkè qiB qiBchéng kG’ài

再好不过了

信用卡 块(儿) 文化 顾客 qiB 成 可爱

D date day after tomorrow day before yesterday Dear . . .

rìqC hòutiAn qiántiAn qCn’ài de

日期 后天 前天 qCn 爱的

decide definitely degree (of temperature) descendant descendant of the dragon

juédìng yCdìng dù chuánrén lóng de chuánrén

决定 一定

dialect diced or cubed pieces of food didn’t expect that die, dead

fAngyán dCng méi xiFngdào sH

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 374

chuán 人 lóng 的 chuán 人 方言 没想到

noun noun phrase verb noun noun noun verb resultative verb adjectival verb

noun noun noun adjectival verb phrase verb adverb classifier noun noun phrase noun noun verb phrase verb

qiB 成 可愛

L29 L28 L25 L27 L17 L23 L27 L27 L24

日期 後天 前天 qCn 愛的

L26 L17 L17 L32

決定 一定

L18 L17 L21 L25 L25

信用卡 塊(兒) 文化 顧客

chuán 人 lóng 的 chuán 人 方言 沒想到

L30 L29 L25 L24

8/10/2011 9:06:34 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin      375

diet cola, sugar-free cola difference difference difficult to obtain dining hall, cafeteria direct, directly dirty disease enters the body through the mouth district divide into doctor dollar, Chinese dollar ( formal term) dragon dresser duck E each ear earmuffs earth, ground economical economics egg eggplant with yuxiang sauce, fish-fragrant eggplant electronic elevator email emit, send out employer, the company that hires people end point, ending English language enough enter enter, come in enthusiastic, warmhearted entire equivalent to etc. even even more even though, even if every field produces a leading expert everywhere

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 375

jiàn yí kGlè bùtóng chAbié nándé cAntCng zhíjiB zAng bìng cóng kIu rù

健 yí 可乐 不同 差别 难得 餐厅 直接 脏 bìng 从口入

noun phrase noun noun adjectival verb noun adverb adjectival verb proverb

健 yí 可樂 不同 差別 難得 餐廳 直接 髒 bìng 從口入

L29 L21 L30 L28 L17 L30 L19 L20

qE fBnchéng yCshBng yuán

分成 yC 生 元

noun resultative verb noun classifier

分成 yC 生 元

L28 L30 L20 L26

lóng guìzi yA

guì 子

noun noun noun

gè Grduo Grzhào dì jCngjìxíng

各

jCngjì dàn yúxiAng qiézi

经济 鱼香茄子

adjectival verb phrase noun noun noun phrase

diànzH diàntC diànzH yóujiàn fA yòng rén de gDngsC

电子 电 tC 电子 yóu 件 发 用人的公 sC

zhDngdiFn YCngyJ gòu jìn jìnlai rèxCn quán dGngyú dGngdGng lián gèng jíshH háng háng chE Zhuàngyuán dàochù

zhDng 点 英语 够 进 进来 热心 全 等于 等等 连 更

地 经济 xíng

行行出 Zhuàng 元 到处

noun noun noun

guì 子

各

地 經濟 xíng 經濟

L25 L19 L28

L29 L24 L24 L19 L28

魚香茄子

L18 L27 L27

noun phrase noun noun phrase verb noun phrase

電子 電 tC 電子 yóu 件 發 用人的公 sC

L32 L22 L32 L20 L31

noun phrase proper noun verb verb directional verb adjectival verb quantifier verb list-final expression preposition intensifier conjunction proverb

zhDng 點 英語 夠 進 進來 熱心 全 等於 等等 連 更

L32 L30 L27 L18 L22 L32 L18 L26 L27 L22 L23 L30 L18

noun

行行出 Zhuàng 元 到處

L30

8/10/2011 9:06:34 AM

376      Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin

exactly except for except ( for), outside of exercise exercise exercise room, fitness center experience expert extend extremely (AdjV) eye

zhèng chúle yHwài duànliàn yùndòng jiàn shBn fáng jCngyàn náshIu shBn jíle yFnjing

正 除了 以外

F fall asleep fall, autumn family members famous

shuìzháo qiEtiAn jiArén yIu míng

睡着 qiE 天 家人 有名

famous places and historic sites fashionable, popular fat fear fear, be afraid that, perhaps feel, perceive feeling ; feel, think fill out (a form) finally finally, after all, in the end finish, be finished fireworks first fish Five Star

míngshèng gJjì liúxíng pàng pà kIngpà gFn gFnjué tián zuì hòu dàodH wán biAnpào shIuxiAn yú WJxCng

名 shèng gJjì 流行

flavor flavor, odor flower for example for, for the sake of, on behalf of, in order to Forbidden City, the Imperial Palace form fortunately four seasons fragrant, fragrance

wèidao wèi huA bHfang shuD wèi, wéi

free, no fee fruit juice full

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 376

intensifier preposition noun verb noun noun phrase noun adjectival verb verb intensifier suffix noun

正 除了 以外

睡著 qiE 天 家人 有名

L20 L21 L25 L26

名 shèng gJjì 流行

首先 魚 五星

L28 L23 L23 L21 L26 L31 L24 L26 L17 L22 L19 L25 L27 L25 L29

味道 味 花 比方说 为

resultative verb noun noun adjectival verb phrase noun phrase adjectival verb adjectival verb verb adverb verb noun; verb verb adverbial phrase adverb verb noun adverb noun noun phrase (brand name) noun noun* noun adverbial phrase preposition

味道 味 花 比方說 為

L27 L27 L29 L27 L28

GùgDng

故 gDng

place name

故 gDng

L28

biFo xìngkuC sì jì xiAng

表

表 四 jì 香

L26 L29 L21 L27

miFnfèi guI zhC bFo

miFn 费 果 zhC 饱

noun adverb noun phrase adjectival verb, noun noun phrase noun adjectival verb

miFn 費 果 zhC 飽

L28 L29 L20

运动 健身房 经 yàn 拿手 极了

怕 kIng 怕 感 感觉 最后 到底 完 首先 鱼 五星

四 jì 香

運動 健身房 經 yàn 拿手 極了

怕 kIng 怕 感 感覺 最後 到底 完

L23 L20 L20 L22 L22 L22 L31 L29 L22 L19 L25

8/10/2011 9:06:35 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin      377

fussy, fastidious, particular about things, proper (in the) future G garlic the Gate of Heavenly Peace German language gift ginger glove go back (to a place), return go out go to the toilet good at good luck good many times, many times good points graduate the Great Wall green tea green-blue Guangdong (Canton) guess H hair hand over, give Happy New Year hard hard sleeper hardworking hardworking at studies, diligent have diarrhea have a fever have more than you need every year head hear it said help help high school, senior high school high school student, senior high school student hire hire history hobby, interest hometown homework

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 377

jiFngjiu

讲 jiu

adjectival verb

講 jiu

L27

jiAnglái

jiAng 来

noun

jiAng 來

L18

suàn TiAn’Anmén DéyJ lHwù jiAng shIutào huíqu chEqu shàng cèsuI shàn yú hFo yùn hFojHcì hFochù bìyè Cháng Chéng l5 chá qCng GuFngdDng cAi

天安门 德语 礼 wù 手 tào 回去 出去 上厕所 shàn 于 好运 好几次 好处 bì 业 长 chéng 绿茶 青 广东

noun place name proper noun noun noun noun directional verb directional verb verb + object verb + preposition noun phrase number phrase noun verb place name noun phrase adjectival verb place name verb

tóufa jiAo xCnnián kuàilè yìng yìngwò nJlì yònggDng lA dùzi fA shAo niánnián yIu yú

头 fa 交 新年快乐

tóu tCngshuD bAng máng bAngzhù gAozhDng gAozhDngshBng

头 听说 帮忙 帮助 高中 高中生

noun verb New Year greeting adjectival verb noun phrase adjectival verb adjectival verb verb + object verb + object traditional expression noun verb phrase verb + object noun, verb noun noun phrase

gù 用 历史 爱好 家 xiAng 作业

verb verb noun noun noun noun

gù gùyòng lìshH àihào jiAxiAng zuòyè

用功 拉肚子 发烧 年年有 yú

天安門 德語 禮 wù 手 tào 回去 出去 上廁所 shàn 於 好運 好幾次 好處 bì 業 長 chéng 綠茶 青 廣東

頭 fa 交 新年快樂

L27 L28 L30 L26 L27 L24 L17 L21 L20 L31 L31 L20 L30 L18 L26 L29 L28 L29 L30

用功 拉肚子 發燒 年年有 yú

L25 L28 L25 L28 L28 L31 L17 L20 L20 L25

頭 聽說 幫忙 幫助 高中 高中生

L20 L17 L24 L25 L18 L18

gù 用 歷史 愛好 家 xiAng 作業

L31 L31 L30 L18 L21 L29

8/10/2011 9:06:35 AM

378      Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin

hope hospital hot hot and humid hot and sour soup hot and spicy hotel hotel, inn hotline hour however hungry husband

xCwàng yCyuàn rè mBn rè suAn là tAng là jiJdiàn l4guFn rèxiàn xiFoshí bùguò è zhàngfu

I ice ice cubes if if illness, sickness; sick

bCng bCng kuài rúguI yàoshi bìng

bCng 块 如果 要是

immediately important important in addition in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover in fact in fact (not the case that) in the middle of the night include indeed, actually, in fact indicate, show, express influence interactions with others interest interested (in)

mFshàng yàojHn zhòngyào lìngwài érqiG

马上 要紧 重要 另外 而且

qíshí bìng yèlH hán díquè biFoshì yHngxiFng jiAowFng xìngqu gFn xìngqu

其实 并 夜里

interested in (something)

对 . . . 有兴趣

interview island it is only (that)

duì (something) yIu xìngqu guójì Guójì xuésheng zhC jiA jiJdiàn miàntán dFo zhH shì

J jasmine tea, flower-scented tea jog

huA chá pFo bù

花茶

international International Student House

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 378

希望 yC 院 热

酒店 旅馆 热线 小时 不过

的 què 表 shì 影 xiFng 交往 兴趣 感兴趣

国际 国际学生之家 酒店 面谈 只是

verb; noun noun adjectival verb noun phrase noun phrase adjectival verb noun phrase noun noun phrase noun conjunction adjectival verb noun

noun noun phrase conjunction conjunction noun; adjectival verb adverb adjectival verb adjectival verb adverb conjunction

希望 yC 院 熱

酒店 旅館 熱線 小時 不過

L26 L20 L21 L21 L29 L20 L28 L28 L29 L29 L17 L29 L27

bCng 塊 如果 要是

L29 L29 L18 L26 L20

馬上 要緊 重要 另外 而且

L20 L31 L18 L22 L21

sentence adverb adverb time phrase verb adverb verb noun noun noun adjectival verb phrase verb phrase

其實 並 夜裡 的 què 表 shì 影 xiFng 交往 興趣 感興趣

L30 L27 L20 L28 L29 L32 L30 L31 L17 L31

對 . . . 有興趣

L17

adjective place name

國際 國際學生之家 酒店 面談

L28 L28

noun noun adverbial phrase

noun phrase verb + object

只是

花茶

L31 L29 L17

L29 L22

8/10/2011 9:06:35 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin      379

juice just a moment ago just before now K kick kind of know very well, very familiar with kungpao chicken

L language last day of the year leather shoes leftover letter letter of recommendation lie down life lifetime like spring all year round literature lively local flavor location long long distance long-distance telephone call long time long time lose loyalty, devotion, faithfulness luck M mail mainland (China) major (course of study) majority make, let, tell (someone (to) do something) make an appointment make a reservation mapo tofu match math medicine

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 379

zhC gAng gAng gAngcái

刚刚 刚才

noun adverb noun

剛剛 剛才

L29 L25 L25

tC zhIng shúzhC

种 shú 知

verb classifier adverb + verb

種 shú 知

L22 L23 L32

gDngbFo jCdCng

gDngbFo 鸡 dCng

noun phrase

gDngbFo 雞 dCng

L29

yJyán nián sAnshí pí xié shèng xià xìn tuCjiànxìn tFng shBngmìng yC bèizi sì jì rú chEn wénxué rènao fBngwèi dìdiFn cháng chángtú chángtú diànhuà jiJ bàntiAn diE zhDngxCn yùn

语言 年三十 pí 鞋 shGng 下 信 tuCjiàn 信

語言 年三十 pí 鞋 shGng 下 信 tuCjiàn 信

zhDng 心 运

noun noun phrase noun phrase noun phrase noun noun phrase verb noun noun phrase proverb noun adjectival verb noun noun adjectival verb noun noun phrase adjectival verb idiom verb noun noun

zhDng 心 運

L30 L25 L24 L29 L28 L31 L25 L22 L32 L21 L32 L25 L29 L26 L21 L32 L32 L27 L19 L26 L32 L31

yóujiàn dà lù zhuAnyè dà bùfBn ràng

yóu 件 大 lù zhuAn 业 大 bù 分 让

noun noun noun noun phrase verb

yóu 件 大 lù zhuAn 業 大 bù 分 讓

L32 L30 L18 L31 L21

yuB dìng wèizi mápó dòufu pèi

订位子 麻 pó dòufu

訂位子 麻 pó dòufu

L29 L29 L29 L24

shùxué yào

生 mìng 一 bèi 子 四 jì 如春 文学 热 nao 风味 地点 长 长 tú 长 tú 电话 久 半天

数学

verb verb + object noun phrase verb; adjectival verb noun noun

生 mìng 一 bèi 子 四 jì 如春 文學 熱 nao 風味 地點 長 長 tú 長 tú 電話 久 半天

數學

L17 L20

8/10/2011 9:06:35 AM

380      Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin

meeting, party, formal event menu method method, law method, way of doing something mistaken, wrong more and more more or less moreover, in addition, furthermore most most movement is the essence of life; exercise is fundamental to your quality of life muggy must V mutual, mutually, among each other

huì càidAn fAngshì fF fAngfF

会 菜单 方式 法 方法

noun noun noun noun* noun

會 菜單 方式 法 方法

L19 L29 L28 L27 L27

cuò yuèláiyuè zuIyòu bìngqiG

错 越来越 左右 并且

verb intensifier noun conjunction

錯 越來越 左右 並且

L29 L21 L26 L26

zuì dàbùfBn shBngmìng zài yú yùndòng

最 大 bù 分 生 mìng 在于 运动

intensifier noun phrase proverb

最 大 bù 分 生 mìng 在於 運動

L18 L31 L22

mBn fBi V bù kG hùxiAng

非 V 不可 hù 相

adjectival verb literary expression adverb

非 V 不可 hù 相

L21 L19 L30

xìngmíng

姓名

noun

姓名

L26

NánjCng GuóyJ quán guó xEyào jHnzhAng cónglái + NEG xCnnián niányè fàn xiAoxi bàozhH qícì yè wúlùn nánguài miàn niú ròu miàn bù cuò

南京 国语 全国 需要 紧张 从来 + NEG 新年 年夜饭

南京 國語 全國 需要 緊張 從來 + NEG 新年 年夜飯

難怪 麵 niú 肉麵 不錯

L28 L30 L18 L30 L18 L25 L25 L25 L31 L31 L32 L20 L30 L30 L29 L29 L29

not equal to not need to not only

bùrú bù yòng bùdàn

不如 不用 不但

place name noun phrase noun phrase verb adjectival verb adverb noun phrase noun phrase noun noun sentence adverb noun* sentence adverb sentence adverb noun noun phrase NEG + verb, conversational expression verb phrase modal verb phrase conjunction

不如 不用 不但

L28 L19 L24

O observe Chinese New Year ocean, sea

guò nián hFi

过年 海

verb phrase noun

過年 海

L25 L21

N name, family name and given name Nanjing (Nanking) national language, Mandarin nationwide need nervous, tense never before New Year New Year’s Eve family dinner news newspaper next night no matter no wonder noodles noodles with beef not bad, correct, pretty good

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 380

报纸 其次

难怪 面 niú 肉面 不错

報紙 其次

8/10/2011 9:06:36 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin      381

oil only, it is only that on the one hand

yóu jiù shì yC fAngmiàn

就是 一方面

on the whole, generally open open (of a business), open the door opportunity or order food order food, select food from a menu ordinary, common originally originally, at first, it turns out to be the case other people, some other person otherwise overcoat, coat

yC bAn dFkAi kAi mén

一 bAn 打开 开门

noun adverbial phrase noun phrase, conjunction adverb resultative verb verb + object

jChuì huòzhG ding cAn diFn cài

机会 或者 订餐 点菜

pJtDng bGnlái yuánlái bié ren yàobùrán dà yC

P painful, hurt pair pair, set parents parents (group of ) part particularly, especially party (passive voice) passport pay attention to pay the bill pay, remit people Pepsi Cola personnel, staff pig ping-pong place, location plate play ball play soccer play, have fun pork possibly; possibility; possible

téng shuAng fù jiAzhFng jiAzhFngmen bùfBn tèbié wFnhuì bèi hùzhào zhùyì mFi dAn fù rénmen BFishì KGlè rényuán zhE pCngpAng qiú dìfang pánzi dF qiú tC zúqiú wán, wár zhE ròu kGnéng

post, hang up pot (cooking pot), wok

tiB guD

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 381

就是 一方面

L27 L19 L31

一 bAn 打開 開門

L29 L19 L17

noun conjunction verb + object verb + object

機會 或者 訂餐 點菜

L28 L20 L29 L29

pJ 通 本来 yuán 来

adjectival verb adverb adverb

pJ 通 本來 yuán 來

L30 L24 L30

别人 要不然 大衣

noun phrase conjunction noun

別人 要不然 大衣

L26 L29 L24

双 家长 家长们 bù 分 特别 晚会 被 hù 照 zhù 意 买单 人们 百事可乐 人员 pCngpAng 球 地方 pán 子 打球 tC zú 球 玩 zhE 肉 可能

adjectival verb classifier classifier noun noun noun intensifier noun phrase preposition noun verb verb + object verb noun proper noun noun noun noun noun noun verb + object verb + object verb noun phrase adverb; noun; adjectival verb verb noun

雙 家長 家長們 bù 分 特別 晚會 被 hù 照 zhù 意 買單 人們 百事可樂 人員 pCngpAng 球 地方 pán 子 打球 tC zú 球 玩 zhE 肉 可能

L20 L19 L24 L32 L32 L31 L21 L19 L26 L26 L26 L29 L28 L27 L29 L26 L29 L22 L22 L27 L22 L22 L21 L29 L20 L23 L27

8/10/2011 9:06:36 AM

382      Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin

prediction prepare present day, modern times price primary, important probably process, story of what happened pronunciation pronunciation of a word or character proud pull, drag put a dish (of food) on the table, bring an order at a restaurant put, place (something somewhere), set off ( firecrackers) Q question, problem R rain rain, raining reach the intended goal read aloud, read real, authentic realize, discover reassured, be relieved record, grades red envelope with money inside given as a gift red tea (black tea) reduce the price relatively, comparatively relax relies on, depends upon remember Renminbi repeat report; announce representative; represent request; demand reserve reserve in advance reside, stay at a place respect rest résumé rice (cooked rice)

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 382

yùbào zhJnbèi xiàndài jiàqian zhJyào dàgài jCngguò fAyCn yJyCn

预报 准备 现 dài 价钱 zhJ 要 大概 经过 发音 语音

noun verb noun noun adjectival verb adverb noun noun noun

預報 準備 現 dài 價錢 zhJ 要 大概 經過 發音 語音

L21 L25 L30 L24 L30 L20 L26 L30 L30

jiAo’ào lA shàng

拉 上

adjectival verb verb verb

拉 上

L32 L28 L29

fàng

放

verb

放

L19, 25

wèntí

问题

noun

問題

L17

下 yJ 着

noun verb + object resultative ending* verb

下 yJ 著

yJ xià yJ zháo dú zhBnzhèng fAxiàn fàng xCn chéngjì hóngbAo hóng chá jiFn jià bHjiào fàngsDng zàiyú jìzhù Rénmín bì chóngfù bàogào dàibiFo yàoqiú dìng yùdìng dAi zEnjìng xiExi jiFnlì mHfàn

真正 发现 放心 成 jì 红包 红茶 jiFn 价 比较 放 sDng 在于 jì 住 人 mín bì 重复 报告 dài 表 要 qiú 订 预订

简历 mH 饭

verb verb phrase noun noun phrase noun phrase verb + object intensifier verb verb resultative verb noun phrase verb noun; verb noun; verb noun; verb verb verb verb verb verb noun noun

真正 發現 放心 成 jì 紅包 紅茶 jiFn 價 比較 放 sDng 在於 jì 住 人 mín bì 重複 報告 dài 表 要 qiú 訂 預訂

簡歷 mH 飯

L21 L21 L20 L29 L32 L27 L32 L18 L25 L29 L23 L17 L29 L22 L31 L26 L28 L29 L32 L32 L28 L29 L28 L32 L31 L31 L29

8/10/2011 9:06:36 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin      383

ride a bicycle ride astraddle roast roast duck room room round trip row row a boat, rowing run S sad salt same as, similar to, resemble same sound, homophonous same, the same save scallion, green onion scenic spots school team score script, writing system season season seasonings seat seat see a doctor select self sell at a discount semester Shandong cuisine Shandong ( formal literary name) Shandong Shanghai shirt, blouse shoes short short period of time show concern for shredded meat, shredded pork Sichuan Sichuan flavor Sichuan cuisine the Silk Market similar simple

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 383

qí zìxíngchB qí kFo kFoyA fángjiAn wEzi láihuí huá huá chuán pFo

qí 自行车

nánguò yán xiàng tóngyCn yCyàng shGng cDng jHngdiFn xiào duì fBnshù wénzì jì jìjié tiáoliào wèizi zuòwèi kàn bìng xuFn zìjH dF zhé xuéqC LJ cài LJ

难过

ShAndDng ShànghFi chènshAn xié(zi) duFn duàn guAnxCn ròu sC SìchuAn ChuAn wèi ChuAn cài XiùshuH jiB xiAngtóng jiFndAn

山东 上海

房间 屋子 来回

像 同音 一样 省 jHng 点 校 duì 分数 文字 jì 节 位子 zuò 位 看 bìng 选 自己 打折 学期 LJ 菜

鞋(子) 短 关心 肉 sC 四川 川味 川菜 Xiù 水街 相同 简单

verb + object verb verb noun phrase noun noun noun phrase verb verb + object verb

qí 自行車

adjectival verb noun verb adjectival verb noun verb noun noun phrase noun phrase noun noun phrase noun* noun noun noun noun verb + object verb pronoun verb + object noun noun phrase noun

難過

place name place name noun noun adjectival verb classifier verb noun phrase place name noun noun phrase place name adjectival verb adjectival verb

山東 上海

房間 屋子 來回

像 同音 一樣 省 jHng 點 校 duì 分數 文字 jì 節 位子 zuò 位 看 bìng 選 自己 打折 學期 LJ 菜

L22 L22 L28 L28 L19 L19 L28 L22 L22 L22

L26 L27 L29 L25 L21 L28 L27 L28 L22 L18 L30 L21 L21 L27 L29 L25 L20 L17 L17 L23 L17 L29

鞋(子) 短 關心 肉 sC 四川 川味 川菜 Xiù 水街 相同 簡單

L29 L28 L24 L19 L21 L31 L21 L27 L20 L29 L29 L28 L22 L27

8/10/2011 9:06:37 AM

384      Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin

simplified characters single room single, odd (as opposed to even) situation, thing (abstract) size (abstract) skirt slacks smart, intelligent smell snow snow, snowing so (AdjV), this (AdjV) so, therefore soccer socks soft soft sleeper sound soup sour soy sauce specialty dish speech; give a speech spend spend money spicy cubed young chicken spring Spring Festival Sprite stand standard standard language star starting point, beginning stay, remain in a location steal stir fry stomach store story straighten up strange street strengths strict strict strict teachers make good students strokes (in a character) strong

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 384

jiFntHzì dAnrén jiAn dAn shìqing dàxiFo qúnzi kùzi cDngming wén xuG xià xuG zhème suIyH zúqiú wàzi ruFn ruFnwò shBngyCn tAng suAn jiàngyóu náshIu cài yFnjiFng huA huA qián là zijC dCng chEntiAn ChEnjié XuG bì zhàn biAozhJn biAozhJn yJ(yán) xCng qHdiFn liú tDu fAnchFo dùzi shAngdiàn gùshì shDushi qíguài jiB chángchù yán yángé yán shC chE gAo tú

简体字 单人间 单 事情 大小 qún 子 kù 子 cDng 明

bHhuà qiáng

qí 怪 街 长处 严 严 gé 严师出高 tú

noun phrase noun phrase adjective noun noun noun noun adjectival verb verb noun verb + object intensifier conjunction noun noun adjectival verb noun phrase noun noun adjectival verb noun noun noun; verb verb verb + object noun phrase noun proper noun proper noun verb adjectival verb noun phrase noun noun phrase verb verb verb noun noun noun verb adjectival verb noun noun adjectival verb adjectival verb proverb

qí 怪 街 長處 嚴 嚴 gé 嚴師出高 tú

L30 L28 L28 L18 L23 L23 L24 L17 L27 L21 L21 L19 L17 L22 L24 L28 L28 L25 L29 L29 L27 L29 L32 L23 L23 L29 L21 L23 L29 L25 L28 L30 L29 L32 L31 L26 L27 L20 L23 L27 L19 L29 L23 L30 L17 L32 L17

笔 huà 强

noun adjectival verb

筆 huà 強

L30 L18

下 xuG 这么 所以 zú 球 wà 子

shBng 音

拿手菜 yFn 讲 花 花钱 là 子鸡 dCng 春天 春节 站 标准 标准语(言) 星 起点 留 fAn 炒 肚子 商店 故事

簡體字 單人間 單 事情 大小 qún 子 kù 子 cDng 明

下 xuG 這麽[麼] 所以 zú 球 wà 子

shBng 音

拿手菜 yFn 講 花 花錢 là 子雞 dCng 春天 春節 站 標準 標準語(言) 星 起點 留 fAn 炒 肚子 商店 故事

8/10/2011 9:06:37 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin      385

student who is studying abroad, exchange student students (plural) study study abroad stupid style style, way of doing something sugar suitable, appropriate, fits well (of clothing) sweep sweep the floor sweet and sour T table tablet take advantage of (an opportunity) take home leftovers, make a “doggy bag” take your time (don’t hurry off ) take; (classifier for chairs) talk taste taxi

liú xuésheng

留学生

noun phrase

留學生

L31

xuéshengmen dú shE liú xué bèn shìyàng shì táng héshì

学生们 dú 书 留学

noun verb + object verb adjectival verb noun noun* noun adjectival verb

學生們 dú 書 留學

L17 L29 L31 L17 L23 L22 L27 L23

sFo sFo dì tángcù

式样 式 糖

sFo 地 糖醋

noun verb + object noun phrase

式樣 式 糖

sFo 地 糖醋

L19 L19 L29

zhuDzi piàn chèn

zhuD 子

noun classifier verb

zhuD 子

L19 L20 L28

dF bAo

打包

verb + object

打包

L29

màn zIu

慢走

慢走

L29

bF jiFng huà cháng chEzEqìchB, chEzEchB duì jiFng wBndù wàn hFojíle

把 讲话

conversational expression verb*; classifier verb + object verb noun phrase

把 講話

L19 L32 L29 L24

textbook thanks, gratitude; thank, express gratitude that explains it, so that’s the reason that’s settled then, it’s a deal, agreed these past few days

kèbGn gFnxiè

课本 感谢

noun verb noun number conversational expression noun noun; verb

yuánlái rúcH

yuán 来如 cH

yC yán wéi dìng zhè jHtiAn

thin thirsty thousand through, by way of time time flies

shòu kG qiAn tDngguò cì guAngyCn sìjiàn

team tell (a story), talk, explain temperature ten thousand terrific, wonderful, great

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 385

出 zE (汽)车

出 zE (汽)車

萬 好極了

L22 L27 L21 L26 L24

課本 感謝

L17 L32

fixed expression

yuán 來如 cH

L30

一言为定

proverb

一言為定

L27

这几天

conversational expression adjectival verb adjectival verb number verb classifier literary expression

這幾天

L17

讲 万 好极了

千 通过 次

講

千 通過 次

L23 L29 L24 L32 L20 L32

8/10/2011 9:06:38 AM

386      Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin

tip tired tired to death tofu, beancurd toilet tomato tone, tune tones of Mandarin toward trade (business) tradition traditional characters transportation, communication travel agency travel, go on vacation trust, credit try Tsingtao turn, change direction U unable to endure (something), unable to bear (something), can’t take it understand understand unfamiliar, strange unit of speech, word, sentence unless upside down US dollar useful

V vicinity vinegar visa visit, stroll through vocabulary volleyball W warm waste the “Water Cube” weakness, shortcoming wear (on the head, neck, arm, hand) wear, put on

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 386

xiFofèi lèi lèisH dòufu cèsuI xC hóngshì shBngdiào sìshBng xiàng màoyì chuántIng fántHzì jiAotDng l4xíngshè l4xíng xìnyòng shì QCngdFo zhuFn

小费 累 累 sH

shòubùliFo

noun adjectival verb resultative verb noun noun noun noun noun phrase preposition noun noun noun noun noun verb noun verb place name verb

小費 累 累 sH

shòu 不了

verb

shòu 不了

L21

liFojiG míngbai mòshBng jù chúfBi dào MGiyuán yIu yòng

了解 明白 mò 生

verb verb adjectival verb classifier conjunction verb noun phrase adjectival verb phrase

了解 明白 mò 生

L31 L25 L32 L30 L29 L25 L26 L17

fùjìn cù qiAnzhèng guàng cíhuì páiqiú

附近 醋

noun noun noun verb noun noun

附近 醋

nuFnhuo làngfèi ShuHlìfAng duFnchù dài

nuFn 和 làng 费 水 lì 方 短处

adjectival verb verb place name noun verb

nuFn 和 làng 費 水 lì 方 短處

L21 L27 L28 L30 L24

chuAn

穿

verb

穿

L21

厕所 西红 shì 四 shBng mào 易 fán 体字 交通 旅行 shè 旅行 信用 试 青 dFo

除非 美元 有用

pái 球

廁所 西紅 shì 四 shBng mào 易 fán 體字 交通 旅行 shè 旅行 信用 試 青 dFo

除非 美元 有用

pái 球

L29 L18 L24 L27 L20 L27 L30 L30 L32 L31 L32 L30 L28 L28 L26 L28 L23 L29 L21

L28 L27 L31 L23 L30 L22

8/10/2011 9:06:38 AM

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin Pinyin      387

weather weather forecast week weekend well, do something well West, the what can you do about it? what’s the matter?

tiAnqì tiAnqì yùbào zhDu zhDumò hFohAo(r) de xCfAng zGnme bàn zGnme le

天气 天气预报 周 周末 好好(儿)地 西方 怎么 bàn 怎么了

white why

bái wèishénme

为什么

willing wind window window shopping, strolling along the shopping streets windy winter winter vacation wish worker work out, exercise (the body) work out, exercise, body building worry, feel anxious wrap; bag writing

yuànyì fBng chuAnghu guàng jiB

愿意 风

guA fBng dDngtiAn hánjià zhù gDngzuò rényuán duànliàn shBntH jiàn shBn dAn xCn bAo shExiG

guA 风 dDng 天 寒假

X Xi’an Y yellow yellow color you knew what you were getting into; you did this of your own free will young young lady, miss young people youth

9780415472500_Textbook_Z01.indd 387

noun noun phrase classifier noun adverbial phrase noun phrase question phrase conversational expression adjectival verb content question phrase stative verb noun noun verb + object

天氣 天氣預報 週 週末 好好(兒)地 西方 怎麽[麼] bàn 怎麽[麼]了

L21 L21 L22 L19 L30 L31 L18 L20

為[爲]甚麽[麼]

L23 L18

guA 風 dDng 天 寒假

工作人员 duànliàn 身体 健身 dAn 心 包 书写

verb + object noun noun verb noun phrase verb + object verb + object verb verb; noun noun

工作人員 duànliàn 身體 健身 dAn 心 包 書寫

L21 L21 L25 L31 L26 L22 L22 L32 L25 L30

XC’An

西安

place name

西安

L25

huáng huángsè yuànzhG shàng gDu

黄 黄色 yuàn 者上 gDu

adjectival verb noun proverb

黃 黃色 yuàn 者上 gDu

L23 L23 L24

niánqCng xiFojie niánqCng rén qCngnián

年 qCng 小姐 年 qCng 人 青年

adjectival verb noun noun phrase noun

年 qCng 小姐 年 qCng 人 青年

L22 L24 L22 L28

guàng 街

願意 風 guàng 街

L27 L21 L19 L23

8/10/2011 9:06:38 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English Simplified A àihào Anpái

Traditional

爱好 安 pái

noun verb

hobby, interest arrange

愛好 安 pái

L18 L31

把

表 表妹

L19 L23 L29 L24 L22 L25 L19 L25 L20 L29 L31 L26 L28 L17 L24 L21 L32 L25 L26 L26

biFoshì

表 shì

verb

表 shì

L32

biAozhJn biAozhJn yJ(yán) bié ren

标准 标准语(言) 别人

adjectival verb noun phrase noun phrase

標準 標準語(言) 別人

L28 L30 L26

bHfang shuD bHhuà bHjiào bCng bìng

比方说 笔 huà 比较

比方說 筆 huà 比較

L27 L30 L17 L29 L20

bìng bìng cóng kIu rù

并 bìng 从口入

adverbial phrase noun intensifier noun noun; adjectival verb adverb proverb

take; (classifier for chairs) white Pepsi Cola help baseball help a long time wrap; bag full report; announce newspaper (passive voice) Beijing roast duck stupid originally compared to change fireworks form cousin ( female, younger than yourself ) indicate, show, express standard standard language other people, some other person for example strokes (in a character) relatively, comparatively ice illness, sickness; sick

把

表 表妹

verb*; classifier adjectival verb proper noun verb + object noun noun; verb idiom verb; noun adjectival verb noun; verb noun preposition proper noun adjectival verb adverb preposition noun noun noun noun

並 bìng 從口入

L27 L20

bCng kuài bìngqiG

bCng 块 并且

noun phrase conjunction

bCng 塊 並且

L29 L26

bHsài bìyè

比 sài bì 业

noun; verb verb

(not) in fact disease enters the body through the mouth ice cubes moreover, in addition, furthermore competition; compete graduate

比 sài bì 業

L22 L18

B bF bái BFishì KGlè bAng máng bàngqiú bAngzhù bàntiAn bAo bFo bàogào bàozhH bèi BGijCng kFoyA bèn bGnlái bH biànhuà biAnpào biFo biFomèi

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 388

百事可乐 帮忙 bàng 球 帮助 半天 包 饱 报告 报纸 被 北京 kFoyA 本来 比 biàn 化

百事可樂 幫忙 bàng 球 幫助 半天 包 飽 報告 報紙 被 北京 kFoyA 本來 比 biàn 化

8/10/2011 9:06:55 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English    389

bù cuò

不错

bùdàn bùdéliFo

不但 不得了

bùfBn bùguò bùrú bùtóng bù yòng

bù 分 不过 不如 不同 不用

C cAi càidAn cAnjiA cAntCng cèsuI chAbié cháng cháng Cháng Chéng chángchù chángtú chángtú diànhuà chèn chéng chéng chéngjì chènshAn chóngfù chuAn chuán ChuAn cài chuAnghu chuánrén chuántIng ChuAn wèi chúfBi chúle ChEnjié chEntiAn chEqu chúxC chEzEqìchB, chEzEchB cì cíhuì cDng

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 389

菜单 参加 餐厅 厕所 差别 长 长 chéng 长处 长 tú 长 tú 电话

成 成 jì 重复 穿 川菜 chuán 人 川味 除非 除了 春节 春天 出去 除 xC 出 zE (汽)车 次

NEG + verb, conversational expression conjunction adjectival verb phrase noun conjunction verb phrase noun modal verb phrase

not bad, correct, pretty good

不錯

L29

not only amazing, awful, unbearable; extremely, unbearably part however not equal to difference not need to

不但 不得了

L24 L25

bù 分 不過 不如 不同 不用

L31 L17 L28 L21 L19

verb noun verb noun noun noun adjectival verb verb proper noun noun noun noun phrase verb noun verb noun noun verb verb noun noun phrase noun noun noun noun conjunction preposition proper noun noun directional verb noun noun phrase

guess menu attend, participate in dining hall, cafeteria toilet difference long taste the Great Wall strengths long distance long-distance telephone call take advantage of (an opportunity) city, city wall become record, grades shirt, blouse repeat wear, put on boat Sichuan cuisine window descendant tradition Sichuan flavor unless except for Spring Festival spring go out Chinese (lunar) New Year’s Eve taxi

classifier noun noun

time vocabulary scallion, green onion

菜單 參加 餐廳 廁所 差別 長 長 chéng 長處 長 tú 長 tú 電話

成 成 jì 重複 穿 川菜 chuán 人 川味 除非 除了 春節 春天 出去 除 xi 出 zE (汽)車 次

L30 L29 L18 L17 L20 L30 L21 L29 L26 L30 L32 L32 L28 L26 L27 L18 L24 L28 L21 L22 L29 L19 L25 L32 L29 L29 L20 L23 L21 L21 L25 L24 L20 L30 L27

8/10/2011 9:06:55 AM

390    Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English

cónglái + NEG cDngming cù cuò

从来 + NEG cDng 明 醋 错

adverb adjectival verb noun verb

never before smart, intelligent vinegar mistaken, wrong

從來 + NEG cDng 明 醋 錯

L25 L17 L27 L29

D dF bAo

打包

verb + object

打包

L29

大 bù 分 大 lù 打球 大衣 打 yún 打折 大概

noun phrase noun verb + object noun resultative verb verb + object adverb verb verb

take home leftovers, make a “doggy bag” the majority, most mainland (China) play ball overcoat, coat beat (eggs) sell at a discount probably reside, stay at a place bring (someone or something someplace) wear (on the head, neck, arm, hand) representative; represent open single, odd (as opposed to even) egg worry, feel anxious single room but island upside down everywhere finally, after all, in the end size (abstract) etc. equivalent to German language earth, ground order food, select food from a menu ceremony elevator electronic email authentic location place, location diced or cubed pieces of food reserve order food make a reservation indeed, actually, in fact

大 bù 分 大 lù 打球 大衣 打 yún 打折 大概

L31 L30 L22 L24 L27 L23 L20 L28 L20

dà bùfBn dà lù dF qiú dà yC dF yún dF zhé dàgài dAi dài

带

dài

verb

dàibiFo dFkAi dAn dàn dAn xCn dAnrén jiAn dànshì dFo dào dàochù dàodH dàxiFo dGngdGng dGngyú DéyJ dì diFn cài

dài 表 打开 单

diFnlH diàntC diànzH diànzH yóujiàn dìdao dìdiFn dìfang dCng dìng ding cAn dìng wèizi díquè

diFn 礼 电 tC 电子 电子 yóu 件 地道 地点 地方

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 390

dAn 心 单人间 但是

到处 到底 大小 等等 等于 德语 地 点菜

订 订餐 订位子 的 què

noun; verb resultative verb adjective noun verb noun phrase conjunction noun verb noun adverb noun list-final expression verb proper noun verb + object noun noun noun phrase noun phrase adjectival verb noun noun noun verb verb + object verb + object adverb

帶

L24 dài 表 打開 單 dAn 心 單人間 但是

到處 到底 大小 等等 等於 德語 地 點菜 diFn 禮 電 tC 電子 電子 yóu 件 地道 地點 地方 訂 訂餐 訂位子 的 què

L32 L19 L28 L27 L32 L28 L19 L29 L25 L30 L22 L23 L27 L26 L30 L19 L29 L32 L22 L32 L32 L27 L26 L22 L29 L28 L29 L29 L29

8/10/2011 9:06:56 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English    391

diE dHxià dìzhH dDngtiAn dòufu dú dù dú shE duFn duàn duFnchù duànliàn duànliàn shBntH duì duì (something) yIu xìngqu duD yún dùzi

对 . . . 有兴趣

verb noun noun noun noun verb classifier verb + object adjectival verb classifier noun verb verb + object noun verb phrase

lose below address winter tofu, beancurd read aloud, read degree (of temperature) study short short period of time weakness, shortcoming exercise work out, exercise (the body) team interested in (something)

多 yún 肚子

adjective noun

cloudy stomach

adjectival verb conjunction (literary) noun conjunction

hungry and, while

底下 地址 dDng 天

dú 书 短 短处 duànliàn 身体

E è ér

而

Grduo érqiG

而且

Grzhào

noun

F fF fA fA shAo fAnchFo fàng

法 发 发烧 fAn 炒 放

noun* verb verb + object verb verb

fàng xCn fAngbiàn fAngfF fángjiAn fAngmiàn fAngshì fàngsDng fAngyán fántHzì fAxiàn fAyCn fèi fBi V bù kG fBnchéng

放心 方便 方法 房间 方面 方式 放 sDng 方言 fán 体字 发现 发音 费 非 V 不可 分成

verb phrase adjectival verb noun noun noun noun verb noun noun verb noun noun literary expression resultative verb

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 391

ear in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover earmuffs

method, law emit, send out have a fever stir fry put, place (something somewhere), set off ( firecrackers) be reassured, be relieved convenient method, way of doing something room aspect, perspective, side method relax dialect traditional characters realize, discover pronunciation cost, fees, expenses must V divide into

對 . . . 有興趣

L26 L25 L26 L21 L27 L29 L21 L29 L21 L31 L30 L22 L22 L22 L17

多 yún 肚子

L21 L20

而

L29 L22

而且

L24 L21

底下 地址 dDng 天

dú 書 短 短處 duànliàn 身體

L24

法 發 發燒 fAn 炒 放

L27 L20 L20 L27 L19, 25

放心 方便 方法 房間 方面 方式 放 sDng 方言 fán 體字 發現 發音 費 非 V 不可 分成

L32 L21 L27 L19 L18 L28 L29 L30 L30 L27 L30 L28 L19 L30

8/10/2011 9:06:56 AM

392    Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English

fBng fBng fBngfù fBngwèi fBnshù fù fù fùjìn

风 封 风味 分数

附近

noun classifier adjectival verb noun noun classifier verb noun

wind (classifier for letters) abundant local flavor score pair, set pay, remit vicinity

風 封

附近

L21 L31 L25 L29 L18 L24 L28 L28

feel, perceive interested (in)

感 感興趣

L31 L31

just a moment ago just before now clean feeling; feel, think catch a cold thanks, gratitude; thank, express gratitude high school, senior high school high school student, senior high school student each even more kungpao chicken

剛剛 剛才 乾淨 感覺 感 mào 感謝

L25 L25 L19 L24 L21 L32

高中 高中生

L18 L18

各 更 gDngbFo 雞 dCng 公 sC gDng 喜發 cái

L29 L23 L29

工作人員 夠 gù

L26 L27 L31 L21 L21 L21

G gFn gFn xìngqu

感 感兴趣

gAng gAng gAngcái gAnjìng gFnjué gFnmào gFnxiè

刚刚 刚才 干净 感觉 感 mào 感谢

verb adjectival verb phrase adverb noun adjectival verb noun; verb verb noun; verb

gAozhDng gAozhDngshBng

高中 高中生

noun noun phrase

gè gèng gDngbFo jCdCng

各 更 gDngbFo 鸡 dCng 公 sC gDng 喜发 cái

noun intensifier noun phrase

gDngsC gDngxH fAcái gDngzuò rényuán gòu gù guA guA fBng guFn guàng guàng jiB

工作人员 够 gù guA 风

guàng 街

GuFngdDng guFnggào guAngyCn sìjiàn guAnxi guAnxCn GùgDng

广东 广告

guìzi gùkè guD

guì 子 顾客

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 392

关系 关心 故 gDng

noun New Year’s greeting expression noun phrase verb verb verb verb + object verb verb verb + object place name noun literary expression noun verb place name noun noun noun

company congratulations and be prosperous worker enough hire blow windy concerned about, manage, bother visit, stroll through window shopping, strolling along the shopping streets Guangdong (Canton) advertisement time flies connection, relationship show concern for the Forbidden City, the Imperial Palace dresser customer pot (cooking pot), wok

風味 分數

guA 風

guàng 街 廣東 廣告 關係 關心 故 gDng guì 子 顧客

L31 L25

L23 L23 L29 L23 L32 L18 L21 L28 L19 L23 L27

8/10/2011 9:06:56 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English    393

guò jHtiAn

过几天

guò nián guI zhC guójì Guójì xuésheng zhC jiA jiJdiàn guójiA GuóyJ gùshì gùyòng

过年 果 zhC 国际 国际学生之家 酒店 国家 国语 故事 gù 用

H hFi hFibiAn hán háng háng chE Zhuàngyuán hánjià HànyJ hFo yùn hFochù hFohAo(r) de hFojHcì

海 海边 行行出 Zhuàng 元 寒假 汉语 好运 好处 好好(儿)地 好几次

conversational expression verb phrase noun adjective place name

after a few days

過幾天

L17

observe Chinese New Year fruit juice international International Student House

L25 L29 L28 L28

noun noun phrase noun verb

country national language, Mandarin story hire

過年 果 zhC 國際 國際學生之家 酒店 國家 國語 故事 gù 用

noun noun verb proverb

ocean, sea coast include every field produces a leading expert winter vacation Chinese language good luck good points well, do something well a good many times, many times terrific, wonderful, great

海 海邊

L21 L21 L28 L18

好極了

L24

appear, seem to be black black color suitable, appropriate, fits well (of clothing) red tea (black tea) red envelope with money inside given as a gift afterwards day after tomorrow spend flower row jasmine tea, flower-scented tea row a boat, rowing spend money bad, broken yellow yellow color meeting, party, formal event come back (to a place), return go back (to a place), return or

好像

L20 L24 L24 L23

noun proper noun noun phrase noun adverbial phrase number phrase

hFojíle

好极了

hFoxiàng hBi hBisè héshì

好像

hóng chá hóngbAo

红茶 红包

noun phrase noun phrase

hòulái hòutiAn huA huA huá huA chá huá chuán huA qián huài huáng huángsè huì huílai huíqu huòzhG

后来 后天 花 花

adverb noun verb noun verb noun phrase verb + object verb + object adjectival verb adjectival verb noun noun directional verb directional verb conjunction

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 393

hBi 色

花茶 花钱 坏 黄 黄色 会 回来 回去 或者

conversational expression verb adjectival verb noun adjectival verb

行行出 Zhuàng 元 寒假 漢語 好運 好處 好好(兒)地 好幾次

hBi 色

L30 L30 L27 L31

L25 L30 L31 L30 L30 L20

紅茶 紅包

L29 L25

後來 後天 花 花

L27 L17 L23 L29 L22 L29 L22 L23 L18 L23 L23 L19 L17 L17 L20

花茶 花錢 壞 黃 黃色 會 回來 回去 或者

8/10/2011 9:06:57 AM

394    Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English

hùxiAng

hù 相

adverb

hùzhào

hù 照

noun

J jH jì jì jiA

既 家

verb noun* adverb (paired) classifier; noun

jiàn

件

classifier

jiàn jiFn jià jiàn shBn jiàn shBn fáng jiàn yí kGlè jiFndAn jiAng jiFng jiFng huà jiFngjiu jiAnglái jiàngyóu jiFnlì jiFntHzì jiAo jiAo’ào jiàoshì jiAotDng jiAowFng jiàozuò jiàqian jiArén jiArù jiAxiAng jiAzhFng jiAzhFngmen JiAzhDu jCbGn jCbGnshàng jCdàn jiB jié jiè jiéshù jChuì jìjié

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 394

jiFn 价 健身 健身房 健 yí 可乐 简单 讲 讲话 讲 jiu jiAng 来 简历 简体字 交 教 shì 交通 交往 叫作/叫做 价钱 家人 加入 家 xiAng 家长 家长们 加 zhDu jC 本 jC 本上 鸡 dàn 街 节 借 结束 机会 jì 节

noun verb + object verb + object noun phrase noun phrase adjectival verb noun verb verb + object adjectival verb noun noun noun noun phrase verb adjectival verb noun noun noun resultative verb noun noun verb noun noun noun place name adjectival verb adverb noun noun classifier verb verb noun noun

mutual, mutually, among each other passport

crowd, squeeze season both (classifier for restaurants); family (classifier for shìqing), (classifier for articles of clothing) arrow reduce the price work out, exercise, body building exercise room, fitness center diet cola, sugar-free cola simple ginger tell (a story), talk, explain talk fussy, fastidious, particular about things, proper (in the) future soy sauce résumé simplified characters hand over, give proud classroom transportation, communication interactions with others called, is called price family members add in hometown parents parents (group of ) California basic, fundamental basically, on the whole chicken egg street (classifier for class periods) borrow, loan conclude, finish opportunity season

hù 相

L30

hù 照

L26

既 家

L25 L21 L27 L20

件

jiFn 價 健身 健身房 健 yí 可樂 簡單 講 講話 講 jiu jiAng 來 簡歷 簡體字 交 教 shì 交通 交往 叫作/叫做 價錢 家人 加入 家 xiAng 家長 家長們 加 zhDu jC 本 jC 本上 雞 dàn 街 節 借 結束 機會 jì 節

L18, 19 L32 L23 L22 L22 L29 L27 L27 L27 L32 L27 L18 L27 L31 L30 L28 L32 L22 L28 L31 L30 L24 L25 L27 L21 L32 L32 L21 L30 L30 L27 L23 L17 L27 L29 L28 L21

8/10/2011 9:06:57 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English    395

jíle jìn jHngdiFn jCngguò jCngjì jCngjìxíng

极了 进 jHng 点 经过 经济 经济 xíng

jCngyàn jìnlai jHnzhAng jíshH jítH jiJ jiù shì jiJba jiJdiàn jìzhù jù juédìng

经 yàn 进来 紧张

extremely (AdjV) enter scenic spots process, story of what happened economics economical

極了 進 jHng 點 經過 經濟 經濟 xíng

L19 L18 L28 L26 L18 L28

experience enter, come in nervous, tense even though, even if collective long time only, it is only that bar hotel remember unit of speech, word, sentence decide

經 yàn 進來 緊張

决定

intensifier suffix verb noun phrase noun noun adjectival verb phrase noun directional verb adjectival verb conjunction noun adjectival verb adverbial phrase noun noun phrase resultative verb classifier verb

L31 L22 L18 L30 L32 L27 L19 L28 L28 L31 L30 L18

K kAi

开

verb

開

L17, 19

kAi mén

开门

verb + object

開門

L17

kAi xué kàn bìng kànqHlái kFo kFoyA kG kG’ài kèbGn KGkIu KGlè kGnéng

开学 看 bìng 看起来

verb + object verb + object directional verb verb noun phrase adjectival verb adjectival verb noun proper noun adverb; noun; adjectival verb verb adverb noun phrase noun noun

begin, open, convene (a meeting), “have” (a party), drive be open (of a business), open the door begin school, school starts see a doctor appears to be, looks like roast roast duck thirsty cute textbook Coca Cola possibly; possibility; possible

開學 看 bìng 看起來

可愛 課本 可口可樂 可能

L17 L20 L23 L28 L28 L29 L24 L17 L29 L20

kIng 怕 kuAn 帶 塊(兒) kù 子

L20 L26 L28 L27 L24

késou kIngpà kuAndài kuài (kuàr) kùzi L lA là lA dùzi là zijC dCng láihuí lán

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 395

jí 体 久 就是 酒吧 酒店 jì 住

可爱 课本 可口可乐 可能

kIng 怕 kuAn 带 块(儿) kù 子

拉 拉肚子 là 子鸡 dCng 来回 蓝

verb adjectival verb verb + object noun phrase noun phrase adjectival verb

cough fear, be afraid that, perhaps broadband internet connection cubes slacks

pull, drag hot and spicy have diarrhea spicy cubed young chicken round trip blue

jí 體 久 就是 酒吧 酒店 jì 住 決定

拉 拉肚子 là 子雞 dCng 來回 藍

L28 L20 L20 L29 L28 L23

8/10/2011 9:06:57 AM

396    Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English

làngfèi lánqiú lánsè lèi lèisH lGng lián liánxì liáo tiAn liFojiG lìngwài língxià lìshH liú liú xué liú xuésheng

làng 费 lán 球 蓝色 累 累 sH 冷 连 lián 系 liáo 天 了解 另外 líng 下 历史 留 留学 留学生

verb noun noun adjectival verb resultative verb adjectival verb preposition verb verb + object verb adverb noun phrase noun verb verb noun phrase

liúxíng lHwù lóng lóng de chuánrén

流行 礼 wù

adjectival verb noun noun noun phrase

lóng 的 chuán 人

lóu LJ LJ cài l5 chá luàn l4guFn l4xíng l4xíngshè M mFi dAn màn zIu mángzhe màoyì mápó dòufu mFshàng méi xiFngdào MGishì MGishì zúqiú MGiyuán mBn mBn rè mén miàn miFnfèi miàntán

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 396

noun noun LJ 菜 绿茶 旅馆 旅行 旅行 shè

买单 慢走 忙着 mào 易 麻 pó dòufu 马上 没想到 美式 美式 zú 球 美元

门 面 miFn 费 面谈

waste basketball blue color tired tired to death cold even connect, communicate chat understand in addition below zero history stay, remain in a location study abroad student who is studying abroad, exchange student fashionable, popular gift dragon descendant of the dragon

noun phrase noun phrase adjectival verb noun verb noun

building Shandong (formal literary name) Shandong cuisine green tea chaotic, disorganized, messy hotel, inn travel, go on vacation travel agency

verb + object conversational expression adjV + suffix noun noun phrase adverb verb phrase noun phrase noun phrase noun phrase adjectival verb noun phrase classifier; noun noun noun phrase noun

pay the bill take your time (don’t hurry off) busy doing something trade (business) mapo tofu immediately didn’t expect that American style American-style football US dollar muggy hot and humid (classifier for classes); door noodles free, no fee interview

làng 費 lán 球 藍色 累 累 sH 冷 連 lián 繫 liáo 天 了解 另外 líng 下 歷史 留 留學 留學生

L27 L22 L23 L18 L24 L21 L22 L31 L25 L31 L22 L21 L30 L31 L31 L31

流行 禮 wù

L23 L26 L25 L25

lóng 的 chuán 人

L22 L29 LJ 菜 綠茶 旅館 旅行 旅行 shè

L29 L19 L28 L26 L28

買單 慢走

L29 L29

忙著 mào 易 麻 pó dòufu 馬上 沒想到 美式 美式 zú 球 美元

L17 L31 L29 L20 L25 L22 L22 L26 L21 L21 L17 L29 L28 L31

門 麵 miFn 費 面談

8/10/2011 9:06:58 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English    397

mHfàn míngbai míngshèng gJjì mòshBng

mH 饭 明白 名 shèng gJjì mò 生

noun verb noun phrase adjectival verb

rice (cooked rice) understand famous places and historic sites unfamiliar, strange

mH 飯 明白 名 shèng gJjì mò 生

L29 L25 L28 L32

N ná nándé nánguài nánguò NánjCng náshIu náshIu (cài) nián sAnshí niánnián yIu yú

拿 难得 难怪 难过 南京 拿手 拿手(菜) 年三十 年年有yú

verb adjectival verb sentence adverb adjectival verb place name adjectival verb noun noun phrase traditional expression adjectival verb noun phrase noun phrase place name noun noun phrase noun phrase adjectival verb adjectival verb

bring, take difficult to obtain no wonder sad Nanjing (Nanking) expert specialty last day of the year have more than you need every year young young people New Year’s Eve family dinner the “Bird’s Nest” cow beef noodles with beef warm hard working

拿 難得 難怪 難過 南京 拿手 拿手(菜) 年三十 年年有 yú

L24 L28 L30 L26 L28 L29 L29 L25 L25

年 qCng 年 qCng 人 年夜飯

L22 L22 L25 L28 L29 L29 L29 L21 L31

climb fear climb a mountain volleyball fat plate run jog accompany, assist match

爬 怕 爬山 pái 球

leather shoes tablet ping-pong ordinary, common common language, Mandarin

pí 鞋

pCngpAng 球 pJ 通 PJ 通话

verb verb verb + object noun adjectival verb noun verb verb + object verb verb; adjectival verb noun phrase classifier noun adjectival verb noun phrase

qí 自行车 千 强 前天

verb verb + object number adjectival verb noun

ride astraddle ride a bicycle thousand strong day before yesterday

niánqCng niánqCng rén niányè fàn NiFo cháo niú niú ròu niú ròu miàn nuFnhuo nJlì P pá pà pá shAn páiqiú pàng pánzi pFo pFo bù péi pèi pí xié piàn pCngpAng qiú pJtDng PJtDnghuà Q qí qí zìxíngchB qiAn qiáng qiántiAn

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 397

年 qCng 年 qCng 人 年夜饭

niú 肉 niú 肉面 nuFn 和

爬 怕 爬山 pái 球 pán 子

pí 鞋

niú 肉 niú 肉麵 nuFn 和

pán 子

L23 L21 L23 L22 L23 L27 L22 L22 L24 L24

pCngpAng 球 pJ 通 pJ 通話

L24 L20 L22 L30 L30

qí 自行車 千 強 前天

L22 L22 L24 L18 L17

8/10/2011 9:06:58 AM

398    Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English

qiAnwàn qiAnzhèng qícì qHdiFn qiB qiBchéng qíguài qCn’ài de

千万

qCng qíng qCngchu QCngdFo qíngkuàng qCngnián qíngtiAn qíshí qiú qiEtiAn qE quán quán guó qúnzi

青

by all means, absolutely visa next starting point, beginning cut cut into strange Dear . . .

千萬

green-blue clear (weather) clear Tsingtao conditions youth clear day in fact ball fall, autumn district entire nationwide skirt

青

全 全国 qún 子

adverb noun sentence adverb noun phrase verb resultative verb adjectival verb adjectival verb phrase adjectival verb adjectival verb adjectival verb place name noun noun noun phrase sentence adverb noun noun noun quantifier noun phrase noun

全 全國 qún 子

L28 L21 L26 L29 L28 L28 L21 L30 L22 L21 L28 L18 L18 L23

R ràng

让

verb

讓

L21

ránhòu rè rènao rénmen Rénmín bì

然后 热 热 nao 人们 人 mín bì

adverb adjectival verb adjectival verb noun noun phrase

然後 熱 熱 nao 人們 人 mín bì

L25 L21 L25 L27 L26

rènwéi rényuán rènzhBn rèxiàn rèxCn rìqC ròu sC ruFn ruFnwò rúguI

认为 人员 认真 热线 热心 日期 肉 sC

認為 人員 認真 熱線 熱心 日期 肉 sC

如果

verb noun adjectival verb noun phrase adjectival verb noun noun phrase adjectival verb noun phrase conjunction

make, let, tell (someone (to) do something) afterward hot lively people Renminbi (currency of mainland China) consider, believe, think personnel, staff conscientious hotline enthusiastic, warmhearted date shredded meat, shredded pork soft soft sleeper if

如果

L27 L26 L31 L29 L32 L26 L27 L28 L28 L18

sFo 地 shàn 于 山东 上

noun verb + object verb + preposition place name verb

sFo 地 shàn 於 山東 上

L19 L19 L31 L29 L29

S sFo sFo dì shàn yú ShAndDng shàng

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 398

其次 起点 qiB 成 qí 怪 qCn 爱的

清 chu 青 dFo 情 kuàng 青年 qíng 天 其实 球 qiE 天

sweep sweep the floor good at Shandong put a dish (of food) on the table, bring an order at a restaurant

其次 起點 qiB 成 qí 怪 qCn 愛的

清 chu 青 dFo 情 kuàng 青年 qíng 天 其實 球 qiE 天

L31 L31 L32 L32 L27 L27 L29 L32

8/10/2011 9:06:58 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English    399

shàng cèsuI shAngdiàn ShànghFi shAngyè shAo shBn shGng shBng bìng shèng xià shBngdiào shBngmìng shBngmìng zàiyú yùndòng

上厕所 商店 上海 商业 烧

shBngqì shBngyCn shBnqHng shBnqHng xìn shBntH shì shì shíjìshàng shìqing shìxiAn shìyàng shòu shòu shòubùliFo

生气 shBng 音 申请 申请信 身体 式 试 实际上 事情 事先 式样

shDushi shIutào shIuxiAn shJ shuAng shEbAo shEfu ShuHlìfAng shuìzháo shEjià shExiG shùxué shúzhC sH sì jì sì jì rú chEn SìchuAn sìshBng suAn

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 399

省 生 bìng shGng 下 生 mìng 生 mìng 在于 运动

shòu 不了

手 tào 首先 双 书包 舒服 水 lì 方 睡着 书 jià 书写 数学 shú 知

四 jì 四 jì 如春 四川 四 shBng

verb + object noun place name noun verb; noun verb verb verb + object noun phrase noun noun proverb

adjectival verb noun verb noun phrase noun noun* verb adverb noun adverb noun verb adjectival verb verb + RV ending

verb noun adverb verb classifier noun adjectival verb place name resultative verb noun noun noun adverb + verb verb noun phrase proverb place name noun phrase adjectival verb

go to the toilet store Shanghai business cook, simmer; fever extend save become sick leftover tone, tune life movement is the essence of life; exercise is fundamental to your quality of life angry sound apply application letter body style, way of doing something try actually, in reality situation, thing (abstract) beforehand, in advance style bear, endure thin unable to endure (something), unable to bear (something), can’t take it straighten up glove first belong to pair book bag, backpack comfortable the “Water Cube” fall asleep bookcase writing math know very well, very familiar with die, dead four seasons like spring all year round Sichuan tones of Mandarin sour

上廁所 商店 上海 商業 燒 省 生 bìng shGng 下 生 mìng 生 mìng 在於 運動 生氣 shBng 音 申請 申請信 身體 式 試 實際上 事情 事先 式樣

shòu 不了

手 tào 首先 雙 書包 舒服 水 lì 方 睡著 書 jià 書寫 數學 shú 知

四 jì 四 jì 如春 四川 四 shBng

L20 L23 L28 L28 L20 L22 L28 L20 L29 L30 L22 L22

L26 L25 L18 L31 L20 L22 L23 L27 L18 L29 L23 L21 L23 L21

L19 L24 L27 L25 L19 L26 L20 L28 L20 L19 L30 L17 L32 L24 L21 L21 L20 L30 L29

8/10/2011 9:06:58 AM

400    Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English

suàn suàn suAn là tAng suIyH T táng tFng tAng tángcù tFo jià-huán jià tèbié téng tèsè

tC tC zúqiú tián TiAn’Anmén tiAnqì tiAnqì yùbào tiáoliào tiB tCngshuD tDngguò tóngyCn tóngyCnzì tDu tóu tóufa tuCjiànxìn W WàitAn wán wán, wár wFn wàn wFnhuì wánquán wàzi wèi wèi, wéi

算

所以

糖

糖醋 讨价还价 特别 特色

calculate, count garlic hot and sour soup so, therefore

算

noun verb noun noun phrase verb phrase intensifier adjectival verb noun

sugar lie down soup sweet and sour bargain back and forth particularly, especially painful, hurt characteristics, special characteristics, distinctive features kick play soccer fill out (a form) the Gate of Heavenly Peace weather weather forecast seasonings post, hang up hear it said through, by way of same sound, homophonous characters with identical pronunciations steal head hair letter of recommendation

糖

the Bund finish, be finished play, have fun bowl ten thousand party completely socks flavor, odor for, for the sake of, on behalf of, in order to

外 tAn 完 玩

听说 通过 同音 同音字

verb verb + object verb place name noun noun phrase noun verb verb phrase verb adjectival verb noun phrase

头 头 fa tuCjiàn 信

verb noun noun noun phrase

tC zú 球 天安门 天气 天气预报

外 tAn 完 玩 万 晚会 完全 wà 子 味 为

wèidao wèishénme

味道 为什么

wèizi

位子

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 400

verb noun noun phrase conjunction

place name verb verb noun number noun phrase adverb noun noun* preposition noun content question phrase noun

所以

糖醋 討價還價 特別 特色

L24 L27 L29 L17

L27 L25 L29 L29 L24 L21 L20 L29

聽說 通過 同音 同音字

L22 L22 L26 L28 L21 L21 L27 L23 L17 L32 L25 L25

頭 頭 fa tuCjiàn 信

L26 L20 L25 L31

tC zú 球 天安門 天氣 天氣預報

萬 晚會 完全 wà 子 味 為[爲]

L28 L19 L21 L27 L26 L19 L30 L24 L27 L28

why

味道 為什麽

L27 L18

seat

位子

L29

8/10/2011 9:06:59 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English    401

wén wBndù wénhuà wèntí wénxué wénzì wúlùn WJxCng

文化 问题 文学 文字

wEzi

屋子

X XC’An xC hóngshì xià xuG xià yJ xiàndài xiAng xiàng xiàng xiàngjC (zhàoxiàngjC) xiAngtóng xiànjCn xiào duì xiFofèi xiFojie xiFoshí xiAoxi xiFoxCn xié(zi) xCfAng xìn xCng xìngkuC xìngmíng xìngqu xCnnián xCnnián kuàilè xìnxCn xìnyòng xìnyòngkF XiùshuH jiB xiExi xCwàng xuFn xuG XuG bì xuénián xuéqC

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 401

五星

西安 西红 shì 下 xuG 下 yJ 现 dài 香 像 相机(照相机) 相同 现金 校 duì 小费 小姐 小时 小心 鞋(子) 西方 信 星 姓名 兴趣 新年 新年快乐 信心 信用 信用卡 Xiù 水街 希望 选

学年 学期

verb noun noun noun noun noun phrase sentence adverb noun phrase (brand name) noun

smell temperature culture question, problem literature script, writing system no matter Five Star

文化 問題 文學 文字 五星

L27 L21 L17 L17 L32 L30 L30 L29

room

屋子

L19

place name noun verb + object verb + object noun adjectival verb; noun verb preposition noun adjectival verb noun noun phrase noun noun noun noun adjectival verb noun noun phrase noun noun adverb noun

Xi’an tomato snow, snowing rain, raining present day, modern times fragrant; fragrance same as, similar to, resemble toward camera similar cash school team tip young lady, miss hour news careful shoes the West, western letter star fortunately name, family name and given name interest New Year Happy New Year confidence trust, credit credit card the Silk Market rest hope select snow Sprite academic year semester

西安 西紅 shì 下 xuG 下 yJ 現 dài 香 像

L25 L27 L21 L21 L30 L27 L29 L32 L26 L22 L28 L22 L29 L24 L29 L31 L26 L19 L31 L28 L29 L29 L26

noun noun phrase New Year greeting noun noun noun phrase place name verb verb; noun verb noun proper noun noun phrase noun

相機(照相機) 相同 現金 校 duì 小費 小姐 小時 小心 鞋(子) 西方 信 星 姓名 興趣 新年 新年快樂 信心 信用 信用卡 Xiù 水街 希望 選

學年 學期

L17 L25 L25 L31 L28 L28 L28 L31 L26 L17 L21 L29 L32 L17

8/10/2011 9:06:59 AM

402    Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English

xuéshengmen xEyào Y yA yán yán yán shC chE gAo tú yángé yàngzi yFnjiFng yFnjing yánsè yào yàobùrán yàojHn yàoqiú yàoshi yè yèlH yC bAn yC bèizi yC fAngmiàn

学生们 需要

严 严师出高 tú 严 gé 样子 yFn 讲 颜色 要不然 要紧 要 qiú 要是 夜里 一 bAn 一 bèi 子 一方面

yC yán wéi dìng

一言为定

yCbiAn yCdìng yCfu yìng yìngwò yHngxiFng YCngyJ yHnliào yCntiAn yCnwèi yCshBng yHwài yHwéi yCyàng yCyuàn yHzi yòng rén de gDngsC

一边 一定 衣服

yònggDng yóu yòu yIu míng

用功

yIu yCdiFn

有一点

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 402

影 xiFng 英语 yCn 天 因为 yC 生 以外 以为 一样 yC 院 椅子 用人的公 sC

又 有名

noun verb

students (plural) need

noun adjectival verb noun proverb adjectival verb noun noun; verb noun noun noun conjunction adjectival verb noun; verb conjunction noun* time phrase adverb noun phrase noun phrase; conjunction proverb

duck strict salt strict teachers make good students strict appearance, form speech; give a speech eye color medicine otherwise important request; demand if night in the middle of the night on the whole, generally a lifetime on the one hand

noun; conjunction adverb noun adjectival verb noun phrase noun proper noun noun noun phrase conjunction noun noun verb noun noun noun noun phrase adjectival verb noun adverb adjectival verb phrase intensifier

學生們 需要

L17 L30

夜裡 一 bAn 一 bèi 子 一方面

L28 L17 L27 L17 L32 L24 L32 L25 L23 L20 L29 L31 L32 L26 L20 L20 L29 L32 L31

that’s settled then, it’s a deal, agreed on one side, at the same time definitely clothing hard hard sleeper influence English language beverage cloudy day because doctor except ( for), outside of assume, suppose same, the same hospital chair employer, the company that hires people hardworking at studies, diligent oil both (. . . and) famous

一言為[爲]定

L27

一邊 一定 衣服

L25 L17 L19 L28 L28 L30 L30 L29 L21 L17 L20 L20 L26 L21 L20 L19 L31

又 有名

L17 L27 L19 L26

a little (AdjV)

有一點

L17

嚴 嚴師出高 tú 嚴 gé 樣子 yFn 講 顏色 要不然 要緊 要 qiú 要是

影 xiFng 英語 yCn 天 因為[爲] yC 生 以外 以為[爲] 一樣 yC 院 椅子 用人的公 sC 用功

8/10/2011 9:06:59 AM

Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English    403

yIu yòng

有用

yIuguAn yóujiàn yóuyú yú yJ yuán

有关 yóu 件 yóu 于 鱼 元

adjectival verb phrase verb noun conjunction noun noun classifier

yuFn dào ér lái yuánlái

远道而来 yuán 来

literary expression adverb

yuánlái rúcH

yuán 来如 cH

fixed expression

yuànyì yuànzhG shàng gDu

愿意 yuàn 者上 gDu

stative verb proverb

yùbào yùdìng yuB Yuè yuèláiyuè yún yùn yùndòng yùndòngxié

预报 预订

运 运动 运动鞋

noun verb verb noun intensifier noun noun noun noun phrase

yúxiAng qiézi

鱼香茄子

noun phrase

yJyán yJyCn

语言 语音

noun noun

Z zài hFo bù guò le

再好不过了

zàiyú zAng zFocAn zGnme bàn zGnme le

在于 脏 早餐 怎么 bàn 怎么了

zháo zhàn zhàngfu zhàogù zhàoxiàngjC (xiàngjC) zhè jHtiAn

着 站

colloquial expression verb adjectival verb noun phrase question phrase conversational expression resultative ending* verb noun verb noun conversational expression

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 403

越来越

照顾 照相机(相机) 这几天

useful

有用

L17

concern, related to, involve mail because of fish rain dollar, Chinese dollar (formal term) come from far away originally, at first, it turns out to be the case that explains it, so that’s the reason willing you knew what you were getting into; you did this of your own free will prediction reserve in advance make an appointment Canton (formal literary name) more and more cloud luck exercise athletic shoes, sneakers, gym shoes eggplant with yuxiang sauce, fish-fragrant eggplant language pronunciation of a word or character

有關 yóu 件 yóu 於 魚 元

L31 L32 L31 L25 L21 L26

遠道而來 yuán 來

L32 L30

yuán 來如 cH

L30

願意 yuàn 者上 gDu

L27 L24

預報 預訂

運 運動 運動鞋

L21 L29 L29 L29 L21 L21 L31 L22 L24

魚香茄子

L27

語言 語音

L30 L30

couldn’t be better, it can’t get any better than this relies on, depends upon dirty breakfast what can you do about it? what’s the matter?

再好不過了

L28

在於 髒 早餐 怎麽 bàn 怎麽了

L22 L19 L28 L18 L20

reach the intended goal stand husband care for, take care of camera these past few days

著 站

L20 L25 L27 L32 L26 L17

越來越

照顧 照相機(相機) 這幾天

8/10/2011 9:07:00 AM

404    Vocabulary: Mandarin Pinyin to English

zhème zhèng zhBnzhèng zhC zhH shì zhCjiAn zhíjiB zhIng zhDngdiFn ZhDng-wài zhDngxCn zhòngyào zhDu zhDumò zhE zhù zhE ròu zhuFn zhuAnyè zhJnbèi zhuDzi zhJyào zhùyì zìjH zìxíngchB zuì zuì hFo zuì hòu zEnjìng zuòwèi zuòyè zuIyòu zúqiú

9780415472500_Textbook_Z02.indd 404

这么 正 真正 只是 之间 直接 种 zhDng 点 中外 zhDng 心 重要 周 周末

zhE 肉 zhuAn 业 准备 zhuD 子 zhJ 要 zhù 意 自己 自行车 最 最好 最后 zuò 位 作业 左右 zú 球

intensifier intensifier noun adverbial phrase noun phrase adverb classifier noun phrase noun phrase noun adjectival verb classifier noun noun verb noun phrase verb noun verb noun adjectival verb verb pronoun noun intensifier verb phrase adverbial phrase verb noun noun noun noun

so (AdjV), this (AdjV) exactly real, authentic juice it is only (that) between direct, directly kind of end point, ending Chinese and other (outside) loyalty, devotion, faithfulness important week weekend pig wish pork turn, change direction major (course of study) prepare table primary, important pay attention to self bicycle most it would be best, the best thing is finally respect seat homework more or less soccer

這麽 正 真正 只是 之間 直接 種 zhDng 點 中外 zhDng 心 重要 週 週末

zhE 肉 zhuAn 業 準備 zhuD 子 zhJ 要 zhù 意 自己 自行車 最 最好 最後 zuò 位 作業 左右 zú 球

L19 L23 L32 L29 L17 L30 L30 L23 L32 L21 L32 L18 L22 L19 L29 L31 L29 L21 L18 L25 L19 L30 L26 L17 L22 L18 L28 L17 L32 L25 L29 L26 L22

8/10/2011 9:07:00 AM

Chinese character index arranged alphabetically A ài An

S 爱 安

love peace

B bF bFi bAng bAo

把 百 帮 包

take* hundred help bag; wrap

bFo bào bèi bèi bH bH bì biAn

饱 报 备 被 比 笔 毕 边

full report * by compared to pen * *

biàn biAo biFo

便 标 表

* * form

bié bìng

别 并

don’t; other not at all

C cái

才

cài cAn cAn cè chá cháng

菜 餐 参 厕 茶 长

only (less than expected) food, dishes of food meal* * * tea long

chàng chFo chéng

唱 抄 成

sing stir-fry become, turn into

chE

出

*exit, produce

chú

除

*

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 405

qCn 爱 (qCn’ài) dear, beloved, 爱好 (àihào) hobby, interest 天安门 (TiAn’Anmén) the Gate of Heavenly Peace, 安 pái (Anpái) arrange

帮忙 (bAng máng) help, 帮助 (bAngzhù) help 书包 (shEbAo) book bag, backpack, 红包 (hóngbAo) red envelope; 包饺子 (bAo jiFozi) wrap dumplings 报告 (bàogào) report, announce, 预报 (yùbào) forecast 准备 (zhJnbèi) prepare 比 sài (bHsài) competition 笔 huà (bHhuà) strokes (in a character) 毕业 (bìyè) graduate 外边 (wàibian) outside, 里边 (lHbian) inside, 上边 (shàngbian) above, 下边 (xiàbian) below, 一边 (yCbiAn) on one side, at the same time 方便 (fAngbiàn) convenient 标准 (biAozhJn) standard dài 表 (dàibiFo) represent, representative, 表妹 (biFomèi) younger female cousin 别 (bié) don’t; 别的 (biéde) other, 别人 (bié ren) other people 并且 (bìngqiG) moreover

菜单 (càidAn) menu 餐厅 (cAntCng) restaurant, cafeteria, 早餐 (zFocAn) breakfast 参加 (cAnjiA) participate 厕所 (cèsuI) toilet 长 chéng (Cháng Chéng) the Great Wall, 长 tú 电话 (chángtú diànhuà) long-distance phone call, 长处 (chángchu) strength 唱歌 (chàng gB) sing songs 炒鸡蛋 (chFo jCdàn) fried eggs 分成 (fBnchéng) divide into, qiB 成 (qiBchéng) cut into, 成 jì (chéng jì) grades (in school) 出去 (chEqu) go out, 严师出高 tú (yán shC chE gAo tú) strict teachers produce good students 除了 (chúle) except, 除非 (chúfBi) unless, 除 xC (chúxC) Chinese New Year’s Eve

T 愛 安

L32 L31

把 百 幫 包

L20 L24 L24 L26

飽 報 備 被 比 筆 畢 邊

L29 L29 L27 L31 L22 L30 L31 L19

便 標 表

L24 L30 L32

別 並

L20 L27

才

L17

菜 餐 參 廁 茶 長

L20 L28 L32 L26 L25 L26

唱 抄 成

L28 L27 L30

出

L21

除

L25

8/10/2011 9:07:16 AM

406      Chinese character index arranged alphabetically

chù

处

*

chuAn chuAn

穿 川

wear, put on river*

chuáng chEn cì cù cuò

床 春 次 醋 错

bed spring time, times vinegar mistake, error

D dài

带

dAn dàn dé dGng dH dì dì dìng dìng dIng dòng dù duFn

单 但 德 等 底 弟 第 定 订 懂 动 肚 短

bring, take along, belt, band * * * wait * younger brother* ordinal prefix* * book seats, agree on understand move stomach short

E ér

而

F fA

长处 (chángchu) strength, 短处 (duFnchu) weakness, 好处 (hFochu) advantage, 到处 (dàochù) everywhere

處

L31

四川 (SìchuAn) Sichuan Province, 川菜 (ChuAn cài) Sichuan cuisine, 川味 (ChuAn wèi) Sichuan flavor 起床 (qH chuáng) get out of bed, get up 春天 (chEntiAn) spring, 春节 (ChEnjié) Spring Festival 一次 (yCcì) once, 两次 (liFng cì) twice, 好几次 (hFojHcì) many times 糖醋鱼 (tángcùyú) sweet and sour fish 不错 (bùcuò) not bad, pretty good

穿 川

L23 L29

床 春 次 醋 錯

L19 L23 L20 L29 L30

kuAn 带 (kuAndài) broadband internet connection

帶

L28

简单 (jiFndAn) simple, 单人间 (dAnrén jiAn) single room 不但 (bùdàn) not only, 但是 (dànshì) but 德国 (Déguó) Germany, 德语 (DéyJ) German language 等于 (dGngyú) equivalent to 到底 (dàodH) in fact, after all 弟弟 (dìdi) younger brother 第一 (dì-yC) first 一定 (yCdìng) certainly, 决定 (juédìng) decide, determine

运动 (yùndòng) movement, exercise 肚子 (dùzi) stomach 短处 (duFnchu) weakness, shortcoming

單 但 德 等 底 弟 第 定 訂 懂 動 肚 短

L28 L24 L30 L25 L30 L25 L26 L18 L29 L27 L23 L29 L31

and

而且 (érqiG) in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover

而

L22

发

emit, send

發

L27

fán fAng

烦 方

* *

煩 方

L24 L22

fáng

房

house, room*

发现 (fAxiàn) notice, discover, 发烧 (fA shAo) have a fever, 发电子 yóu 件 (fA diànzH yóujiàn) send an email 麻烦 (máfan) bother, trouble 地方 (dìfang) place, location, 方便 (fAngbiàn) convenient, 方面 (fAngmiàn) aspect, side 房间 (fángjiAn) room, 房子 (fángzi) house

L19

fàng fèi fBi fBi

放 费 飞 啡

put expense, fee fly *

房 房 放 費 飛 啡

L19 L29 L28 L24

fBng

风

wind

風

L29

fBng fú fù fù fù

封 服 父 复 附

* * father* *

封 服 父 復 附

L32 L20 L25 L28 L29

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 406

放假 (fàng jià) begin vacation 小费 (xiFofèi) tip, miFn 费 (miFnfèi) free, fù 费 (fù fèi) pay a fee 飞机 (fBijC) airplane, 飞机 cháng (fBijC cháng) airport 咖啡 (kAfBi) coffee, 咖啡馆 (kAfBiguFn) coffee shop, 咖啡色 (kAfBisè) brown, coffee color guA 风 (guA fBng) windy, 风味 (fBngwèi) flavor of local dishes, regional flavor 一封信 (yC fBng xìn) a letter 舒服 (shEfu) comfortable, 衣服 (yCfu) clothing 父母 (fùmJ) father and mother 复习 (fùxí) review, 重复 (chóngfù) repeat 附近 (fùjìn) vicinity

8/10/2011 9:07:16 AM

Chinese character index arranged alphabetically      407

G gAi gài gAn gFn gào gB gB gè gèng gDng gDng gòng gòu

该 概 干 感 告 哥 歌 各 更 功 工 共 够

should * dry feel, sense, perceive * older brother* song each even more * work * enough

gù

故

*

gù guài guAn

顾 怪 关

* * *

guàn guFng

惯 广

* *

guì guI

贵 果

expensive *

H hái hán háng

孩 寒 行

child * line of business*

hB hóng huA huà huà huài huán

喝 红 花 化 划 坏 还

drink red * * * bad, broken return

huàn

换

huáng huó huò huI

黄 活 或 火

change, exchange, convert yellow live or* fire

J jC

机

machine

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 407

应该 (yCnggAi) should 大概 (dàgài) probably 干净 (gAnjìng) clean 感兴趣 (gFn xìngqu) interested in, 感 mào (gFnmào) catch a cold 告诉 (gàosu) inform, 广告 (guFnggào) advertisement 哥哥 (gBge) older brother 唱歌 (chàng gB) sing songs 各有各的 (gè yIu gè de) each has its own 功课 (gDngkè) course work, 用功 (yònggDng) hardworking at studies 工作 (gDngzuò) work 一共 (yCgòng) altogether

故 gDng (GùgDng) the Forbidden City, the Imperial Palace, 故事 (gùshi) story 照顾 (zhàogù) care for, take care of, 顾客 (gùkè) customer 难怪 (nánguài) no wonder, qí 怪 (qíguài) strange 没关系 (méi guAnxi) not important, doesn’t matter, 关心 (guAnxCn) show concern for 习惯 (xíguàn) used to, accustomed to; habits, customs 广东 (GuFngdDng) Canton, Guangdong Province, 广告 (guFnggào) advertisement 水果 (shuHguI) fruit, 如果 (rúguI) if

孩子 (háizi) child 寒假 (hánjià) winter vacation yín 行 (yínháng) bank, 行行出 Zhuàng 元 (háng háng chE Zhuàng 元) every field produces a leading expert 喝酒 (hB jiJ) drink alcohol 红绿 dBng (hóng l5 dBng) traffic light 花钱 (huA qián) spend money 文化 (wénhuà) culture, biàn 化 (biànhuà) change 计划 (jìhuà) plan 好坏 (hFo huài) good (or) bad 讨价还价 (tFojià huánjià) negotiate the price (cf. 还 (hái) in addition to, also)

生活 (shBnghuó) life, live 或者 (huòzhG) or, perhaps 火车 (huIchB) train

手机 (shIujC) cellphone, 飞机cháng (fBijC chFng) airport, 机会 (jChuì) opportunity

該 概 乾 感 告 哥 歌 各 更 功 工 共 夠 够 故

L28

顧 怪 關

L32 L30 L17

慣 廣

L20 L31

貴 果

L23 L18

孩 寒 行

L30 L26 L18

喝 紅 花 化 劃 壞 還

L20 L20 L24 L21 L28 L20 L32

換

L29

黃 活 或 火

L25 L25 L22 L25

機

L24

L21 L21 L20 L31 L24 L26 L28 L30 L25 L17 L18 L27 L29

8/10/2011 9:07:17 AM

408      Chinese character index arranged alphabetically

jC jí

鸡 级

jí jH jì jì jì jì jiA jià

极 己 济 际 计 既 加 假

jià jiAn jiFn jiàn jiàn

价 间 简 件 健

article, matter *

jiFng jiAo

讲 交

speak *

jiFo jiAo; jiào

饺 教

jiào jiB jiB jié

较 街 接 节

jié jiG jiG jiè jiè jHn jìn jìn jìng jiJ jiJ jiù jué

结 姐 解 介 借 紧 近 进 净 酒 久 旧 决

* teach; first part of noun compounds * street pick up a guest holiday; classifier for class * * * * borrow, loan * close enter * alcohol, wine long time old *

K kA

咖

*

kF kFo kè kè kuài

卡 考 课 客 筷

card take a test class guest* *

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 408

chicken level in school or other organization * * * * calculate both add * price *

鸡 dàn (jCdàn) chicken egg 一年级 (yCniánjí) first year

雞 級

L27 L18

极了 (jíle) extremely, 好极了 (hFojíle) terrific 自己 (zìjH) self 经济 (jCngjì) economics, 经济 xíng (jCngjìxíng) economical 实际上 (shíjìshàng) actually, in reality, 国际 (guójì) international 计划 (jìhuà) plan 既 AdjV1 又 AdjV2 (jì AdjV1 yòu AdjV2) both AdjV1 and AdjV2 参加 (cAnjiA) participate, 加 zhDu (JiAzhDu) California 放假 (fàng jià) begin vacation, shJ 假 (shJ jià) summer vacation, hán 假 (hánjià) winter vacation jiFn 价 (jiFnjià) reduce the price, 价钱 (jiàqian) price 时间 (shíjiAn) time, 房间 (fángjiAn) room 简单 (jiFndAn) simple, 简体字 (jiFntHzì) simplified characters

極 己 濟 際 計 既 加 假

L25 L26 L28 L28 L28 L30 L22 L25

價 間 簡 件 健

L28 L19 L30 L24 L29

講 交

L30 L31

餃 教

L25 L22

較 街 接 節

L25 L28 L30 L25

結 姐 解 介 借 緊 近 進 淨 酒 久 舊 決

L32 L24 L32 L25 L30 L29 L21 L22 L20 L20 L27 L24 L29

咖

L24

卡 考 課 客 筷

L28 L18 L17 L27 L27

健 yí 可乐 (jiàn yí kGlè) diet cola, 健身 (jiàn shBn) exercise, work out, 健身房 (jiàn shBn fáng) exercise room, fitness center 讲 jiu (jiFngjiu) fussy 交通 (jiAotDng) communication, transportation, 交往 (jiAowFng) interactions with others 饺子 (jiFozi) dumplings 教中文 (jiào ZhDngwén) teach Chinese; 教 shì (jiàoshì) classroom

比较 (bHjiào) relatively, comparatively guàng 街 (guàng jiB) window shop, stroll along the streets 直接 (zhíjiB) direct, directly 春节 (ChEnjié) Spring Festival, Chinese New Year, jì 节 (jìjié) season, 一节课 (yC jié kè) one class 结束 (jiéshù) conclude 姐姐 (jiGjie) older sister, 小姐 (xiFojie) young lady, miss 了解 (liFojiG) understand 介绍 (jièshào) introduce 紧张 (jHnzhAng) nervous, anxious, tense 最近 (zuìjìn) recently 进来 (jìnlai) enter, 请进 (qHng jìn) please come in 干净 (gAnjìng) clean 喝酒 (hB jiJ) drink alcohol, pí 酒 (píjiJ) beer 多久 (duD jiJ) how long? 很久 (hGn jiJ) a very long time 决定 (juédìng) decide, determine

咖啡 (kAfBi) coffee, 咖啡馆 (kAfBiguFn) coffee shop, 咖啡色 (kAfBisè) brown, coffee color 卡拉 OK (kF lA OK) karaoke, 信用卡 (xìnyòng kF) credit card 考试 (kFoshì) test (N), 考试 (kFo shì) take a test (V + object) 课本 (kèbGn) textbook 客人 (kèren) guest, 客气 (kèqi) polite 筷子 (kuàizi) chopsticks

8/10/2011 9:07:17 AM

Chinese character index arranged alphabetically      409

L lA lán lè lèi lGng lí lH

拉 蓝 乐 累 冷 离 里

lH lì lì lián liàn liàng liFo lìng liú liú

礼 丽 历 连 练 亮 了 另 流 留

* flow remain

l4 l5

旅 绿

travel* green

M má mF

麻 码

* *

máng mGi mèi

忙 每 妹

busy every younger sister*

miàn

面

side, face; noodles

míng

名

name

mò mJ

末 母

end* mother*

N ná néng

拿 能

take able, can

P pá pà páng pián piào piào píng

爬 怕 旁 便 漂 票 瓶

climb fear, afraid beside* * * ticket bottle

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 409

pull blue happy tired cold separated from in, inside, classifier for distance * * * even * *

卡拉 OK (kF lA OK) karaoke

拉 藍 樂 累 冷 離 裏 裡 禮 麗 歷 連 練 亮 了 另 流 留

L32 L24 L31 L23 L27 L21 L10 L24 L24 L32

旅 綠

L26 L23

麻 碼

L24 L26

忙 每 妹

L17 L17 L26

面 麵 名

L31

末 母

L22 L25

拿手 (náshIu) expert

拿 能

L26 L19

爬山 (pá shAn) climb a mountain 怕冷 (pà lGng) afraid of the cold 旁边 (pángbiAn) beside 便宜 (piányi) cheap 漂亮 (piàoliang) pretty, beautiful 飞机票 (fBijC piào) airplane ticket

爬 怕 旁 便 漂 票 瓶

L26 L22 L26 L24 L21 L28 L29

快乐 (kuàilè) happy, 可乐 (kGlè) cola; 音乐 (yCnyuè) music 怕冷 (pà lGng) afraid of the cold 里边 (lHbian) inside, 一里路 (yC lH lù) one mile 礼 wù (lHwù) gift, diFn 礼 (diFnlH) ceremony 美丽 (mGilì) beautiful (also used as a transliteration for ‘Mary’) 简历 (jiFn lì) résumé, 历史 (lìshH) history 练习 (liànxí) practice 漂亮 (piàoliang) pretty, beautiful 了解 (liFojiG) understand 另外 (lìngwài) in addition, furthermore 流行 (liúxíng) fashionable 留学 (liúxué) study abroad, 留学生 (liúxuéshBng) student studying abroad 旅行 (l4xíng) travel, journey, 旅 yóu (l4yóu) travel 红绿 dBng (hóngl5 dBng) traffic light

麻烦 (máfan) trouble, bother 号码 (hàomF) number, 电话号码 (diànhuà hàomF) telephone number 每天 (mGitiAn) every day, 每年 (mGi nián) every year 妹妹 (mèimei) younger sister, biFo 妹 (biFomèi) cousin ( female, younger than yourself) 方面 (fAngmiàn) aspect, side, 面谈 (miàntán) interview; niú 肉面 (niúròumiàn) beef noodles 有名 (yIu míng) famous, 姓名 (xìngmíng) family name and given name, 名字 (míngzì) name 周末 (zhDumò) weekend 父母 (fùmJ) father and mother

L28 L25 L25 L23 L22 L21 L19

L26

8/10/2011 9:07:18 AM

410      Chinese character index arranged alphabetically

Q qí qì qì qiAn qiáng qié qíng qCng qiú qù quán

其 气 汽 千 强 茄 情 青 球 趣 全

R ràng

让

rè rèn

热 认

make, let, tell (someone (to) do something) hot *

ròu rú rù

肉 如 入

meat * enter

S sè shAn shAng shAo

色 山 商 烧

* mountain * simmer

shào shè shBn shBn shGng shí shí shH shH shì shì shì

绍 舍 身 申 省 识 实 始 史 试 市 事

* * body * save * * * * try city* matter, situation

shì

式

style, manner

shì shIu shIu shE shù

视 手 首 舒 数

vision hand * * *

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 410

* * steam, gas thousand strong * green-blue ball * entire

其次 (qícì) next, second, 其实 (qíshí) actually 天气 (tiAnqì) weather 汽车 (qìchB) car, 出 zE 汽车 (chEzE qìchB) taxi 千万 (qiAnwàn) by all means 国强 (Guóqiáng) (given name) 茄子 (qiézi) eggplant 事情 (shìqing) situation, matter 青年 (qCngnián) youth, young people, 青 dFo (QCngdFo) Tsingtao 打球 (dF qiú) play ball 兴趣 (xìngqu) interest 全家 (quánjiA) the entire family, 完全 (wánquán) completely

热 nào (rènao) lively, 热线 (rèxiàn) hotline 认识 (rènshi) know, recognize, meet, 认为 (rènwéi) consider, 认真 (rènzhBn) conscientious 如果 (rúguI) if, yuán 来如 cH (yuánlái rú cH) that explains it bìng 从口入 (bìng cóng kIu rù) disease enters from the mouth, 加入 (jiArù) add in

颜色 (yánsè) color 商店 (shAngdiàn) shop, 商业 (shAngyè) business 红烧肉 (hóngshAo ròu) red simmered meat, 发烧 (fA shAo) have a fever 介绍 (jièshào) introduce 宿舍 (sùshè) dormitory 身体 (shBntH) body, 健身房 (jiànshBn fáng) fitness center 申请 (shBnqHng) apply 省下 (shèngxià) left-over, remainder 认识 (rènshi) know, recognize, meet 实际上 (shíjìshàng) actually, in reality 开始 (kAishH) begin 历史 (lìshH) history 考试 (kFoshì) test (N), 考试 (kFo shì) take a test (V + object) 市中心 (shì zhDngxCn) city center, downtown 有事吗？ (yIu shì ma?) what’s up?, 事情 (shìqing) situation, 故事 (gùshi) story 式样 (shìyàng) style, 美式 zú 球 (MGishì zúqiú) American-style football 电视 (diànshì) television 手机 (shIujC) cell phone, mobile phone, 拿手 (náshIu) expert 首先 (shIuxiAn) first 舒服 (shEfu) comfortable 数学 (shùxué) math, 分数 (fBnshù) score, points

其 氣 汽 千 強 茄 情 青 球 趣 全

L32 L23 L24 L26 L18 L27 L26 L29 L23 L18 L25

讓

L22

熱 認

L27 L25

肉 如 入

L27 L21 L27

色 山 商 燒

L24 L23 L24 L20

紹 舍 身 申 省 識 實 始 史 試 市 事

L25 L19 L23 L31 L30 L25 L28 L19 L32 L18 L23 L23

式

L23

視 手 首 舒 數

L28 L22 L32 L21 L18

8/10/2011 9:07:18 AM

Chinese character index arranged alphabetically      411

shù shuAng shuì sC

束 双 睡 思

* pair sleep *

sòng

送

sù sù suàn suC suì suI

宿 诉 算 虽 岁 所

give as a gift; see someone off * * calculate, count * years of age *

T tái tán táng tFo tè tí tH tiáo

台 谈 糖 讨 特 题 体 条

tiG tCng tCng tDng

铁 听 厅 通

* chat sugar * * * * classifier for streets, skirts iron listen * *

tóng

同

*

tóu

头

head

W wài wAn wán wán wàn wFng wàng wàng wéi, wèi

外 湾 玩 完 万 网 忘 望 为

out, outside bay play finish, end 10,000 net forget * for

wèi

位

wèi wE wJ wù

味 屋 午 务

polite classifier for people flavor, aroma * * *

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 411

结束 (jiéshù) conclude

束 雙 睡 思

L32 L24 L20 L17

送

L26

所以 (suIyH) therefore, so

宿 訴 算 雖 歲 所

L19 L24 L24 L19 L21 L18

台湾 (TáiwAn) Taiwan 谈话 (tán huà) chat 糖醋鱼 (tángcùyú) sweet and sour fish 讨价还价 (tFojià huánjià) negotiate the price 特别 (tèbié) especially, special, 特色 (tèsè) quality 问题 (wèntí) question, problem 身体 (shBntH) body, 简体字 (jiFntHzì) simplified characters 一条路 (yC tiáo lù) one road, 一条 qún 子 (yC tiáo qúnzi) one skirt

台 談 糖 討 特 題 體 條

L30 L25 L29 L32 L23 L30 L23 L23

地铁 (dìtiG) subway 听说 (tCngshuD) hear it said, 听音乐 (tCng yCnyuè) listen to music 餐厅 (cAntCng) cafeteria, dining hall, restaurant pJ 通 (pJtDng) ordinary, common, 交通 (jiAotDng) communication, transportation 同屋 (tóngwE) roommate, 同學 (tóngxué) classmate, 相同 (xiAngtóng) similar 钟头 (zhDngtóu) hour, 头 téng (tóu téng) headache (have a headache)

鐵 聽 廳 通

L23 L17 L29 L30

同

L19

頭

L20

外 灣 玩 完 萬 網 忘 望 為

L19 L30 L22 L23 L31 L24 L29 L31 L17

位

L24

味 屋 午 務

L29 L19 L27 L23

睡觉 (shuì jiào) sleep, 睡着 (shuìzháo) fall asleep 有意思 (yIu yìsi) be interesting, 不好意思 (bù hFo yìsi) be embarrassed

宿舍 (sùshè) dormitory 告诉 (gàosu) inform 打算 (dFsuan) plan, intend 虽然 (suCrán) although

外边 (wàibian) outside 台湾 (TáiwAn) Taiwan 玩球 (wán qiú) play ball 完全 (wánquán) completely 千万 (qiAnwàn) by all means 上网 (shàng wFng) use the internet 希望 (xCwàng) hope 因为 (yCnwèi) because, 为什么 (wèishénme) why, 大为 (Dàwéi) David

风味 (fBngwèi) flavor of local dishes, 味道 (wèidao) flavor 同屋 (tóngwE) roommate 中午 (zhDngwJ) noon, 午饭 (wJfàn) lunch 服务 (fúwù) serve, 服务员 (fúwùyuán) server, waiter/waitress, salesperson

8/10/2011 9:07:19 AM

412      Chinese character index arranged alphabetically

X xC xH xì xià xiàn

希 洗 系 夏 线

* wash * * thread, line

xiAng; xiàng

相

*

xiAng

香

fragrant

xiàng xiào xiB xié

像 校 些 鞋

resemble * * shoe

xCn xCn

新 心

new heart

xìn

信

letter

xíng xìng xìng xE xuFn xuG

行 兴 姓 需 选 雪

okay, acceptable * family name * select snow

Y yán yán

颜 言

* *

yán yè yè

严 叶 夜

strict leaf, ( family name) evening, night

yè

业

*

yí yC yì

宜 衣 意

* * *

yH yCn yCn

椅 因 音

chair* * sound

yCng yíng yHng

英 迎 影

* *

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 412

希望 (xCwàng) hope 洗 zFo (xH zFo) bathe 没关系 (méi guAnxi) not important, doesn’t matter 夏天 (xiàtiAn) summer 热线 (rèxiàn) hotline, 一号线 (yChào xiàn) Line 1, 地铁线 (dìtiG xiàn) subway line 相同 (xiAngtóng) similar; 相机 (xiàngjC) camera, 照相机 (zhàoxiàngjC) camera 鱼香肉 sC (yúxiAng ròusC) shredded pork in yuxiang sauce, 鱼香茄子 (yúxiAng qiézi) eggplant in yuxiang sauce 好像 (hFoxiàng) seems like, appears to be 学校 (xuéxiào) school 这些 (zhè xiB) these, 一些 (yC xiB) some 鞋子 (xiézi) shoe, 运动鞋 (yùndòngxié) athletic shoes, sneakers, gym shoes, pí 鞋 (píxié) leather shoes 新年 (xCnnián) new year 中心 (zhDngxCn) center, 市中心 (shì zhDngxCn) city center, downtown, 关心 (guAnxCn) show concern for 写信 (xiG xìn) write a letter, tuCjiàn 信 (tuCjiàn xìn) recommendation letter, 信心 (xìnxCn) confidence 行不行？ (xíng bù xíng?) okay? 自行车 (zìxíngchB) bicycle 高兴 (gAoxìng) happy, 兴趣 (xìngqu) interest 姓名 (xìngmíng) family name and given name 需要 (xEyào) need

希 洗 系 夏 線

L31 L19 L17 L21 L29

相

L26

香

L29

像 校 些 鞋

L29 L17 L17 L24

新 心

L23 L23

信

L31

行 興 姓 需 選

L18 L18 L26 L31 L18 L26

顏 言

L24 L30

嚴 葉 夜

L32 L23 L25

業

L28

宜 衣 意

L24 L21 L17

椅 因 音

L26 L18 L25

英 迎 影

L26 L29 L28

下雪 (xià xuG) snowing

颜色 (yánsè) color 语言 (yJyán) language, 方言 (fAngyán) dialect, 一言为定 (yC yán wéi dìng) it’s a deal, that’s settled 严 gé (yángé) strict 夜里 (yèlH) in the middle of the night, 年夜饭 (niányèfàn) New Year’s Eve family dinner 商业 (shAngyè) business, bì 业 (bìyè) graduate, zhuAn 业 (zhuAnyè) major 便宜 (piányi) cheap 衣服 (yCfu) clothing 有意思 (yIu yìsi) be interesting, 不好意思 (bù hFo yìsi) be embarrassed 一把椅子 (yC bF yHzi) one chair 因为 (yCnwèi) because shBng 音 (shBngyCn) sound, 音乐 (yCnyuè) music, 同音 (tóngyCn) same sound, 同音字 (tóngyCnzì) characters with the same pronunciation 英文 (YCngwén) English, 英国 (YCngguó) Britain 欢迎 (huAnyíng) welcome 电影 (diànyHng) movie, 电影院 (diànyHngyuàn) movie theater, 影 xiFng (yHngxiFng) influence

8/10/2011 9:07:19 AM

Chinese character index arranged alphabetically      413

yCng, yìng yòng

应 用

should use

yóu yòu yòu yú

游 又 右 于

* also, both right *

yú yJ

鱼 语

fish language*

yù yuán

预 员

yuFn yuán

远 元

* suffix referring to person far dollar

yuàn yuàn yuè yuè yùn

院 愿 越 乐 运

* * more music* move, transport, luck

Z zàng zháo zhào

脏 着 照

dirty * photograph, shine

zhé zhG zhe zhèng zhC zhí

折 者 着 正 之 直

* * * precisely * *

zhH zhH zhDng zhIng zhòng zhDu zhù zhJn zì zuì zuI zuò

址 纸 钟 种 重 周 助 准 自 最 左 作

* paper * type of * week* help* accurate, standard self* most left do

9780415472500_Textbook_Z03.indd 413

应该 (yCnggAi) should 有用 (yIu yòng) useful, 用筷子 (yòng kuàizi) use chopsticks, 用功 (yònggDng) hardworking at studies 旅游 (l4yóu) travel 右边 (yòubiAn) right side, 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less 等于 (dGngyú) equivalent to, 生活在于运动 (shBnghuó zàiyú yùndòng) movement is the essence of life, shàn 于 (shàn yú) good at 语法 (yJfF) grammar, 语言 (yJyán) language, 汉语 (HànyJ) Chinese language, 英语 (YCngyJ) English language, 德语 (DéyJ) German language 预订 (yùdìng) make a reservation, 预报 (yùbào) prediction 服务员 (fúwùyuán) server, clerk, salesperson

美元 (MGiyuán) US dollar, 行行出 Zhuàng 元 (háng háng chE Zhuàngyuán) every field produces a leading expert 电影院 (diànyHngyuàn) movie theater, yC 院 (yCyuàn) hospital 愿意 (yuànyì) willing 越来越 AdjV (yuè lái yuè AdjV) more and more AdjV 音乐 (yCnyuè) music 运动 (yùndòng) movement, exercise, 好运 (hFo yùn) good luck

睡不着 (shuìbuzháo) unable to fall asleep 照 piàn (zhàopiàn) photograph, 照相机 (zhàoxiàngjC) camera, hù照 (hùzhào) passport, 照顾 (zhàogù) care for, take care of 打折 (dF zhé) discount the price 或者 (huòzhG) or, perhaps 忙着 (mángzhe) being busy, 坐着 (zuòzhe) sitting 之间 (zhCjiAn) between, 四分之一 (sì fBn zhC yC) 1/4 一直 (yCzhí) continuously, 直接 (zhíjiB) directly 地址 (dìzhH) address 报纸 (bàozhH) newspaper 一点钟 (yCdiFn zhDng) one o’clock 重要 (zhòngyào) important 周末 (zhDumò) weekend 帮助 (bAngzhù) help 准备 (zhJnbèi) prepare 自己 (zìjH) self, 自行车 (zìxíngchB) bicycle 最后 (zuìhòu) finally, in the end 左边 (zuIbiAn) left side, 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less 工作 (gDngzuò) work (N), 作 (zuò) do (V) (often interchangeable with 做 (zuò)), 作业 (zuòyè) homework, 叫作 (jiàozuò) called

應 用

L21 L17

遊 又 右 於

L28 L23 L26 L26

魚 語

L27 L30

預 員

L29 L23

遠 元

L25 L26

院 願 越 樂 運

L20 L31 L25 L25 L23

髒 著 照

L21 L25 L26

折 者 著 正 之 直 直 址 紙 鐘 種 重 週 助 準 自 最 左 作

L24 L22 L25 L25 L30 L17 L28 L31 L17 L27 L27 L22 L26 L27 L22 L18 L26 L18

8/10/2011 9:07:19 AM

Chinese character index arranged by lesson Lesson 17

Pinyin

Meaning

Illustrative words

Traditional

才 功

cái gDng

only (less than expected) *

才 功

关 课 忙 每 思

guAn kè máng mGi sC

* class busy every *

  功课 (gDngkè) course work, 用功 (yònggDng) hardworking 没关系 (méi guAnxi) not important, doesn’t matter 课本 (kèbGn) textbook

听

tCng

listen

为

wéi, wèi

for

系 校 些 意

xì xiào xiB yì

* * several *

用

yòng

use

直

zhí

*

钟

zhDng

*

一点钟 (yCdiFn zhDng) one o’clock, 几点钟？(jHdiFn zhDng?) what time is it?

Lesson 18 定

dìng

*

工 果 行

gDng guI háng

work * line of business*

级

jí

考

kFo

level in school or other organization take a test

一定 (yCdìng) certainly, 决定 (juédìng) decide, determine 工作 (gDngzuò) work 如果 (rúguI) if, 水果 (shuHguI) fruit yín 行 (yínháng) bank, 行行出 Zhuàng 元 (háng háng chE Zhuàngyuán) every field produces a leading expert 一年级 (yCniánjí) first year

强 趣 试

qiáng qù shì

strong * try

数 所 行

shù suI xíng

* * okay, acceptable

兴 选

xìng xuFn

* select

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 414

每天 (mGitiAn) every day, 每年 (mGi nián) every year 有意思 (yIu yìsi) be interesting, 不好意思 (bù hFo yìsi) be embarrassed 听说 (tCngshuD) hear it said, 听音乐 (tCng yCnyuè) listen to music 因为 (yCnwèi) because, 为什么 (wèishénme) why, 大为 (Dàwéi) David 没关系 (méi guAnxi) not important, doesn’t matter 学校 (xuéxiào) school 这些 (zhè xiB) these, 一些 (yC xiB) some 有意思 (yIu yìsi) be interesting, 不好意思 (bù hFo yìsi) be embarrassed 有用 (yIu yòng) useful, 用筷子 (yòng kuàizi) use chopsticks, 用功 (yònggDng) hardworking 一直 (yCzhí) continuously, 直接 (zhíjiB) directly

考试 (kFoshì) test (N), 考试 (kFo shì) take a test (V + O) 国强 (Guóqiáng) (given name) 兴趣 (xìngqu) interest 考试 (kFoshì) test (N), 考试 (kFo shì) take a test (V + O) 分数 (fBnshù) score, points, 数学 (shùxué) math 所以 (suIyH) therefore, so 行不行？(xíng bù xíng?) okay? 自行车(zìxíngchB) bicycle 兴趣 (xìngqu) interest, 高兴 (gAoxìng) happy  

關 課 忙 每 思 聽 為 系 校 些 意 用 直 直 鐘

定 工 果 行

級 考 強 趣 試 數 所 行 興 選

8/10/2011 9:07:29 AM

Chinese character index arranged by lesson    415

因 最 作

yCn zuì zuò

* most do

因为 (yCnwèi) because 最后 (zuìhòu) finally, in the end 工作 (gDngzuò) work (N), 作 (zuò) do (V) (often interchangeable with 做 (zuò)), 作业 (zuòyè) homework, 叫作 (jiàozuò) called

因 最 作

Lesson 19 边

biAn

*

邊

床 房 放 间 里

chuáng fáng fàng jiAn lH

能 舍 始 宿 虽 同

néng shè shH sù suC tóng

bed house, room* put * in, inside, (classifier for distance) able, can * * * * *

外 屋 洗

wài wE xH

out, outside room* wash

外边 (wàibian) outside, 里边(lHbian) inside, 上边 (shàngbian) above, 下边 (xiàbian) below 起床 (qH chuáng) get out of bed, get up 房间 (fángjiAn) room, 房子 (fángzi) house 放假 (fàng jià) begin vacation 时间 (shíjiAn) time, 房间 (fángjiAn) room 里边 (lHbian) inside, 一里路 (yC lH lù) one mile   宿舍 (sùshè) dormitory 开始 (kAishH) begin 宿舍 (sùshè) dormitory 虽然 (suCrán) although 同屋 (tóngwE) roommate, 同學 (tóngxué) classmate, 相同 (xiAngtóng) similar 外边 (wàibian) outside 同屋 (tóngwE) roommate 洗 zFo (xH zFo) bathe

Lesson 20 把 别 菜 次

bF bié cài cì

take* don’t; other food, dishes of food time, times

服

fú

*

干 惯 喝 红 坏 净 酒 烧

gAn guàn hB hóng huài jìng jiJ shAo

dry * drink red bad, broken * alcohol, wine simmer

睡 头

shuì tóu

sleep head

院

yuàn

*

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 415

别 (bié) don’t; 别的 (biéde) other 菜单 (càidAn) menu 一次 (yCcì) once, 两次 (liFng cì) twice, 好几次 (hFojHcì) many times 舒服 (shEfu) comfortable, 衣服 (yCfu) clothing 干净 (gAnjìng) clean 习惯 (xíguàn) used to, accustomed to; habits, customs 喝酒 (hB jiJ) drink alcohol 红 l5 dBng (hóng l5 dBng) traffic light 好坏 (hFo huài) good (or) bad 干净 (gAnjìng) clean 喝酒 (hB jiJ) drink alcohol, pí 酒 (píjiJ) beer 红烧 ròu (hóngshAo ròu) red simmered meat, fA 烧 (fA shAo) have a fever 睡觉 (shuì jiào) sleep, 睡 zháo (shuìzháo) fall asleep 钟头 (zhDngtóu) hour, 头 téng (tóu téng) headache (have a headache) 电 yHng 院 (diànyHngyuàn) movie theater, yC 院 (yCyuàn) hospital

床 房 放 間 裏 裡 能 舍 始 宿 雖 同

外 屋 洗

把 別 菜 次 服 乾 慣 喝 紅 壞 淨 酒 燒 睡 頭 院

8/10/2011 9:07:29 AM

416    Chinese character index arranged by lesson

Lesson 21 出

chE

*exit, produce should * * close separated from * * * * years of age * * should

脏

gAi gài huà jìn lí liàng piào rú shE suì xià yC yCng, yìng zAng

dirty

Lesson 22 比 而

bH ér

compared to and

方

fAng

*

或 加 教 进 冷 末 怕 让

huò jiA jiAo; jiào jìn lGng mò pà ràng

手

shIu

or* add teach; (first part of noun compounds) enter cold end* fear, afraid make, let, tell (someone (to) do something) hand

玩 者 周 自

wán zhG zhDu zì

play * week* self *

Lesson 23 穿 春 动 贵 累 连 绿 气

chuAn chEn dòng guì lèi lián l5 qì

wear, put on spring move expensive tired even green *

该 概 化 近 离 亮 漂 如 舒 岁 夏 衣 应

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 416

出去 (chEqu) go out, 严师出高 tú (yán shC chE gAo tú) strict teachers produce good students 应该 (yCnggAi) should 大概 (dàgài) probably 文化 (wénhuà) culture 最近 (zuìjìn) recently 漂亮 (piàoliang) pretty, beautiful 漂亮 (piàoliang) pretty, beautiful 如果 (rúguI) if 舒服 (shEfu) comfortable 夏天 (xiàtiAn) summer 衣服 (yCfu) clothing 应该 (yCnggAi) should

出 該 概 化 近 離 亮 漂 如 舒 歲 夏 衣 應 髒

比 sài (bHsài) competition 而 qiG (érqiG) in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover 地方 (dìfang) place, location, 方便 (fAngbiàn) convenient, 方面 (fAngmiàn) aspect, side 或者 (huòzhG) or, perhaps 参加 (cAnjiA) participate, 加 zhDu (JiAzhDu) California 教中文 (jiAo ZhDngwén) teach Chinese; 教 shì (jiàoshì) classroom 进来 (jìnlai) enter, 请进 (qHng jìn) please come in 怕冷 (pà lGng) afraid of the cold 周末 (zhDumò) weekend 怕冷 (pà lGng) afraid of the cold   手机 (shIujC) cell phone, mobile phone, 拿手 (náshIu) expert 玩球 (wán qiú) play ball 或者 (huòzhG) or, perhaps 周末 (zhDumò) weekend 自己 (zìjH) self, 自行车 (zìxíngchB) bicycle

春天 (chEntiAn) spring, 春节 (ChEnjié) Spring Festival 运动 (yùndòng) movement, exercise

红绿 dBng (hóngl5 dBng) traffic light 天气 (tiAnqì) weather

比 而 方 或 加 教 進 冷 末 怕 讓 手 玩 者 週 自

穿 春 動 貴 累 連 綠 氣

8/10/2011 9:07:30 AM

Chinese character index arranged by lesson    417

球 山 身

qiú shAn shBn

ball mountain body

市 事

shì shì

city* matter, situation

式

shì

style, manner

特 体

tè tH

* *

条

tiáo

铁 完 务

tiG wán wù

(classifier for streets, skirts) iron finish, end *

新 心

xCn xCn

new heart

叶 又 员 运

yè yòu yuán yùn

leaf, ( family name) also, both (suffix referring to person) move, transport, luck

Lesson 24 百 帮 便 但 烦 啡

bFi bAng biàn dàn fán fBi

hundred help * * * *

告

gào

*

花 机 件 姐 旧 咖

huA jC jiàn jiG jiù kA

spend machine article, matter * old *

丽

lì

*

另 流 麻 便 汽

lìng liú má pián qì

* flow * * steam, gas

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 417

打球 (dF qiú) play ball 身体 (shBntH) body, 健身房 (jiànshBn fáng) fitness center 市中心 (shì zhDngxCn) city center, downtown 有事吗？(yIu shì ma?) what’s up?, 事情 (shìqing) situation, 故事 (gùshi) story 式样 (shìyàng) style, 美式 zú 球 (MGishì zúqiú) American-style football 特别 (tèbié) especially, special, 特色 (tèsè) quality 身体 (shBntH) body, 简体字 (jiFntHzì) simplified characters 一条路 (yC tiáo lù) one road, 一条 qún 子 (yC tiáo qúnzi) one skirt 地铁 (dìtiG) subway 完全 (wánquán) completely 服务 (fúwù) serve, 服务员 (fúwùyuán) server, waiter/waitress, salesperson 新年 (xCnnián) new year 中心 (zhDngxCn) center, 市中心 (shì zhDngxCn) city center, downtown

服务员 (fúwùyuán) server, clerk, salesperson 运动 (yùndòng) movement, exercise, 好运 (hFo yùn) good luck

  帮忙 (bAng máng) help, 帮助 (bAngzhù) help 方便 (fAngbiàn) convenient 不但 (bùdàn) not only, 但是 (dànshì) but 麻烦 (máfan) bother, trouble 咖啡 (kAfBi) coffee, 咖啡馆 (kAfBiguFn) coffee shop, 咖啡色 (kAfBisè) brown, coffee colored 告诉 (gàosu) inform, guFng 告 (guFnggào) advertisement 花钱 (huA qián) spend money 手机 (shIujC) cellphone, 飞机cháng (fBijC chFng) airport   姐姐 (jiGjie) older sister, 小姐 (xiFojie) young lady, miss   咖啡 (kAfBi) coffee, 咖啡馆 (kAfBiguFn) coffee shop, 咖啡色 (kAfBisè) brown, coffee colored 美丽 (mGilì) beautiful (also used as a transliteration for “Mary”) 另外 (lìngwài) in addition, furthermore 流行 (liúxíng) fashionable 麻烦 (máfan) trouble, bother 便宜 (piányi) cheap 汽车 (qìchB) car, 出 zE 汽车 (chEzE qìchB) taxi

球 山 身 市 事 式 特 體 條 鐵 完 務 新 心 葉 又 員 運

百 幫 便 但 煩 啡 告 花 機 件 姐 舊 咖 麗 另 流 麻 便 汽

8/10/2011 9:07:30 AM

418    Chinese character index arranged by lesson

色 商 双 诉 算 网 位 鞋

sè shAng shuAng sù suàn wFng wèi xié

* * pair * calculate, count net (polite classifier for people) shoe

颜 宜 折

yán yí zhé

* * *

Lesson 25 茶 除

chá chú

tea *

等 弟 父 更 黄 活 火 极 假

dGng dì fù gèng huáng huó huI jí jià

wait younger brother* father* even more yellow live fire * *

饺 较 节

jiFo jiào jié

介 蓝 乐 母 全

jiè lán lè yuè mJ quán

* * holiday; (classifier for class) * blue happy mother* entire

认

rèn

*

绍 识 谈 夜

shào shí tán yè

* * chat evening, night

音

yCn

sound

远 越 乐

yuFn yuè yuè

far more music*

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 418

颜色 (yánsè) color 商店 (shAngdiàn) shop, 商业 (shAngyè) business   告诉 (gàosu) inform 打算 (dFsuan) plan, intend 上网 (shàng wFng) use the internet   鞋子 (xiézi) shoe, 运动鞋 (yùndòngxié) athletic shoes, sneakers, gym shoes, pí 鞋 (píxié) leather shoes 颜色 (yánsè) color 便宜 (piányi) cheap 打折 (dF zhé) discount the price

除了 (chúle) except, 除非 (chúfBi) unless, 除 xC (chúxC) Chinese New Year’s Eve 等于 (dGngyú) equivalent to 弟弟 (dìdi) younger brother 父母 (fùmJ) father and mother

生活 (shBnghuó) life, live 火车 (huIchB) train 极了 (jíle) extremely, 好极了 (hFojíle) terrific 放假 (fàng jià) begin vacation, shJ 假 (shJ jià) summer vacation, hán 假 (hánjià) winter vacation 饺子 (jiFozi) dumplings 比较 (bHjiào) relatively, comparatively 春节 (ChEnjié) Spring Festival, Chinese New Year; 一节课 (yC jié kè) one class 介绍 (jièshào) introduce 快乐 (kuàilè) happy, 可乐 (kGlè) cola; 音乐 (yCnyuè) music 父母 (fùmJ) father and mother 全家 (quánjiA) the entire family, 完全 (wánquán) completely 认识 (rènshi) know, recognize, meet, 认为 (rènwéi) consider, 认真 (rènzhBn) conscientious 介绍 (jièshào) introduce 认识 (rènshi) know, recognize, meet 谈话 (tán huà) chat 夜里 (yèlH) in the middle of the night, 年夜饭 (niányèfàn) New Year’s Eve family dinner shBng 音 (shBngyCn) sound, 音乐 (yCnyuè) music, 同音 (tóngyCn) same sound, 同音字 (tóngyCnzì) characters with the same pronunciation 越来越 AdjV (yuè lái yuè AdjV) more and more AdjV 音乐 (yCnyuè) music

色 商 雙 訴 算 網 位 鞋 顏 宜 折

茶 除 等 弟 父 更 黃 活 火 極 假 餃 較 節 介 藍 樂 母 全 認 紹 識 談 夜 音

遠 越 樂

8/10/2011 9:07:30 AM

Chinese character index arranged by lesson    419

着 着 正

zháo zhe zhèng

* * precisely

睡不着 (shuìbuzháo) unable to fall asleep 忙着 (mángzhe) being busy, 坐着 (zuòzhe) sitting

著 著 正

Lesson 26 包

bAo

bag ; wrap

包

厕 长 第 哥 寒 己 旅 码

cè cháng dì gB hán jH l4 mF

* long ordinal prefix* older brother* * * travel* *

妹

mèi

younger sister*

名

míng

name

拿 爬 旁 千 情 送

ná pá páng qiAn qíng sòng

相 姓 雪 椅 英 右 于

xiAng; xiàng xìng xuG yH yCng yòu yú

take climb beside* thousand * give as a gift; see someone off mutual; appearance

书包 (shEbAo) book bag, backpack, 红包 (hóngbAo) red envelope; 包饺子 (bAo jiFozi) wrap dumplings 厕所 (cèsuI) toilet 长 chéng (Cháng Chéng) The Great Wall 第一 (dì-yC) first 哥哥 (gBge) older brother 寒假 (hánjià) winter vacation 自己 (zìjH) self 旅行 (l4xíng) travel, journey, 旅 yóu (l4yóu) travel 号码 (hàomF) number, 电话号码 (diànhuà hàomF) telephone number 妹妹 (mèimei) younger sister, biFo 妹 (biFomèi) cousin (female, younger than yourself) 有名 (yIu míng) famous, 姓名 (xìngmíng) family name and given name, 名字 (míngzì) name 拿手 (náshIu) expert, 拿手菜 náshIu cài specialty

family name snow chair* * right *

元

yuán

dollar

照

zhào

photograph, shine

助 左

zhù zuI

help* left

相同 (xiAngtóng) similar; 相机 (xiàngjC) camera, 照相机 (zhàoxiàngjC) camera 姓名 (xìngmíng) family name and given name 下雪 (xià xuG) snowing 一把椅子 (yC bF yHzi) one chair 英文 (YCngwén) English, 英国 (YCngguó) Britain 右边 (yòubiAn) right side, 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less 等于 (dGngyú) equivalent to, 生活在于运动 (shBnghuó zàiyú yùndòng) movement is the essence of life, shàn 于 (shàn yú) good at 美元 (MGiyuán) US dollar, 行行出 Zhuàng 元 (háng háng chE Zhuàngyuán) every field produces a leading expert 照 piàn (zhàopiàn) photograph, 照相机 (zhàoxiàngjC) camera, hù 照 (hùzhào) passport 帮助 (bAngzhù) help 左边 (zuIbiAn) left side, 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less

Lesson 27 备 并 抄 懂

bèi bìng chFo dIng

* not at all stir-fry understand

准备 (zhJnbèi) prepare 并且 (bìngqiG) moreover 炒鸡蛋 (chFo jCdàn) fried eggs  

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 419

爬山 (pá shAn) climb a mountain 旁边 (pángbiAn) beside   事情 (shìqing) situation, matter

廁 長 第 哥 寒 己 旅 碼 妹 名 拿 爬 旁 千 情 送 相 姓 椅 英 右 於

元

照 助 左

備 並 抄 懂

8/10/2011 9:07:31 AM

420    Chinese character index arranged by lesson

发

fA

emit, send

共 鸡 久 客 筷 练 茄 热 肉 入

gòng jC jiJ kè kuài liàn qié rè ròu rù

* chicken long time guest* * *   hot meat enter

午 鱼 种 重 准

wJ yú zhIng zhòng zhJn

* fish type of * accurate, standard

Lesson 28 餐

cAn

meal*

唱 带

chàng dài

单

dAn

sing bring, take along, belt, band *

飞 复 歌 故

fBi fù gB gù

fly * song *

划 济

huà jì

* *

际

jì

*

计 价

jì jià

calculate price

街

jiB

street

卡

kF

card

拉 票 实 视 业

lA piào shí shì yè

pull ticket * vision *

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 420

发现 (fAxiàn) notice, discover, 发烧 (fA shAo) have a fever, 发电子 yóu 件 (fA diànzH yóujiàn) send an email 一共 (yCgòng) altogether 鸡 dàn (jCdàn) chicken egg 多久 (duD jiJ) how long? 很久 (hGn jiJ) a very long time 客人 (kèren) guest, 客气 (kèqi) polite 筷子 (kuàizi) chopsticks 练习 (liànxí) practice 茄子 (qiézi) eggplant 热 nào (rènao) lively, 热线 (rèxiàn) hotline   bìng 从口入 (bìng cóng kIu rù) disease enters from the mouth, 加入 (jiArù) add in 中午 (zhDngwJ) noon, 午饭 (wJfàn) lunch     重要 (zhòngyào) important 准备 (zhJnbèi) prepare

餐厅 (cAntCng) restaurant, cafeteria, 早餐 (zFocAn) breakfast 唱歌 (chàng gB) sing songs kuAn 带 (kuAndài) broadband internet connection 简单 (jiFndAn) simple, 单人间 (dAnrén jiAn) single room 飞机 (fBijC) airplane, 飞机 cháng (fBijC cháng) airport 复习 (fùxí) review, 重复 (chóngfù) repeat 唱歌 (chàng gB) sing songs 故 gDng (GùgDng) the Forbidden City, the Imperial Palace, 故事 (gùshi) story 计划 (jìhuà) plan 经济 (jCngjì) economics, 经济 xíng (jCngjìxíng) economical 实际上 (shíjìshàng) actually, in reality, 国际 (guójì) international 计划 (jìhuà) plan jiFn 价 (jiFnjià) reduce the price, 价钱 (jiàqian) price guàng 街 (guàng jiB) window shop, stroll along the streets 卡拉 OK (kF lA OK) karaoke, 信用卡 (xìnyòng kF) credit card 卡拉 OK (kF lA OK) karaoke 飞机票 (fBijC piào) airplane ticket 实际上 (shíjìshàng) actually, in reality 电视 (diànshì) television 商业 (shAngyè) business, bì 业 (bìyè) graduate, zhuAn 业 (zhuAnyè) major

發 共 雞 久 客 筷 練 茄 熱 肉 入 午 魚 種 重 準

餐 唱 帶 單 飛 復 歌 故 劃 濟 際 計 價 街 卡 拉 票 實 視 業

8/10/2011 9:07:31 AM

Chinese character index arranged by lesson    421

影

yHng

 

游 址

yóu zhH

* *

Lesson 29 饱 报

bFo bào

full report

川

chuAn

river*

醋 订 肚 费

cù dìng dù fèi

vinegar book seats, agree on stomach expense, fee

风

fBng

wind

附 够

fù gòu

  enough

换 健

huàn jiàn

change, exchange, convert *

紧 决 瓶 青

jHn jué píng qCng

* * bottle green-blue

糖 厅 忘 味

táng tCng wàng wèi

sugar * forget flavor, aroma

线

xiàn

thread, line

香

xiAng

fragrant

像 迎 预

xiàng yíng yù

resemble * *

Lesson 30 笔 标 成

bH biAo chéng

pen * become, turn into

错

cuò

mistake, error

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 421

电影 (diànyHng) movie, 电影院 (diànyHngyuàn) movie theater, 影 xiFng (yFngxiFng) influence 旅游 (l4yóu) travel 地址 (dìzhH) address

  报告 (bàogào) report, announce, 预报 (yùbào) forecast 四川 (SìchuAn) Sichuan Province, 川菜 (ChuAn cài) Sichuan cuisine, 川味 (ChuAn wèi) Sichuan flavor 糖醋鱼 (tángcùyú) sweet and sour fish 预订 (yùdìng) make a reservation 肚子 (dùzi) stomach 小费 (xiFofèi) tip, miFn 费 (miFnfèi) free, fù 费 (fù fèi) pay a fee guA 风 (guA fBng) windy, 风味 (fBngwèi) flavor of local dishes, regional flavor 附近 (fùjìn) vicinity     健 yí 可乐 (jiàn yí kGlè) diet cola, 健身 (jiàn shBn) exercise, work out, 健身房 (jiàn shBn fáng) exercise room, fitness center 紧张 (jHnzhAng) nervous, anxious, tense 决定 (juédìng) decide, determine   青年 (qCngnián) youth, young people, 青 dFo (QCngdFo) Tsingtao 糖醋鱼 (tángcùyú) sweet and sour fish 餐厅 (cAntCng) cafeteria, dining hall, restaurant   风味 (fBngwèi) flavor of local dishes, 味道 (wèidao) flavor 热线 (rèxiàn) hotline, 一号线 (yChào xiàn) Line 1, 地铁线 (dìtiG xiàn) subway line 鱼香肉 sC (yúxiAng ròusC) shredded pork in yuxiang sauce, 鱼香茄子 (yúxiAng qiézi) eggplant in yuxiang sauce 好像 (hFoxiàng) seems like 欢迎 (huAnyíng) welcome 预订 (yùdìng) make a reservation, 预报 (yùbào) prediction

笔 huà (bHhuà) strokes (in a character) 标准 (biAozhJn) standard 分成 (fBnchéng) divide into, qiB 成 (qiBchéng) cut into, 成 jì (chéng jì) grades (in school) 不错 (bùcuò) not bad, pretty good

影 遊 址

飽 報 川 醋 訂 肚 費 風 附 夠 够 換 健

緊 決 瓶 青 糖 廳 忘 味 線 香

像 迎 預

筆 標 成 錯

8/10/2011 9:07:32 AM

422    Chinese character index arranged by lesson

德 底 各 怪 孩 既

dé dH gè guài hái jì

* * each * child both

简

jiFn

 

讲 接 借 省 台 题 通

jiFng jiB jiè shGng tái tí tDng

speak pick up a guest borrow, loan save * * *

湾 言

wAn yán

bay *

语

yJ

language*

之

zhC

*

Lesson 31 安

An

peace

被 毕 处

bèi bì chù

by * *

短 感

duFn gFn

short feel, sense, perceive

广

guFng

*

交

jiAo

*

历 面

lì miàn

* side, face; noodles

申 万 望 希 信

shBn wàn wàng xC xìn

* 10,000 * * letter

需 愿 纸

xE yuàn zhH

* * paper

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 422

德国 (Déguó) Germany, 德语 (DéyJ) German language 到底 (dàodH) in fact, after all 各有各的 (gè yIu gè de) each has its own 难怪 (nánguài) no wonder, qí 怪 (qíguài) strange 孩子 (háizi) child 既 AdjV1 又 AdjV2 (jì AdjV1 yòu AdjV2) both AdjV1 and AdjV2 简单 (jiFndAn) simple, 简体字 (jiFntHzì) simplified characters 讲 jiu (jiFngjiu) fussy 直接 (zhíjiB) direct, directly   省下 (shèngxià) left-over, remainder 台湾 (TáiwAn) Taiwan 问题 (wèntí) question, problem pJ 通 (pJtDng) ordinary, common, jiAo 通 (jiAotDng) communication, transportation 台湾 (TáiwAn) Taiwan 语言 (yJyán) language, 方言 (fAngyán) dialect, 一言为定 (yC yán wéi dìng) it’s a deal, that’s settled 语法 (yJfF) grammar, 语言 (yJyán) language, 汉语 (HànyJ) Chinese language, 英语 (YCngyJ) English language, 德语 (DéyJ) German language 之间 (zhCjiAn) between, 四分之一 (sì fBn zhC yC) 1/4

天安门 (TiAn’Anmén) the Gate of Heavenly Peace, 安 pái (Anpái) arrange   毕业 (bìyè) graduate 长处 (chángchu) strength, 短处 (duFnchu) weakness, 好处 (hFochu) advantage, 到处 (dàochù) everywhere 短处 (duFnchu) weakness, shortcoming 感兴趣 (gFn xìngqu) interested in, 感 mào (gFnmào) catch a cold 广东 (GuFngdDng) Canton, Guangdong Province, 广告 (guFnggào) advertisement 交通 (jiAotDng) communication, transportation, 交往 (jiAowFng) interactions with others 简历 (jiFn lì) résumé, 历史 (lìshH) history 方面 (fAngmiàn) aspect, side, 面谈 (miàntán) interview; niú 肉面 (niúròumiàn) beef noodles 申请 (shBnqHng) apply 千万 (qiAnwàn) by all means 希望 (xCwàng) hope 希望 (xCwàng) hope 写信 (xiG xìn) write a letter, tuCjiàn 信 (tuCjiàn xìn) recommendation letter, 信心 (xìnxCn) confidence 需要 (xEyào) need 愿意 (yuànyì) willing 报纸 (bàozhH) newspaper

德 底 各 怪 孩 既 簡 講 接 借 省 台 題 通 灣 言 語

之

安 被 畢 處 短 感 廣 交 歷 面 麵 申 萬 望 希 信 需 願 紙

8/10/2011 9:07:32 AM

Chinese character index arranged by lesson    423

Lesson 32 爱 表

ài biFo

love form

参 封 顾

cAn fBng gù

* * *

还

huán

return

结 解 礼 留

jié jiG lH liú

* * ritual, ceremony remain

其 史 首 束 讨 严

qí shH shIu shù tFo yán

* * * * * strict

9780415472500_Textbook_Z04.indd 423

qCn 爱 (qCn’ài) dear, beloved, 爱好 (àihào) hobby, interest dài 表 (dàibiFo) represent, representative, 表妹 (biFomèi) younger female cousin 参加 (cAnjiA) participate 一封信 (yC fBng xìn) a letter 照顾 (zhàogù) care for, take care of, 顾客 (gùkè) customer 讨价还价 (tFojià huánjià) negotiate the price (cf. 还 (hái) in addition to, also) 结束 (jiéshù) conclude 了解 (liFojiG) understand 礼 wù (lHwù) gift, diFn 礼 (diFnlH) ceremony 留学 (liúxué) study abroad, 留学生 (liúxuéshBng) student studying abroad 其次 (qícì) next, second, 其实 (qíshí) actually 历史 (lìshH) history 首先 (shIuxiAn) first 结束 (jiéshù) conclude 讨价还价 (tFojià huánjià) negotiate the price 严 gé (yángé) strict

愛 表 參 封 顧 還 結 解 禮 留 其 史 首 束 討 嚴

8/10/2011 9:07:32 AM

Index of radicals for simplified characters 1 stroke 丶

一

丨

丿

乙，乚

1

2

3

4

5

亠

冫

冖

讠

二

十

厂

匚

卜

刂

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

冂

八，丷

人，入

亻

勹

儿

几

厶

又

廴

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

阝(left)

阝(right)

凵

刀，⺈

力

27

28

29

30

31

氵

忄

宀

丬，爿

广

门

辶

工

土

士

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

艹

大

尢

寸

弋

扌

小

口

囗

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

巾

山

彳

彡

夕

夊

犭

饣

彐，彑

尸

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

己，巳

弓

屮

女

幺

子

纟，糸

马

巛

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

灬

斗

文

方

火

心

户

礻，示

王

书

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

木

犬

歹

车

戈

比

瓦

止

攴

日

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

曰

贝

见

父

牛

手

毛

气

攵

片

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

斤

爪，爫

月

欠

风

殳

肀，聿

母，毋

水

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

2 strokes

卩， 26

3 strokes

廾

(below)

4 strokes

9780415472500_Textbook_Z05.indd 424

8/10/2011 9:07:42 AM

Index of radicals for simplified characters    425

5 strokes 宂

立

疒

衤

示

石

龙

业

目

田

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

罒

皿

钅

矢

禾

白

瓜

鸟

用

矛

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

疋

皮

130

131

6 strokes 衣

羊，⺷

米

耒

老，耂

耳

臣

覀

页

虍

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

虫

缶

舌

竹，⺮

臼

自

血

舟

羽

艮

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

辛

言

麦，麥

走

赤

豆

酉

辰

豕

卤

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

里

足

豸

谷

釆

身

角

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

青

其

雨

齿

黾，黽

金

隹

鱼

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

音

革

骨

食

鬼

178

179

180

181

182

糸 152

7 strokes

8 strokes

9 strokes

10 strokes

11 strokes

12 strokes

14 strokes

鬥

髟

麻

鹿

黑

鼠

鼻

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

9780415472500_Textbook_Z05.indd 425

8/10/2011 9:07:42 AM

Index of radicals for traditional characters 1 stroke 一

丨

丶

丿

乙，乚

亅

1

2

3

4

5

6

2 strokes 二

亠

人，亻

儿

入

八

冂

冖

冫

几

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

凵

刀，刂

力

勹

匕

匚

匸

十

卜

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

厂

厶

又

27

28

29

口

囗

土

士

夂

夊

夕

大

女

子

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

宀

寸

小

尢

尸

屮

山

巛，川

工

己， 已，巳

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

巾

干

幺

广

廴

廾

弋

弓

彐

彡

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

心，忄

戈

户，戶

手，扌

支

攴，攵

文

斗

斤

方

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

无

日

曰

月

木

欠

止

歹

殳

毋，母

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

比

毛

氏

气

水，氵

火，灬

爪，爫

父

爻

爿

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

片

牙

牛

犬，犭

91

92

93

94

卩，

3 strokes

彳 60

4 strokes

9780415472500_Textbook_Z06.indd 426

8/10/2011 9:07:49 AM

Index of radicals for traditional characters    427

5 strokes 玄

玉，王

瓜

瓦

甘

生

用

田

疋

疒

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

癶

白

皮

皿

目

矛

矢

石

示，礻

禸

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

禾

穴

115

116

6 strokes 立

竹，⺮

米

糸，糹

缶

网，罒

羊

羽

老，耂

而

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

耒

耳

聿

肉，月

臣

自

至

臼

舌

舛

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

舟

艮

色

艸，艹

虎

虫

血

行

衣，衤

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

西，覀

見

角

言

谷

豆

豕

豸

貝

赤

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

走

足

身

車

幸

辰

辵，辶

邑， 阝(right)

酉

釆

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

金

長

門

阜， 阝(left)

康

隹

雨

青

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

非

面

革

韋

韭

音

頁

風

飛

食

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

首

香

185

186

7 strokes

里 166

8 strokes

9 strokes

10 strokes 馬

骨

高

髟

鬥

鬯

鬲

鬼

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

9780415472500_Textbook_Z06.indd 427

8/10/2011 9:07:49 AM

428    Index of radicals for traditional characters

11 strokes 魚

鳥

鹵

鹿

麥

195

196

197

198

199

麻

黃

黍

黑

黹

200

201

202

203

204

黽，黾

鼎

鼓

鼠，鼡

205

206

207

208

12 strokes

13 strokes

14 strokes

15 strokes

16 strokes

17 strokes

鼻

齊

齒

龍

龜

龠

209

210

211

212

213

214

9780415472500_Textbook_Z06.indd 428

8/10/2011 9:07:49 AM

Index of use and structure ABSTRACT NOUNS: formed by opposites, 23.8 ACTIONS: busy doing an action: 忙着 (máng-zhe) + VP, 17.2; indicating length of time an action has not occurred: 有 (yIu) length of time 没有 (méi yIu) VP, 17.4; focusing on details of a past event: 是 (shì) . . . 的 (de), 20.9; action occurs again: 再 (zài) VP and 又 (yòu) VP 了, 24.3; ongoing action with 着 (zhe): V 着 and V1 着 (object) VP2, 25.3; duration of an action: V duration 的object, 25.5; just did an action: 刚刚 (gAnggAng) + VP, 25.8; 没想到 (méi xiFngdào) + S I never thought that S, 25.12; do an action for a short while: V 一 (yC) V, 29.3; describing how actions are performed: AdjV AdjV 地 (de) + VP, 30.11 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: 不但 (bùdàn) VP1/S 而且 (érqiG) VP2/S not only VP1 /S but also VP2 /S, 24.7; 既 (jì) AdjV1 又 (yòu) AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2, 27.5; 一方面 (yCfAngmiàn) S1/VP1, 另一方面 (ling yCfAngmiàn) S2/VP2 for one thing S1 /VP1, and in addition S2 /VP2, 31.5; 既 (jì) VP1 也 (yG) VP2 not only VP1 but also VP2, 31.6 ADJECTIVAL VERBS: 比较 (bHjiào) AdjV relatively AdjV, 有一点 (yIu yCdiFn) AdjV a little AdjV, 17.13; 最 (zuì) AdjV the most AdjV, 18.8; 又 (yòu) AdjV1 又 (yòu) AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2, 19.6; 越来越 (yuè lái yuè) + AdjV more and more AdjV, 21.1; AdjV 是 (shì) AdjV, 可是 (kGshi) (NP) has the quality all right, but, 22.11; 还 (hái)/ 更 (gèng) AdjV even more AdjV, 23.2; AdjV 得 (de) VP/S so AdjV that VP/S, 24.5; AdjV sH 了 (le) AdjV to death, 24.13; AdjV 得不得了 (de bùdéliFo) extremely AdjV, 25.1; 既 (jì) VP1 又 (yòu) AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2, 27.5; describing how actions are performed: AdjV AdjV 地 (de) + VP, 30.11; see also COMPARISONS alike and not alike: 一样/不一样 (yCyàng/bù yCyàng), 21.4; see also COMPARISONS all and none: 一点儿都 (yCdiFr dDu) NEG V not even a little V, not V at all, 23.5; QW 都 (dDu)/也 (yG) VP all/every and QW 都 (dDu)/也 (yG) NEG VP none, 24.1; 一夜 (yC yè) the whole night, 一天 (yC tiAn) the whole day, 一年 (yC nián) the whole year, 20.1 ALTERNATIVES: 或者 (huòzhG) or, perhaps, 20.5; V1 不是 (bù shì) NP1, 就是 (jiù shì) NP2 if it isn’t NP1 (then) it is NP2, 24.11; V1 起来 (qHlái) AdjV1 V2 起来 (qHlái) AdjV2 on the one hand V1 and on the other hand V2, 27.7 APPROXIMATIONS: more than some number (of nouns): number + 多 (duD) + CL (+ N), number + CL + 多 (duD) (+ N), 19.1; 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less, 26.10 把 (bF): 把 (bF) NP VP take something and do something with it, 19.7; with 拿 (ná): 24.8; additional structures with 把 (bF), 26.1; 把 (bF) NP1 V-成 (chéng) NP2 turn NP1 into NP2, 27.9; subject 把 (bF) NP1 V 作 (zuò) NP2 subject considers NP1 to be NP2, 30.5 BEIJING DIALECT: 儿 (r), L21 比方说 (bHfang shuD) for example, 27.3 borrow and loan 借 (jiè), 27.13 CAUSATIVE: 让 (ràng) make/let someone do something, tell someone to do something, 21.8; verbs that get others to do things: 请 (qHng) invite, 叫 (jiào) tell, 26.6 CAUSE, REASON, EXPLANATION: 因为 (yCnwèi) . . . 所以 (suIyH) because . . . therefore, 17.5; asking for reasons or explanations: 为什么 (wèishénme) why?, 18.6; yóu 于 (yóuyú) NP/S1 的关系 (de guAnxi) S2 because/due to NP/S1, S2, 31.1 CHINESE LANGUAGE AND CHINESE DIALECTS: L30 除了 (chú le) X 以外 (yHwài) except for X, 20.10 CLOTHING: L24

9780415472500_Textbook_Z07.indd 429

8/10/2011 9:07:56 AM

430      Index of use and structure

COMPARISONS: More than: A 比 (bH) B AdjV A has more of some quality than B, 21.7; NP1 不能跟 (bù néng gBn) NP2 比 (bH) NP1 can’t compare with NP2, 31.7 Less than: NP1 没有 (méi yIu) NP2 (那么/这么 nàme/zhème) AdjV NP1 is not as AdjV as NP2, 22.9; A 不如 (bùrú) B A is not as good as B, 28.5 Same/different: A 跟 (gBn) B 有关系 (A gBn B yIu guAnxi) A and B have a connection, A is related to B; A 跟 (gBn) B一样 (yCyàng) A and B are the same, A 跟 (gBn) B不一样 (bù yCyàng) A and B are not the same, 21.4; NP1 跟/和 (gBn/hé) NP2 的不同 (de bùtóng) a difference between NP1 and NP2, 21.9; 相同的地方 (xiAngtóng de dìfang) similarities, 不同的地方 (bùtóng de dìfang) differences, 22.9; A 等于 (dGngyú) B A is equivalent to B, 26.2; 跟(gBn) NP 有关的 (yIuguAn de) related to/concerns NP, 31.4; NP1 不能跟 (bù néng gBn) NP2 比 (bH) NP1 can’t compare with NP2, 31.7 Intensifiers that indicate comparison: 比较 (bHjiào) AdjV relatively AdjV, 有一点 (yIu yCdiFn) AdjV a little AdjV, 17.13, the superlative: 最 (zuì) AdjV the most AdjV, 18.8; 还 (hái)/更(gèng) AdjV even more AdjV, 23.2 CONDITIONALS AND HYPOTHETICAL SITUATIONS: 如果 (rúguI) . . . 就 (jiù) if, 18.2; 只要 (zhHyào) S/VP1 就 (jiù) VP2 as long as S/VP1 then VP2, 23.4; 要是 (yàoshi) S/VP1 就 (jiù) VP2 if S/VP1 then VP2, 26.7; 除非 (chúfBi) S1 要不然 (yàobùrán) S2 unless S1 otherwise S2, 29.4; jíshH S1 也 (yG) VP/S2 even if, even though, 30.10 CONJUNCTIONS AND CONNECTING WORDS: abbreviating conjunctions: 或 (huò) and 但 (dàn), 24.9; 一边 (yCbiAn) VP1, 一边 (yCbiAn) VP2 do VP1 and VP2 at the same time, 25.7; 要是 (yàoshi) S/VP1 就 VP2 if S/VP1 then VP2, 26.7; 然后 (ránhòu) afterward 26.8; 从 (cóng) time 起 (qH) from this time on, beginning with this time, 26.12; 为 (wéi) NP for, for the benefit of NP, in order to, 28.9; 除非 (chúfBi) S1 要不然 (yàobùrán) S2 unless S1 otherwise S2, 29.4; wúlùn + QW no matter (who, what, when, where, what quality, how), 30.8; yóu 于 (yóuyú) NP/S1 的关系 (de guAnxi), because/due to NP/S1, S2, 31.1; jíshH S1 也 (yG) VP/S2 even if, even though, 30.10; 因为 (yCnwèi) . . . 所以 (suIyH) because . . . therefore, 17.5; 不但 (bùdàn) VP1/S1 而且 (érqiG) VP2/S2 not only VP1 /S1 but also VP2 /S2, 24.7 CONTRAST: 虽然 (suCrán) . . . 可是 (kGshì) although . . . but, 16.4; 不过 (bùguò) however, but, 17.11; 要不然 (yàobùrán) otherwise, 29.4 COOKING: L27 单 (dAn) single and 双 (shuAng) double: L28 DESCRIBING A PROCESS: L27 DESCRIBING NOUNS WITH ACTIONS OR STATES: VP 的 (main) N, 18.3 DIRECTIONAL VERBS: 回来 (huílai) come back and 回去 (huíqu) go back, 17.3; 进来 (jìnlai) come in, 出来 (chElai) come out, 下来 (xiàlai) come down, 上去 (shàngqu) go up 22.5; directional complements, 22.6 DISCOUNTS AND BARGAINING: L24 对 (duì) NP 有兴趣 (yIu xìngqu) 17.14; 对 (duì) NP 感兴趣 (gFn xìngqu) interested in NP 31.3 DURATION AND ONGOING ACTIONS: ongoing action with 着 (zhe): V 着 and V1 着 (object) VP2, 25.3; duration of an action: V duration 的 (de) object, 25.5; do an action over and over: V 来 (lái) V 去 (qù), 29.2; do an action for a short while: V 一 (yC) V, 29.3 during the time before, after, or when, 18.7 even NP (is, has, does V): 连 (lián) NP 都 (dDu) / 也 (yG) V, 22.7 EXAMPLES: 比方说 (bHfang shuD) for example, 27.3

9780415472500_Textbook_Z07.indd 430

8/10/2011 9:07:57 AM

Index of use and structure      431

EXCEPTIONS: 只是 (zhH shì) it is only that, 17.12; 就是 (jiù shì) only, it is only, 19.5; 除了(chú le) X 以外 (yHwài) except for X, 20.10 FOUR-CHARACTER PHRASES IN FORMAL LITERARY SPEECH AND WRITING: 32.1 FREQUENCY AND TIMES: indicating frequency and times with 次 (cì), 20.2 GROUP PLURAL SUFFIX men (们): 学生们 (xuéshBngmen), 17.1 关系 (guAnxi) connections: A 跟 (gBn) B 有关系 (yIu guAnxi) A and B have a connection, A is related to B, 18.4 HOMOPHONOUS CHARACTERS AND DOUBLE MEANINGS: L25 HYPOTHETICAL SITUATIONS: see CONDITIONALS AND HYPOTHETICAL SITUATIONS ILLNESS: L20 interested in NP: 对 (duì) NP 有兴趣 (yIu xìngqu) NP, 17.14; 对 (duì) NP 感兴趣 (gFn xìngqu), 31.3 借 (jiè) borrow and loan 27.13 JUXTAPOSITION OF OPPOSITES: 好坏 (hFo huài), 18.4 连 (lián) NP even NP, 22.7 MAJORS AND COURSES: L17, L18 make/let someone do something, tell someone to do something 让 (ràng), 21.8 忙着 (máng-zhe) + VP busy doing an action, 17.2 MORE THAN, LESS THAN: see COMPARISONS NEGATION WITH 都 (dDu) and 一定 (yCdìng): 29.9 NEW YEAR AND SPRING FESTIVAL: L23, L25 NOUNS: Abstract nouns formed by opposites: 23.8 Approximate number of nouns: more than some number (of nouns) number + 多 (duD) + CL (+ N), number + CL + 多 (duD) (+ N), 19.1; 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less, 26.10 Noun description: describing nouns with actions or states: VP 的 (de) N, 18.3; describing a noun with more than one description, 18.11; description 的 (de) (main) N, noun phrases with the main noun omitted, 25.2; 所 (suI) V 的 (NP) and noun description, 30.6 NUMBERS, FRACTIONS, PERCENTAGES: number + 多 (duD) + CL (+ N), number + CL + 多 (duD) (+ N) more than some number (of nouns), 19.1; 半天 (bàntiAn) half a day, a long time, 19.4; approximate figures, L26; 10,000 and multiples of 10,000, 26.3; 左右 (zuIyòu) more or less, 26.10; numbers in a row: A or B, 27.10; fractions and percentages: X 分之 (fBn zhC) Y, 28.4 OBLIGATIONS AND PROHIBITION: 非 (fBi) ActV 不可 (bù kG) must do the action, 19.8; 不用 (bù yòng) VP don’t have to VP, 19.9; 不得不 (bùdébù) VP nothing one can do but VP, 23.3 one class 一门课 (yC mén kè) and 一节课 (yC jié kè), 17.10 PARALLEL STRUCTURES IN SPEECH AND WRITING: 32.4 PASSIVE: NP1 被 (bèi) NP2 给 (gGi) V NP1 is V’ed by NP2, 26.4 PEOPLE AS LOCATIONS: 我这儿 (wI zhèr), 24.4 POTENTIAL FORM OF RESULTATIVE VERBS: 20.6

9780415472500_Textbook_Z07.indd 431

8/10/2011 9:07:57 AM

432      Index of use and structure

PROVERBS AND SAYINGS: 严师出高 tú (yán shC chE gAo tú) strict teachers produce good students, 17.16; 行行 出 Zhuàng 元 (hángháng chE Zhuàngyuán) every trade produces a leading expert, 18.5; bìng 从口入 (bìng cóng kIu rù) disease enters the body through the mouth, L20; 四 jì 如春 (sì jì rú chEn) like spring all year round, L21; 讨 价还价 (tFo jià-huán jià) bargain back and forth, L24; 愿者上 gIu (yuànzhG shàng gDu) you knew what you were getting into, L24; gDng 喜发 cái (gDngxH fAcái) congratulations and be prosperous, happy new year, L25; 年年有 yú (niánnián yIu yú) have more than you need every year, L25; 一言为定 (yC yán wéi dìng) agreed, L27; yuán 来如 cH (yuánlái rú cH) that explains it, L30; GuAngyCn sìjiàn time flies, L32; 远道而来 (yuFn dào ér lái) come from far away, L32 put (something) in a location 把 (bF) NP 放在 (fàng zài) location, 19.11 QW 都 (dDu)/也 (yG) VP all/every and QW 都 (dDu)/也 (yG) NEG VP none, 24.1 REPORTED SPEECH AND INDIRECT QUESTIONS: 说 (shuD) say vs. 告诉 (gàosu) tell, inform, 17.7; asking indirect questions, 17.9 RESTAURANTS AND CUISINES OF CHINA: L29 RESULTATIVE VERBS: 19.2; with 半天 (bàntiAn), 19.4; the potential form of resultative verbs, 20.6; summary of resultative verbs, 20.8; with directional complements, 22.6 RHETORICAL QUESTIONS: 不是 (bù shì) VP 吗 (ma)? Isn’t it the case that VP?, 21.5 SEQUENCES: 最后 (zuì hòu) finally, 17.8; 在 (zài) VP/S 以前 (yHqián) during the time before VP/S, 在 (zài) VP/S 以后 (yHhòu) during the time after VP/S, 18.7; 一 (yC) VP1 就 (jiù) VP2 as soon as VP1 , VP2; whenever VP1, VP2, 19.10; 然后 (ránhòu) afterward, 26.8; 首先 (shIuxiAn) first, 其次 (qícì) second, 最后 (zuìhòu) finally, 32.2 是 (shì) . . . 的 (de): focusing on a detail of a past event, 20.9 SHOPPING: L23 睡 zháo (shuìzháo) fall asleep vs. 睡觉 (shuì jiào) sleep, 20.7 说 (shuD) say vs. 告诉 (gàosu) tell, inform, 17.7 SIMULTANEOUS SITUATIONS: 在 (zài) situation 的时候 (de shíhou) during the time when (situation), 18.7; 又 (yòu) AdjV1 又 (yòu) AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2, 19.6; 一边 (yCbiAn) VP1, 一边 (yCbiAn) VP2 do VP1 and VP2 at the same time, 25.7, 既 (jì) AdjV1 又 (yòu) AdjV2 both AdjV1 and AdjV2, 27.5 SPORTS AND EXERCISE: L22 STRENGTHS AND WEAKNESSES: L30 tell vs. inform, 说 (shuD) say vs. 告诉 (gàosu) tell, inform, 17.7 TIMES AND FREQUENCY WITH 次 (cì): 20.2 TOPICS: 哪方面 (nF fAngmiàn), 这方面 (zhè fAngmiàn), 那方面 (nà fAngmiàn) and 在 (zài) NP 方面 (fAngmiàn) as for NP, 18.9; subject 在 (zài) X 上as for X, when it comes to X, 22.1; 连 (lián) NP 都/也 (dDu/yG) V even NP (is, has, does V), 22.7 unable to V: see POTENTIAL FORM OF RESULTATIVE VERBS VACATIONS AND TRAVEL: L28 WEATHER: L21 一样 (yCyàng)/不一样 (bù yCyàng) alike or not alike: see COMPARISONS

9780415472500_Textbook_Z07.indd 432

8/10/2011 9:07:57 AM